diff --git a/chipmunk/prebuilt/tvos/libchipmunk.a b/chipmunk/prebuilt/tvos/libchipmunk.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..88a54bdd45 Binary files /dev/null and b/chipmunk/prebuilt/tvos/libchipmunk.a differ diff --git a/curl/include/tvos/curl/curl.h b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curl.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..44b1b7e391 --- /dev/null +++ b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curl.h @@ -0,0 +1,2352 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_CURL_H +#define __CURL_CURL_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2014, Daniel Stenberg, , et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +/* + * If you have libcurl problems, all docs and details are found here: + * http://curl.haxx.se/libcurl/ + * + * curl-library mailing list subscription and unsubscription web interface: + * http://cool.haxx.se/mailman/listinfo/curl-library/ + */ + +#include "curlver.h" /* libcurl version defines */ +#include "curlbuild.h" /* libcurl build definitions */ +#include "curlrules.h" /* libcurl rules enforcement */ + +/* + * Define WIN32 when build target is Win32 API + */ + +#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__)) && \ + !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__SYMBIAN32__) +#define WIN32 +#endif + +#include +#include + +#if defined(__FreeBSD__) && (__FreeBSD__ >= 2) +/* Needed for __FreeBSD_version symbol definition */ +#include +#endif + +/* The include stuff here below is mainly for time_t! */ +#include +#include + +#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) +#if !(defined(_WINSOCKAPI_) || defined(_WINSOCK_H) || defined(__LWIP_OPT_H__)) +/* The check above prevents the winsock2 inclusion if winsock.h already was + included, since they can't co-exist without problems */ +#include +#include +#endif +#endif + +/* HP-UX systems version 9, 10 and 11 lack sys/select.h and so does oldish + libc5-based Linux systems. Only include it on systems that are known to + require it! */ +#if defined(_AIX) || defined(__NOVELL_LIBC__) || defined(__NetBSD__) || \ + defined(__minix) || defined(__SYMBIAN32__) || defined(__INTEGRITY) || \ + defined(ANDROID) || defined(__ANDROID__) || defined(__OpenBSD__) || \ + (defined(__FreeBSD_version) && (__FreeBSD_version < 800000)) +#include +#endif + +#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE) +#include +#endif + +#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__WATCOMC__) && !defined(__VXWORKS__) +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __BEOS__ +#include +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef void CURL; + +/* + * libcurl external API function linkage decorations. + */ + +#ifdef CURL_STATICLIB +# define CURL_EXTERN +#elif defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) || defined(__SYMBIAN32__) +# if defined(BUILDING_LIBCURL) +# define CURL_EXTERN __declspec(dllexport) +# else +# define CURL_EXTERN __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +#elif defined(BUILDING_LIBCURL) && defined(CURL_HIDDEN_SYMBOLS) +# define CURL_EXTERN CURL_EXTERN_SYMBOL +#else +# define CURL_EXTERN +#endif + +#ifndef curl_socket_typedef +/* socket typedef */ +#if defined(WIN32) && !defined(__LWIP_OPT_H__) +typedef SOCKET curl_socket_t; +#define CURL_SOCKET_BAD INVALID_SOCKET +#else +typedef int curl_socket_t; +#define CURL_SOCKET_BAD -1 +#endif +#define curl_socket_typedef +#endif /* curl_socket_typedef */ + +struct curl_httppost { + struct curl_httppost *next; /* next entry in the list */ + char *name; /* pointer to allocated name */ + long namelength; /* length of name length */ + char *contents; /* pointer to allocated data contents */ + long contentslength; /* length of contents field */ + char *buffer; /* pointer to allocated buffer contents */ + long bufferlength; /* length of buffer field */ + char *contenttype; /* Content-Type */ + struct curl_slist* contentheader; /* list of extra headers for this form */ + struct curl_httppost *more; /* if one field name has more than one + file, this link should link to following + files */ + long flags; /* as defined below */ +#define HTTPPOST_FILENAME (1<<0) /* specified content is a file name */ +#define HTTPPOST_READFILE (1<<1) /* specified content is a file name */ +#define HTTPPOST_PTRNAME (1<<2) /* name is only stored pointer + do not free in formfree */ +#define HTTPPOST_PTRCONTENTS (1<<3) /* contents is only stored pointer + do not free in formfree */ +#define HTTPPOST_BUFFER (1<<4) /* upload file from buffer */ +#define HTTPPOST_PTRBUFFER (1<<5) /* upload file from pointer contents */ +#define HTTPPOST_CALLBACK (1<<6) /* upload file contents by using the + regular read callback to get the data + and pass the given pointer as custom + pointer */ + + char *showfilename; /* The file name to show. If not set, the + actual file name will be used (if this + is a file part) */ + void *userp; /* custom pointer used for + HTTPPOST_CALLBACK posts */ +}; + +/* This is the CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION callback proto. It is now considered + deprecated but was the only choice up until 7.31.0 */ +typedef int (*curl_progress_callback)(void *clientp, + double dltotal, + double dlnow, + double ultotal, + double ulnow); + +/* This is the CURLOPT_XFERINFOFUNCTION callback proto. It was introduced in + 7.32.0, it avoids floating point and provides more detailed information. */ +typedef int (*curl_xferinfo_callback)(void *clientp, + curl_off_t dltotal, + curl_off_t dlnow, + curl_off_t ultotal, + curl_off_t ulnow); + +#ifndef CURL_MAX_WRITE_SIZE + /* Tests have proven that 20K is a very bad buffer size for uploads on + Windows, while 16K for some odd reason performed a lot better. + We do the ifndef check to allow this value to easier be changed at build + time for those who feel adventurous. The practical minimum is about + 400 bytes since libcurl uses a buffer of this size as a scratch area + (unrelated to network send operations). */ +#define CURL_MAX_WRITE_SIZE 16384 +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_MAX_HTTP_HEADER +/* The only reason to have a max limit for this is to avoid the risk of a bad + server feeding libcurl with a never-ending header that will cause reallocs + infinitely */ +#define CURL_MAX_HTTP_HEADER (100*1024) +#endif + +/* This is a magic return code for the write callback that, when returned, + will signal libcurl to pause receiving on the current transfer. */ +#define CURL_WRITEFUNC_PAUSE 0x10000001 + +typedef size_t (*curl_write_callback)(char *buffer, + size_t size, + size_t nitems, + void *outstream); + + + +/* enumeration of file types */ +typedef enum { + CURLFILETYPE_FILE = 0, + CURLFILETYPE_DIRECTORY, + CURLFILETYPE_SYMLINK, + CURLFILETYPE_DEVICE_BLOCK, + CURLFILETYPE_DEVICE_CHAR, + CURLFILETYPE_NAMEDPIPE, + CURLFILETYPE_SOCKET, + CURLFILETYPE_DOOR, /* is possible only on Sun Solaris now */ + + CURLFILETYPE_UNKNOWN /* should never occur */ +} curlfiletype; + +#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_FILENAME (1<<0) +#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_FILETYPE (1<<1) +#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_TIME (1<<2) +#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_PERM (1<<3) +#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_UID (1<<4) +#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_GID (1<<5) +#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_SIZE (1<<6) +#define CURLFINFOFLAG_KNOWN_HLINKCOUNT (1<<7) + +/* Content of this structure depends on information which is known and is + achievable (e.g. by FTP LIST parsing). Please see the url_easy_setopt(3) man + page for callbacks returning this structure -- some fields are mandatory, + some others are optional. The FLAG field has special meaning. */ +struct curl_fileinfo { + char *filename; + curlfiletype filetype; + time_t time; + unsigned int perm; + int uid; + int gid; + curl_off_t size; + long int hardlinks; + + struct { + /* If some of these fields is not NULL, it is a pointer to b_data. */ + char *time; + char *perm; + char *user; + char *group; + char *target; /* pointer to the target filename of a symlink */ + } strings; + + unsigned int flags; + + /* used internally */ + char * b_data; + size_t b_size; + size_t b_used; +}; + +/* return codes for CURLOPT_CHUNK_BGN_FUNCTION */ +#define CURL_CHUNK_BGN_FUNC_OK 0 +#define CURL_CHUNK_BGN_FUNC_FAIL 1 /* tell the lib to end the task */ +#define CURL_CHUNK_BGN_FUNC_SKIP 2 /* skip this chunk over */ + +/* if splitting of data transfer is enabled, this callback is called before + download of an individual chunk started. Note that parameter "remains" works + only for FTP wildcard downloading (for now), otherwise is not used */ +typedef long (*curl_chunk_bgn_callback)(const void *transfer_info, + void *ptr, + int remains); + +/* return codes for CURLOPT_CHUNK_END_FUNCTION */ +#define CURL_CHUNK_END_FUNC_OK 0 +#define CURL_CHUNK_END_FUNC_FAIL 1 /* tell the lib to end the task */ + +/* If splitting of data transfer is enabled this callback is called after + download of an individual chunk finished. + Note! After this callback was set then it have to be called FOR ALL chunks. + Even if downloading of this chunk was skipped in CHUNK_BGN_FUNC. + This is the reason why we don't need "transfer_info" parameter in this + callback and we are not interested in "remains" parameter too. */ +typedef long (*curl_chunk_end_callback)(void *ptr); + +/* return codes for FNMATCHFUNCTION */ +#define CURL_FNMATCHFUNC_MATCH 0 /* string corresponds to the pattern */ +#define CURL_FNMATCHFUNC_NOMATCH 1 /* pattern doesn't match the string */ +#define CURL_FNMATCHFUNC_FAIL 2 /* an error occurred */ + +/* callback type for wildcard downloading pattern matching. If the + string matches the pattern, return CURL_FNMATCHFUNC_MATCH value, etc. */ +typedef int (*curl_fnmatch_callback)(void *ptr, + const char *pattern, + const char *string); + +/* These are the return codes for the seek callbacks */ +#define CURL_SEEKFUNC_OK 0 +#define CURL_SEEKFUNC_FAIL 1 /* fail the entire transfer */ +#define CURL_SEEKFUNC_CANTSEEK 2 /* tell libcurl seeking can't be done, so + libcurl might try other means instead */ +typedef int (*curl_seek_callback)(void *instream, + curl_off_t offset, + int origin); /* 'whence' */ + +/* This is a return code for the read callback that, when returned, will + signal libcurl to immediately abort the current transfer. */ +#define CURL_READFUNC_ABORT 0x10000000 +/* This is a return code for the read callback that, when returned, will + signal libcurl to pause sending data on the current transfer. */ +#define CURL_READFUNC_PAUSE 0x10000001 + +typedef size_t (*curl_read_callback)(char *buffer, + size_t size, + size_t nitems, + void *instream); + +typedef enum { + CURLSOCKTYPE_IPCXN, /* socket created for a specific IP connection */ + CURLSOCKTYPE_ACCEPT, /* socket created by accept() call */ + CURLSOCKTYPE_LAST /* never use */ +} curlsocktype; + +/* The return code from the sockopt_callback can signal information back + to libcurl: */ +#define CURL_SOCKOPT_OK 0 +#define CURL_SOCKOPT_ERROR 1 /* causes libcurl to abort and return + CURLE_ABORTED_BY_CALLBACK */ +#define CURL_SOCKOPT_ALREADY_CONNECTED 2 + +typedef int (*curl_sockopt_callback)(void *clientp, + curl_socket_t curlfd, + curlsocktype purpose); + +struct curl_sockaddr { + int family; + int socktype; + int protocol; + unsigned int addrlen; /* addrlen was a socklen_t type before 7.18.0 but it + turned really ugly and painful on the systems that + lack this type */ + struct sockaddr addr; +}; + +typedef curl_socket_t +(*curl_opensocket_callback)(void *clientp, + curlsocktype purpose, + struct curl_sockaddr *address); + +typedef int +(*curl_closesocket_callback)(void *clientp, curl_socket_t item); + +typedef enum { + CURLIOE_OK, /* I/O operation successful */ + CURLIOE_UNKNOWNCMD, /* command was unknown to callback */ + CURLIOE_FAILRESTART, /* failed to restart the read */ + CURLIOE_LAST /* never use */ +} curlioerr; + +typedef enum { + CURLIOCMD_NOP, /* no operation */ + CURLIOCMD_RESTARTREAD, /* restart the read stream from start */ + CURLIOCMD_LAST /* never use */ +} curliocmd; + +typedef curlioerr (*curl_ioctl_callback)(CURL *handle, + int cmd, + void *clientp); + +/* + * The following typedef's are signatures of malloc, free, realloc, strdup and + * calloc respectively. Function pointers of these types can be passed to the + * curl_global_init_mem() function to set user defined memory management + * callback routines. + */ +typedef void *(*curl_malloc_callback)(size_t size); +typedef void (*curl_free_callback)(void *ptr); +typedef void *(*curl_realloc_callback)(void *ptr, size_t size); +typedef char *(*curl_strdup_callback)(const char *str); +typedef void *(*curl_calloc_callback)(size_t nmemb, size_t size); + +/* the kind of data that is passed to information_callback*/ +typedef enum { + CURLINFO_TEXT = 0, + CURLINFO_HEADER_IN, /* 1 */ + CURLINFO_HEADER_OUT, /* 2 */ + CURLINFO_DATA_IN, /* 3 */ + CURLINFO_DATA_OUT, /* 4 */ + CURLINFO_SSL_DATA_IN, /* 5 */ + CURLINFO_SSL_DATA_OUT, /* 6 */ + CURLINFO_END +} curl_infotype; + +typedef int (*curl_debug_callback) + (CURL *handle, /* the handle/transfer this concerns */ + curl_infotype type, /* what kind of data */ + char *data, /* points to the data */ + size_t size, /* size of the data pointed to */ + void *userptr); /* whatever the user please */ + +/* All possible error codes from all sorts of curl functions. Future versions + may return other values, stay prepared. + + Always add new return codes last. Never *EVER* remove any. The return + codes must remain the same! + */ + +typedef enum { + CURLE_OK = 0, + CURLE_UNSUPPORTED_PROTOCOL, /* 1 */ + CURLE_FAILED_INIT, /* 2 */ + CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT, /* 3 */ + CURLE_NOT_BUILT_IN, /* 4 - [was obsoleted in August 2007 for + 7.17.0, reused in April 2011 for 7.21.5] */ + CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_PROXY, /* 5 */ + CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_HOST, /* 6 */ + CURLE_COULDNT_CONNECT, /* 7 */ + CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_SERVER_REPLY, /* 8 */ + CURLE_REMOTE_ACCESS_DENIED, /* 9 a service was denied by the server + due to lack of access - when login fails + this is not returned. */ + CURLE_FTP_ACCEPT_FAILED, /* 10 - [was obsoleted in April 2006 for + 7.15.4, reused in Dec 2011 for 7.24.0]*/ + CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASS_REPLY, /* 11 */ + CURLE_FTP_ACCEPT_TIMEOUT, /* 12 - timeout occurred accepting server + [was obsoleted in August 2007 for 7.17.0, + reused in Dec 2011 for 7.24.0]*/ + CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASV_REPLY, /* 13 */ + CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_227_FORMAT, /* 14 */ + CURLE_FTP_CANT_GET_HOST, /* 15 */ + CURLE_HTTP2, /* 16 - A problem in the http2 framing layer. + [was obsoleted in August 2007 for 7.17.0, + reused in July 2014 for 7.38.0] */ + CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_TYPE, /* 17 */ + CURLE_PARTIAL_FILE, /* 18 */ + CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_RETR_FILE, /* 19 */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE20, /* 20 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_QUOTE_ERROR, /* 21 - quote command failure */ + CURLE_HTTP_RETURNED_ERROR, /* 22 */ + CURLE_WRITE_ERROR, /* 23 */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE24, /* 24 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_UPLOAD_FAILED, /* 25 - failed upload "command" */ + CURLE_READ_ERROR, /* 26 - couldn't open/read from file */ + CURLE_OUT_OF_MEMORY, /* 27 */ + /* Note: CURLE_OUT_OF_MEMORY may sometimes indicate a conversion error + instead of a memory allocation error if CURL_DOES_CONVERSIONS + is defined + */ + CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEDOUT, /* 28 - the timeout time was reached */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE29, /* 29 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_FTP_PORT_FAILED, /* 30 - FTP PORT operation failed */ + CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_USE_REST, /* 31 - the REST command failed */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE32, /* 32 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_RANGE_ERROR, /* 33 - RANGE "command" didn't work */ + CURLE_HTTP_POST_ERROR, /* 34 */ + CURLE_SSL_CONNECT_ERROR, /* 35 - wrong when connecting with SSL */ + CURLE_BAD_DOWNLOAD_RESUME, /* 36 - couldn't resume download */ + CURLE_FILE_COULDNT_READ_FILE, /* 37 */ + CURLE_LDAP_CANNOT_BIND, /* 38 */ + CURLE_LDAP_SEARCH_FAILED, /* 39 */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE40, /* 40 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_FUNCTION_NOT_FOUND, /* 41 */ + CURLE_ABORTED_BY_CALLBACK, /* 42 */ + CURLE_BAD_FUNCTION_ARGUMENT, /* 43 */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE44, /* 44 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_INTERFACE_FAILED, /* 45 - CURLOPT_INTERFACE failed */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE46, /* 46 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_TOO_MANY_REDIRECTS , /* 47 - catch endless re-direct loops */ + CURLE_UNKNOWN_OPTION, /* 48 - User specified an unknown option */ + CURLE_TELNET_OPTION_SYNTAX , /* 49 - Malformed telnet option */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE50, /* 50 - NOT USED */ + CURLE_PEER_FAILED_VERIFICATION, /* 51 - peer's certificate or fingerprint + wasn't verified fine */ + CURLE_GOT_NOTHING, /* 52 - when this is a specific error */ + CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_NOTFOUND, /* 53 - SSL crypto engine not found */ + CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_SETFAILED, /* 54 - can not set SSL crypto engine as + default */ + CURLE_SEND_ERROR, /* 55 - failed sending network data */ + CURLE_RECV_ERROR, /* 56 - failure in receiving network data */ + CURLE_OBSOLETE57, /* 57 - NOT IN USE */ + CURLE_SSL_CERTPROBLEM, /* 58 - problem with the local certificate */ + CURLE_SSL_CIPHER, /* 59 - couldn't use specified cipher */ + CURLE_SSL_CACERT, /* 60 - problem with the CA cert (path?) */ + CURLE_BAD_CONTENT_ENCODING, /* 61 - Unrecognized/bad encoding */ + CURLE_LDAP_INVALID_URL, /* 62 - Invalid LDAP URL */ + CURLE_FILESIZE_EXCEEDED, /* 63 - Maximum file size exceeded */ + CURLE_USE_SSL_FAILED, /* 64 - Requested FTP SSL level failed */ + CURLE_SEND_FAIL_REWIND, /* 65 - Sending the data requires a rewind + that failed */ + CURLE_SSL_ENGINE_INITFAILED, /* 66 - failed to initialise ENGINE */ + CURLE_LOGIN_DENIED, /* 67 - user, password or similar was not + accepted and we failed to login */ + CURLE_TFTP_NOTFOUND, /* 68 - file not found on server */ + CURLE_TFTP_PERM, /* 69 - permission problem on server */ + CURLE_REMOTE_DISK_FULL, /* 70 - out of disk space on server */ + CURLE_TFTP_ILLEGAL, /* 71 - Illegal TFTP operation */ + CURLE_TFTP_UNKNOWNID, /* 72 - Unknown transfer ID */ + CURLE_REMOTE_FILE_EXISTS, /* 73 - File already exists */ + CURLE_TFTP_NOSUCHUSER, /* 74 - No such user */ + CURLE_CONV_FAILED, /* 75 - conversion failed */ + CURLE_CONV_REQD, /* 76 - caller must register conversion + callbacks using curl_easy_setopt options + CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_NETWORK_FUNCTION, + CURLOPT_CONV_TO_NETWORK_FUNCTION, and + CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_UTF8_FUNCTION */ + CURLE_SSL_CACERT_BADFILE, /* 77 - could not load CACERT file, missing + or wrong format */ + CURLE_REMOTE_FILE_NOT_FOUND, /* 78 - remote file not found */ + CURLE_SSH, /* 79 - error from the SSH layer, somewhat + generic so the error message will be of + interest when this has happened */ + + CURLE_SSL_SHUTDOWN_FAILED, /* 80 - Failed to shut down the SSL + connection */ + CURLE_AGAIN, /* 81 - socket is not ready for send/recv, + wait till it's ready and try again (Added + in 7.18.2) */ + CURLE_SSL_CRL_BADFILE, /* 82 - could not load CRL file, missing or + wrong format (Added in 7.19.0) */ + CURLE_SSL_ISSUER_ERROR, /* 83 - Issuer check failed. (Added in + 7.19.0) */ + CURLE_FTP_PRET_FAILED, /* 84 - a PRET command failed */ + CURLE_RTSP_CSEQ_ERROR, /* 85 - mismatch of RTSP CSeq numbers */ + CURLE_RTSP_SESSION_ERROR, /* 86 - mismatch of RTSP Session Ids */ + CURLE_FTP_BAD_FILE_LIST, /* 87 - unable to parse FTP file list */ + CURLE_CHUNK_FAILED, /* 88 - chunk callback reported error */ + CURLE_NO_CONNECTION_AVAILABLE, /* 89 - No connection available, the + session will be queued */ + CURLE_SSL_PINNEDPUBKEYNOTMATCH, /* 90 - specified pinned public key did not + match */ + CURL_LAST /* never use! */ +} CURLcode; + +#ifndef CURL_NO_OLDIES /* define this to test if your app builds with all + the obsolete stuff removed! */ + +/* Previously obsolete error code re-used in 7.38.0 */ +#define CURLE_OBSOLETE16 CURLE_HTTP2 + +/* Previously obsolete error codes re-used in 7.24.0 */ +#define CURLE_OBSOLETE10 CURLE_FTP_ACCEPT_FAILED +#define CURLE_OBSOLETE12 CURLE_FTP_ACCEPT_TIMEOUT + +/* compatibility with older names */ +#define CURLOPT_ENCODING CURLOPT_ACCEPT_ENCODING + +/* The following were added in 7.21.5, April 2011 */ +#define CURLE_UNKNOWN_TELNET_OPTION CURLE_UNKNOWN_OPTION + +/* The following were added in 7.17.1 */ +/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */ +#define CURLE_SSL_PEER_CERTIFICATE CURLE_PEER_FAILED_VERIFICATION + +/* The following were added in 7.17.0 */ +/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */ +#define CURLE_OBSOLETE CURLE_OBSOLETE50 /* no one should be using this! */ +#define CURLE_BAD_PASSWORD_ENTERED CURLE_OBSOLETE46 +#define CURLE_BAD_CALLING_ORDER CURLE_OBSOLETE44 +#define CURLE_FTP_USER_PASSWORD_INCORRECT CURLE_OBSOLETE10 +#define CURLE_FTP_CANT_RECONNECT CURLE_OBSOLETE16 +#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_GET_SIZE CURLE_OBSOLETE32 +#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_ASCII CURLE_OBSOLETE29 +#define CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_USER_REPLY CURLE_OBSOLETE12 +#define CURLE_FTP_WRITE_ERROR CURLE_OBSOLETE20 +#define CURLE_LIBRARY_NOT_FOUND CURLE_OBSOLETE40 +#define CURLE_MALFORMAT_USER CURLE_OBSOLETE24 +#define CURLE_SHARE_IN_USE CURLE_OBSOLETE57 +#define CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT_USER CURLE_NOT_BUILT_IN + +#define CURLE_FTP_ACCESS_DENIED CURLE_REMOTE_ACCESS_DENIED +#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_BINARY CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_TYPE +#define CURLE_FTP_QUOTE_ERROR CURLE_QUOTE_ERROR +#define CURLE_TFTP_DISKFULL CURLE_REMOTE_DISK_FULL +#define CURLE_TFTP_EXISTS CURLE_REMOTE_FILE_EXISTS +#define CURLE_HTTP_RANGE_ERROR CURLE_RANGE_ERROR +#define CURLE_FTP_SSL_FAILED CURLE_USE_SSL_FAILED + +/* The following were added earlier */ + +#define CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEOUTED CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEDOUT + +#define CURLE_HTTP_NOT_FOUND CURLE_HTTP_RETURNED_ERROR +#define CURLE_HTTP_PORT_FAILED CURLE_INTERFACE_FAILED +#define CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_STOR_FILE CURLE_UPLOAD_FAILED + +#define CURLE_FTP_PARTIAL_FILE CURLE_PARTIAL_FILE +#define CURLE_FTP_BAD_DOWNLOAD_RESUME CURLE_BAD_DOWNLOAD_RESUME + +/* This was the error code 50 in 7.7.3 and a few earlier versions, this + is no longer used by libcurl but is instead #defined here only to not + make programs break */ +#define CURLE_ALREADY_COMPLETE 99999 + +/* Provide defines for really old option names */ +#define CURLOPT_FILE CURLOPT_WRITEDATA /* name changed in 7.9.7 */ +#define CURLOPT_INFILE CURLOPT_READDATA /* name changed in 7.9.7 */ +#define CURLOPT_WRITEHEADER CURLOPT_HEADERDATA + +/* Since long deprecated options with no code in the lib that does anything + with them. */ +#define CURLOPT_WRITEINFO CURLOPT_OBSOLETE40 +#define CURLOPT_CLOSEPOLICY CURLOPT_OBSOLETE72 + +#endif /*!CURL_NO_OLDIES*/ + +/* This prototype applies to all conversion callbacks */ +typedef CURLcode (*curl_conv_callback)(char *buffer, size_t length); + +typedef CURLcode (*curl_ssl_ctx_callback)(CURL *curl, /* easy handle */ + void *ssl_ctx, /* actually an + OpenSSL SSL_CTX */ + void *userptr); + +typedef enum { + CURLPROXY_HTTP = 0, /* added in 7.10, new in 7.19.4 default is to use + CONNECT HTTP/1.1 */ + CURLPROXY_HTTP_1_0 = 1, /* added in 7.19.4, force to use CONNECT + HTTP/1.0 */ + CURLPROXY_SOCKS4 = 4, /* support added in 7.15.2, enum existed already + in 7.10 */ + CURLPROXY_SOCKS5 = 5, /* added in 7.10 */ + CURLPROXY_SOCKS4A = 6, /* added in 7.18.0 */ + CURLPROXY_SOCKS5_HOSTNAME = 7 /* Use the SOCKS5 protocol but pass along the + host name rather than the IP address. added + in 7.18.0 */ +} curl_proxytype; /* this enum was added in 7.10 */ + +/* + * Bitmasks for CURLOPT_HTTPAUTH and CURLOPT_PROXYAUTH options: + * + * CURLAUTH_NONE - No HTTP authentication + * CURLAUTH_BASIC - HTTP Basic authentication (default) + * CURLAUTH_DIGEST - HTTP Digest authentication + * CURLAUTH_NEGOTIATE - HTTP Negotiate (SPNEGO) authentication + * CURLAUTH_GSSNEGOTIATE - Alias for CURLAUTH_NEGOTIATE (deprecated) + * CURLAUTH_NTLM - HTTP NTLM authentication + * CURLAUTH_DIGEST_IE - HTTP Digest authentication with IE flavour + * CURLAUTH_NTLM_WB - HTTP NTLM authentication delegated to winbind helper + * CURLAUTH_ONLY - Use together with a single other type to force no + * authentication or just that single type + * CURLAUTH_ANY - All fine types set + * CURLAUTH_ANYSAFE - All fine types except Basic + */ + +#define CURLAUTH_NONE ((unsigned long)0) +#define CURLAUTH_BASIC (((unsigned long)1)<<0) +#define CURLAUTH_DIGEST (((unsigned long)1)<<1) +#define CURLAUTH_NEGOTIATE (((unsigned long)1)<<2) +/* Deprecated since the advent of CURLAUTH_NEGOTIATE */ +#define CURLAUTH_GSSNEGOTIATE CURLAUTH_NEGOTIATE +#define CURLAUTH_NTLM (((unsigned long)1)<<3) +#define CURLAUTH_DIGEST_IE (((unsigned long)1)<<4) +#define CURLAUTH_NTLM_WB (((unsigned long)1)<<5) +#define CURLAUTH_ONLY (((unsigned long)1)<<31) +#define CURLAUTH_ANY (~CURLAUTH_DIGEST_IE) +#define CURLAUTH_ANYSAFE (~(CURLAUTH_BASIC|CURLAUTH_DIGEST_IE)) + +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_ANY ~0 /* all types supported by the server */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_NONE 0 /* none allowed, silly but complete */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_PUBLICKEY (1<<0) /* public/private key files */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_PASSWORD (1<<1) /* password */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_HOST (1<<2) /* host key files */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_KEYBOARD (1<<3) /* keyboard interactive */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_AGENT (1<<4) /* agent (ssh-agent, pageant...) */ +#define CURLSSH_AUTH_DEFAULT CURLSSH_AUTH_ANY + +#define CURLGSSAPI_DELEGATION_NONE 0 /* no delegation (default) */ +#define CURLGSSAPI_DELEGATION_POLICY_FLAG (1<<0) /* if permitted by policy */ +#define CURLGSSAPI_DELEGATION_FLAG (1<<1) /* delegate always */ + +#define CURL_ERROR_SIZE 256 + +enum curl_khtype { + CURLKHTYPE_UNKNOWN, + CURLKHTYPE_RSA1, + CURLKHTYPE_RSA, + CURLKHTYPE_DSS +}; + +struct curl_khkey { + const char *key; /* points to a zero-terminated string encoded with base64 + if len is zero, otherwise to the "raw" data */ + size_t len; + enum curl_khtype keytype; +}; + +/* this is the set of return values expected from the curl_sshkeycallback + callback */ +enum curl_khstat { + CURLKHSTAT_FINE_ADD_TO_FILE, + CURLKHSTAT_FINE, + CURLKHSTAT_REJECT, /* reject the connection, return an error */ + CURLKHSTAT_DEFER, /* do not accept it, but we can't answer right now so + this causes a CURLE_DEFER error but otherwise the + connection will be left intact etc */ + CURLKHSTAT_LAST /* not for use, only a marker for last-in-list */ +}; + +/* this is the set of status codes pass in to the callback */ +enum curl_khmatch { + CURLKHMATCH_OK, /* match */ + CURLKHMATCH_MISMATCH, /* host found, key mismatch! */ + CURLKHMATCH_MISSING, /* no matching host/key found */ + CURLKHMATCH_LAST /* not for use, only a marker for last-in-list */ +}; + +typedef int + (*curl_sshkeycallback) (CURL *easy, /* easy handle */ + const struct curl_khkey *knownkey, /* known */ + const struct curl_khkey *foundkey, /* found */ + enum curl_khmatch, /* libcurl's view on the keys */ + void *clientp); /* custom pointer passed from app */ + +/* parameter for the CURLOPT_USE_SSL option */ +typedef enum { + CURLUSESSL_NONE, /* do not attempt to use SSL */ + CURLUSESSL_TRY, /* try using SSL, proceed anyway otherwise */ + CURLUSESSL_CONTROL, /* SSL for the control connection or fail */ + CURLUSESSL_ALL, /* SSL for all communication or fail */ + CURLUSESSL_LAST /* not an option, never use */ +} curl_usessl; + +/* Definition of bits for the CURLOPT_SSL_OPTIONS argument: */ + +/* - ALLOW_BEAST tells libcurl to allow the BEAST SSL vulnerability in the + name of improving interoperability with older servers. Some SSL libraries + have introduced work-arounds for this flaw but those work-arounds sometimes + make the SSL communication fail. To regain functionality with those broken + servers, a user can this way allow the vulnerability back. */ +#define CURLSSLOPT_ALLOW_BEAST (1<<0) + +#ifndef CURL_NO_OLDIES /* define this to test if your app builds with all + the obsolete stuff removed! */ + +/* Backwards compatibility with older names */ +/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */ + +#define CURLFTPSSL_NONE CURLUSESSL_NONE +#define CURLFTPSSL_TRY CURLUSESSL_TRY +#define CURLFTPSSL_CONTROL CURLUSESSL_CONTROL +#define CURLFTPSSL_ALL CURLUSESSL_ALL +#define CURLFTPSSL_LAST CURLUSESSL_LAST +#define curl_ftpssl curl_usessl +#endif /*!CURL_NO_OLDIES*/ + +/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTP_SSL_CCC option */ +typedef enum { + CURLFTPSSL_CCC_NONE, /* do not send CCC */ + CURLFTPSSL_CCC_PASSIVE, /* Let the server initiate the shutdown */ + CURLFTPSSL_CCC_ACTIVE, /* Initiate the shutdown */ + CURLFTPSSL_CCC_LAST /* not an option, never use */ +} curl_ftpccc; + +/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTPSSLAUTH option */ +typedef enum { + CURLFTPAUTH_DEFAULT, /* let libcurl decide */ + CURLFTPAUTH_SSL, /* use "AUTH SSL" */ + CURLFTPAUTH_TLS, /* use "AUTH TLS" */ + CURLFTPAUTH_LAST /* not an option, never use */ +} curl_ftpauth; + +/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTP_CREATE_MISSING_DIRS option */ +typedef enum { + CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR_NONE, /* do NOT create missing dirs! */ + CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR, /* (FTP/SFTP) if CWD fails, try MKD and then CWD + again if MKD succeeded, for SFTP this does + similar magic */ + CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR_RETRY, /* (FTP only) if CWD fails, try MKD and then CWD + again even if MKD failed! */ + CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR_LAST /* not an option, never use */ +} curl_ftpcreatedir; + +/* parameter for the CURLOPT_FTP_FILEMETHOD option */ +typedef enum { + CURLFTPMETHOD_DEFAULT, /* let libcurl pick */ + CURLFTPMETHOD_MULTICWD, /* single CWD operation for each path part */ + CURLFTPMETHOD_NOCWD, /* no CWD at all */ + CURLFTPMETHOD_SINGLECWD, /* one CWD to full dir, then work on file */ + CURLFTPMETHOD_LAST /* not an option, never use */ +} curl_ftpmethod; + +/* bitmask defines for CURLOPT_HEADEROPT */ +#define CURLHEADER_UNIFIED 0 +#define CURLHEADER_SEPARATE (1<<0) + +/* CURLPROTO_ defines are for the CURLOPT_*PROTOCOLS options */ +#define CURLPROTO_HTTP (1<<0) +#define CURLPROTO_HTTPS (1<<1) +#define CURLPROTO_FTP (1<<2) +#define CURLPROTO_FTPS (1<<3) +#define CURLPROTO_SCP (1<<4) +#define CURLPROTO_SFTP (1<<5) +#define CURLPROTO_TELNET (1<<6) +#define CURLPROTO_LDAP (1<<7) +#define CURLPROTO_LDAPS (1<<8) +#define CURLPROTO_DICT (1<<9) +#define CURLPROTO_FILE (1<<10) +#define CURLPROTO_TFTP (1<<11) +#define CURLPROTO_IMAP (1<<12) +#define CURLPROTO_IMAPS (1<<13) +#define CURLPROTO_POP3 (1<<14) +#define CURLPROTO_POP3S (1<<15) +#define CURLPROTO_SMTP (1<<16) +#define CURLPROTO_SMTPS (1<<17) +#define CURLPROTO_RTSP (1<<18) +#define CURLPROTO_RTMP (1<<19) +#define CURLPROTO_RTMPT (1<<20) +#define CURLPROTO_RTMPE (1<<21) +#define CURLPROTO_RTMPTE (1<<22) +#define CURLPROTO_RTMPS (1<<23) +#define CURLPROTO_RTMPTS (1<<24) +#define CURLPROTO_GOPHER (1<<25) +#define CURLPROTO_SMB (1<<26) +#define CURLPROTO_SMBS (1<<27) +#define CURLPROTO_ALL (~0) /* enable everything */ + +/* long may be 32 or 64 bits, but we should never depend on anything else + but 32 */ +#define CURLOPTTYPE_LONG 0 +#define CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT 10000 +#define CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT 20000 +#define CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T 30000 + +/* name is uppercase CURLOPT_, + type is one of the defined CURLOPTTYPE_ + number is unique identifier */ +#ifdef CINIT +#undef CINIT +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_ISOCPP +#define CINIT(na,t,nu) CURLOPT_ ## na = CURLOPTTYPE_ ## t + nu +#else +/* The macro "##" is ISO C, we assume pre-ISO C doesn't support it. */ +#define LONG CURLOPTTYPE_LONG +#define OBJECTPOINT CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT +#define FUNCTIONPOINT CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT +#define OFF_T CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T +#define CINIT(name,type,number) CURLOPT_/**/name = type + number +#endif + +/* + * This macro-mania below setups the CURLOPT_[what] enum, to be used with + * curl_easy_setopt(). The first argument in the CINIT() macro is the [what] + * word. + */ + +typedef enum { + /* This is the FILE * or void * the regular output should be written to. */ + CINIT(WRITEDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 1), + + /* The full URL to get/put */ + CINIT(URL, OBJECTPOINT, 2), + + /* Port number to connect to, if other than default. */ + CINIT(PORT, LONG, 3), + + /* Name of proxy to use. */ + CINIT(PROXY, OBJECTPOINT, 4), + + /* "user:password;options" to use when fetching. */ + CINIT(USERPWD, OBJECTPOINT, 5), + + /* "user:password" to use with proxy. */ + CINIT(PROXYUSERPWD, OBJECTPOINT, 6), + + /* Range to get, specified as an ASCII string. */ + CINIT(RANGE, OBJECTPOINT, 7), + + /* not used */ + + /* Specified file stream to upload from (use as input): */ + CINIT(READDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 9), + + /* Buffer to receive error messages in, must be at least CURL_ERROR_SIZE + * bytes big. If this is not used, error messages go to stderr instead: */ + CINIT(ERRORBUFFER, OBJECTPOINT, 10), + + /* Function that will be called to store the output (instead of fwrite). The + * parameters will use fwrite() syntax, make sure to follow them. */ + CINIT(WRITEFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 11), + + /* Function that will be called to read the input (instead of fread). The + * parameters will use fread() syntax, make sure to follow them. */ + CINIT(READFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 12), + + /* Time-out the read operation after this amount of seconds */ + CINIT(TIMEOUT, LONG, 13), + + /* If the CURLOPT_INFILE is used, this can be used to inform libcurl about + * how large the file being sent really is. That allows better error + * checking and better verifies that the upload was successful. -1 means + * unknown size. + * + * For large file support, there is also a _LARGE version of the key + * which takes an off_t type, allowing platforms with larger off_t + * sizes to handle larger files. See below for INFILESIZE_LARGE. + */ + CINIT(INFILESIZE, LONG, 14), + + /* POST static input fields. */ + CINIT(POSTFIELDS, OBJECTPOINT, 15), + + /* Set the referrer page (needed by some CGIs) */ + CINIT(REFERER, OBJECTPOINT, 16), + + /* Set the FTP PORT string (interface name, named or numerical IP address) + Use i.e '-' to use default address. */ + CINIT(FTPPORT, OBJECTPOINT, 17), + + /* Set the User-Agent string (examined by some CGIs) */ + CINIT(USERAGENT, OBJECTPOINT, 18), + + /* If the download receives less than "low speed limit" bytes/second + * during "low speed time" seconds, the operations is aborted. + * You could i.e if you have a pretty high speed connection, abort if + * it is less than 2000 bytes/sec during 20 seconds. + */ + + /* Set the "low speed limit" */ + CINIT(LOW_SPEED_LIMIT, LONG, 19), + + /* Set the "low speed time" */ + CINIT(LOW_SPEED_TIME, LONG, 20), + + /* Set the continuation offset. + * + * Note there is also a _LARGE version of this key which uses + * off_t types, allowing for large file offsets on platforms which + * use larger-than-32-bit off_t's. Look below for RESUME_FROM_LARGE. + */ + CINIT(RESUME_FROM, LONG, 21), + + /* Set cookie in request: */ + CINIT(COOKIE, OBJECTPOINT, 22), + + /* This points to a linked list of headers, struct curl_slist kind. This + list is also used for RTSP (in spite of its name) */ + CINIT(HTTPHEADER, OBJECTPOINT, 23), + + /* This points to a linked list of post entries, struct curl_httppost */ + CINIT(HTTPPOST, OBJECTPOINT, 24), + + /* name of the file keeping your private SSL-certificate */ + CINIT(SSLCERT, OBJECTPOINT, 25), + + /* password for the SSL or SSH private key */ + CINIT(KEYPASSWD, OBJECTPOINT, 26), + + /* send TYPE parameter? */ + CINIT(CRLF, LONG, 27), + + /* send linked-list of QUOTE commands */ + CINIT(QUOTE, OBJECTPOINT, 28), + + /* send FILE * or void * to store headers to, if you use a callback it + is simply passed to the callback unmodified */ + CINIT(HEADERDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 29), + + /* point to a file to read the initial cookies from, also enables + "cookie awareness" */ + CINIT(COOKIEFILE, OBJECTPOINT, 31), + + /* What version to specifically try to use. + See CURL_SSLVERSION defines below. */ + CINIT(SSLVERSION, LONG, 32), + + /* What kind of HTTP time condition to use, see defines */ + CINIT(TIMECONDITION, LONG, 33), + + /* Time to use with the above condition. Specified in number of seconds + since 1 Jan 1970 */ + CINIT(TIMEVALUE, LONG, 34), + + /* 35 = OBSOLETE */ + + /* Custom request, for customizing the get command like + HTTP: DELETE, TRACE and others + FTP: to use a different list command + */ + CINIT(CUSTOMREQUEST, OBJECTPOINT, 36), + + /* HTTP request, for odd commands like DELETE, TRACE and others */ + CINIT(STDERR, OBJECTPOINT, 37), + + /* 38 is not used */ + + /* send linked-list of post-transfer QUOTE commands */ + CINIT(POSTQUOTE, OBJECTPOINT, 39), + + CINIT(OBSOLETE40, OBJECTPOINT, 40), /* OBSOLETE, do not use! */ + + CINIT(VERBOSE, LONG, 41), /* talk a lot */ + CINIT(HEADER, LONG, 42), /* throw the header out too */ + CINIT(NOPROGRESS, LONG, 43), /* shut off the progress meter */ + CINIT(NOBODY, LONG, 44), /* use HEAD to get http document */ + CINIT(FAILONERROR, LONG, 45), /* no output on http error codes >= 400 */ + CINIT(UPLOAD, LONG, 46), /* this is an upload */ + CINIT(POST, LONG, 47), /* HTTP POST method */ + CINIT(DIRLISTONLY, LONG, 48), /* bare names when listing directories */ + + CINIT(APPEND, LONG, 50), /* Append instead of overwrite on upload! */ + + /* Specify whether to read the user+password from the .netrc or the URL. + * This must be one of the CURL_NETRC_* enums below. */ + CINIT(NETRC, LONG, 51), + + CINIT(FOLLOWLOCATION, LONG, 52), /* use Location: Luke! */ + + CINIT(TRANSFERTEXT, LONG, 53), /* transfer data in text/ASCII format */ + CINIT(PUT, LONG, 54), /* HTTP PUT */ + + /* 55 = OBSOLETE */ + + /* DEPRECATED + * Function that will be called instead of the internal progress display + * function. This function should be defined as the curl_progress_callback + * prototype defines. */ + CINIT(PROGRESSFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 56), + + /* Data passed to the CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION and CURLOPT_XFERINFOFUNCTION + callbacks */ + CINIT(PROGRESSDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 57), +#define CURLOPT_XFERINFODATA CURLOPT_PROGRESSDATA + + /* We want the referrer field set automatically when following locations */ + CINIT(AUTOREFERER, LONG, 58), + + /* Port of the proxy, can be set in the proxy string as well with: + "[host]:[port]" */ + CINIT(PROXYPORT, LONG, 59), + + /* size of the POST input data, if strlen() is not good to use */ + CINIT(POSTFIELDSIZE, LONG, 60), + + /* tunnel non-http operations through a HTTP proxy */ + CINIT(HTTPPROXYTUNNEL, LONG, 61), + + /* Set the interface string to use as outgoing network interface */ + CINIT(INTERFACE, OBJECTPOINT, 62), + + /* Set the krb4/5 security level, this also enables krb4/5 awareness. This + * is a string, 'clear', 'safe', 'confidential' or 'private'. If the string + * is set but doesn't match one of these, 'private' will be used. */ + CINIT(KRBLEVEL, OBJECTPOINT, 63), + + /* Set if we should verify the peer in ssl handshake, set 1 to verify. */ + CINIT(SSL_VERIFYPEER, LONG, 64), + + /* The CApath or CAfile used to validate the peer certificate + this option is used only if SSL_VERIFYPEER is true */ + CINIT(CAINFO, OBJECTPOINT, 65), + + /* 66 = OBSOLETE */ + /* 67 = OBSOLETE */ + + /* Maximum number of http redirects to follow */ + CINIT(MAXREDIRS, LONG, 68), + + /* Pass a long set to 1 to get the date of the requested document (if + possible)! Pass a zero to shut it off. */ + CINIT(FILETIME, LONG, 69), + + /* This points to a linked list of telnet options */ + CINIT(TELNETOPTIONS, OBJECTPOINT, 70), + + /* Max amount of cached alive connections */ + CINIT(MAXCONNECTS, LONG, 71), + + CINIT(OBSOLETE72, LONG, 72), /* OBSOLETE, do not use! */ + + /* 73 = OBSOLETE */ + + /* Set to explicitly use a new connection for the upcoming transfer. + Do not use this unless you're absolutely sure of this, as it makes the + operation slower and is less friendly for the network. */ + CINIT(FRESH_CONNECT, LONG, 74), + + /* Set to explicitly forbid the upcoming transfer's connection to be re-used + when done. Do not use this unless you're absolutely sure of this, as it + makes the operation slower and is less friendly for the network. */ + CINIT(FORBID_REUSE, LONG, 75), + + /* Set to a file name that contains random data for libcurl to use to + seed the random engine when doing SSL connects. */ + CINIT(RANDOM_FILE, OBJECTPOINT, 76), + + /* Set to the Entropy Gathering Daemon socket pathname */ + CINIT(EGDSOCKET, OBJECTPOINT, 77), + + /* Time-out connect operations after this amount of seconds, if connects are + OK within this time, then fine... This only aborts the connect phase. */ + CINIT(CONNECTTIMEOUT, LONG, 78), + + /* Function that will be called to store headers (instead of fwrite). The + * parameters will use fwrite() syntax, make sure to follow them. */ + CINIT(HEADERFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 79), + + /* Set this to force the HTTP request to get back to GET. Only really usable + if POST, PUT or a custom request have been used first. + */ + CINIT(HTTPGET, LONG, 80), + + /* Set if we should verify the Common name from the peer certificate in ssl + * handshake, set 1 to check existence, 2 to ensure that it matches the + * provided hostname. */ + CINIT(SSL_VERIFYHOST, LONG, 81), + + /* Specify which file name to write all known cookies in after completed + operation. Set file name to "-" (dash) to make it go to stdout. */ + CINIT(COOKIEJAR, OBJECTPOINT, 82), + + /* Specify which SSL ciphers to use */ + CINIT(SSL_CIPHER_LIST, OBJECTPOINT, 83), + + /* Specify which HTTP version to use! This must be set to one of the + CURL_HTTP_VERSION* enums set below. */ + CINIT(HTTP_VERSION, LONG, 84), + + /* Specifically switch on or off the FTP engine's use of the EPSV command. By + default, that one will always be attempted before the more traditional + PASV command. */ + CINIT(FTP_USE_EPSV, LONG, 85), + + /* type of the file keeping your SSL-certificate ("DER", "PEM", "ENG") */ + CINIT(SSLCERTTYPE, OBJECTPOINT, 86), + + /* name of the file keeping your private SSL-key */ + CINIT(SSLKEY, OBJECTPOINT, 87), + + /* type of the file keeping your private SSL-key ("DER", "PEM", "ENG") */ + CINIT(SSLKEYTYPE, OBJECTPOINT, 88), + + /* crypto engine for the SSL-sub system */ + CINIT(SSLENGINE, OBJECTPOINT, 89), + + /* set the crypto engine for the SSL-sub system as default + the param has no meaning... + */ + CINIT(SSLENGINE_DEFAULT, LONG, 90), + + /* Non-zero value means to use the global dns cache */ + CINIT(DNS_USE_GLOBAL_CACHE, LONG, 91), /* DEPRECATED, do not use! */ + + /* DNS cache timeout */ + CINIT(DNS_CACHE_TIMEOUT, LONG, 92), + + /* send linked-list of pre-transfer QUOTE commands */ + CINIT(PREQUOTE, OBJECTPOINT, 93), + + /* set the debug function */ + CINIT(DEBUGFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 94), + + /* set the data for the debug function */ + CINIT(DEBUGDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 95), + + /* mark this as start of a cookie session */ + CINIT(COOKIESESSION, LONG, 96), + + /* The CApath directory used to validate the peer certificate + this option is used only if SSL_VERIFYPEER is true */ + CINIT(CAPATH, OBJECTPOINT, 97), + + /* Instruct libcurl to use a smaller receive buffer */ + CINIT(BUFFERSIZE, LONG, 98), + + /* Instruct libcurl to not use any signal/alarm handlers, even when using + timeouts. This option is useful for multi-threaded applications. + See libcurl-the-guide for more background information. */ + CINIT(NOSIGNAL, LONG, 99), + + /* Provide a CURLShare for mutexing non-ts data */ + CINIT(SHARE, OBJECTPOINT, 100), + + /* indicates type of proxy. accepted values are CURLPROXY_HTTP (default), + CURLPROXY_SOCKS4, CURLPROXY_SOCKS4A and CURLPROXY_SOCKS5. */ + CINIT(PROXYTYPE, LONG, 101), + + /* Set the Accept-Encoding string. Use this to tell a server you would like + the response to be compressed. Before 7.21.6, this was known as + CURLOPT_ENCODING */ + CINIT(ACCEPT_ENCODING, OBJECTPOINT, 102), + + /* Set pointer to private data */ + CINIT(PRIVATE, OBJECTPOINT, 103), + + /* Set aliases for HTTP 200 in the HTTP Response header */ + CINIT(HTTP200ALIASES, OBJECTPOINT, 104), + + /* Continue to send authentication (user+password) when following locations, + even when hostname changed. This can potentially send off the name + and password to whatever host the server decides. */ + CINIT(UNRESTRICTED_AUTH, LONG, 105), + + /* Specifically switch on or off the FTP engine's use of the EPRT command ( + it also disables the LPRT attempt). By default, those ones will always be + attempted before the good old traditional PORT command. */ + CINIT(FTP_USE_EPRT, LONG, 106), + + /* Set this to a bitmask value to enable the particular authentications + methods you like. Use this in combination with CURLOPT_USERPWD. + Note that setting multiple bits may cause extra network round-trips. */ + CINIT(HTTPAUTH, LONG, 107), + + /* Set the ssl context callback function, currently only for OpenSSL ssl_ctx + in second argument. The function must be matching the + curl_ssl_ctx_callback proto. */ + CINIT(SSL_CTX_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 108), + + /* Set the userdata for the ssl context callback function's third + argument */ + CINIT(SSL_CTX_DATA, OBJECTPOINT, 109), + + /* FTP Option that causes missing dirs to be created on the remote server. + In 7.19.4 we introduced the convenience enums for this option using the + CURLFTP_CREATE_DIR prefix. + */ + CINIT(FTP_CREATE_MISSING_DIRS, LONG, 110), + + /* Set this to a bitmask value to enable the particular authentications + methods you like. Use this in combination with CURLOPT_PROXYUSERPWD. + Note that setting multiple bits may cause extra network round-trips. */ + CINIT(PROXYAUTH, LONG, 111), + + /* FTP option that changes the timeout, in seconds, associated with + getting a response. This is different from transfer timeout time and + essentially places a demand on the FTP server to acknowledge commands + in a timely manner. */ + CINIT(FTP_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT, LONG, 112), +#define CURLOPT_SERVER_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT CURLOPT_FTP_RESPONSE_TIMEOUT + + /* Set this option to one of the CURL_IPRESOLVE_* defines (see below) to + tell libcurl to resolve names to those IP versions only. This only has + affect on systems with support for more than one, i.e IPv4 _and_ IPv6. */ + CINIT(IPRESOLVE, LONG, 113), + + /* Set this option to limit the size of a file that will be downloaded from + an HTTP or FTP server. + + Note there is also _LARGE version which adds large file support for + platforms which have larger off_t sizes. See MAXFILESIZE_LARGE below. */ + CINIT(MAXFILESIZE, LONG, 114), + + /* See the comment for INFILESIZE above, but in short, specifies + * the size of the file being uploaded. -1 means unknown. + */ + CINIT(INFILESIZE_LARGE, OFF_T, 115), + + /* Sets the continuation offset. There is also a LONG version of this; + * look above for RESUME_FROM. + */ + CINIT(RESUME_FROM_LARGE, OFF_T, 116), + + /* Sets the maximum size of data that will be downloaded from + * an HTTP or FTP server. See MAXFILESIZE above for the LONG version. + */ + CINIT(MAXFILESIZE_LARGE, OFF_T, 117), + + /* Set this option to the file name of your .netrc file you want libcurl + to parse (using the CURLOPT_NETRC option). If not set, libcurl will do + a poor attempt to find the user's home directory and check for a .netrc + file in there. */ + CINIT(NETRC_FILE, OBJECTPOINT, 118), + + /* Enable SSL/TLS for FTP, pick one of: + CURLUSESSL_TRY - try using SSL, proceed anyway otherwise + CURLUSESSL_CONTROL - SSL for the control connection or fail + CURLUSESSL_ALL - SSL for all communication or fail + */ + CINIT(USE_SSL, LONG, 119), + + /* The _LARGE version of the standard POSTFIELDSIZE option */ + CINIT(POSTFIELDSIZE_LARGE, OFF_T, 120), + + /* Enable/disable the TCP Nagle algorithm */ + CINIT(TCP_NODELAY, LONG, 121), + + /* 122 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */ + /* 123 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */ + /* 124 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */ + /* 125 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */ + /* 126 OBSOLETE, used in 7.12.3. Gone in 7.13.0 */ + /* 127 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */ + /* 128 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */ + + /* When FTP over SSL/TLS is selected (with CURLOPT_USE_SSL), this option + can be used to change libcurl's default action which is to first try + "AUTH SSL" and then "AUTH TLS" in this order, and proceed when a OK + response has been received. + + Available parameters are: + CURLFTPAUTH_DEFAULT - let libcurl decide + CURLFTPAUTH_SSL - try "AUTH SSL" first, then TLS + CURLFTPAUTH_TLS - try "AUTH TLS" first, then SSL + */ + CINIT(FTPSSLAUTH, LONG, 129), + + CINIT(IOCTLFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 130), + CINIT(IOCTLDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 131), + + /* 132 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */ + /* 133 OBSOLETE. Gone in 7.16.0 */ + + /* zero terminated string for pass on to the FTP server when asked for + "account" info */ + CINIT(FTP_ACCOUNT, OBJECTPOINT, 134), + + /* feed cookies into cookie engine */ + CINIT(COOKIELIST, OBJECTPOINT, 135), + + /* ignore Content-Length */ + CINIT(IGNORE_CONTENT_LENGTH, LONG, 136), + + /* Set to non-zero to skip the IP address received in a 227 PASV FTP server + response. Typically used for FTP-SSL purposes but is not restricted to + that. libcurl will then instead use the same IP address it used for the + control connection. */ + CINIT(FTP_SKIP_PASV_IP, LONG, 137), + + /* Select "file method" to use when doing FTP, see the curl_ftpmethod + above. */ + CINIT(FTP_FILEMETHOD, LONG, 138), + + /* Local port number to bind the socket to */ + CINIT(LOCALPORT, LONG, 139), + + /* Number of ports to try, including the first one set with LOCALPORT. + Thus, setting it to 1 will make no additional attempts but the first. + */ + CINIT(LOCALPORTRANGE, LONG, 140), + + /* no transfer, set up connection and let application use the socket by + extracting it with CURLINFO_LASTSOCKET */ + CINIT(CONNECT_ONLY, LONG, 141), + + /* Function that will be called to convert from the + network encoding (instead of using the iconv calls in libcurl) */ + CINIT(CONV_FROM_NETWORK_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 142), + + /* Function that will be called to convert to the + network encoding (instead of using the iconv calls in libcurl) */ + CINIT(CONV_TO_NETWORK_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 143), + + /* Function that will be called to convert from UTF8 + (instead of using the iconv calls in libcurl) + Note that this is used only for SSL certificate processing */ + CINIT(CONV_FROM_UTF8_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 144), + + /* if the connection proceeds too quickly then need to slow it down */ + /* limit-rate: maximum number of bytes per second to send or receive */ + CINIT(MAX_SEND_SPEED_LARGE, OFF_T, 145), + CINIT(MAX_RECV_SPEED_LARGE, OFF_T, 146), + + /* Pointer to command string to send if USER/PASS fails. */ + CINIT(FTP_ALTERNATIVE_TO_USER, OBJECTPOINT, 147), + + /* callback function for setting socket options */ + CINIT(SOCKOPTFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 148), + CINIT(SOCKOPTDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 149), + + /* set to 0 to disable session ID re-use for this transfer, default is + enabled (== 1) */ + CINIT(SSL_SESSIONID_CACHE, LONG, 150), + + /* allowed SSH authentication methods */ + CINIT(SSH_AUTH_TYPES, LONG, 151), + + /* Used by scp/sftp to do public/private key authentication */ + CINIT(SSH_PUBLIC_KEYFILE, OBJECTPOINT, 152), + CINIT(SSH_PRIVATE_KEYFILE, OBJECTPOINT, 153), + + /* Send CCC (Clear Command Channel) after authentication */ + CINIT(FTP_SSL_CCC, LONG, 154), + + /* Same as TIMEOUT and CONNECTTIMEOUT, but with ms resolution */ + CINIT(TIMEOUT_MS, LONG, 155), + CINIT(CONNECTTIMEOUT_MS, LONG, 156), + + /* set to zero to disable the libcurl's decoding and thus pass the raw body + data to the application even when it is encoded/compressed */ + CINIT(HTTP_TRANSFER_DECODING, LONG, 157), + CINIT(HTTP_CONTENT_DECODING, LONG, 158), + + /* Permission used when creating new files and directories on the remote + server for protocols that support it, SFTP/SCP/FILE */ + CINIT(NEW_FILE_PERMS, LONG, 159), + CINIT(NEW_DIRECTORY_PERMS, LONG, 160), + + /* Set the behaviour of POST when redirecting. Values must be set to one + of CURL_REDIR* defines below. This used to be called CURLOPT_POST301 */ + CINIT(POSTREDIR, LONG, 161), + + /* used by scp/sftp to verify the host's public key */ + CINIT(SSH_HOST_PUBLIC_KEY_MD5, OBJECTPOINT, 162), + + /* Callback function for opening socket (instead of socket(2)). Optionally, + callback is able change the address or refuse to connect returning + CURL_SOCKET_BAD. The callback should have type + curl_opensocket_callback */ + CINIT(OPENSOCKETFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 163), + CINIT(OPENSOCKETDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 164), + + /* POST volatile input fields. */ + CINIT(COPYPOSTFIELDS, OBJECTPOINT, 165), + + /* set transfer mode (;type=) when doing FTP via an HTTP proxy */ + CINIT(PROXY_TRANSFER_MODE, LONG, 166), + + /* Callback function for seeking in the input stream */ + CINIT(SEEKFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 167), + CINIT(SEEKDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 168), + + /* CRL file */ + CINIT(CRLFILE, OBJECTPOINT, 169), + + /* Issuer certificate */ + CINIT(ISSUERCERT, OBJECTPOINT, 170), + + /* (IPv6) Address scope */ + CINIT(ADDRESS_SCOPE, LONG, 171), + + /* Collect certificate chain info and allow it to get retrievable with + CURLINFO_CERTINFO after the transfer is complete. */ + CINIT(CERTINFO, LONG, 172), + + /* "name" and "pwd" to use when fetching. */ + CINIT(USERNAME, OBJECTPOINT, 173), + CINIT(PASSWORD, OBJECTPOINT, 174), + + /* "name" and "pwd" to use with Proxy when fetching. */ + CINIT(PROXYUSERNAME, OBJECTPOINT, 175), + CINIT(PROXYPASSWORD, OBJECTPOINT, 176), + + /* Comma separated list of hostnames defining no-proxy zones. These should + match both hostnames directly, and hostnames within a domain. For + example, local.com will match local.com and www.local.com, but NOT + notlocal.com or www.notlocal.com. For compatibility with other + implementations of this, .local.com will be considered to be the same as + local.com. A single * is the only valid wildcard, and effectively + disables the use of proxy. */ + CINIT(NOPROXY, OBJECTPOINT, 177), + + /* block size for TFTP transfers */ + CINIT(TFTP_BLKSIZE, LONG, 178), + + /* Socks Service */ + CINIT(SOCKS5_GSSAPI_SERVICE, OBJECTPOINT, 179), + + /* Socks Service */ + CINIT(SOCKS5_GSSAPI_NEC, LONG, 180), + + /* set the bitmask for the protocols that are allowed to be used for the + transfer, which thus helps the app which takes URLs from users or other + external inputs and want to restrict what protocol(s) to deal + with. Defaults to CURLPROTO_ALL. */ + CINIT(PROTOCOLS, LONG, 181), + + /* set the bitmask for the protocols that libcurl is allowed to follow to, + as a subset of the CURLOPT_PROTOCOLS ones. That means the protocol needs + to be set in both bitmasks to be allowed to get redirected to. Defaults + to all protocols except FILE and SCP. */ + CINIT(REDIR_PROTOCOLS, LONG, 182), + + /* set the SSH knownhost file name to use */ + CINIT(SSH_KNOWNHOSTS, OBJECTPOINT, 183), + + /* set the SSH host key callback, must point to a curl_sshkeycallback + function */ + CINIT(SSH_KEYFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 184), + + /* set the SSH host key callback custom pointer */ + CINIT(SSH_KEYDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 185), + + /* set the SMTP mail originator */ + CINIT(MAIL_FROM, OBJECTPOINT, 186), + + /* set the SMTP mail receiver(s) */ + CINIT(MAIL_RCPT, OBJECTPOINT, 187), + + /* FTP: send PRET before PASV */ + CINIT(FTP_USE_PRET, LONG, 188), + + /* RTSP request method (OPTIONS, SETUP, PLAY, etc...) */ + CINIT(RTSP_REQUEST, LONG, 189), + + /* The RTSP session identifier */ + CINIT(RTSP_SESSION_ID, OBJECTPOINT, 190), + + /* The RTSP stream URI */ + CINIT(RTSP_STREAM_URI, OBJECTPOINT, 191), + + /* The Transport: header to use in RTSP requests */ + CINIT(RTSP_TRANSPORT, OBJECTPOINT, 192), + + /* Manually initialize the client RTSP CSeq for this handle */ + CINIT(RTSP_CLIENT_CSEQ, LONG, 193), + + /* Manually initialize the server RTSP CSeq for this handle */ + CINIT(RTSP_SERVER_CSEQ, LONG, 194), + + /* The stream to pass to INTERLEAVEFUNCTION. */ + CINIT(INTERLEAVEDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 195), + + /* Let the application define a custom write method for RTP data */ + CINIT(INTERLEAVEFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 196), + + /* Turn on wildcard matching */ + CINIT(WILDCARDMATCH, LONG, 197), + + /* Directory matching callback called before downloading of an + individual file (chunk) started */ + CINIT(CHUNK_BGN_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 198), + + /* Directory matching callback called after the file (chunk) + was downloaded, or skipped */ + CINIT(CHUNK_END_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 199), + + /* Change match (fnmatch-like) callback for wildcard matching */ + CINIT(FNMATCH_FUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 200), + + /* Let the application define custom chunk data pointer */ + CINIT(CHUNK_DATA, OBJECTPOINT, 201), + + /* FNMATCH_FUNCTION user pointer */ + CINIT(FNMATCH_DATA, OBJECTPOINT, 202), + + /* send linked-list of name:port:address sets */ + CINIT(RESOLVE, OBJECTPOINT, 203), + + /* Set a username for authenticated TLS */ + CINIT(TLSAUTH_USERNAME, OBJECTPOINT, 204), + + /* Set a password for authenticated TLS */ + CINIT(TLSAUTH_PASSWORD, OBJECTPOINT, 205), + + /* Set authentication type for authenticated TLS */ + CINIT(TLSAUTH_TYPE, OBJECTPOINT, 206), + + /* Set to 1 to enable the "TE:" header in HTTP requests to ask for + compressed transfer-encoded responses. Set to 0 to disable the use of TE: + in outgoing requests. The current default is 0, but it might change in a + future libcurl release. + + libcurl will ask for the compressed methods it knows of, and if that + isn't any, it will not ask for transfer-encoding at all even if this + option is set to 1. + + */ + CINIT(TRANSFER_ENCODING, LONG, 207), + + /* Callback function for closing socket (instead of close(2)). The callback + should have type curl_closesocket_callback */ + CINIT(CLOSESOCKETFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 208), + CINIT(CLOSESOCKETDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 209), + + /* allow GSSAPI credential delegation */ + CINIT(GSSAPI_DELEGATION, LONG, 210), + + /* Set the name servers to use for DNS resolution */ + CINIT(DNS_SERVERS, OBJECTPOINT, 211), + + /* Time-out accept operations (currently for FTP only) after this amount + of miliseconds. */ + CINIT(ACCEPTTIMEOUT_MS, LONG, 212), + + /* Set TCP keepalive */ + CINIT(TCP_KEEPALIVE, LONG, 213), + + /* non-universal keepalive knobs (Linux, AIX, HP-UX, more) */ + CINIT(TCP_KEEPIDLE, LONG, 214), + CINIT(TCP_KEEPINTVL, LONG, 215), + + /* Enable/disable specific SSL features with a bitmask, see CURLSSLOPT_* */ + CINIT(SSL_OPTIONS, LONG, 216), + + /* Set the SMTP auth originator */ + CINIT(MAIL_AUTH, OBJECTPOINT, 217), + + /* Enable/disable SASL initial response */ + CINIT(SASL_IR, LONG, 218), + + /* Function that will be called instead of the internal progress display + * function. This function should be defined as the curl_xferinfo_callback + * prototype defines. (Deprecates CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION) */ + CINIT(XFERINFOFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 219), + + /* The XOAUTH2 bearer token */ + CINIT(XOAUTH2_BEARER, OBJECTPOINT, 220), + + /* Set the interface string to use as outgoing network + * interface for DNS requests. + * Only supported by the c-ares DNS backend */ + CINIT(DNS_INTERFACE, OBJECTPOINT, 221), + + /* Set the local IPv4 address to use for outgoing DNS requests. + * Only supported by the c-ares DNS backend */ + CINIT(DNS_LOCAL_IP4, OBJECTPOINT, 222), + + /* Set the local IPv4 address to use for outgoing DNS requests. + * Only supported by the c-ares DNS backend */ + CINIT(DNS_LOCAL_IP6, OBJECTPOINT, 223), + + /* Set authentication options directly */ + CINIT(LOGIN_OPTIONS, OBJECTPOINT, 224), + + /* Enable/disable TLS NPN extension (http2 over ssl might fail without) */ + CINIT(SSL_ENABLE_NPN, LONG, 225), + + /* Enable/disable TLS ALPN extension (http2 over ssl might fail without) */ + CINIT(SSL_ENABLE_ALPN, LONG, 226), + + /* Time to wait for a response to a HTTP request containing an + * Expect: 100-continue header before sending the data anyway. */ + CINIT(EXPECT_100_TIMEOUT_MS, LONG, 227), + + /* This points to a linked list of headers used for proxy requests only, + struct curl_slist kind */ + CINIT(PROXYHEADER, OBJECTPOINT, 228), + + /* Pass in a bitmask of "header options" */ + CINIT(HEADEROPT, LONG, 229), + + /* The public key in DER form used to validate the peer public key + this option is used only if SSL_VERIFYPEER is true */ + CINIT(PINNEDPUBLICKEY, OBJECTPOINT, 230), + + /* Path to Unix domain socket */ + CINIT(UNIX_SOCKET_PATH, OBJECTPOINT, 231), + + CURLOPT_LASTENTRY /* the last unused */ +} CURLoption; + +#ifndef CURL_NO_OLDIES /* define this to test if your app builds with all + the obsolete stuff removed! */ + +/* Backwards compatibility with older names */ +/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2011 */ + +/* This was added in version 7.19.1 */ +#define CURLOPT_POST301 CURLOPT_POSTREDIR + +/* These are scheduled to disappear by 2009 */ + +/* The following were added in 7.17.0 */ +#define CURLOPT_SSLKEYPASSWD CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD +#define CURLOPT_FTPAPPEND CURLOPT_APPEND +#define CURLOPT_FTPLISTONLY CURLOPT_DIRLISTONLY +#define CURLOPT_FTP_SSL CURLOPT_USE_SSL + +/* The following were added earlier */ + +#define CURLOPT_SSLCERTPASSWD CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD +#define CURLOPT_KRB4LEVEL CURLOPT_KRBLEVEL + +#else +/* This is set if CURL_NO_OLDIES is defined at compile-time */ +#undef CURLOPT_DNS_USE_GLOBAL_CACHE /* soon obsolete */ +#endif + + + /* Below here follows defines for the CURLOPT_IPRESOLVE option. If a host + name resolves addresses using more than one IP protocol version, this + option might be handy to force libcurl to use a specific IP version. */ +#define CURL_IPRESOLVE_WHATEVER 0 /* default, resolves addresses to all IP + versions that your system allows */ +#define CURL_IPRESOLVE_V4 1 /* resolve to IPv4 addresses */ +#define CURL_IPRESOLVE_V6 2 /* resolve to IPv6 addresses */ + + /* three convenient "aliases" that follow the name scheme better */ +#define CURLOPT_RTSPHEADER CURLOPT_HTTPHEADER + + /* These enums are for use with the CURLOPT_HTTP_VERSION option. */ +enum { + CURL_HTTP_VERSION_NONE, /* setting this means we don't care, and that we'd + like the library to choose the best possible + for us! */ + CURL_HTTP_VERSION_1_0, /* please use HTTP 1.0 in the request */ + CURL_HTTP_VERSION_1_1, /* please use HTTP 1.1 in the request */ + CURL_HTTP_VERSION_2_0, /* please use HTTP 2.0 in the request */ + + CURL_HTTP_VERSION_LAST /* *ILLEGAL* http version */ +}; + +/* + * Public API enums for RTSP requests + */ +enum { + CURL_RTSPREQ_NONE, /* first in list */ + CURL_RTSPREQ_OPTIONS, + CURL_RTSPREQ_DESCRIBE, + CURL_RTSPREQ_ANNOUNCE, + CURL_RTSPREQ_SETUP, + CURL_RTSPREQ_PLAY, + CURL_RTSPREQ_PAUSE, + CURL_RTSPREQ_TEARDOWN, + CURL_RTSPREQ_GET_PARAMETER, + CURL_RTSPREQ_SET_PARAMETER, + CURL_RTSPREQ_RECORD, + CURL_RTSPREQ_RECEIVE, + CURL_RTSPREQ_LAST /* last in list */ +}; + + /* These enums are for use with the CURLOPT_NETRC option. */ +enum CURL_NETRC_OPTION { + CURL_NETRC_IGNORED, /* The .netrc will never be read. + * This is the default. */ + CURL_NETRC_OPTIONAL, /* A user:password in the URL will be preferred + * to one in the .netrc. */ + CURL_NETRC_REQUIRED, /* A user:password in the URL will be ignored. + * Unless one is set programmatically, the .netrc + * will be queried. */ + CURL_NETRC_LAST +}; + +enum { + CURL_SSLVERSION_DEFAULT, + CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1, /* TLS 1.x */ + CURL_SSLVERSION_SSLv2, + CURL_SSLVERSION_SSLv3, + CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1_0, + CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1_1, + CURL_SSLVERSION_TLSv1_2, + + CURL_SSLVERSION_LAST /* never use, keep last */ +}; + +enum CURL_TLSAUTH { + CURL_TLSAUTH_NONE, + CURL_TLSAUTH_SRP, + CURL_TLSAUTH_LAST /* never use, keep last */ +}; + +/* symbols to use with CURLOPT_POSTREDIR. + CURL_REDIR_POST_301, CURL_REDIR_POST_302 and CURL_REDIR_POST_303 + can be bitwise ORed so that CURL_REDIR_POST_301 | CURL_REDIR_POST_302 + | CURL_REDIR_POST_303 == CURL_REDIR_POST_ALL */ + +#define CURL_REDIR_GET_ALL 0 +#define CURL_REDIR_POST_301 1 +#define CURL_REDIR_POST_302 2 +#define CURL_REDIR_POST_303 4 +#define CURL_REDIR_POST_ALL \ + (CURL_REDIR_POST_301|CURL_REDIR_POST_302|CURL_REDIR_POST_303) + +typedef enum { + CURL_TIMECOND_NONE, + + CURL_TIMECOND_IFMODSINCE, + CURL_TIMECOND_IFUNMODSINCE, + CURL_TIMECOND_LASTMOD, + + CURL_TIMECOND_LAST +} curl_TimeCond; + + +/* curl_strequal() and curl_strnequal() are subject for removal in a future + libcurl, see lib/README.curlx for details */ +CURL_EXTERN int (curl_strequal)(const char *s1, const char *s2); +CURL_EXTERN int (curl_strnequal)(const char *s1, const char *s2, size_t n); + +/* name is uppercase CURLFORM_ */ +#ifdef CFINIT +#undef CFINIT +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_ISOCPP +#define CFINIT(name) CURLFORM_ ## name +#else +/* The macro "##" is ISO C, we assume pre-ISO C doesn't support it. */ +#define CFINIT(name) CURLFORM_/**/name +#endif + +typedef enum { + CFINIT(NOTHING), /********* the first one is unused ************/ + + /* */ + CFINIT(COPYNAME), + CFINIT(PTRNAME), + CFINIT(NAMELENGTH), + CFINIT(COPYCONTENTS), + CFINIT(PTRCONTENTS), + CFINIT(CONTENTSLENGTH), + CFINIT(FILECONTENT), + CFINIT(ARRAY), + CFINIT(OBSOLETE), + CFINIT(FILE), + + CFINIT(BUFFER), + CFINIT(BUFFERPTR), + CFINIT(BUFFERLENGTH), + + CFINIT(CONTENTTYPE), + CFINIT(CONTENTHEADER), + CFINIT(FILENAME), + CFINIT(END), + CFINIT(OBSOLETE2), + + CFINIT(STREAM), + + CURLFORM_LASTENTRY /* the last unused */ +} CURLformoption; + +#undef CFINIT /* done */ + +/* structure to be used as parameter for CURLFORM_ARRAY */ +struct curl_forms { + CURLformoption option; + const char *value; +}; + +/* use this for multipart formpost building */ +/* Returns code for curl_formadd() + * + * Returns: + * CURL_FORMADD_OK on success + * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY if the FormInfo allocation fails + * CURL_FORMADD_OPTION_TWICE if one option is given twice for one Form + * CURL_FORMADD_NULL if a null pointer was given for a char + * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY if the allocation of a FormInfo struct failed + * CURL_FORMADD_UNKNOWN_OPTION if an unknown option was used + * CURL_FORMADD_INCOMPLETE if the some FormInfo is not complete (or error) + * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY if a curl_httppost struct cannot be allocated + * CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY if some allocation for string copying failed. + * CURL_FORMADD_ILLEGAL_ARRAY if an illegal option is used in an array + * + ***************************************************************************/ +typedef enum { + CURL_FORMADD_OK, /* first, no error */ + + CURL_FORMADD_MEMORY, + CURL_FORMADD_OPTION_TWICE, + CURL_FORMADD_NULL, + CURL_FORMADD_UNKNOWN_OPTION, + CURL_FORMADD_INCOMPLETE, + CURL_FORMADD_ILLEGAL_ARRAY, + CURL_FORMADD_DISABLED, /* libcurl was built with this disabled */ + + CURL_FORMADD_LAST /* last */ +} CURLFORMcode; + +/* + * NAME curl_formadd() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Pretty advanced function for building multi-part formposts. Each invoke + * adds one part that together construct a full post. Then use + * CURLOPT_HTTPPOST to send it off to libcurl. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLFORMcode curl_formadd(struct curl_httppost **httppost, + struct curl_httppost **last_post, + ...); + +/* + * callback function for curl_formget() + * The void *arg pointer will be the one passed as second argument to + * curl_formget(). + * The character buffer passed to it must not be freed. + * Should return the buffer length passed to it as the argument "len" on + * success. + */ +typedef size_t (*curl_formget_callback)(void *arg, const char *buf, + size_t len); + +/* + * NAME curl_formget() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Serialize a curl_httppost struct built with curl_formadd(). + * Accepts a void pointer as second argument which will be passed to + * the curl_formget_callback function. + * Returns 0 on success. + */ +CURL_EXTERN int curl_formget(struct curl_httppost *form, void *arg, + curl_formget_callback append); +/* + * NAME curl_formfree() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Free a multipart formpost previously built with curl_formadd(). + */ +CURL_EXTERN void curl_formfree(struct curl_httppost *form); + +/* + * NAME curl_getenv() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Returns a malloc()'ed string that MUST be curl_free()ed after usage is + * complete. DEPRECATED - see lib/README.curlx + */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_getenv(const char *variable); + +/* + * NAME curl_version() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Returns a static ascii string of the libcurl version. + */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_version(void); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_escape() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Escapes URL strings (converts all letters consider illegal in URLs to their + * %XX versions). This function returns a new allocated string or NULL if an + * error occurred. + */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_easy_escape(CURL *handle, + const char *string, + int length); + +/* the previous version: */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_escape(const char *string, + int length); + + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_unescape() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Unescapes URL encoding in strings (converts all %XX codes to their 8bit + * versions). This function returns a new allocated string or NULL if an error + * occurred. + * Conversion Note: On non-ASCII platforms the ASCII %XX codes are + * converted into the host encoding. + */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_easy_unescape(CURL *handle, + const char *string, + int length, + int *outlength); + +/* the previous version */ +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_unescape(const char *string, + int length); + +/* + * NAME curl_free() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Provided for de-allocation in the same translation unit that did the + * allocation. Added in libcurl 7.10 + */ +CURL_EXTERN void curl_free(void *p); + +/* + * NAME curl_global_init() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * curl_global_init() should be invoked exactly once for each application that + * uses libcurl and before any call of other libcurl functions. + * + * This function is not thread-safe! + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_global_init(long flags); + +/* + * NAME curl_global_init_mem() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * curl_global_init() or curl_global_init_mem() should be invoked exactly once + * for each application that uses libcurl. This function can be used to + * initialize libcurl and set user defined memory management callback + * functions. Users can implement memory management routines to check for + * memory leaks, check for mis-use of the curl library etc. User registered + * callback routines with be invoked by this library instead of the system + * memory management routines like malloc, free etc. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_global_init_mem(long flags, + curl_malloc_callback m, + curl_free_callback f, + curl_realloc_callback r, + curl_strdup_callback s, + curl_calloc_callback c); + +/* + * NAME curl_global_cleanup() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * curl_global_cleanup() should be invoked exactly once for each application + * that uses libcurl + */ +CURL_EXTERN void curl_global_cleanup(void); + +/* linked-list structure for the CURLOPT_QUOTE option (and other) */ +struct curl_slist { + char *data; + struct curl_slist *next; +}; + +/* + * NAME curl_slist_append() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Appends a string to a linked list. If no list exists, it will be created + * first. Returns the new list, after appending. + */ +CURL_EXTERN struct curl_slist *curl_slist_append(struct curl_slist *, + const char *); + +/* + * NAME curl_slist_free_all() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * free a previously built curl_slist. + */ +CURL_EXTERN void curl_slist_free_all(struct curl_slist *); + +/* + * NAME curl_getdate() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Returns the time, in seconds since 1 Jan 1970 of the time string given in + * the first argument. The time argument in the second parameter is unused + * and should be set to NULL. + */ +CURL_EXTERN time_t curl_getdate(const char *p, const time_t *unused); + +/* info about the certificate chain, only for OpenSSL builds. Asked + for with CURLOPT_CERTINFO / CURLINFO_CERTINFO */ +struct curl_certinfo { + int num_of_certs; /* number of certificates with information */ + struct curl_slist **certinfo; /* for each index in this array, there's a + linked list with textual information in the + format "name: value" */ +}; + +/* enum for the different supported SSL backends */ +typedef enum { + CURLSSLBACKEND_NONE = 0, + CURLSSLBACKEND_OPENSSL = 1, + CURLSSLBACKEND_GNUTLS = 2, + CURLSSLBACKEND_NSS = 3, + CURLSSLBACKEND_OBSOLETE4 = 4, /* Was QSOSSL. */ + CURLSSLBACKEND_GSKIT = 5, + CURLSSLBACKEND_POLARSSL = 6, + CURLSSLBACKEND_CYASSL = 7, + CURLSSLBACKEND_SCHANNEL = 8, + CURLSSLBACKEND_DARWINSSL = 9, + CURLSSLBACKEND_AXTLS = 10 +} curl_sslbackend; + +/* Information about the SSL library used and the respective internal SSL + handle, which can be used to obtain further information regarding the + connection. Asked for with CURLINFO_TLS_SESSION. */ +struct curl_tlssessioninfo { + curl_sslbackend backend; + void *internals; +}; + +#define CURLINFO_STRING 0x100000 +#define CURLINFO_LONG 0x200000 +#define CURLINFO_DOUBLE 0x300000 +#define CURLINFO_SLIST 0x400000 +#define CURLINFO_MASK 0x0fffff +#define CURLINFO_TYPEMASK 0xf00000 + +typedef enum { + CURLINFO_NONE, /* first, never use this */ + CURLINFO_EFFECTIVE_URL = CURLINFO_STRING + 1, + CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE = CURLINFO_LONG + 2, + CURLINFO_TOTAL_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 3, + CURLINFO_NAMELOOKUP_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 4, + CURLINFO_CONNECT_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 5, + CURLINFO_PRETRANSFER_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 6, + CURLINFO_SIZE_UPLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 7, + CURLINFO_SIZE_DOWNLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 8, + CURLINFO_SPEED_DOWNLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 9, + CURLINFO_SPEED_UPLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 10, + CURLINFO_HEADER_SIZE = CURLINFO_LONG + 11, + CURLINFO_REQUEST_SIZE = CURLINFO_LONG + 12, + CURLINFO_SSL_VERIFYRESULT = CURLINFO_LONG + 13, + CURLINFO_FILETIME = CURLINFO_LONG + 14, + CURLINFO_CONTENT_LENGTH_DOWNLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 15, + CURLINFO_CONTENT_LENGTH_UPLOAD = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 16, + CURLINFO_STARTTRANSFER_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 17, + CURLINFO_CONTENT_TYPE = CURLINFO_STRING + 18, + CURLINFO_REDIRECT_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 19, + CURLINFO_REDIRECT_COUNT = CURLINFO_LONG + 20, + CURLINFO_PRIVATE = CURLINFO_STRING + 21, + CURLINFO_HTTP_CONNECTCODE = CURLINFO_LONG + 22, + CURLINFO_HTTPAUTH_AVAIL = CURLINFO_LONG + 23, + CURLINFO_PROXYAUTH_AVAIL = CURLINFO_LONG + 24, + CURLINFO_OS_ERRNO = CURLINFO_LONG + 25, + CURLINFO_NUM_CONNECTS = CURLINFO_LONG + 26, + CURLINFO_SSL_ENGINES = CURLINFO_SLIST + 27, + CURLINFO_COOKIELIST = CURLINFO_SLIST + 28, + CURLINFO_LASTSOCKET = CURLINFO_LONG + 29, + CURLINFO_FTP_ENTRY_PATH = CURLINFO_STRING + 30, + CURLINFO_REDIRECT_URL = CURLINFO_STRING + 31, + CURLINFO_PRIMARY_IP = CURLINFO_STRING + 32, + CURLINFO_APPCONNECT_TIME = CURLINFO_DOUBLE + 33, + CURLINFO_CERTINFO = CURLINFO_SLIST + 34, + CURLINFO_CONDITION_UNMET = CURLINFO_LONG + 35, + CURLINFO_RTSP_SESSION_ID = CURLINFO_STRING + 36, + CURLINFO_RTSP_CLIENT_CSEQ = CURLINFO_LONG + 37, + CURLINFO_RTSP_SERVER_CSEQ = CURLINFO_LONG + 38, + CURLINFO_RTSP_CSEQ_RECV = CURLINFO_LONG + 39, + CURLINFO_PRIMARY_PORT = CURLINFO_LONG + 40, + CURLINFO_LOCAL_IP = CURLINFO_STRING + 41, + CURLINFO_LOCAL_PORT = CURLINFO_LONG + 42, + CURLINFO_TLS_SESSION = CURLINFO_SLIST + 43, + /* Fill in new entries below here! */ + + CURLINFO_LASTONE = 43 +} CURLINFO; + +/* CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE is the new name for the option previously known as + CURLINFO_HTTP_CODE */ +#define CURLINFO_HTTP_CODE CURLINFO_RESPONSE_CODE + +typedef enum { + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_NONE, /* first, never use this */ + + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_OLDEST, + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_LEAST_RECENTLY_USED, + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_LEAST_TRAFFIC, + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_SLOWEST, + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_CALLBACK, + + CURLCLOSEPOLICY_LAST /* last, never use this */ +} curl_closepolicy; + +#define CURL_GLOBAL_SSL (1<<0) +#define CURL_GLOBAL_WIN32 (1<<1) +#define CURL_GLOBAL_ALL (CURL_GLOBAL_SSL|CURL_GLOBAL_WIN32) +#define CURL_GLOBAL_NOTHING 0 +#define CURL_GLOBAL_DEFAULT CURL_GLOBAL_ALL +#define CURL_GLOBAL_ACK_EINTR (1<<2) + + +/***************************************************************************** + * Setup defines, protos etc for the sharing stuff. + */ + +/* Different data locks for a single share */ +typedef enum { + CURL_LOCK_DATA_NONE = 0, + /* CURL_LOCK_DATA_SHARE is used internally to say that + * the locking is just made to change the internal state of the share + * itself. + */ + CURL_LOCK_DATA_SHARE, + CURL_LOCK_DATA_COOKIE, + CURL_LOCK_DATA_DNS, + CURL_LOCK_DATA_SSL_SESSION, + CURL_LOCK_DATA_CONNECT, + CURL_LOCK_DATA_LAST +} curl_lock_data; + +/* Different lock access types */ +typedef enum { + CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_NONE = 0, /* unspecified action */ + CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_SHARED = 1, /* for read perhaps */ + CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_SINGLE = 2, /* for write perhaps */ + CURL_LOCK_ACCESS_LAST /* never use */ +} curl_lock_access; + +typedef void (*curl_lock_function)(CURL *handle, + curl_lock_data data, + curl_lock_access locktype, + void *userptr); +typedef void (*curl_unlock_function)(CURL *handle, + curl_lock_data data, + void *userptr); + +typedef void CURLSH; + +typedef enum { + CURLSHE_OK, /* all is fine */ + CURLSHE_BAD_OPTION, /* 1 */ + CURLSHE_IN_USE, /* 2 */ + CURLSHE_INVALID, /* 3 */ + CURLSHE_NOMEM, /* 4 out of memory */ + CURLSHE_NOT_BUILT_IN, /* 5 feature not present in lib */ + CURLSHE_LAST /* never use */ +} CURLSHcode; + +typedef enum { + CURLSHOPT_NONE, /* don't use */ + CURLSHOPT_SHARE, /* specify a data type to share */ + CURLSHOPT_UNSHARE, /* specify which data type to stop sharing */ + CURLSHOPT_LOCKFUNC, /* pass in a 'curl_lock_function' pointer */ + CURLSHOPT_UNLOCKFUNC, /* pass in a 'curl_unlock_function' pointer */ + CURLSHOPT_USERDATA, /* pass in a user data pointer used in the lock/unlock + callback functions */ + CURLSHOPT_LAST /* never use */ +} CURLSHoption; + +CURL_EXTERN CURLSH *curl_share_init(void); +CURL_EXTERN CURLSHcode curl_share_setopt(CURLSH *, CURLSHoption option, ...); +CURL_EXTERN CURLSHcode curl_share_cleanup(CURLSH *); + +/**************************************************************************** + * Structures for querying information about the curl library at runtime. + */ + +typedef enum { + CURLVERSION_FIRST, + CURLVERSION_SECOND, + CURLVERSION_THIRD, + CURLVERSION_FOURTH, + CURLVERSION_LAST /* never actually use this */ +} CURLversion; + +/* The 'CURLVERSION_NOW' is the symbolic name meant to be used by + basically all programs ever that want to get version information. It is + meant to be a built-in version number for what kind of struct the caller + expects. If the struct ever changes, we redefine the NOW to another enum + from above. */ +#define CURLVERSION_NOW CURLVERSION_FOURTH + +typedef struct { + CURLversion age; /* age of the returned struct */ + const char *version; /* LIBCURL_VERSION */ + unsigned int version_num; /* LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM */ + const char *host; /* OS/host/cpu/machine when configured */ + int features; /* bitmask, see defines below */ + const char *ssl_version; /* human readable string */ + long ssl_version_num; /* not used anymore, always 0 */ + const char *libz_version; /* human readable string */ + /* protocols is terminated by an entry with a NULL protoname */ + const char * const *protocols; + + /* The fields below this were added in CURLVERSION_SECOND */ + const char *ares; + int ares_num; + + /* This field was added in CURLVERSION_THIRD */ + const char *libidn; + + /* These field were added in CURLVERSION_FOURTH */ + + /* Same as '_libiconv_version' if built with HAVE_ICONV */ + int iconv_ver_num; + + const char *libssh_version; /* human readable string */ + +} curl_version_info_data; + +#define CURL_VERSION_IPV6 (1<<0) /* IPv6-enabled */ +#define CURL_VERSION_KERBEROS4 (1<<1) /* Kerberos V4 auth is supported + (deprecated) */ +#define CURL_VERSION_SSL (1<<2) /* SSL options are present */ +#define CURL_VERSION_LIBZ (1<<3) /* libz features are present */ +#define CURL_VERSION_NTLM (1<<4) /* NTLM auth is supported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_GSSNEGOTIATE (1<<5) /* Negotiate auth is supported + (deprecated) */ +#define CURL_VERSION_DEBUG (1<<6) /* Built with debug capabilities */ +#define CURL_VERSION_ASYNCHDNS (1<<7) /* Asynchronous DNS resolves */ +#define CURL_VERSION_SPNEGO (1<<8) /* SPNEGO auth is supported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_LARGEFILE (1<<9) /* Supports files larger than 2GB */ +#define CURL_VERSION_IDN (1<<10) /* Internationized Domain Names are + supported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_SSPI (1<<11) /* Built against Windows SSPI */ +#define CURL_VERSION_CONV (1<<12) /* Character conversions supported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_CURLDEBUG (1<<13) /* Debug memory tracking supported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_TLSAUTH_SRP (1<<14) /* TLS-SRP auth is supported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_NTLM_WB (1<<15) /* NTLM delegation to winbind helper + is suported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_HTTP2 (1<<16) /* HTTP2 support built-in */ +#define CURL_VERSION_GSSAPI (1<<17) /* Built against a GSS-API library */ +#define CURL_VERSION_KERBEROS5 (1<<18) /* Kerberos V5 auth is supported */ +#define CURL_VERSION_UNIX_SOCKETS (1<<19) /* Unix domain sockets support */ + + /* + * NAME curl_version_info() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * This function returns a pointer to a static copy of the version info + * struct. See above. + */ +CURL_EXTERN curl_version_info_data *curl_version_info(CURLversion); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_strerror() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * The curl_easy_strerror function may be used to turn a CURLcode value + * into the equivalent human readable error string. This is useful + * for printing meaningful error messages. + */ +CURL_EXTERN const char *curl_easy_strerror(CURLcode); + +/* + * NAME curl_share_strerror() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * The curl_share_strerror function may be used to turn a CURLSHcode value + * into the equivalent human readable error string. This is useful + * for printing meaningful error messages. + */ +CURL_EXTERN const char *curl_share_strerror(CURLSHcode); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_pause() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * The curl_easy_pause function pauses or unpauses transfers. Select the new + * state by setting the bitmask, use the convenience defines below. + * + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_pause(CURL *handle, int bitmask); + +#define CURLPAUSE_RECV (1<<0) +#define CURLPAUSE_RECV_CONT (0) + +#define CURLPAUSE_SEND (1<<2) +#define CURLPAUSE_SEND_CONT (0) + +#define CURLPAUSE_ALL (CURLPAUSE_RECV|CURLPAUSE_SEND) +#define CURLPAUSE_CONT (CURLPAUSE_RECV_CONT|CURLPAUSE_SEND_CONT) + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +/* unfortunately, the easy.h and multi.h include files need options and info + stuff before they can be included! */ +#include "easy.h" /* nothing in curl is fun without the easy stuff */ +#include "multi.h" + +/* the typechecker doesn't work in C++ (yet) */ +#if defined(__GNUC__) && defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) && \ + ((__GNUC__ > 4) || (__GNUC__ == 4 && __GNUC_MINOR__ >= 3)) && \ + !defined(__cplusplus) && !defined(CURL_DISABLE_TYPECHECK) +#include "typecheck-gcc.h" +#else +#if defined(__STDC__) && (__STDC__ >= 1) +/* This preprocessor magic that replaces a call with the exact same call is + only done to make sure application authors pass exactly three arguments + to these functions. */ +#define curl_easy_setopt(handle,opt,param) curl_easy_setopt(handle,opt,param) +#define curl_easy_getinfo(handle,info,arg) curl_easy_getinfo(handle,info,arg) +#define curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param) curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param) +#define curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param) curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param) +#endif /* __STDC__ >= 1 */ +#endif /* gcc >= 4.3 && !__cplusplus */ + +#endif /* __CURL_CURL_H */ diff --git a/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlbuild-32.h b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlbuild-32.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..15a321ec18 --- /dev/null +++ b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlbuild-32.h @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/* include/curl/curlbuild.h. Generated from curlbuild.h.in by configure. */ +#ifndef __CURL_CURLBUILD_H +#define __CURL_CURLBUILD_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2012, Daniel Stenberg, , et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* NOTES FOR CONFIGURE CAPABLE SYSTEMS */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +/* + * NOTE 1: + * ------- + * + * Nothing in this file is intended to be modified or adjusted by the + * curl library user nor by the curl library builder. + * + * If you think that something actually needs to be changed, adjusted + * or fixed in this file, then, report it on the libcurl development + * mailing list: http://cool.haxx.se/mailman/listinfo/curl-library/ + * + * This header file shall only export symbols which are 'curl' or 'CURL' + * prefixed, otherwise public name space would be polluted. + * + * NOTE 2: + * ------- + * + * Right now you might be staring at file include/curl/curlbuild.h.in or + * at file include/curl/curlbuild.h, this is due to the following reason: + * + * On systems capable of running the configure script, the configure process + * will overwrite the distributed include/curl/curlbuild.h file with one that + * is suitable and specific to the library being configured and built, which + * is generated from the include/curl/curlbuild.h.in template file. + * + */ + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* DEFINITION OF THESE SYMBOLS SHALL NOT TAKE PLACE ANYWHERE ELSE */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +#ifdef CURL_SIZEOF_LONG +#error "CURL_SIZEOF_LONG shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_LONG_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +#error "CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +#error "CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T +#error "CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T +#error "CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU +#error "CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T +#error "CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T +#error "CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T +#error "CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU +#error "CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU_already_defined +#endif + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* EXTERNAL INTERFACE SETTINGS FOR CONFIGURE CAPABLE SYSTEMS ONLY */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file ws2tcpip.h must be included by the external interface. */ +/* #undef CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H */ +#ifdef CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H +# ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# endif +# include +# include +# include +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file sys/types.h must be included by the external interface. */ +#define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1 +#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file stdint.h must be included by the external interface. */ +#define CURL_PULL_STDINT_H 1 +#ifdef CURL_PULL_STDINT_H +# include +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file inttypes.h must be included by the external interface. */ +#define CURL_PULL_INTTYPES_H 1 +#ifdef CURL_PULL_INTTYPES_H +# include +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file sys/socket.h must be included by the external interface. */ +#define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H 1 +#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H +# include +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file sys/poll.h must be included by the external interface. */ +/* #undef CURL_PULL_SYS_POLL_H */ +#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_POLL_H +# include +#endif + +/* The size of `long', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define CURL_SIZEOF_LONG 4 + +/* Integral data type used for curl_socklen_t. */ +#define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t + +/* The size of `curl_socklen_t', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T 4 + +/* Data type definition of curl_socklen_t. */ +typedef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T curl_socklen_t; + +/* Signed integral data type used for curl_off_t. */ +#define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T int64_t + +/* Data type definition of curl_off_t. */ +typedef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T curl_off_t; + +/* curl_off_t formatting string directive without "%" conversion specifier. */ +#define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "lld" + +/* unsigned curl_off_t formatting string without "%" conversion specifier. */ +#define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "llu" + +/* curl_off_t formatting string directive with "%" conversion specifier. */ +#define CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T "%lld" + +/* The size of `curl_off_t', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T 8 + +/* curl_off_t constant suffix. */ +#define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T LL + +/* unsigned curl_off_t constant suffix. */ +#define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU ULL + +#endif /* __CURL_CURLBUILD_H */ diff --git a/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlbuild-64.h b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlbuild-64.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..bdca52b535 --- /dev/null +++ b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlbuild-64.h @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/* include/curl/curlbuild.h. Generated from curlbuild.h.in by configure. */ +#ifndef __CURL_CURLBUILD_H +#define __CURL_CURLBUILD_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2012, Daniel Stenberg, , et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* NOTES FOR CONFIGURE CAPABLE SYSTEMS */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +/* + * NOTE 1: + * ------- + * + * Nothing in this file is intended to be modified or adjusted by the + * curl library user nor by the curl library builder. + * + * If you think that something actually needs to be changed, adjusted + * or fixed in this file, then, report it on the libcurl development + * mailing list: http://cool.haxx.se/mailman/listinfo/curl-library/ + * + * This header file shall only export symbols which are 'curl' or 'CURL' + * prefixed, otherwise public name space would be polluted. + * + * NOTE 2: + * ------- + * + * Right now you might be staring at file include/curl/curlbuild.h.in or + * at file include/curl/curlbuild.h, this is due to the following reason: + * + * On systems capable of running the configure script, the configure process + * will overwrite the distributed include/curl/curlbuild.h file with one that + * is suitable and specific to the library being configured and built, which + * is generated from the include/curl/curlbuild.h.in template file. + * + */ + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* DEFINITION OF THESE SYMBOLS SHALL NOT TAKE PLACE ANYWHERE ELSE */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +#ifdef CURL_SIZEOF_LONG +#error "CURL_SIZEOF_LONG shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_LONG_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +#error "CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +#error "CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T +#error "CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T +#error "CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU +#error "CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T +#error "CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T +#error "CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T +#error "CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T_already_defined +#endif + +#ifdef CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU +#error "CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU shall not be defined except in curlbuild.h" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU_already_defined +#endif + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* EXTERNAL INTERFACE SETTINGS FOR CONFIGURE CAPABLE SYSTEMS ONLY */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file ws2tcpip.h must be included by the external interface. */ +/* #undef CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H */ +#ifdef CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H +# ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +# endif +# include +# include +# include +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file sys/types.h must be included by the external interface. */ +#define CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H 1 +#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H +# include +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file stdint.h must be included by the external interface. */ +/* #undef CURL_PULL_STDINT_H */ +#ifdef CURL_PULL_STDINT_H +# include +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file inttypes.h must be included by the external interface. */ +/* #undef CURL_PULL_INTTYPES_H */ +#ifdef CURL_PULL_INTTYPES_H +# include +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file sys/socket.h must be included by the external interface. */ +#define CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H 1 +#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H +# include +#endif + +/* Configure process defines this to 1 when it finds out that system */ +/* header file sys/poll.h must be included by the external interface. */ +/* #undef CURL_PULL_SYS_POLL_H */ +#ifdef CURL_PULL_SYS_POLL_H +# include +#endif + +/* The size of `long', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define CURL_SIZEOF_LONG 8 + +/* Integral data type used for curl_socklen_t. */ +#define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T socklen_t + +/* The size of `curl_socklen_t', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T 4 + +/* Data type definition of curl_socklen_t. */ +typedef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T curl_socklen_t; + +/* Signed integral data type used for curl_off_t. */ +#define CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T long + +/* Data type definition of curl_off_t. */ +typedef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T curl_off_t; + +/* curl_off_t formatting string directive without "%" conversion specifier. */ +#define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T "ld" + +/* unsigned curl_off_t formatting string without "%" conversion specifier. */ +#define CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU "lu" + +/* curl_off_t formatting string directive with "%" conversion specifier. */ +#define CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T "%ld" + +/* The size of `curl_off_t', as computed by sizeof. */ +#define CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T 8 + +/* curl_off_t constant suffix. */ +#define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T L + +/* unsigned curl_off_t constant suffix. */ +#define CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU UL + +#endif /* __CURL_CURLBUILD_H */ diff --git a/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlbuild.h b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlbuild.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e26a23ec6d --- /dev/null +++ b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlbuild.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +#if defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__ +#include"curlbuild-64.h" +#else +#include"curlbuild-32.h" +#endif diff --git a/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlrules.h b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlrules.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..7c2ede35b6 --- /dev/null +++ b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlrules.h @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_CURLRULES_H +#define __CURL_CURLRULES_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2012, Daniel Stenberg, , et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* COMPILE TIME SANITY CHECKS */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +/* + * NOTE 1: + * ------- + * + * All checks done in this file are intentionally placed in a public + * header file which is pulled by curl/curl.h when an application is + * being built using an already built libcurl library. Additionally + * this file is also included and used when building the library. + * + * If compilation fails on this file it is certainly sure that the + * problem is elsewhere. It could be a problem in the curlbuild.h + * header file, or simply that you are using different compilation + * settings than those used to build the library. + * + * Nothing in this file is intended to be modified or adjusted by the + * curl library user nor by the curl library builder. + * + * Do not deactivate any check, these are done to make sure that the + * library is properly built and used. + * + * You can find further help on the libcurl development mailing list: + * http://cool.haxx.se/mailman/listinfo/curl-library/ + * + * NOTE 2 + * ------ + * + * Some of the following compile time checks are based on the fact + * that the dimension of a constant array can not be a negative one. + * In this way if the compile time verification fails, the compilation + * will fail issuing an error. The error description wording is compiler + * dependent but it will be quite similar to one of the following: + * + * "negative subscript or subscript is too large" + * "array must have at least one element" + * "-1 is an illegal array size" + * "size of array is negative" + * + * If you are building an application which tries to use an already + * built libcurl library and you are getting this kind of errors on + * this file, it is a clear indication that there is a mismatch between + * how the library was built and how you are trying to use it for your + * application. Your already compiled or binary library provider is the + * only one who can give you the details you need to properly use it. + */ + +/* + * Verify that some macros are actually defined. + */ + +#ifndef CURL_SIZEOF_LONG +# error "CURL_SIZEOF_LONG definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_LONG_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +# error "CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +# error "CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU +# error "CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_CURL_OFF_TU_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T +# error "CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T +# error "CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T_is_missing +#endif + +#ifndef CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU +# error "CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU definition is missing!" + Error Compilation_aborted_CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU_is_missing +#endif + +/* + * Macros private to this header file. + */ + +#define CurlchkszEQ(t, s) sizeof(t) == s ? 1 : -1 + +#define CurlchkszGE(t1, t2) sizeof(t1) >= sizeof(t2) ? 1 : -1 + +/* + * Verify that the size previously defined and expected for long + * is the same as the one reported by sizeof() at compile time. + */ + +typedef char + __curl_rule_01__ + [CurlchkszEQ(long, CURL_SIZEOF_LONG)]; + +/* + * Verify that the size previously defined and expected for + * curl_off_t is actually the the same as the one reported + * by sizeof() at compile time. + */ + +typedef char + __curl_rule_02__ + [CurlchkszEQ(curl_off_t, CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_OFF_T)]; + +/* + * Verify at compile time that the size of curl_off_t as reported + * by sizeof() is greater or equal than the one reported for long + * for the current compilation. + */ + +typedef char + __curl_rule_03__ + [CurlchkszGE(curl_off_t, long)]; + +/* + * Verify that the size previously defined and expected for + * curl_socklen_t is actually the the same as the one reported + * by sizeof() at compile time. + */ + +typedef char + __curl_rule_04__ + [CurlchkszEQ(curl_socklen_t, CURL_SIZEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T)]; + +/* + * Verify at compile time that the size of curl_socklen_t as reported + * by sizeof() is greater or equal than the one reported for int for + * the current compilation. + */ + +typedef char + __curl_rule_05__ + [CurlchkszGE(curl_socklen_t, int)]; + +/* ================================================================ */ +/* EXTERNALLY AND INTERNALLY VISIBLE DEFINITIONS */ +/* ================================================================ */ + +/* + * CURL_ISOCPP and CURL_OFF_T_C definitions are done here in order to allow + * these to be visible and exported by the external libcurl interface API, + * while also making them visible to the library internals, simply including + * curl_setup.h, without actually needing to include curl.h internally. + * If some day this section would grow big enough, all this should be moved + * to its own header file. + */ + +/* + * Figure out if we can use the ## preprocessor operator, which is supported + * by ISO/ANSI C and C++. Some compilers support it without setting __STDC__ + * or __cplusplus so we need to carefully check for them too. + */ + +#if defined(__STDC__) || defined(_MSC_VER) || defined(__cplusplus) || \ + defined(__HP_aCC) || defined(__BORLANDC__) || defined(__LCC__) || \ + defined(__POCC__) || defined(__SALFORDC__) || defined(__HIGHC__) || \ + defined(__ILEC400__) + /* This compiler is believed to have an ISO compatible preprocessor */ +#define CURL_ISOCPP +#else + /* This compiler is believed NOT to have an ISO compatible preprocessor */ +#undef CURL_ISOCPP +#endif + +/* + * Macros for minimum-width signed and unsigned curl_off_t integer constants. + */ + +#if defined(__BORLANDC__) && (__BORLANDC__ == 0x0551) +# define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(x) x +# define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(x) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(x) +# define CURL_OFF_T_C(Val) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val) ## \ + __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T) +# define CURL_OFF_TU_C(Val) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val) ## \ + __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU) +#else +# ifdef CURL_ISOCPP +# define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(Val,Suffix) Val ## Suffix +# else +# define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(Val,Suffix) Val/**/Suffix +# endif +# define __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val,Suffix) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR2(Val,Suffix) +# define CURL_OFF_T_C(Val) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val,CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_T) +# define CURL_OFF_TU_C(Val) __CURL_OFF_T_C_HLPR1(Val,CURL_SUFFIX_CURL_OFF_TU) +#endif + +/* + * Get rid of macros private to this header file. + */ + +#undef CurlchkszEQ +#undef CurlchkszGE + +/* + * Get rid of macros not intended to exist beyond this point. + */ + +#undef CURL_PULL_WS2TCPIP_H +#undef CURL_PULL_SYS_TYPES_H +#undef CURL_PULL_SYS_SOCKET_H +#undef CURL_PULL_SYS_POLL_H +#undef CURL_PULL_STDINT_H +#undef CURL_PULL_INTTYPES_H + +#undef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_SOCKLEN_T +#undef CURL_TYPEOF_CURL_OFF_T + +#ifdef CURL_NO_OLDIES +#undef CURL_FORMAT_OFF_T /* not required since 7.19.0 - obsoleted in 7.20.0 */ +#endif + +#endif /* __CURL_CURLRULES_H */ diff --git a/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlver.h b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlver.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..ccdafc1de1 --- /dev/null +++ b/curl/include/tvos/curl/curlver.h @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_CURLVER_H +#define __CURL_CURLVER_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2015, Daniel Stenberg, , et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +/* This header file contains nothing but libcurl version info, generated by + a script at release-time. This was made its own header file in 7.11.2 */ + +/* This is the global package copyright */ +#define LIBCURL_COPYRIGHT "1996 - 2015 Daniel Stenberg, ." + +/* This is the version number of the libcurl package from which this header + file origins: */ +#define LIBCURL_VERSION "7.40.0" + +/* The numeric version number is also available "in parts" by using these + defines: */ +#define LIBCURL_VERSION_MAJOR 7 +#define LIBCURL_VERSION_MINOR 40 +#define LIBCURL_VERSION_PATCH 0 + +/* This is the numeric version of the libcurl version number, meant for easier + parsing and comparions by programs. The LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM define will + always follow this syntax: + + 0xXXYYZZ + + Where XX, YY and ZZ are the main version, release and patch numbers in + hexadecimal (using 8 bits each). All three numbers are always represented + using two digits. 1.2 would appear as "0x010200" while version 9.11.7 + appears as "0x090b07". + + This 6-digit (24 bits) hexadecimal number does not show pre-release number, + and it is always a greater number in a more recent release. It makes + comparisons with greater than and less than work. +*/ +#define LIBCURL_VERSION_NUM 0x072800 + +/* + * This is the date and time when the full source package was created. The + * timestamp is not stored in git, as the timestamp is properly set in the + * tarballs by the maketgz script. + * + * The format of the date should follow this template: + * + * "Mon Feb 12 11:35:33 UTC 2007" + */ +#define LIBCURL_TIMESTAMP "Thu Jan 8 08:17:17 UTC 2015" + +#endif /* __CURL_CURLVER_H */ diff --git a/curl/include/tvos/curl/easy.h b/curl/include/tvos/curl/easy.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..c1e3e76096 --- /dev/null +++ b/curl/include/tvos/curl/easy.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_EASY_H +#define __CURL_EASY_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2008, Daniel Stenberg, , et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + ***************************************************************************/ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +CURL_EXTERN CURL *curl_easy_init(void); +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_setopt(CURL *curl, CURLoption option, ...); +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_perform(CURL *curl); +CURL_EXTERN void curl_easy_cleanup(CURL *curl); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_getinfo() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Request internal information from the curl session with this function. The + * third argument MUST be a pointer to a long, a pointer to a char * or a + * pointer to a double (as the documentation describes elsewhere). The data + * pointed to will be filled in accordingly and can be relied upon only if the + * function returns CURLE_OK. This function is intended to get used *AFTER* a + * performed transfer, all results from this function are undefined until the + * transfer is completed. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_getinfo(CURL *curl, CURLINFO info, ...); + + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_duphandle() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Creates a new curl session handle with the same options set for the handle + * passed in. Duplicating a handle could only be a matter of cloning data and + * options, internal state info and things like persistent connections cannot + * be transferred. It is useful in multithreaded applications when you can run + * curl_easy_duphandle() for each new thread to avoid a series of identical + * curl_easy_setopt() invokes in every thread. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURL* curl_easy_duphandle(CURL *curl); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_reset() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Re-initializes a CURL handle to the default values. This puts back the + * handle to the same state as it was in when it was just created. + * + * It does keep: live connections, the Session ID cache, the DNS cache and the + * cookies. + */ +CURL_EXTERN void curl_easy_reset(CURL *curl); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_recv() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Receives data from the connected socket. Use after successful + * curl_easy_perform() with CURLOPT_CONNECT_ONLY option. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_recv(CURL *curl, void *buffer, size_t buflen, + size_t *n); + +/* + * NAME curl_easy_send() + * + * DESCRIPTION + * + * Sends data over the connected socket. Use after successful + * curl_easy_perform() with CURLOPT_CONNECT_ONLY option. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLcode curl_easy_send(CURL *curl, const void *buffer, + size_t buflen, size_t *n); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/curl/include/tvos/curl/mprintf.h b/curl/include/tvos/curl/mprintf.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..cc9e7f5d1f --- /dev/null +++ b/curl/include/tvos/curl/mprintf.h @@ -0,0 +1,81 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_MPRINTF_H +#define __CURL_MPRINTF_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2013, Daniel Stenberg, , et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#include +#include /* needed for FILE */ + +#include "curl.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mprintf(const char *format, ...); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mfprintf(FILE *fd, const char *format, ...); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_msprintf(char *buffer, const char *format, ...); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_msnprintf(char *buffer, size_t maxlength, + const char *format, ...); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvprintf(const char *format, va_list args); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvfprintf(FILE *fd, const char *format, va_list args); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvsprintf(char *buffer, const char *format, va_list args); +CURL_EXTERN int curl_mvsnprintf(char *buffer, size_t maxlength, + const char *format, va_list args); +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_maprintf(const char *format, ...); +CURL_EXTERN char *curl_mvaprintf(const char *format, va_list args); + +#ifdef _MPRINTF_REPLACE +# undef printf +# undef fprintf +# undef sprintf +# undef vsprintf +# undef snprintf +# undef vprintf +# undef vfprintf +# undef vsnprintf +# undef aprintf +# undef vaprintf +# define printf curl_mprintf +# define fprintf curl_mfprintf +#ifdef CURLDEBUG +/* When built with CURLDEBUG we define away the sprintf functions since we + don't want internal code to be using them */ +# define sprintf sprintf_was_used +# define vsprintf vsprintf_was_used +#else +# define sprintf curl_msprintf +# define vsprintf curl_mvsprintf +#endif +# define snprintf curl_msnprintf +# define vprintf curl_mvprintf +# define vfprintf curl_mvfprintf +# define vsnprintf curl_mvsnprintf +# define aprintf curl_maprintf +# define vaprintf curl_mvaprintf +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* __CURL_MPRINTF_H */ diff --git a/curl/include/tvos/curl/multi.h b/curl/include/tvos/curl/multi.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..3c4acb0f6e --- /dev/null +++ b/curl/include/tvos/curl/multi.h @@ -0,0 +1,399 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_MULTI_H +#define __CURL_MULTI_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2013, Daniel Stenberg, , et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + ***************************************************************************/ +/* + This is an "external" header file. Don't give away any internals here! + + GOALS + + o Enable a "pull" interface. The application that uses libcurl decides where + and when to ask libcurl to get/send data. + + o Enable multiple simultaneous transfers in the same thread without making it + complicated for the application. + + o Enable the application to select() on its own file descriptors and curl's + file descriptors simultaneous easily. + +*/ + +/* + * This header file should not really need to include "curl.h" since curl.h + * itself includes this file and we expect user applications to do #include + * without the need for especially including multi.h. + * + * For some reason we added this include here at one point, and rather than to + * break existing (wrongly written) libcurl applications, we leave it as-is + * but with this warning attached. + */ +#include "curl.h" + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + +typedef void CURLM; + +typedef enum { + CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM = -1, /* please call curl_multi_perform() or + curl_multi_socket*() soon */ + CURLM_OK, + CURLM_BAD_HANDLE, /* the passed-in handle is not a valid CURLM handle */ + CURLM_BAD_EASY_HANDLE, /* an easy handle was not good/valid */ + CURLM_OUT_OF_MEMORY, /* if you ever get this, you're in deep sh*t */ + CURLM_INTERNAL_ERROR, /* this is a libcurl bug */ + CURLM_BAD_SOCKET, /* the passed in socket argument did not match */ + CURLM_UNKNOWN_OPTION, /* curl_multi_setopt() with unsupported option */ + CURLM_ADDED_ALREADY, /* an easy handle already added to a multi handle was + attempted to get added - again */ + CURLM_LAST +} CURLMcode; + +/* just to make code nicer when using curl_multi_socket() you can now check + for CURLM_CALL_MULTI_SOCKET too in the same style it works for + curl_multi_perform() and CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM */ +#define CURLM_CALL_MULTI_SOCKET CURLM_CALL_MULTI_PERFORM + +typedef enum { + CURLMSG_NONE, /* first, not used */ + CURLMSG_DONE, /* This easy handle has completed. 'result' contains + the CURLcode of the transfer */ + CURLMSG_LAST /* last, not used */ +} CURLMSG; + +struct CURLMsg { + CURLMSG msg; /* what this message means */ + CURL *easy_handle; /* the handle it concerns */ + union { + void *whatever; /* message-specific data */ + CURLcode result; /* return code for transfer */ + } data; +}; +typedef struct CURLMsg CURLMsg; + +/* Based on poll(2) structure and values. + * We don't use pollfd and POLL* constants explicitly + * to cover platforms without poll(). */ +#define CURL_WAIT_POLLIN 0x0001 +#define CURL_WAIT_POLLPRI 0x0002 +#define CURL_WAIT_POLLOUT 0x0004 + +struct curl_waitfd { + curl_socket_t fd; + short events; + short revents; /* not supported yet */ +}; + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_init() + * + * Desc: inititalize multi-style curl usage + * + * Returns: a new CURLM handle to use in all 'curl_multi' functions. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLM *curl_multi_init(void); + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_add_handle() + * + * Desc: add a standard curl handle to the multi stack + * + * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_add_handle(CURLM *multi_handle, + CURL *curl_handle); + + /* + * Name: curl_multi_remove_handle() + * + * Desc: removes a curl handle from the multi stack again + * + * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_remove_handle(CURLM *multi_handle, + CURL *curl_handle); + + /* + * Name: curl_multi_fdset() + * + * Desc: Ask curl for its fd_set sets. The app can use these to select() or + * poll() on. We want curl_multi_perform() called as soon as one of + * them are ready. + * + * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_fdset(CURLM *multi_handle, + fd_set *read_fd_set, + fd_set *write_fd_set, + fd_set *exc_fd_set, + int *max_fd); + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_wait() + * + * Desc: Poll on all fds within a CURLM set as well as any + * additional fds passed to the function. + * + * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_wait(CURLM *multi_handle, + struct curl_waitfd extra_fds[], + unsigned int extra_nfds, + int timeout_ms, + int *ret); + + /* + * Name: curl_multi_perform() + * + * Desc: When the app thinks there's data available for curl it calls this + * function to read/write whatever there is right now. This returns + * as soon as the reads and writes are done. This function does not + * require that there actually is data available for reading or that + * data can be written, it can be called just in case. It returns + * the number of handles that still transfer data in the second + * argument's integer-pointer. + * + * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. *NOTE* that this only + * returns errors etc regarding the whole multi stack. There might + * still have occurred problems on invidual transfers even when this + * returns OK. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_perform(CURLM *multi_handle, + int *running_handles); + + /* + * Name: curl_multi_cleanup() + * + * Desc: Cleans up and removes a whole multi stack. It does not free or + * touch any individual easy handles in any way. We need to define + * in what state those handles will be if this function is called + * in the middle of a transfer. + * + * Returns: CURLMcode type, general multi error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_cleanup(CURLM *multi_handle); + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_info_read() + * + * Desc: Ask the multi handle if there's any messages/informationals from + * the individual transfers. Messages include informationals such as + * error code from the transfer or just the fact that a transfer is + * completed. More details on these should be written down as well. + * + * Repeated calls to this function will return a new struct each + * time, until a special "end of msgs" struct is returned as a signal + * that there is no more to get at this point. + * + * The data the returned pointer points to will not survive calling + * curl_multi_cleanup(). + * + * The 'CURLMsg' struct is meant to be very simple and only contain + * very basic informations. If more involved information is wanted, + * we will provide the particular "transfer handle" in that struct + * and that should/could/would be used in subsequent + * curl_easy_getinfo() calls (or similar). The point being that we + * must never expose complex structs to applications, as then we'll + * undoubtably get backwards compatibility problems in the future. + * + * Returns: A pointer to a filled-in struct, or NULL if it failed or ran out + * of structs. It also writes the number of messages left in the + * queue (after this read) in the integer the second argument points + * to. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMsg *curl_multi_info_read(CURLM *multi_handle, + int *msgs_in_queue); + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_strerror() + * + * Desc: The curl_multi_strerror function may be used to turn a CURLMcode + * value into the equivalent human readable error string. This is + * useful for printing meaningful error messages. + * + * Returns: A pointer to a zero-terminated error message. + */ +CURL_EXTERN const char *curl_multi_strerror(CURLMcode); + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_socket() and + * curl_multi_socket_all() + * + * Desc: An alternative version of curl_multi_perform() that allows the + * application to pass in one of the file descriptors that have been + * detected to have "action" on them and let libcurl perform. + * See man page for details. + */ +#define CURL_POLL_NONE 0 +#define CURL_POLL_IN 1 +#define CURL_POLL_OUT 2 +#define CURL_POLL_INOUT 3 +#define CURL_POLL_REMOVE 4 + +#define CURL_SOCKET_TIMEOUT CURL_SOCKET_BAD + +#define CURL_CSELECT_IN 0x01 +#define CURL_CSELECT_OUT 0x02 +#define CURL_CSELECT_ERR 0x04 + +typedef int (*curl_socket_callback)(CURL *easy, /* easy handle */ + curl_socket_t s, /* socket */ + int what, /* see above */ + void *userp, /* private callback + pointer */ + void *socketp); /* private socket + pointer */ +/* + * Name: curl_multi_timer_callback + * + * Desc: Called by libcurl whenever the library detects a change in the + * maximum number of milliseconds the app is allowed to wait before + * curl_multi_socket() or curl_multi_perform() must be called + * (to allow libcurl's timed events to take place). + * + * Returns: The callback should return zero. + */ +typedef int (*curl_multi_timer_callback)(CURLM *multi, /* multi handle */ + long timeout_ms, /* see above */ + void *userp); /* private callback + pointer */ + +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket(CURLM *multi_handle, curl_socket_t s, + int *running_handles); + +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket_action(CURLM *multi_handle, + curl_socket_t s, + int ev_bitmask, + int *running_handles); + +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_socket_all(CURLM *multi_handle, + int *running_handles); + +#ifndef CURL_ALLOW_OLD_MULTI_SOCKET +/* This macro below was added in 7.16.3 to push users who recompile to use + the new curl_multi_socket_action() instead of the old curl_multi_socket() +*/ +#define curl_multi_socket(x,y,z) curl_multi_socket_action(x,y,0,z) +#endif + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_timeout() + * + * Desc: Returns the maximum number of milliseconds the app is allowed to + * wait before curl_multi_socket() or curl_multi_perform() must be + * called (to allow libcurl's timed events to take place). + * + * Returns: CURLM error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_timeout(CURLM *multi_handle, + long *milliseconds); + +#undef CINIT /* re-using the same name as in curl.h */ + +#ifdef CURL_ISOCPP +#define CINIT(name,type,num) CURLMOPT_ ## name = CURLOPTTYPE_ ## type + num +#else +/* The macro "##" is ISO C, we assume pre-ISO C doesn't support it. */ +#define LONG CURLOPTTYPE_LONG +#define OBJECTPOINT CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT +#define FUNCTIONPOINT CURLOPTTYPE_FUNCTIONPOINT +#define OFF_T CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T +#define CINIT(name,type,number) CURLMOPT_/**/name = type + number +#endif + +typedef enum { + /* This is the socket callback function pointer */ + CINIT(SOCKETFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 1), + + /* This is the argument passed to the socket callback */ + CINIT(SOCKETDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 2), + + /* set to 1 to enable pipelining for this multi handle */ + CINIT(PIPELINING, LONG, 3), + + /* This is the timer callback function pointer */ + CINIT(TIMERFUNCTION, FUNCTIONPOINT, 4), + + /* This is the argument passed to the timer callback */ + CINIT(TIMERDATA, OBJECTPOINT, 5), + + /* maximum number of entries in the connection cache */ + CINIT(MAXCONNECTS, LONG, 6), + + /* maximum number of (pipelining) connections to one host */ + CINIT(MAX_HOST_CONNECTIONS, LONG, 7), + + /* maximum number of requests in a pipeline */ + CINIT(MAX_PIPELINE_LENGTH, LONG, 8), + + /* a connection with a content-length longer than this + will not be considered for pipelining */ + CINIT(CONTENT_LENGTH_PENALTY_SIZE, OFF_T, 9), + + /* a connection with a chunk length longer than this + will not be considered for pipelining */ + CINIT(CHUNK_LENGTH_PENALTY_SIZE, OFF_T, 10), + + /* a list of site names(+port) that are blacklisted from + pipelining */ + CINIT(PIPELINING_SITE_BL, OBJECTPOINT, 11), + + /* a list of server types that are blacklisted from + pipelining */ + CINIT(PIPELINING_SERVER_BL, OBJECTPOINT, 12), + + /* maximum number of open connections in total */ + CINIT(MAX_TOTAL_CONNECTIONS, LONG, 13), + + CURLMOPT_LASTENTRY /* the last unused */ +} CURLMoption; + + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_setopt() + * + * Desc: Sets options for the multi handle. + * + * Returns: CURLM error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_setopt(CURLM *multi_handle, + CURLMoption option, ...); + + +/* + * Name: curl_multi_assign() + * + * Desc: This function sets an association in the multi handle between the + * given socket and a private pointer of the application. This is + * (only) useful for curl_multi_socket uses. + * + * Returns: CURLM error code. + */ +CURL_EXTERN CURLMcode curl_multi_assign(CURLM *multi_handle, + curl_socket_t sockfd, void *sockp); + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} /* end of extern "C" */ +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/curl/include/tvos/curl/stdcheaders.h b/curl/include/tvos/curl/stdcheaders.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..ad82ef6335 --- /dev/null +++ b/curl/include/tvos/curl/stdcheaders.h @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#ifndef __STDC_HEADERS_H +#define __STDC_HEADERS_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2010, Daniel Stenberg, , et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +#include + +size_t fread (void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *); +size_t fwrite (const void *, size_t, size_t, FILE *); + +int strcasecmp(const char *, const char *); +int strncasecmp(const char *, const char *, size_t); + +#endif /* __STDC_HEADERS_H */ diff --git a/curl/include/tvos/curl/typecheck-gcc.h b/curl/include/tvos/curl/typecheck-gcc.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..69d41a20d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/curl/include/tvos/curl/typecheck-gcc.h @@ -0,0 +1,610 @@ +#ifndef __CURL_TYPECHECK_GCC_H +#define __CURL_TYPECHECK_GCC_H +/*************************************************************************** + * _ _ ____ _ + * Project ___| | | | _ \| | + * / __| | | | |_) | | + * | (__| |_| | _ <| |___ + * \___|\___/|_| \_\_____| + * + * Copyright (C) 1998 - 2014, Daniel Stenberg, , et al. + * + * This software is licensed as described in the file COPYING, which + * you should have received as part of this distribution. The terms + * are also available at http://curl.haxx.se/docs/copyright.html. + * + * You may opt to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute and/or sell + * copies of the Software, and permit persons to whom the Software is + * furnished to do so, under the terms of the COPYING file. + * + * This software is distributed on an "AS IS" basis, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY + * KIND, either express or implied. + * + ***************************************************************************/ + +/* wraps curl_easy_setopt() with typechecking */ + +/* To add a new kind of warning, add an + * if(_curl_is_sometype_option(_curl_opt)) + * if(!_curl_is_sometype(value)) + * _curl_easy_setopt_err_sometype(); + * block and define _curl_is_sometype_option, _curl_is_sometype and + * _curl_easy_setopt_err_sometype below + * + * NOTE: We use two nested 'if' statements here instead of the && operator, in + * order to work around gcc bug #32061. It affects only gcc 4.3.x/4.4.x + * when compiling with -Wlogical-op. + * + * To add an option that uses the same type as an existing option, you'll just + * need to extend the appropriate _curl_*_option macro + */ +#define curl_easy_setopt(handle, option, value) \ +__extension__ ({ \ + __typeof__ (option) _curl_opt = option; \ + if(__builtin_constant_p(_curl_opt)) { \ + if(_curl_is_long_option(_curl_opt)) \ + if(!_curl_is_long(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_long(); \ + if(_curl_is_off_t_option(_curl_opt)) \ + if(!_curl_is_off_t(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_off_t(); \ + if(_curl_is_string_option(_curl_opt)) \ + if(!_curl_is_string(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_string(); \ + if(_curl_is_write_cb_option(_curl_opt)) \ + if(!_curl_is_write_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_write_callback(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_READFUNCTION) \ + if(!_curl_is_read_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_read_cb(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_IOCTLFUNCTION) \ + if(!_curl_is_ioctl_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_ioctl_cb(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SOCKOPTFUNCTION) \ + if(!_curl_is_sockopt_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_sockopt_cb(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_OPENSOCKETFUNCTION) \ + if(!_curl_is_opensocket_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_opensocket_cb(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_PROGRESSFUNCTION) \ + if(!_curl_is_progress_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_progress_cb(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_DEBUGFUNCTION) \ + if(!_curl_is_debug_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_debug_cb(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SSL_CTX_FUNCTION) \ + if(!_curl_is_ssl_ctx_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_ssl_ctx_cb(); \ + if(_curl_is_conv_cb_option(_curl_opt)) \ + if(!_curl_is_conv_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_conv_cb(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SEEKFUNCTION) \ + if(!_curl_is_seek_cb(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_seek_cb(); \ + if(_curl_is_cb_data_option(_curl_opt)) \ + if(!_curl_is_cb_data(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_cb_data(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER) \ + if(!_curl_is_error_buffer(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_error_buffer(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_STDERR) \ + if(!_curl_is_FILE(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_FILE(); \ + if(_curl_is_postfields_option(_curl_opt)) \ + if(!_curl_is_postfields(value)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_postfields(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_HTTPPOST) \ + if(!_curl_is_arr((value), struct curl_httppost)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_httpost(); \ + if(_curl_is_slist_option(_curl_opt)) \ + if(!_curl_is_arr((value), struct curl_slist)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_slist(); \ + if((_curl_opt) == CURLOPT_SHARE) \ + if(!_curl_is_ptr((value), CURLSH)) \ + _curl_easy_setopt_err_CURLSH(); \ + } \ + curl_easy_setopt(handle, _curl_opt, value); \ +}) + +/* wraps curl_easy_getinfo() with typechecking */ +/* FIXME: don't allow const pointers */ +#define curl_easy_getinfo(handle, info, arg) \ +__extension__ ({ \ + __typeof__ (info) _curl_info = info; \ + if(__builtin_constant_p(_curl_info)) { \ + if(_curl_is_string_info(_curl_info)) \ + if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), char *)) \ + _curl_easy_getinfo_err_string(); \ + if(_curl_is_long_info(_curl_info)) \ + if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), long)) \ + _curl_easy_getinfo_err_long(); \ + if(_curl_is_double_info(_curl_info)) \ + if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), double)) \ + _curl_easy_getinfo_err_double(); \ + if(_curl_is_slist_info(_curl_info)) \ + if(!_curl_is_arr((arg), struct curl_slist *)) \ + _curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_slist(); \ + } \ + curl_easy_getinfo(handle, _curl_info, arg); \ +}) + +/* TODO: typechecking for curl_share_setopt() and curl_multi_setopt(), + * for now just make sure that the functions are called with three + * arguments + */ +#define curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param) curl_share_setopt(share,opt,param) +#define curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param) curl_multi_setopt(handle,opt,param) + + +/* the actual warnings, triggered by calling the _curl_easy_setopt_err* + * functions */ + +/* To define a new warning, use _CURL_WARNING(identifier, "message") */ +#define _CURL_WARNING(id, message) \ + static void __attribute__((__warning__(message))) \ + __attribute__((__unused__)) __attribute__((__noinline__)) \ + id(void) { __asm__(""); } + +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_long, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a long argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_off_t, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_off_t argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_string, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a " + "string (char* or char[]) argument for this option" + ) +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_write_callback, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_write_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_read_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_read_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_ioctl_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_ioctl_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_sockopt_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_sockopt_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_opensocket_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a " + "curl_opensocket_callback argument for this option" + ) +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_progress_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_progress_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_debug_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_debug_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_ssl_ctx_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_ssl_ctx_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_conv_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_conv_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_seek_cb, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a curl_seek_callback argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_cb_data, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a " + "private data pointer as argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_error_buffer, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a " + "char buffer of CURL_ERROR_SIZE as argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_FILE, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a FILE* argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_postfields, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a void* or char* argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_httpost, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a struct curl_httppost* argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_curl_slist, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a struct curl_slist* argument for this option") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_setopt_err_CURLSH, + "curl_easy_setopt expects a CURLSH* argument for this option") + +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_string, + "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to char * for this info") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_long, + "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to long for this info") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_double, + "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to double for this info") +_CURL_WARNING(_curl_easy_getinfo_err_curl_slist, + "curl_easy_getinfo expects a pointer to struct curl_slist * for this info") + +/* groups of curl_easy_setops options that take the same type of argument */ + +/* To add a new option to one of the groups, just add + * (option) == CURLOPT_SOMETHING + * to the or-expression. If the option takes a long or curl_off_t, you don't + * have to do anything + */ + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a long argument */ +#define _curl_is_long_option(option) \ + (0 < (option) && (option) < CURLOPTTYPE_OBJECTPOINT) + +#define _curl_is_off_t_option(option) \ + ((option) > CURLOPTTYPE_OFF_T) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a char* argument */ +#define _curl_is_string_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_URL || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PROXY || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_INTERFACE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_NETRC_FILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_USERPWD || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_USERNAME || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PASSWORD || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PROXYUSERPWD || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PROXYUSERNAME || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PROXYPASSWORD || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_NOPROXY || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_ACCEPT_ENCODING || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_REFERER || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_USERAGENT || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIEFILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIEJAR || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_COOKIELIST || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_FTPPORT || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_FTP_ALTERNATIVE_TO_USER || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_FTP_ACCOUNT || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_RANGE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CUSTOMREQUEST || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSLCERT || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSLCERTTYPE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSLKEY || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSLKEYTYPE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_KEYPASSWD || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSLENGINE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CAINFO || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CAPATH || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_RANDOM_FILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_EGDSOCKET || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSL_CIPHER_LIST || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_KRBLEVEL || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_HOST_PUBLIC_KEY_MD5 || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_PUBLIC_KEYFILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_PRIVATE_KEYFILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CRLFILE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_ISSUERCERT || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SOCKS5_GSSAPI_SERVICE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_KNOWNHOSTS || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_MAIL_FROM || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_RTSP_SESSION_ID || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_RTSP_STREAM_URI || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_RTSP_TRANSPORT || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_XOAUTH2_BEARER || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_DNS_SERVERS || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_DNS_INTERFACE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_DNS_LOCAL_IP4 || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_DNS_LOCAL_IP6 || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_LOGIN_OPTIONS || \ + 0) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a curl_write_callback argument */ +#define _curl_is_write_cb_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_HEADERFUNCTION || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_WRITEFUNCTION) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a curl_conv_callback argument */ +#define _curl_is_conv_cb_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_CONV_TO_NETWORK_FUNCTION || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_NETWORK_FUNCTION || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CONV_FROM_UTF8_FUNCTION) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a data argument to pass to a callback */ +#define _curl_is_cb_data_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_WRITEDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_READDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_IOCTLDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SOCKOPTDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_OPENSOCKETDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PROGRESSDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_HEADERDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_DEBUGDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSL_CTX_DATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SEEKDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PRIVATE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_SSH_KEYDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_INTERLEAVEDATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_CHUNK_DATA || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_FNMATCH_DATA || \ + 0) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a POST data argument (void* or char*) */ +#define _curl_is_postfields_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_POSTFIELDS || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_COPYPOSTFIELDS || \ + 0) + +/* evaluates to true if option takes a struct curl_slist * argument */ +#define _curl_is_slist_option(option) \ + ((option) == CURLOPT_HTTPHEADER || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_HTTP200ALIASES || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_QUOTE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_POSTQUOTE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_PREQUOTE || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_TELNETOPTIONS || \ + (option) == CURLOPT_MAIL_RCPT || \ + 0) + +/* groups of curl_easy_getinfo infos that take the same type of argument */ + +/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to char * argument */ +#define _curl_is_string_info(info) \ + (CURLINFO_STRING < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_LONG) + +/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to long argument */ +#define _curl_is_long_info(info) \ + (CURLINFO_LONG < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_DOUBLE) + +/* evaluates to true if info expects a pointer to double argument */ +#define _curl_is_double_info(info) \ + (CURLINFO_DOUBLE < (info) && (info) < CURLINFO_SLIST) + +/* true if info expects a pointer to struct curl_slist * argument */ +#define _curl_is_slist_info(info) \ + (CURLINFO_SLIST < (info)) + + +/* typecheck helpers -- check whether given expression has requested type*/ + +/* For pointers, you can use the _curl_is_ptr/_curl_is_arr macros, + * otherwise define a new macro. Search for __builtin_types_compatible_p + * in the GCC manual. + * NOTE: these macros MUST NOT EVALUATE their arguments! The argument is + * the actual expression passed to the curl_easy_setopt macro. This + * means that you can only apply the sizeof and __typeof__ operators, no + * == or whatsoever. + */ + +/* XXX: should evaluate to true iff expr is a pointer */ +#define _curl_is_any_ptr(expr) \ + (sizeof(expr) == sizeof(void*)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is NULL */ +/* XXX: must not evaluate expr, so this check is not accurate */ +#define _curl_is_NULL(expr) \ + (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), __typeof__(NULL))) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is type*, const type* or NULL */ +#define _curl_is_ptr(expr, type) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), type *) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), const type *)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is one of type[], type*, NULL or const type* */ +#define _curl_is_arr(expr, type) \ + (_curl_is_ptr((expr), type) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), type [])) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is a string */ +#define _curl_is_string(expr) \ + (_curl_is_arr((expr), char) || \ + _curl_is_arr((expr), signed char) || \ + _curl_is_arr((expr), unsigned char)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is a long (no matter the signedness) + * XXX: for now, int is also accepted (and therefore short and char, which + * are promoted to int when passed to a variadic function) */ +#define _curl_is_long(expr) \ + (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), long) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed long) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned long) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), int) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed int) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned int) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), short) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed short) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned short) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), signed char) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), unsigned char)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_off_t */ +#define _curl_is_off_t(expr) \ + (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_off_t)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is abuffer suitable for CURLOPT_ERRORBUFFER */ +/* XXX: also check size of an char[] array? */ +#define _curl_is_error_buffer(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char *) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), char[])) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type (const) void* or (const) FILE* */ +#if 0 +#define _curl_is_cb_data(expr) \ + (_curl_is_ptr((expr), void) || \ + _curl_is_ptr((expr), FILE)) +#else /* be less strict */ +#define _curl_is_cb_data(expr) \ + _curl_is_any_ptr(expr) +#endif + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type FILE* */ +#define _curl_is_FILE(expr) \ + (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), FILE *)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr can be passed as POST data (void* or char*) */ +#define _curl_is_postfields(expr) \ + (_curl_is_ptr((expr), void) || \ + _curl_is_arr((expr), char)) + +/* FIXME: the whole callback checking is messy... + * The idea is to tolerate char vs. void and const vs. not const + * pointers in arguments at least + */ +/* helper: __builtin_types_compatible_p distinguishes between functions and + * function pointers, hide it */ +#define _curl_callback_compatible(func, type) \ + (__builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(func), type) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(func), type*)) + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_read_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_read_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), __typeof__(fread)) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_read_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback4) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback5) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_read_callback6)) +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback1)(char *, size_t, size_t, void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback2)(char *, size_t, size_t, const void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback3)(char *, size_t, size_t, FILE*); +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback4)(void *, size_t, size_t, void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback5)(void *, size_t, size_t, const void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_read_callback6)(void *, size_t, size_t, FILE*); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_write_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_write_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_read_cb(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), __typeof__(fwrite)) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_write_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback4) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback5) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_write_callback6)) +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback1)(const char *, size_t, size_t, void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback2)(const char *, size_t, size_t, + const void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback3)(const char *, size_t, size_t, FILE*); +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback4)(const void *, size_t, size_t, void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback5)(const void *, size_t, size_t, + const void*); +typedef size_t (_curl_write_callback6)(const void *, size_t, size_t, FILE*); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_ioctl_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_ioctl_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_ioctl_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ioctl_callback4)) +typedef curlioerr (_curl_ioctl_callback1)(CURL *, int, void*); +typedef curlioerr (_curl_ioctl_callback2)(CURL *, int, const void*); +typedef curlioerr (_curl_ioctl_callback3)(CURL *, curliocmd, void*); +typedef curlioerr (_curl_ioctl_callback4)(CURL *, curliocmd, const void*); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_sockopt_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_sockopt_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_sockopt_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_sockopt_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_sockopt_callback2)) +typedef int (_curl_sockopt_callback1)(void *, curl_socket_t, curlsocktype); +typedef int (_curl_sockopt_callback2)(const void *, curl_socket_t, + curlsocktype); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_opensocket_callback or + "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_opensocket_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_opensocket_callback) ||\ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_opensocket_callback4)) +typedef curl_socket_t (_curl_opensocket_callback1) + (void *, curlsocktype, struct curl_sockaddr *); +typedef curl_socket_t (_curl_opensocket_callback2) + (void *, curlsocktype, const struct curl_sockaddr *); +typedef curl_socket_t (_curl_opensocket_callback3) + (const void *, curlsocktype, struct curl_sockaddr *); +typedef curl_socket_t (_curl_opensocket_callback4) + (const void *, curlsocktype, const struct curl_sockaddr *); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_progress_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_progress_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_progress_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_progress_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_progress_callback2)) +typedef int (_curl_progress_callback1)(void *, + double, double, double, double); +typedef int (_curl_progress_callback2)(const void *, + double, double, double, double); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_debug_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_debug_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_debug_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback4) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback5) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback6) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback7) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_debug_callback8)) +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback1) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, char *, size_t, void *); +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback2) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, char *, size_t, const void *); +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback3) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, const char *, size_t, void *); +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback4) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, const char *, size_t, const void *); +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback5) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, unsigned char *, size_t, void *); +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback6) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, unsigned char *, size_t, const void *); +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback7) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, const unsigned char *, size_t, void *); +typedef int (_curl_debug_callback8) (CURL *, + curl_infotype, const unsigned char *, size_t, const void *); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_ssl_ctx_callback or "similar" */ +/* this is getting even messier... */ +#define _curl_is_ssl_ctx_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_ssl_ctx_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback4) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback5) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback6) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback7) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_ssl_ctx_callback8)) +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback1)(CURL *, void *, void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback2)(CURL *, void *, const void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback3)(CURL *, const void *, void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback4)(CURL *, const void *, const void *); +#ifdef HEADER_SSL_H +/* hack: if we included OpenSSL's ssl.h, we know about SSL_CTX + * this will of course break if we're included before OpenSSL headers... + */ +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback5)(CURL *, SSL_CTX, void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback6)(CURL *, SSL_CTX, const void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback7)(CURL *, const SSL_CTX, void *); +typedef CURLcode (_curl_ssl_ctx_callback8)(CURL *, const SSL_CTX, + const void *); +#else +typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback5; +typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback6; +typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback7; +typedef _curl_ssl_ctx_callback1 _curl_ssl_ctx_callback8; +#endif + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_conv_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_conv_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_conv_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback2) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback3) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_conv_callback4)) +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback1)(char *, size_t length); +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback2)(const char *, size_t length); +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback3)(void *, size_t length); +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_conv_callback4)(const void *, size_t length); + +/* evaluates to true if expr is of type curl_seek_callback or "similar" */ +#define _curl_is_seek_cb(expr) \ + (_curl_is_NULL(expr) || \ + __builtin_types_compatible_p(__typeof__(expr), curl_seek_callback) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_seek_callback1) || \ + _curl_callback_compatible((expr), _curl_seek_callback2)) +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_seek_callback1)(void *, curl_off_t, int); +typedef CURLcode (*_curl_seek_callback2)(const void *, curl_off_t, int); + + +#endif /* __CURL_TYPECHECK_GCC_H */ diff --git a/curl/prebuilt/tvos/libcrypto.a b/curl/prebuilt/tvos/libcrypto.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d92d9d0e6d Binary files /dev/null and b/curl/prebuilt/tvos/libcrypto.a differ diff --git a/curl/prebuilt/tvos/libcurl.a b/curl/prebuilt/tvos/libcurl.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..cd2922c89f Binary files /dev/null and b/curl/prebuilt/tvos/libcurl.a differ diff --git a/curl/prebuilt/tvos/libssl.a b/curl/prebuilt/tvos/libssl.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..724229fcfe Binary files /dev/null and b/curl/prebuilt/tvos/libssl.a differ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftconfig.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftconfig.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..0c8844ec2b --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,481 @@ +/* ftconfig.h. Generated from ftconfig.in by configure. */ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftconfig.in */ +/* */ +/* UNIX-specific configuration file (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006-2009, 2011, 2013, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This header file contains a number of macro definitions that are used */ + /* by the rest of the engine. Most of the macros here are automatically */ + /* determined at compile time, and you should not need to change it to */ + /* port FreeType, except to compile the library with a non-ANSI */ + /* compiler. */ + /* */ + /* Note however that if some specific modifications are needed, we */ + /* advise you to place a modified copy in your build directory. */ + /* */ + /* The build directory is usually `builds/', and contains */ + /* system-specific files that are always included first when building */ + /* the library. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTCONFIG_H__ +#define __FTCONFIG_H__ + +#include +#include FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H +#include FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* PLATFORM-SPECIFIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */ + /* */ + /* These macros can be toggled to suit a specific system. The current */ + /* ones are defaults used to compile FreeType in an ANSI C environment */ + /* (16bit compilers are also supported). Copy this file to your own */ + /* `builds/' directory, and edit it to port the engine. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1 +#define HAVE_FCNTL_H 1 +#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1 + + + /* There are systems (like the Texas Instruments 'C54x) where a `char' */ + /* has 16 bits. ANSI C says that sizeof(char) is always 1. Since an */ + /* `int' has 16 bits also for this system, sizeof(int) gives 1 which */ + /* is probably unexpected. */ + /* */ + /* `CHAR_BIT' (defined in limits.h) gives the number of bits in a */ + /* `char' type. */ + +#ifndef FT_CHAR_BIT +#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT +#endif + + +/* #undef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */ +#ifdef FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES + +#define SIZEOF_INT 4 +#define SIZEOF_LONG 8 +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT SIZEOF_INT +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG SIZEOF_LONG + +#else /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */ + + /* Following cpp computation of the bit length of int and long */ + /* is copied from default include/config/ftconfig.h. */ + /* If any improvement is required for this file, it should be */ + /* applied to the original header file for the builders that */ + /* does not use configure script. */ + + /* The size of an `int' type. */ +#if FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (16 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_UINT_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_UINT_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_INT (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#else +#error "Unsupported size of `int' type!" +#endif + + /* The size of a `long' type. A five-byte `long' (as used e.g. on the */ + /* DM642) is recognized but avoided. */ +#if FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (32 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#elif FT_ULONG_MAX > 0xFFFFFFFFUL && FT_ULONG_MAX == 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFUL +#define FT_SIZEOF_LONG (64 / FT_CHAR_BIT) +#else +#error "Unsupported size of `long' type!" +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_USE_AUTOCONF_SIZEOF_TYPES */ + + + /* FT_UNUSED is a macro used to indicate that a given parameter is not */ + /* used -- this is only used to get rid of unpleasant compiler warnings */ +#ifndef FT_UNUSED +#define FT_UNUSED( arg ) ( (arg) = (arg) ) +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* AUTOMATIC CONFIGURATION MACROS */ + /* */ + /* These macros are computed from the ones defined above. Don't touch */ + /* their definition, unless you know precisely what you are doing. No */ + /* porter should need to mess with them. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Mac support */ + /* */ + /* This is the only necessary change, so it is defined here instead */ + /* providing a new configuration file. */ + /* */ +#if defined( __APPLE__ ) || ( defined( __MWERKS__ ) && defined( macintosh ) ) + /* no Carbon frameworks for 64bit 10.4.x */ + /* AvailabilityMacros.h is available since Mac OS X 10.2, */ + /* so guess the system version by maximum errno before inclusion */ +#include +#ifdef ECANCELED /* defined since 10.2 */ +#include "AvailabilityMacros.h" +#endif +#if defined( __LP64__ ) && \ + ( MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED <= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_4 ) +#undef FT_MACINTOSH +#endif + +#elif defined( __SC__ ) || defined( __MRC__ ) + /* Classic MacOS compilers */ +#include "ConditionalMacros.h" +#if TARGET_OS_MAC +#define FT_MACINTOSH 1 +#endif + +#endif + + + /* Fix compiler warning with sgi compiler */ +#if defined( __sgi ) && !defined( __GNUC__ ) +#if defined( _COMPILER_VERSION ) && ( _COMPILER_VERSION >= 730 ) +#pragma set woff 3505 +#endif +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /*
*/ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_Int16 */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 16bit signed integer type. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_Int16; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_UInt16 */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 16bit unsigned integer type. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UInt16; + + /* */ + + + /* this #if 0 ... #endif clause is for documentation purposes */ +#if 0 + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_Int32 */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 32bit signed integer type. The size depends on */ + /* the configuration. */ + /* */ + typedef signed XXX FT_Int32; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_UInt32 */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 32bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */ + /* the configuration. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt32; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_Int64 */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 64bit signed integer type. The size depends on */ + /* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */ + /* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */ + /* */ + typedef signed XXX FT_Int64; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_UInt64 */ + /* */ + /* A typedef for a 64bit unsigned integer type. The size depends on */ + /* the configuration. Only defined if there is real 64bit support; */ + /* otherwise, it gets emulated with a structure (if necessary). */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned XXX FT_UInt64; + + /* */ + +#endif + +#if FT_SIZEOF_INT == 4 + + typedef signed int FT_Int32; + typedef unsigned int FT_UInt32; + +#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 4 + + typedef signed long FT_Int32; + typedef unsigned long FT_UInt32; + +#else +#error "no 32bit type found -- please check your configuration files" +#endif + + + /* look up an integer type that is at least 32 bits */ +#if FT_SIZEOF_INT >= 4 + + typedef int FT_Fast; + typedef unsigned int FT_UFast; + +#elif FT_SIZEOF_LONG >= 4 + + typedef long FT_Fast; + typedef unsigned long FT_UFast; + +#endif + + + /* determine whether we have a 64-bit int type for platforms without */ + /* Autoconf */ +#if FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 + + /* FT_LONG64 must be defined if a 64-bit type is available */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* A 64-bit data type may create compilation problems if you compile */ + /* in strict ANSI mode. To avoid them, we disable other 64-bit data */ + /* types if __STDC__ is defined. You can however ignore this rule */ + /* by defining the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 configuration macro. */ + /* */ +#elif !defined( __STDC__ ) || defined( FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 ) + +#if defined( _MSC_VER ) && _MSC_VER >= 900 /* Visual C++ (and Intel C++) */ + + /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 __int64 +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64 + +#elif defined( __BORLANDC__ ) /* Borland C++ */ + + /* XXXX: We should probably check the value of __BORLANDC__ in order */ + /* to test the compiler version. */ + + /* this compiler provides the __int64 type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 __int64 +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned __int64 + +#elif defined( __WATCOMC__ ) /* Watcom C++ */ + + /* Watcom doesn't provide 64-bit data types */ + +#elif defined( __MWERKS__ ) /* Metrowerks CodeWarrior */ + +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long long int +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int + +#elif defined( __GNUC__ ) + + /* GCC provides the `long long' type */ +#define FT_LONG64 +#define FT_INT64 long long int +#define FT_UINT64 unsigned long long int + +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + +#endif /* FT_SIZEOF_LONG == 8 */ + +#ifdef FT_LONG64 + typedef FT_INT64 FT_Int64; + typedef FT_UINT64 FT_UInt64; +#endif + + +#define FT_BEGIN_STMNT do { +#define FT_END_STMNT } while ( 0 ) +#define FT_DUMMY_STMNT FT_BEGIN_STMNT FT_END_STMNT + + +#ifdef FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT + +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) static x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) static x + +#else + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern "C" x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_LOCAL( x ) extern x +#define FT_LOCAL_DEF( x ) x +#endif + +#endif /* FT_MAKE_OPTION_SINGLE_OBJECT */ + +#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY( x ) extern const x +#define FT_LOCAL_ARRAY_DEF( x ) const x + + +#ifndef FT_BASE + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BASE( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_BASE( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_BASE */ + + +#ifndef FT_BASE_DEF + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x +#else +#define FT_BASE_DEF( x ) x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_BASE_DEF */ + + +#ifndef FT_EXPORT + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT */ + + +#ifndef FT_EXPORT_DEF + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT_DEF( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_DEF */ + + +#ifndef FT_EXPORT_VAR + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_EXPORT_VAR( x ) extern x +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_EXPORT_VAR */ + + /* The following macros are needed to compile the library with a */ + /* C++ compiler and with 16bit compilers. */ + /* */ + + /* This is special. Within C++, you must specify `extern "C"' for */ + /* functions which are used via function pointers, and you also */ + /* must do that for structures which contain function pointers to */ + /* assure C linkage -- it's not possible to have (local) anonymous */ + /* functions which are accessed by (global) function pointers. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF is used to _define_ a callback function. */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE is used to _declare_ a constant variable that */ + /* contains pointers to callback functions. */ + /* */ + /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF is used to _define_ a constant variable */ + /* that contains pointers to callback functions. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Some 16bit compilers have to redefine these macros to insert */ + /* the infamous `_cdecl' or `__fastcall' declarations. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_DEF +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) extern "C" x +#else +#define FT_CALLBACK_DEF( x ) static x +#endif +#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_DEF */ + +#ifndef FT_CALLBACK_TABLE +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern "C" +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF extern "C" +#else +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE extern +#define FT_CALLBACK_TABLE_DEF /* nothing */ +#endif +#endif /* FT_CALLBACK_TABLE */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* __FTCONFIG_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftheader.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftheader.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..b623629921 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftheader.h @@ -0,0 +1,832 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftheader.h */ +/* */ +/* Build macros of the FreeType 2 library. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2008, 2010, 2012, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + +#ifndef __FT_HEADER_H__ +#define __FT_HEADER_H__ + + + /*@***********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_BEGIN_HEADER */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* This macro is used in association with @FT_END_HEADER in header */ + /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */ + /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */ + /* C++ compiler. */ + /* */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER extern "C" { +#else +#define FT_BEGIN_HEADER /* nothing */ +#endif + + + /*@***********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_END_HEADER */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* This macro is used in association with @FT_BEGIN_HEADER in header */ + /* files to ensure that the declarations within are properly */ + /* encapsulated in an `extern "C" { .. }' block when included from a */ + /* C++ compiler. */ + /* */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_END_HEADER } +#else +#define FT_END_HEADER /* nothing */ +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Aliases for the FreeType 2 public and configuration files. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /*
*/ + /* header_file_macros */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Header File Macros */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Macro definitions used to #include specific header files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The following macros are defined to the name of specific */ + /* FreeType~2 header files. They can be used directly in #include */ + /* statements as in: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */ + /* #include FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H */ + /* #include FT_GLYPH_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* There are several reasons why we are now using macros to name */ + /* public header files. The first one is that such macros are not */ + /* limited to the infamous 8.3~naming rule required by DOS (and */ + /* `FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H' is a lot more meaningful than `ftmm.h'). */ + /* */ + /* The second reason is that it allows for more flexibility in the */ + /* way FreeType~2 is installed on a given system. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* configuration files */ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 configuration data. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#define FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H <config/ftconfig.h> +#endif + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 interface to the standard C library functions. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H +#define FT_CONFIG_STANDARD_LIBRARY_H <config/ftstdlib.h> +#endif + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * FreeType~2 project-specific configuration options. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <config/ftoption.h> +#endif + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 modules that are statically linked to new library + * instances in @FT_Init_FreeType. + * + */ +#ifndef FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H +#define FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H <config/ftmodule.h> +#endif + + /* */ + + /* public headers */ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_FREETYPE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * base FreeType~2 API. + * + */ +#define FT_FREETYPE_H <freetype.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ERRORS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 error codes (and messages). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_ERRORS_H <fterrors.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list of FreeType~2 module error offsets (and messages). + * + */ +#define FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H <ftmoderr.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SYSTEM_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 interface to low-level operations (i.e., memory management + * and stream i/o). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_SYSTEM_H <ftsystem.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IMAGE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing type + * definitions related to glyph images (i.e., bitmaps, outlines, + * scan-converter parameters). + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_IMAGE_H <ftimage.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TYPES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * basic data types defined by FreeType~2. + * + * It is included by @FT_FREETYPE_H. + * + */ +#define FT_TYPES_H <fttypes.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_LIST_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * list management API of FreeType~2. + * + * (Most applications will never need to include this file.) + * + */ +#define FT_LIST_H <ftlist.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_OUTLINE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * scalable outline management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_H <ftoutln.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SIZES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API which manages multiple @FT_Size objects per face. + * + */ +#define FT_SIZES_H <ftsizes.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MODULE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * module management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_MODULE_H <ftmodapi.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_RENDER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * renderer module management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_RENDER_H <ftrender.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the auto-hinting module. + * + */ +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_H <ftautoh.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CFF_DRIVER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the CFF driver module. + * + */ +#define FT_CFF_DRIVER_H <ftcffdrv.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing + * structures and macros related to the TrueType driver module. + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_DRIVER_H <ftttdrv.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * types and API specific to the Type~1 format. + * + */ +#define FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H <t1tables.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * enumeration values which identify name strings, languages, encodings, + * etc. This file really contains a _large_ set of constant macro + * definitions, taken from the TrueType and OpenType specifications. + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_IDS_H <ttnameid.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * types and API specific to the TrueType (as well as OpenType) format. + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H <tttables.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of TrueType four-byte `tags' which identify blocks in + * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType). + * + */ +#define FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H <tttags.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BDF_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which accesses BDF-specific strings from a + * face. + * + */ +#define FT_BDF_H <ftbdf.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CID_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which access CID font information from a + * face. + * + */ +#define FT_CID_H <ftcid.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GZIP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports gzip-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_GZIP_H <ftgzip.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_LZW_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports LZW-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_LZW_H <ftlzw.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BZIP2_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports bzip2-compressed files. + * + */ +#define FT_BZIP2_H <ftbzip2.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_WINFONTS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * definitions of an API which supports Windows FNT files. + * + */ +#define FT_WINFONTS_H <ftwinfnt.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GLYPH_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional glyph management component. + * + */ +#define FT_GLYPH_H <ftglyph.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BITMAP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional bitmap conversion component. + * + */ +#define FT_BITMAP_H <ftbitmap.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_BBOX_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional exact bounding box computation routines. + * + */ +#define FT_BBOX_H <ftbbox.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * API of the optional FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_H <ftcache.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * `glyph image' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + * It is used to define a cache for @FT_Glyph elements. You can also + * use the API defined in @FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H if you only need to + * store small glyph bitmaps, as it will use less memory. + * + * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all + * glyph image-related cache declarations. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H FT_CACHE_H + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * `small bitmaps' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + * It is used to define a cache for small glyph bitmaps in a relatively + * memory-efficient way. You can also use the API defined in + * @FT_CACHE_IMAGE_H if you want to cache arbitrary glyph images, + * including scalable outlines. + * + * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all + * small bitmaps-related cache declarations. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_SMALL_BITMAPS_H FT_CACHE_H + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * `charmap' API of the FreeType~2 cache sub-system. + * + * This macro is deprecated. Simply include @FT_CACHE_H to have all + * charmap-based cache declarations. + * + */ +#define FT_CACHE_CHARMAP_H FT_CACHE_H + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MAC_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * Macintosh-specific FreeType~2 API. The latter is used to access + * fonts embedded in resource forks. + * + * This header file must be explicitly included by client applications + * compiled on the Mac (note that the base API still works though). + * + */ +#define FT_MAC_H <ftmac.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional multiple-masters management API of FreeType~2. + * + */ +#define FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H <ftmm.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SFNT_NAMES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which accesses embedded `name' strings in + * SFNT-based font formats (i.e., TrueType and OpenType). + * + */ +#define FT_SFNT_NAMES_H <ftsnames.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which validates OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, + * GPOS, GSUB, JSTF). + * + */ +#define FT_OPENTYPE_VALIDATE_H <ftotval.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GX_VALIDATE_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * optional FreeType~2 API which validates TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (feat, + * mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, trak, prop). + * + */ +#define FT_GX_VALIDATE_H <ftgxval.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_PFR_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which accesses PFR-specific data. + * + */ +#define FT_PFR_H <ftpfr.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_STROKER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which provides functions to stroke outline paths. + */ +#define FT_STROKER_H <ftstroke.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SYNTHESIS_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs artificial obliquing and emboldening. + */ +#define FT_SYNTHESIS_H <ftsynth.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_XFREE86_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which provides functions specific to the XFree86 and + * X.Org X11 servers. + */ +#define FT_XFREE86_H <ftxf86.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs trigonometric computations (e.g., + * cosines and arc tangents). + */ +#define FT_TRIGONOMETRY_H <fttrigon.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_LCD_FILTER_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering. + */ +#define FT_LCD_FILTER_H <ftlcdfil.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering. + */ +#define FT_UNPATENTED_HINTING_H <ttunpat.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_INCREMENTAL_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which performs color filtering for subpixel rendering. + */ +#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <ftincrem.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_GASP_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which returns entries from the TrueType GASP table. + */ +#define FT_GASP_H <ftgasp.h> + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ADVANCES_H + * + * @description: + * A macro used in #include statements to name the file containing the + * FreeType~2 API which returns individual and ranged glyph advances. + */ +#define FT_ADVANCES_H <ftadvanc.h> + + + /* */ + +#define FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H <fterrdef.h> + + + /* The internals of the cache sub-system are no longer exposed. We */ + /* default to FT_CACHE_H at the moment just in case, but we know of */ + /* no rogue client that uses them. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CACHE_MANAGER_H <ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MRU_H <ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_MANAGER_H <ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_CACHE_H <ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_GLYPH_H <ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_IMAGE_H <ftcache.h> +#define FT_CACHE_INTERNAL_SBITS_H <ftcache.h> + + +#define FT_INCREMENTAL_H <ftincrem.h> + +#define FT_TRUETYPE_UNPATENTED_H <ttunpat.h> + + + /* + * Include internal headers definitions from <internal/...> + * only when building the library. + */ +#ifdef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY +#define FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H <internal/internal.h> +#include FT_INTERNAL_INTERNAL_H +#endif /* FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY */ + + +#endif /* __FT2_BUILD_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftmodule.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftmodule.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..b7299779aa --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftmodule.h @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +/* This is a generated file. */ +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, tt_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, cff_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t1cid_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pfr_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, t42_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, winfnt_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, pcf_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Driver_ClassRec, bdf_driver_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, sfnt_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, autofit_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, pshinter_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_raster1_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcd_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Renderer_Class, ft_smooth_lcdv_renderer_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psaux_module_class ) +FT_USE_MODULE( FT_Module_Class, psnames_module_class ) +/* EOF */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftoption.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftoption.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..2b0b67e7af --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftoption.h @@ -0,0 +1,899 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftoption.h */ +/* */ +/* User-selectable configuration macros (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTOPTION_H__ +#define __FTOPTION_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* USER-SELECTABLE CONFIGURATION MACROS */ + /* */ + /* This file contains the default configuration macro definitions for */ + /* a standard build of the FreeType library. There are three ways to */ + /* use this file to build project-specific versions of the library: */ + /* */ + /* - You can modify this file by hand, but this is not recommended in */ + /* cases where you would like to build several versions of the */ + /* library from a single source directory. */ + /* */ + /* - You can put a copy of this file in your build directory, more */ + /* precisely in `$BUILD/config/ftoption.h', where `$BUILD' is the */ + /* name of a directory that is included _before_ the FreeType include */ + /* path during compilation. */ + /* */ + /* The default FreeType Makefiles and Jamfiles use the build */ + /* directory `builds/<system>' by default, but you can easily change */ + /* that for your own projects. */ + /* */ + /* - Copy the file <ft2build.h> to `$BUILD/ft2build.h' and modify it */ + /* slightly to pre-define the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H used to */ + /* locate this file during the build. For example, */ + /* */ + /* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTIONS_H <myftoptions.h> */ + /* #include <config/ftheader.h> */ + /* */ + /* will use `$BUILD/myftoptions.h' instead of this file for macro */ + /* definitions. */ + /* */ + /* Note also that you can similarly pre-define the macro */ + /* FT_CONFIG_MODULES_H used to locate the file listing of the modules */ + /* that are statically linked to the library at compile time. By */ + /* default, this file is <config/ftmodule.h>. */ + /* */ + /* We highly recommend using the third method whenever possible. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** G E N E R A L F R E E T Y P E 2 C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Uncomment the line below if you want to activate sub-pixel rendering */ + /* (a.k.a. LCD rendering, or ClearType) in this build of the library. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this feature is covered by several Microsoft patents */ + /* and should not be activated in any default build of the library. */ + /* */ + /* This macro has no impact on the FreeType API, only on its */ + /* _implementation_. For example, using FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD when calling */ + /* FT_Render_Glyph still generates a bitmap that is 3 times wider than */ + /* the original size in case this macro isn't defined; however, each */ + /* triplet of subpixels has R=G=B. */ + /* */ + /* This is done to allow FreeType clients to run unmodified, forcing */ + /* them to display normal gray-level anti-aliased glyphs. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Many compilers provide a non-ANSI 64-bit data type that can be used */ + /* by FreeType to speed up some computations. However, this will create */ + /* some problems when compiling the library in strict ANSI mode. */ + /* */ + /* For this reason, the use of 64-bit integers is normally disabled when */ + /* the __STDC__ macro is defined. You can however disable this by */ + /* defining the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 here. */ + /* */ + /* For most compilers, this will only create compilation warnings when */ + /* building the library. */ + /* */ + /* ObNote: The compiler-specific 64-bit integers are detected in the */ + /* file `ftconfig.h' either statically or through the */ + /* `configure' script on supported platforms. */ + /* */ +#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_FORCE_INT64 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* If this macro is defined, do not try to use an assembler version of */ + /* performance-critical functions (e.g. FT_MulFix). You should only do */ + /* that to verify that the assembler function works properly, or to */ + /* execute benchmark tests of the various implementations. */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_ASSEMBLER */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* If this macro is defined, try to use an inlined assembler version of */ + /* the `FT_MulFix' function, which is a `hotspot' when loading and */ + /* hinting glyphs, and which should be executed as fast as possible. */ + /* */ + /* Note that if your compiler or CPU is not supported, this will default */ + /* to the standard and portable implementation found in `ftcalc.c'. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INLINE_MULFIX + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* LZW-compressed file support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */ + /* `compress' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */ + /* files that come with various X11 distributions. The implementation */ + /* uses NetBSD's `zopen' to partially uncompress the file on the fly */ + /* (see src/lzw/ftgzip.c). */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_LZW + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Gzip-compressed file support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */ + /* `gzip' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF files */ + /* that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `zlib' to */ + /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/gzip/ftgzip.c). */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. See also */ + /* the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB below. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* ZLib library selection */ + /* */ + /* This macro is only used when FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_ZLIB is defined. */ + /* It allows FreeType's `ftgzip' component to link to the system's */ + /* installation of the ZLib library. This is useful on systems like */ + /* Unix or VMS where it generally is already available. */ + /* */ + /* If you let it undefined, the component will use its own copy */ + /* of the zlib sources instead. These have been modified to be */ + /* included directly within the component and *not* export external */ + /* function names. This allows you to link any program with FreeType */ + /* _and_ ZLib without linking conflicts. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */ + /* it for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SYSTEM_ZLIB */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Bzip2-compressed file support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now handles font files that have been compressed with the */ + /* `bzip2' program. This is mostly used to parse many of the PCF */ + /* files that come with XFree86. The implementation uses `libbz2' to */ + /* partially uncompress the file on the fly (see src/bzip2/ftbzip2.c). */ + /* Contrary to gzip, bzip2 currently is not included and need to use */ + /* the system available bzip2 implementation. */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_BZIP2 */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define to disable the use of file stream functions and types, FILE, */ + /* fopen() etc. Enables the use of smaller system libraries on embedded */ + /* systems that have multiple system libraries, some with or without */ + /* file stream support, in the cases where file stream support is not */ + /* necessary such as memory loading of font files. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_DISABLE_STREAM_SUPPORT */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* PNG bitmap support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now handles loading color bitmap glyphs in the PNG format. */ + /* This requires help from the external libpng library. Uncompressed */ + /* color bitmaps do not need any external libraries and will be */ + /* supported regardless of this configuration. */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_PNG */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* HarfBuzz support. */ + /* */ + /* FreeType uses the HarfBuzz library to improve auto-hinting of */ + /* OpenType fonts. If available, many glyphs not directly addressable */ + /* by a font's character map will be hinted also. */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want to enable this `feature'. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* DLL export compilation */ + /* */ + /* When compiling FreeType as a DLL, some systems/compilers need a */ + /* special keyword in front OR after the return type of function */ + /* declarations. */ + /* */ + /* Two macros are used within the FreeType source code to define */ + /* exported library functions: FT_EXPORT and FT_EXPORT_DEF. */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT( return_type ) */ + /* */ + /* is used in a function declaration, as in */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ); */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( return_type ) */ + /* */ + /* is used in a function definition, as in */ + /* */ + /* FT_EXPORT_DEF( FT_Error ) */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library* alibrary ) */ + /* { */ + /* ... some code ... */ + /* return FT_Err_Ok; */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* You can provide your own implementation of FT_EXPORT and */ + /* FT_EXPORT_DEF here if you want. If you leave them undefined, they */ + /* will be later automatically defined as `extern return_type' to */ + /* allow normal compilation. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */ + /* them for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_EXPORT(x) extern x */ +/* #define FT_EXPORT_DEF(x) x */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Glyph Postscript Names handling */ + /* */ + /* By default, FreeType 2 is compiled with the `psnames' module. This */ + /* module is in charge of converting a glyph name string into a */ + /* Unicode value, or return a Macintosh standard glyph name for the */ + /* use with the TrueType `post' table. */ + /* */ + /* Undefine this macro if you do not want `psnames' compiled in your */ + /* build of FreeType. This has the following effects: */ + /* */ + /* - The TrueType driver will provide its own set of glyph names, */ + /* if you build it to support postscript names in the TrueType */ + /* `post' table. */ + /* */ + /* - The Type 1 driver will not be able to synthesize a Unicode */ + /* charmap out of the glyphs found in the fonts. */ + /* */ + /* You would normally undefine this configuration macro when building */ + /* a version of FreeType that doesn't contain a Type 1 or CFF driver. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Postscript Names to Unicode Values support */ + /* */ + /* By default, FreeType 2 is built with the `PSNames' module compiled */ + /* in. Among other things, the module is used to convert a glyph name */ + /* into a Unicode value. This is especially useful in order to */ + /* synthesize on the fly a Unicode charmap from the CFF/Type 1 driver */ + /* through a big table named the `Adobe Glyph List' (AGL). */ + /* */ + /* Undefine this macro if you do not want the Adobe Glyph List */ + /* compiled in your `PSNames' module. The Type 1 driver will not be */ + /* able to synthesize a Unicode charmap out of the glyphs found in the */ + /* fonts. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_ADOBE_GLYPH_LIST + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Support for Mac fonts */ + /* */ + /* Define this macro if you want support for outline fonts in Mac */ + /* format (mac dfont, mac resource, macbinary containing a mac */ + /* resource) on non-Mac platforms. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the `FOND' resource isn't checked. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Guessing methods to access embedded resource forks */ + /* */ + /* Enable extra Mac fonts support on non-Mac platforms (e.g. */ + /* GNU/Linux). */ + /* */ + /* Resource forks which include fonts data are stored sometimes in */ + /* locations which users or developers don't expected. In some cases, */ + /* resource forks start with some offset from the head of a file. In */ + /* other cases, the actual resource fork is stored in file different */ + /* from what the user specifies. If this option is activated, */ + /* FreeType tries to guess whether such offsets or different file */ + /* names must be used. */ + /* */ + /* Note that normal, direct access of resource forks is controlled via */ + /* the FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS option. */ + /* */ +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_MAC_FONTS +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_GUESSING_EMBEDDED_RFORK +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Allow the use of FT_Incremental_Interface to load typefaces that */ + /* contain no glyph data, but supply it via a callback function. */ + /* This is required by clients supporting document formats which */ + /* supply font data incrementally as the document is parsed, such */ + /* as the Ghostscript interpreter for the PostScript language. */ + /* */ +#define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_INCREMENTAL + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* The size in bytes of the render pool used by the scan-line converter */ + /* to do all of its work. */ + /* */ + /* This must be greater than 4KByte if you use FreeType to rasterize */ + /* glyphs; otherwise, you may set it to zero to avoid unnecessary */ + /* allocation of the render pool. */ + /* */ +#define FT_RENDER_POOL_SIZE 16384L + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* FT_MAX_MODULES */ + /* */ + /* The maximum number of modules that can be registered in a single */ + /* FreeType library object. 32 is the default. */ + /* */ +#define FT_MAX_MODULES 32 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Debug level */ + /* */ + /* FreeType can be compiled in debug or trace mode. In debug mode, */ + /* errors are reported through the `ftdebug' component. In trace */ + /* mode, additional messages are sent to the standard output during */ + /* execution. */ + /* */ + /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR to build the library in debug mode. */ + /* Define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE to build it in trace mode. */ + /* */ + /* Don't define any of these macros to compile in `release' mode! */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */ + /* them for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Autofitter debugging */ + /* */ + /* If FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT is defined, FreeType provides some means to */ + /* control the autofitter behaviour for debugging purposes with global */ + /* boolean variables (consequently, you should *never* enable this */ + /* while compiling in `release' mode): */ + /* */ + /* _af_debug_disable_horz_hints */ + /* _af_debug_disable_vert_hints */ + /* _af_debug_disable_blue_hints */ + /* */ + /* Additionally, the following functions provide dumps of various */ + /* internal autofit structures to stdout (using `printf'): */ + /* */ + /* af_glyph_hints_dump_points */ + /* af_glyph_hints_dump_segments */ + /* af_glyph_hints_dump_edges */ + /* */ + /* As an argument, they use another global variable: */ + /* */ + /* _af_debug_hints */ + /* */ + /* Please have a look at the `ftgrid' demo program to see how those */ + /* variables and macros should be used. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef these macros here since the build system might define */ + /* them for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_AUTOFIT */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Memory Debugging */ + /* */ + /* FreeType now comes with an integrated memory debugger that is */ + /* capable of detecting simple errors like memory leaks or double */ + /* deletes. To compile it within your build of the library, you */ + /* should define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY here. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the memory debugger is only activated at runtime when */ + /* when the _environment_ variable `FT2_DEBUG_MEMORY' is defined also! */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef this macro here since the build system might define */ + /* it for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_DEBUG_MEMORY */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Module errors */ + /* */ + /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), the higher byte */ + /* of an error code gives the module in which the error has occurred, */ + /* while the lower byte is the real error code. */ + /* */ + /* Setting this macro makes sense for debugging purposes only, since */ + /* it would break source compatibility of certain programs that use */ + /* FreeType 2. */ + /* */ + /* More details can be found in the files ftmoderr.h and fterrors.h. */ + /* */ +#undef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Position Independent Code */ + /* */ + /* If this macro is set (which is _not_ the default), FreeType2 will */ + /* avoid creating constants that require address fixups. Instead the */ + /* constants will be moved into a struct and additional intialization */ + /* code will be used. */ + /* */ + /* Setting this macro is needed for systems that prohibit address */ + /* fixups, such as BREW. */ + /* */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_PIC */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** S F N T D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS if you want to support */ + /* embedded bitmaps in all formats using the SFNT module (namely */ + /* TrueType & OpenType). */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_EMBEDDED_BITMAPS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES if you want to be able to */ + /* load and enumerate the glyph Postscript names in a TrueType or */ + /* OpenType file. */ + /* */ + /* Note that when you do not compile the `PSNames' module by undefining */ + /* the above FT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES, the `sfnt' module will */ + /* contain additional code used to read the PS Names table from a font. */ + /* */ + /* (By default, the module uses `PSNames' to extract glyph names.) */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_POSTSCRIPT_NAMES + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES if your applications need to */ + /* access the internal name table in a SFNT-based format like TrueType */ + /* or OpenType. The name table contains various strings used to */ + /* describe the font, like family name, copyright, version, etc. It */ + /* does not contain any glyph name though. */ + /* */ + /* Accessing SFNT names is done through the functions declared in */ + /* `ftsnames.h'. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SFNT_NAMES + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* TrueType CMap support */ + /* */ + /* Here you can fine-tune which TrueType CMap table format shall be */ + /* supported. */ +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_0 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_2 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_4 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_6 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_8 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_10 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_12 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_13 +#define TT_CONFIG_CMAP_FORMAT_14 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** T R U E T Y P E D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER if you want to compile */ + /* a bytecode interpreter in the TrueType driver. */ + /* */ + /* By undefining this, you will only compile the code necessary to load */ + /* TrueType glyphs without hinting. */ + /* */ + /* Do not #undef this macro here, since the build system might */ + /* define it for certain configurations only. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING if you want to compile */ + /* EXPERIMENTAL subpixel hinting support into the TrueType driver. This */ + /* replaces the native TrueType hinting mechanism when anything but */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO is requested. */ + /* */ + /* Enabling this causes the TrueType driver to ignore instructions under */ + /* certain conditions. This is done in accordance with the guide here, */ + /* with some minor differences: */ + /* */ + /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx */ + /* */ + /* By undefining this, you only compile the code necessary to hint */ + /* TrueType glyphs with native TT hinting. */ + /* */ + /* This option requires TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER to be */ + /* defined. */ + /* */ +/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* If you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING, a special version */ + /* of the TrueType bytecode interpreter is used that doesn't implement */ + /* any of the patented opcodes and algorithms. The patents related to */ + /* TrueType hinting have expired worldwide since May 2010; this option */ + /* is now deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING macro is *ignored* */ + /* if you define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER; in other words, */ + /* either define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER or */ + /* TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING but not both at the same time. */ + /* */ + /* This macro is only useful for a small number of font files (mostly */ + /* for Asian scripts) that require bytecode interpretation to properly */ + /* load glyphs. For all other fonts, this produces unpleasant results, */ + /* thus the unpatented interpreter is never used to load glyphs from */ + /* TrueType fonts unless one of the following two options is used. */ + /* */ + /* - The unpatented interpreter is explicitly activated by the user */ + /* through the FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING parameter tag */ + /* when opening the FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* - FreeType detects that the FT_Face corresponds to one of the */ + /* `trick' fonts (e.g., `Mingliu') it knows about. The font engine */ + /* contains a hard-coded list of font names and other matching */ + /* parameters (see function `tt_face_init' in file */ + /* `src/truetype/ttobjs.c'). */ + /* */ + /* Here a sample code snippet for using FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Parameter parameter; */ + /* FT_Open_Args open_args; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING; */ + /* */ + /* open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; */ + /* open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; */ + /* open_args.num_params = 1; */ + /* open_args.params = ¶meter; */ + /* */ + /* error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); */ + /* ... */ + /* } */ + /* */ +/* #define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH to compile the TrueType */ + /* bytecode interpreter with a huge switch statement, rather than a call */ + /* table. This results in smaller and faster code for a number of */ + /* architectures. */ + /* */ + /* Note however that on some compiler/processor combinations, undefining */ + /* this macro will generate faster, though larger, code. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_INTERPRETER_SWITCH + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED to compile the */ + /* TrueType glyph loader to use Apple's definition of how to handle */ + /* component offsets in composite glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* Apple and MS disagree on the default behavior of component offsets */ + /* in composites. Apple says that they should be scaled by the scaling */ + /* factors in the transformation matrix (roughly, it's more complex) */ + /* while MS says they should not. OpenType defines two bits in the */ + /* composite flags array which can be used to disambiguate, but old */ + /* fonts will not have them. */ + /* */ + /* http://www.microsoft.com/typography/otspec/glyf.htm */ + /* http://fonts.apple.com/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6glyf.html */ + /* */ +#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_COMPONENT_OFFSET_SCALED + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT if you want to include */ + /* support for Apple's distortable font technology (fvar, gvar, cvar, */ + /* and avar tables). This has many similarities to Type 1 Multiple */ + /* Masters support. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_GX_VAR_SUPPORT + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF if you want to include support for */ + /* an embedded `BDF ' table within SFNT-based bitmap formats. */ + /* */ +#define TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BDF + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** T Y P E 1 D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH is the maximum depth of nest dictionaries and */ + /* arrays in the Type 1 stream (see t1load.c). A minimum of 4 is */ + /* required. */ + /* */ +#define T1_MAX_DICT_DEPTH 5 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS details the maximum number of nested sub-routine */ + /* calls during glyph loading. */ + /* */ +#define T1_MAX_SUBRS_CALLS 16 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* T1_MAX_CHARSTRING_OPERANDS is the charstring stack's capacity. A */ + /* minimum of 16 is required. */ + /* */ + /* The Chinese font MingTiEG-Medium (CNS 11643 character set) needs 256. */ + /* */ +#define T1_MAX_CHARSTRINGS_OPERANDS 256 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */ + /* compilation of `t1afm', which is in charge of reading Type 1 AFM */ + /* files into an existing face. Note that if set, the T1 driver will be */ + /* unable to produce kerning distances. */ + /* */ +#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_AFM + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Define this configuration macro if you want to prevent the */ + /* compilation of the Multiple Masters font support in the Type 1 */ + /* driver. */ + /* */ +#undef T1_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_MM_SUPPORT + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** C F F D R I V E R C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Using CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_{X,Y}{1,2,3,4} it is */ + /* possible to set up the default values of the four control points that */ + /* define the stem darkening behaviour of the (new) CFF engine. For */ + /* more details please read the documentation of the */ + /* `darkening-parameters' property of the cff driver module (file */ + /* `ftcffdrv.h'), which allows the control at run-time. */ + /* */ + /* Do *not* undefine these macros! */ + /* */ +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 500 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 400 + +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 1000 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 275 + +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 1667 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 275 + +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 2333 +#define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 0 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE controls whether the pre-Adobe CFF */ + /* engine gets compiled into FreeType. If defined, it is possible to */ + /* switch between the two engines using the `hinting-engine' property of */ + /* the cff driver module. */ + /* */ +/* #define CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /**** ****/ + /**** A U T O F I T M O D U L E C O N F I G U R A T I O N ****/ + /**** ****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Compile autofit module with CJK (Chinese, Japanese, Korean) script */ + /* support. */ + /* */ +#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_CJK + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Compile autofit module with Indic script support. */ + /* */ +#define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_INDIC + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Compile autofit module with warp hinting. The idea of the warping */ + /* code is to slightly scale and shift a glyph within a single dimension */ + /* so that as much of its segments are aligned (more or less) on the */ + /* grid. To find out the optimal scaling and shifting value, various */ + /* parameter combinations are tried and scored. */ + /* */ + /* This experimental option is only active if the render mode is */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT. */ + /* */ +/* #define AF_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_WARPER */ + + /* */ + + + /* + * This macro is obsolete. Support has been removed in FreeType + * version 2.5. + */ +/* #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_INTERNALS */ + + + /* + * This macro is defined if either unpatented or native TrueType + * hinting is requested by the definitions above. + */ +#ifdef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER +#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER +#undef TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING +#elif defined TT_CONFIG_OPTION_UNPATENTED_HINTING +#define TT_USE_BYTECODE_INTERPRETER +#endif + + + /* + * Check CFF darkening parameters. The checks are the same as in function + * `cff_property_set' in file `cffdrivr.c'. + */ +#if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 < 0 || \ + \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 < 0 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 < 0 || \ + \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X1 > \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X2 > \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X3 > \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_X4 || \ + \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y1 > 500 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y2 > 500 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y3 > 500 || \ + CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETER_Y4 > 500 +#error "Invalid CFF darkening parameters!" +#endif + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* __FTOPTION_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftstdlib.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftstdlib.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..b940efc427 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/config/ftstdlib.h @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftstdlib.h */ +/* */ +/* ANSI-specific library and header configuration file (specification */ +/* only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2007, 2009, 2011-2012 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file is used to group all #includes to the ANSI C library that */ + /* FreeType normally requires. It also defines macros to rename the */ + /* standard functions within the FreeType source code. */ + /* */ + /* Load a file which defines __FTSTDLIB_H__ before this one to override */ + /* it. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTSTDLIB_H__ +#define __FTSTDLIB_H__ + + +#include <stddef.h> + +#define ft_ptrdiff_t ptrdiff_t + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* integer limits */ + /* */ + /* UINT_MAX and ULONG_MAX are used to automatically compute the size */ + /* of `int' and `long' in bytes at compile-time. So far, this works */ + /* for all platforms the library has been tested on. */ + /* */ + /* Note that on the extremely rare platforms that do not provide */ + /* integer types that are _exactly_ 16 and 32 bits wide (e.g. some */ + /* old Crays where `int' is 36 bits), we do not make any guarantee */ + /* about the correct behaviour of FT2 with all fonts. */ + /* */ + /* In these case, `ftconfig.h' will refuse to compile anyway with a */ + /* message like `couldn't find 32-bit type' or something similar. */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <limits.h> + +#define FT_CHAR_BIT CHAR_BIT +#define FT_USHORT_MAX USHRT_MAX +#define FT_INT_MAX INT_MAX +#define FT_INT_MIN INT_MIN +#define FT_UINT_MAX UINT_MAX +#define FT_ULONG_MAX ULONG_MAX + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* character and string processing */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <string.h> + +#define ft_memchr memchr +#define ft_memcmp memcmp +#define ft_memcpy memcpy +#define ft_memmove memmove +#define ft_memset memset +#define ft_strcat strcat +#define ft_strcmp strcmp +#define ft_strcpy strcpy +#define ft_strlen strlen +#define ft_strncmp strncmp +#define ft_strncpy strncpy +#define ft_strrchr strrchr +#define ft_strstr strstr + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* file handling */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <stdio.h> + +#define FT_FILE FILE +#define ft_fclose fclose +#define ft_fopen fopen +#define ft_fread fread +#define ft_fseek fseek +#define ft_ftell ftell +#define ft_sprintf sprintf + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* sorting */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <stdlib.h> + +#define ft_qsort qsort + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* memory allocation */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#define ft_scalloc calloc +#define ft_sfree free +#define ft_smalloc malloc +#define ft_srealloc realloc + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* miscellaneous */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#define ft_atol atol +#define ft_labs labs + + + /**********************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* execution control */ + /* */ + /**********************************************************************/ + + +#include <setjmp.h> + +#define ft_jmp_buf jmp_buf /* note: this cannot be a typedef since */ + /* jmp_buf is defined as a macro */ + /* on certain platforms */ + +#define ft_longjmp longjmp +#define ft_setjmp( b ) setjmp( *(ft_jmp_buf*) &(b) ) /* same thing here */ + + + /* the following is only used for debugging purposes, i.e., if */ + /* FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_ERROR or FT_DEBUG_LEVEL_TRACE are defined */ + +#include <stdarg.h> + + +#endif /* __FTSTDLIB_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/freetype.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/freetype.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..27fd44bfc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/freetype.h @@ -0,0 +1,4048 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* freetype.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType high-level API and common types (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FREETYPE_H__ +#define __FREETYPE_H__ + + +#ifndef FT_FREETYPE_H +#error "`ft2build.h' hasn't been included yet!" +#error "Please always use macros to include FreeType header files." +#error "Example:" +#error " #include <ft2build.h>" +#error " #include FT_FREETYPE_H" +#endif + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#include FT_TYPES_H +#include FT_ERRORS_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* header_inclusion */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* FreeType's header inclusion scheme */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How client applications should include FreeType header files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* To be as flexible as possible (and for historical reasons), */ + /* FreeType uses a very special inclusion scheme to load header */ + /* files, for example */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #include <ft2build.h> */ + /* */ + /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */ + /* #include FT_OUTLINE_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* A compiler and its preprocessor only needs an include path to find */ + /* the file `ft2build.h'; the exact locations and names of the other */ + /* FreeType header files are hidden by preprocessor macro names, */ + /* loaded by `ft2build.h'. The API documentation always gives the */ + /* header macro name needed for a particular function. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* user_allocation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* User allocation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How client applications should allocate FreeType data structures. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType assumes that structures allocated by the user and passed */ + /* as arguments are zeroed out except for the actual data. In other */ + /* words, it is recommended to use `calloc' (or variants of it) */ + /* instead of `malloc' for allocation. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* B A S I C T Y P E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* base_interface */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Base Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The FreeType~2 base font interface. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section describes the most important public high-level API */ + /* functions of FreeType~2. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Library */ + /* FT_Face */ + /* FT_Size */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot */ + /* FT_CharMap */ + /* FT_Encoding */ + /* FT_ENC_TAG */ + /* */ + /* FT_FaceRec */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY */ + /* */ + /* FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL */ + /* FT_HAS_VERTICAL */ + /* FT_HAS_KERNING */ + /* FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES */ + /* FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES */ + /* FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS */ + /* FT_HAS_COLOR */ + /* */ + /* FT_IS_SFNT */ + /* FT_IS_SCALABLE */ + /* FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH */ + /* FT_IS_CID_KEYED */ + /* FT_IS_TRICKY */ + /* */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC */ + /* */ + /* FT_SizeRec */ + /* FT_Size_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */ + /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */ + /* FT_SubGlyph */ + /* */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /* */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType */ + /* FT_Done_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* FT_New_Face */ + /* FT_Done_Face */ + /* FT_Reference_Face */ + /* FT_New_Memory_Face */ + /* FT_Open_Face */ + /* FT_Open_Args */ + /* FT_Parameter */ + /* FT_Attach_File */ + /* FT_Attach_Stream */ + /* */ + /* FT_Set_Char_Size */ + /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */ + /* FT_Request_Size */ + /* FT_Select_Size */ + /* FT_Size_Request_Type */ + /* FT_Size_RequestRec */ + /* FT_Size_Request */ + /* FT_Set_Transform */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph */ + /* FT_Get_Char_Index */ + /* FT_Get_First_Char */ + /* FT_Get_Next_Char */ + /* FT_Get_Name_Index */ + /* FT_Load_Char */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY */ + /* FT_OPEN_STREAM */ + /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME */ + /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER */ + /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_DEFAULT */ + /* FT_LOAD_RENDER */ + /* FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME */ + /* FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT */ + /* FT_LOAD_COLOR */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT */ + /* FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM */ + /* FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT */ + /* FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE */ + /* FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V */ + /* */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE */ + /* */ + /* FT_Render_Glyph */ + /* FT_Render_Mode */ + /* FT_Get_Kerning */ + /* FT_Kerning_Mode */ + /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */ + /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */ + /* */ + /* FT_CharMapRec */ + /* FT_Select_Charmap */ + /* FT_Set_Charmap */ + /* FT_Get_Charmap_Index */ + /* */ + /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */ + /* FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info */ + /* */ + /* FT_Face_Internal */ + /* FT_Size_Internal */ + /* FT_Slot_Internal */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* FT_OPEN_XXX */ + /* FT_LOAD_XXX */ + /* FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX */ + /* FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_XXX */ + /* */ + /* FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the metrics of a single glyph. The */ + /* values are expressed in 26.6 fractional pixel format; if the flag */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE has been used while loading the glyph, values */ + /* are expressed in font units instead. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* width :: */ + /* The glyph's width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: */ + /* The glyph's height. */ + /* */ + /* horiBearingX :: */ + /* Left side bearing for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* horiBearingY :: */ + /* Top side bearing for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* horiAdvance :: */ + /* Advance width for horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* vertBearingX :: */ + /* Left side bearing for vertical layout. */ + /* */ + /* vertBearingY :: */ + /* Top side bearing for vertical layout. Larger positive values */ + /* mean further below the vertical glyph origin. */ + /* */ + /* vertAdvance :: */ + /* Advance height for vertical layout. Positive values mean the */ + /* glyph has a positive advance downward. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If not disabled with @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING, the values represent */ + /* dimensions of the hinted glyph (in case hinting is applicable). */ + /* */ + /* Stroking a glyph with an outside border does not increase */ + /* `horiAdvance' or `vertAdvance'; you have to manually adjust these */ + /* values to account for the added width and height. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Glyph_Metrics_ + { + FT_Pos width; + FT_Pos height; + + FT_Pos horiBearingX; + FT_Pos horiBearingY; + FT_Pos horiAdvance; + + FT_Pos vertBearingX; + FT_Pos vertBearingY; + FT_Pos vertAdvance; + + } FT_Glyph_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This structure models the metrics of a bitmap strike (i.e., a set */ + /* of glyphs for a given point size and resolution) in a bitmap font. */ + /* It is used for the `available_sizes' field of @FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* height :: The vertical distance, in pixels, between two */ + /* consecutive baselines. It is always positive. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The average width, in pixels, of all glyphs in the */ + /* strike. */ + /* */ + /* size :: The nominal size of the strike in 26.6 fractional */ + /* points. This field is not very useful. */ + /* */ + /* x_ppem :: The horizontal ppem (nominal width) in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. */ + /* */ + /* y_ppem :: The vertical ppem (nominal height) in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Windows FNT: */ + /* The nominal size given in a FNT font is not reliable. Thus when */ + /* the driver finds it incorrect, it sets `size' to some calculated */ + /* values and sets `x_ppem' and `y_ppem' to the pixel width and */ + /* height given in the font, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* TrueType embedded bitmaps: */ + /* `size', `width', and `height' values are not contained in the */ + /* bitmap strike itself. They are computed from the global font */ + /* parameters. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Bitmap_Size_ + { + FT_Short height; + FT_Short width; + + FT_Pos size; + + FT_Pos x_ppem; + FT_Pos y_ppem; + + } FT_Bitmap_Size; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* O B J E C T C L A S S E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a FreeType library instance. Each `library' is */ + /* completely independent from the others; it is the `root' of a set */ + /* of objects like fonts, faces, sizes, etc. */ + /* */ + /* It also embeds a memory manager (see @FT_Memory), as well as a */ + /* scan-line converter object (see @FT_Raster). */ + /* */ + /* In multi-threaded applications, make sure that the same FT_Library */ + /* object or any of its children doesn't get accessed in parallel. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Library objects are normally created by @FT_Init_FreeType, and */ + /* destroyed with @FT_Done_FreeType. If you need reference-counting */ + /* (cf. @FT_Reference_Library), use @FT_New_Library and */ + /* @FT_Done_Library. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_LibraryRec_ *FT_Library; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* module_management */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType module object. Each module can be a */ + /* font driver, a renderer, or anything else that provides services */ + /* to the formers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ModuleRec_* FT_Module; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Driver */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType font driver object. Each font driver */ + /* is a special module capable of creating faces from font files. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_DriverRec_* FT_Driver; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given FreeType renderer. A renderer is a special */ + /* module in charge of converting a glyph image to a bitmap, when */ + /* necessary. Each renderer supports a given glyph image format, and */ + /* one or more target surface depths. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_RendererRec_* FT_Renderer; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* base_interface */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given typographic face object. A face object models */ + /* a given typeface, in a given style. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Each face object also owns a single @FT_GlyphSlot object, as well */ + /* as one or more @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face to create a new face object from */ + /* a given filepathname or a custom input stream. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy it (along with its slot and sizes). */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_FaceRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given face */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_FaceRec_* FT_Face; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model a face scaled to a given */ + /* character size. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Each @FT_Face has an _active_ @FT_Size object that is used by */ + /* functions like @FT_Load_Glyph to determine the scaling */ + /* transformation that in turn is used to load and hint glyphs and */ + /* metrics. */ + /* */ + /* You can use @FT_Set_Char_Size, @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, */ + /* @FT_Request_Size or even @FT_Select_Size to change the content */ + /* (i.e., the scaling values) of the active @FT_Size. */ + /* */ + /* You can use @FT_New_Size to create additional size objects for a */ + /* given @FT_Face, but they won't be used by other functions until */ + /* you activate it through @FT_Activate_Size. Only one size can be */ + /* activated at any given time per face. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_SizeRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SizeRec_* FT_Size; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given `glyph slot'. A slot is a container where it */ + /* is possible to load any of the glyphs contained in its parent */ + /* face. */ + /* */ + /* In other words, each time you call @FT_Load_Glyph or */ + /* @FT_Load_Char, the slot's content is erased by the new glyph data, */ + /* i.e., the glyph's metrics, its image (bitmap or outline), and */ + /* other control information. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_GlyphSlotRec for the publicly accessible glyph fields. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_* FT_GlyphSlot; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_CharMap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a given character map. A charmap is used to translate */ + /* character codes in a given encoding into glyph indexes for its */ + /* parent's face. Some font formats may provide several charmaps per */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* Each face object owns zero or more charmaps, but only one of them */ + /* can be `active' and used by @FT_Get_Char_Index or @FT_Load_Char. */ + /* */ + /* The list of available charmaps in a face is available through the */ + /* `face->num_charmaps' and `face->charmaps' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* The currently active charmap is available as `face->charmap'. */ + /* You should call @FT_Set_Charmap to change it. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* When a new face is created (either through @FT_New_Face or */ + /* @FT_Open_Face), the library looks for a Unicode charmap within */ + /* the list and automatically activates it. */ + /* */ + /* <Also> */ + /* See @FT_CharMapRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given */ + /* character map. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_* FT_CharMap; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_ENC_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags into an unsigned long. It is */ + /* used to define `encoding' identifiers (see @FT_Encoding). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */ + /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */ + /* this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) value */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */ + /* */ + +#ifndef FT_ENC_TAG +#define FT_ENC_TAG( value, a, b, c, d ) \ + value = ( ( (FT_UInt32)(a) << 24 ) | \ + ( (FT_UInt32)(b) << 16 ) | \ + ( (FT_UInt32)(c) << 8 ) | \ + (FT_UInt32)(d) ) + +#endif /* FT_ENC_TAG */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Encoding */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify character sets supported by */ + /* charmaps. Used in the @FT_Select_Charmap API function. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Despite the name, this enumeration lists specific character */ + /* repertories (i.e., charsets), and not text encoding methods (e.g., */ + /* UTF-8, UTF-16, etc.). */ + /* */ + /* Other encodings might be defined in the future. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE :: */ + /* The encoding value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Unicode character set. This value covers */ + /* all versions of the Unicode repertoire, including ASCII and */ + /* Latin-1. Most fonts include a Unicode charmap, but not all */ + /* of them. */ + /* */ + /* For example, if you want to access Unicode value U+1F028 (and */ + /* the font contains it), use value 0x1F028 as the input value for */ + /* @FT_Get_Char_Index. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Microsoft Symbol encoding, used to encode */ + /* mathematical symbols in the 32..255 character code range. For */ + /* more information, see */ + /* `http://www.kostis.net/charsets/symbol.htm'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_SJIS :: */ + /* Corresponds to Japanese SJIS encoding. More info at */ + /* at `http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shift_JIS'. */ + /* See note on multi-byte encodings below. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_GB2312 :: */ + /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Simplified Chinese as used */ + /* used in mainland China. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_BIG5 :: */ + /* Corresponds to an encoding system for Traditional Chinese as */ + /* used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Korean encoding system known as Wansung. */ + /* For more information see */ + /* `http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-US/goglobal/cc305154'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_JOHAB :: */ + /* The Korean standard character set (KS~C 5601-1992), which */ + /* corresponds to MS Windows code page 1361. This character set */ + /* includes all possible Hangeul character combinations. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 :: */ + /* Corresponds to a Latin-1 encoding as defined in a Type~1 */ + /* PostScript font. It is limited to 256 character codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Adobe Standard encoding, as found in Type~1, */ + /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */ + /* codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT :: */ + /* Corresponds to the Adobe Expert encoding, as found in Type~1, */ + /* CFF, and OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character */ + /* codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM :: */ + /* Corresponds to a custom encoding, as found in Type~1, CFF, and */ + /* OpenType/CFF fonts. It is limited to 256 character codes. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN :: */ + /* Corresponds to the 8-bit Apple roman encoding. Many TrueType */ + /* and OpenType fonts contain a charmap for this encoding, since */ + /* older versions of Mac OS are able to use it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 :: */ + /* This value is deprecated and was never used nor reported by */ + /* FreeType. Don't use or test for it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_SJIS. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_GB2312. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_BIG5. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB :: */ + /* Same as FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. Deprecated. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* By default, FreeType automatically synthesizes a Unicode charmap */ + /* for PostScript fonts, using their glyph names dictionaries. */ + /* However, it also reports the encodings defined explicitly in the */ + /* font file, for the cases when they are needed, with the Adobe */ + /* values as well. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set by the BDF and PCF drivers if the charmap */ + /* is neither Unicode nor ISO-8859-1 (otherwise it is set to */ + /* FT_ENCODING_UNICODE). Use @FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID to find out */ + /* which encoding is really present. If, for example, the */ + /* `cs_registry' field is `KOI8' and the `cs_encoding' field is `R', */ + /* the font is encoded in KOI8-R. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is always set (with a single exception) by the */ + /* winfonts driver. Use @FT_Get_WinFNT_Header and examine the */ + /* `charset' field of the @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure to find out */ + /* which encoding is really present. For example, */ + /* @FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 (204) means Windows code page 1251 (for */ + /* Russian). */ + /* */ + /* FT_ENCODING_NONE is set if `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH */ + /* and `encoding_id' is not @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN (otherwise it is set to */ + /* FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN). */ + /* */ + /* If `platform_id' is @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH, use the function */ + /* @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID to query the Mac language ID that may */ + /* be needed to be able to distinguish Apple encoding variants. See */ + /* */ + /* http://www.unicode.org/Public/MAPPINGS/VENDORS/APPLE/Readme.txt */ + /* */ + /* to get an idea how to do that. Basically, if the language ID */ + /* is~0, don't use it, otherwise subtract 1 from the language ID. */ + /* Then examine `encoding_id'. If, for example, `encoding_id' is */ + /* @TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN and the language ID (minus~1) is */ + /* `TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK', it is the Greek encoding, not Roman. */ + /* @TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC with `TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI' means the Farsi */ + /* variant the Arabic encoding. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Encoding_ + { + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL, 's', 'y', 'm', 'b' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_UNICODE, 'u', 'n', 'i', 'c' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_SJIS, 's', 'j', 'i', 's' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_GB2312, 'g', 'b', ' ', ' ' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_BIG5, 'b', 'i', 'g', '5' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, 'w', 'a', 'n', 's' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_JOHAB, 'j', 'o', 'h', 'a' ), + + /* for backwards compatibility */ + FT_ENCODING_MS_SJIS = FT_ENCODING_SJIS, + FT_ENCODING_MS_GB2312 = FT_ENCODING_GB2312, + FT_ENCODING_MS_BIG5 = FT_ENCODING_BIG5, + FT_ENCODING_MS_WANSUNG = FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG, + FT_ENCODING_MS_JOHAB = FT_ENCODING_JOHAB, + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD, 'A', 'D', 'O', 'B' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'E' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM, 'A', 'D', 'B', 'C' ), + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1, 'l', 'a', 't', '1' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2, 'l', 'a', 't', '2' ), + + FT_ENC_TAG( FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN, 'a', 'r', 'm', 'n' ) + + } FT_Encoding; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Encoding' */ + /* values instead */ +#define ft_encoding_none FT_ENCODING_NONE +#define ft_encoding_unicode FT_ENCODING_UNICODE +#define ft_encoding_symbol FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL +#define ft_encoding_latin_1 FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_LATIN_1 +#define ft_encoding_latin_2 FT_ENCODING_OLD_LATIN_2 +#define ft_encoding_sjis FT_ENCODING_SJIS +#define ft_encoding_gb2312 FT_ENCODING_GB2312 +#define ft_encoding_big5 FT_ENCODING_BIG5 +#define ft_encoding_wansung FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG +#define ft_encoding_johab FT_ENCODING_JOHAB + +#define ft_encoding_adobe_standard FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_STANDARD +#define ft_encoding_adobe_expert FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_EXPERT +#define ft_encoding_adobe_custom FT_ENCODING_ADOBE_CUSTOM +#define ft_encoding_apple_roman FT_ENCODING_APPLE_ROMAN + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_CharMapRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The base charmap structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* encoding :: An @FT_Encoding tag identifying the charmap. Use */ + /* this with @FT_Select_Charmap. */ + /* */ + /* platform_id :: An ID number describing the platform for the */ + /* following encoding ID. This comes directly from */ + /* the TrueType specification and should be emulated */ + /* for other formats. */ + /* */ + /* encoding_id :: A platform specific encoding number. This also */ + /* comes from the TrueType specification and should be */ + /* emulated similarly. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_CharMapRec_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_Encoding encoding; + FT_UShort platform_id; + FT_UShort encoding_id; + + } FT_CharMapRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* B A S E O B J E C T C L A S S E S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Face_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Face_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_Face object. */ + /* */ + /* This structure might change between releases of FreeType~2 and is */ + /* not generally available to client applications. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Face_InternalRec_* FT_Face_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_FaceRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root face class structure. A face object models a */ + /* typeface in a font file. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_faces :: The number of faces in the font file. Some */ + /* font formats can have multiple faces in */ + /* a font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face in the font file. It */ + /* is set to~0 if there is only one face in */ + /* the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_flags :: A set of bit flags that give important */ + /* information about the face; see */ + /* @FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX for the details. */ + /* */ + /* style_flags :: A set of bit flags indicating the style of */ + /* the face; see @FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX for the */ + /* details. */ + /* */ + /* num_glyphs :: The number of glyphs in the face. If the */ + /* face is scalable and has sbits (see */ + /* `num_fixed_sizes'), it is set to the number */ + /* of outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* For CID-keyed fonts, this value gives the */ + /* highest CID used in the font. */ + /* */ + /* family_name :: The face's family name. This is an ASCII */ + /* string, usually in English, that describes */ + /* the typeface's family (like `Times New */ + /* Roman', `Bodoni', `Garamond', etc). This */ + /* is a least common denominator used to list */ + /* fonts. Some formats (TrueType & OpenType) */ + /* provide localized and Unicode versions of */ + /* this string. Applications should use the */ + /* format specific interface to access them. */ + /* Can be NULL (e.g., in fonts embedded in a */ + /* PDF file). */ + /* */ + /* style_name :: The face's style name. This is an ASCII */ + /* string, usually in English, that describes */ + /* the typeface's style (like `Italic', */ + /* `Bold', `Condensed', etc). Not all font */ + /* formats provide a style name, so this field */ + /* is optional, and can be set to NULL. As */ + /* for `family_name', some formats provide */ + /* localized and Unicode versions of this */ + /* string. Applications should use the format */ + /* specific interface to access them. */ + /* */ + /* num_fixed_sizes :: The number of bitmap strikes in the face. */ + /* Even if the face is scalable, there might */ + /* still be bitmap strikes, which are called */ + /* `sbits' in that case. */ + /* */ + /* available_sizes :: An array of @FT_Bitmap_Size for all bitmap */ + /* strikes in the face. It is set to NULL if */ + /* there is no bitmap strike. */ + /* */ + /* num_charmaps :: The number of charmaps in the face. */ + /* */ + /* charmaps :: An array of the charmaps of the face. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A field reserved for client uses. See the */ + /* @FT_Generic type description. */ + /* */ + /* bbox :: The font bounding box. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in font units (see */ + /* `units_per_EM'). The box is large enough */ + /* to contain any glyph from the font. Thus, */ + /* `bbox.yMax' can be seen as the `maximum */ + /* ascender', and `bbox.yMin' as the `minimum */ + /* descender'. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the bounding box might be off by */ + /* (at least) one pixel for hinted fonts. See */ + /* @FT_Size_Metrics for further discussion. */ + /* */ + /* units_per_EM :: The number of font units per EM square for */ + /* this face. This is typically 2048 for */ + /* TrueType fonts, and 1000 for Type~1 fonts. */ + /* Only relevant for scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* ascender :: The typographic ascender of the face, */ + /* expressed in font units. For font formats */ + /* not having this information, it is set to */ + /* `bbox.yMax'. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* descender :: The typographic descender of the face, */ + /* expressed in font units. For font formats */ + /* not having this information, it is set to */ + /* `bbox.yMin'. Note that this field is */ + /* usually negative. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* height :: This value is the vertical distance */ + /* between two consecutive baselines, */ + /* expressed in font units. It is always */ + /* positive. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* If you want the global glyph height, use */ + /* `ascender - descender'. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance_width :: The maximum advance width, in font units, */ + /* for all glyphs in this face. This can be */ + /* used to make word wrapping computations */ + /* faster. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* formats. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance_height :: The maximum advance height, in font units, */ + /* for all glyphs in this face. This is only */ + /* relevant for vertical layouts, and is set */ + /* to `height' for fonts that do not provide */ + /* vertical metrics. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* underline_position :: The position, in font units, of the */ + /* underline line for this face. It is the */ + /* center of the underlining stem. Only */ + /* relevant for scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* underline_thickness :: The thickness, in font units, of the */ + /* underline for this face. Only relevant for */ + /* scalable formats. */ + /* */ + /* glyph :: The face's associated glyph slot(s). */ + /* */ + /* size :: The current active size for this face. */ + /* */ + /* charmap :: The current active charmap for this face. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Fields may be changed after a call to @FT_Attach_File or */ + /* @FT_Attach_Stream. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_FaceRec_ + { + FT_Long num_faces; + FT_Long face_index; + + FT_Long face_flags; + FT_Long style_flags; + + FT_Long num_glyphs; + + FT_String* family_name; + FT_String* style_name; + + FT_Int num_fixed_sizes; + FT_Bitmap_Size* available_sizes; + + FT_Int num_charmaps; + FT_CharMap* charmaps; + + FT_Generic generic; + + /*# The following member variables (down to `underline_thickness') */ + /*# are only relevant to scalable outlines; cf. @FT_Bitmap_Size */ + /*# for bitmap fonts. */ + FT_BBox bbox; + + FT_UShort units_per_EM; + FT_Short ascender; + FT_Short descender; + FT_Short height; + + FT_Short max_advance_width; + FT_Short max_advance_height; + + FT_Short underline_position; + FT_Short underline_thickness; + + FT_GlyphSlot glyph; + FT_Size size; + FT_CharMap charmap; + + /*@private begin */ + + FT_Driver driver; + FT_Memory memory; + FT_Stream stream; + + FT_ListRec sizes_list; + + FT_Generic autohint; /* face-specific auto-hinter data */ + void* extensions; /* unused */ + + FT_Face_Internal internal; + + /*@private end */ + + } FT_FaceRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flags used in the `face_flags' field of the */ + /* @FT_FaceRec structure. They inform client applications of */ + /* properties of the corresponding face. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains outline glyphs. This doesn't */ + /* prevent bitmap strikes, i.e., a face can have both this and */ + /* and @FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES set. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains bitmap strikes. See also the */ + /* `num_fixed_sizes' and `available_sizes' fields of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains fixed-width characters (like */ + /* Courier, Lucido, MonoType, etc.). */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT :: */ + /* Indicates that the face uses the `sfnt' storage scheme. For */ + /* now, this means TrueType and OpenType. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains horizontal glyph metrics. This */ + /* should be set for all common formats. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains vertical glyph metrics. This */ + /* is only available in some formats, not all of them. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING :: */ + /* Indicates that the face contains kerning information. If set, */ + /* the kerning distance can be retrieved through the function */ + /* @FT_Get_Kerning. Otherwise the function always return the */ + /* vector (0,0). Note that FreeType doesn't handle kerning data */ + /* from the `GPOS' table (as present in some OpenType fonts). */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS :: */ + /* THIS FLAG IS DEPRECATED. DO NOT USE OR TEST IT. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS :: */ + /* Indicates that the font contains multiple masters and is capable */ + /* of interpolating between them. See the multiple-masters */ + /* specific API for details. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES :: */ + /* Indicates that the font contains glyph names that can be */ + /* retrieved through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name. Note that some TrueType */ + /* fonts contain broken glyph name tables. Use the function */ + /* @FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names when needed. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM :: */ + /* Used internally by FreeType to indicate that a face's stream was */ + /* provided by the client application and should not be destroyed */ + /* when @FT_Done_Face is called. Don't read or test this flag. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER :: */ + /* Set if the font driver has a hinting machine of its own. For */ + /* example, with TrueType fonts, it makes sense to use data from */ + /* the SFNT `gasp' table only if the native TrueType hinting engine */ + /* (with the bytecode interpreter) is available and active. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED :: */ + /* Set if the font is CID-keyed. In that case, the font is not */ + /* accessed by glyph indices but by CID values. For subsetted */ + /* CID-keyed fonts this has the consequence that not all index */ + /* values are a valid argument to FT_Load_Glyph. Only the CID */ + /* values for which corresponding glyphs in the subsetted font */ + /* exist make FT_Load_Glyph return successfully; in all other cases */ + /* you get an `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error. */ + /* */ + /* Note that CID-keyed fonts that are in an SFNT wrapper don't */ + /* have this flag set since the glyphs are accessed in the normal */ + /* way (using contiguous indices); the `CID-ness' isn't visible to */ + /* the application. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY :: */ + /* Set if the font is `tricky', this is, it always needs the */ + /* font format's native hinting engine to get a reasonable result. */ + /* A typical example is the Chinese font `mingli.ttf' that uses */ + /* TrueType bytecode instructions to move and scale all of its */ + /* subglyphs. */ + /* */ + /* It is not possible to autohint such fonts using */ + /* @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT; it will also ignore */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING. You have to set both @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING */ + /* and @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT to really disable hinting; however, you */ + /* probably never want this except for demonstration purposes. */ + /* */ + /* Currently, there are about a dozen TrueType fonts in the list of */ + /* tricky fonts; they are hard-coded in file `ttobjs.c'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR :: */ + /* Set if the font has color glyph tables. To access color glyphs */ + /* use @FT_LOAD_COLOR. */ + /* */ +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ( 1L << 0 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ( 1L << 1 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ( 1L << 2 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ( 1L << 3 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ( 1L << 4 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ( 1L << 5 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ( 1L << 6 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_FAST_GLYPHS ( 1L << 7 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ( 1L << 8 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ( 1L << 9 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_EXTERNAL_STREAM ( 1L << 10 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER ( 1L << 11 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ( 1L << 12 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ( 1L << 13 ) +#define FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR ( 1L << 14 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains + * horizontal metrics (this is true for all font formats though). + * + * @also: + * @FT_HAS_VERTICAL can be used to check for vertical metrics. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_HORIZONTAL( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_HORIZONTAL ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains real + * vertical metrics (and not only synthesized ones). + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_VERTICAL( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_VERTICAL ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains kerning + * data that can be accessed with @FT_Get_Kerning. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_KERNING( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_KERNING ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a scalable + * font face (true for TrueType, Type~1, Type~42, CID, OpenType/CFF, + * and PFR font formats. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_SCALABLE( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SCALABLE ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_SFNT( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font + * whose format is based on the SFNT storage scheme. This usually + * means: TrueType fonts, OpenType fonts, as well as SFNT-based embedded + * bitmap fonts. + * + * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_SFNT_NAMES_H and + * @FT_TRUETYPE_TABLES_H are available. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_SFNT( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_SFNT ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a font face + * that contains fixed-width (or `monospace', `fixed-pitch', etc.) + * glyphs. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_FIXED_WIDTH( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_WIDTH ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some + * embedded bitmaps. See the `available_sizes' field of the + * @FT_FaceRec structure. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_FIXED_SIZES( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_FIXED_SIZES ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face ) + * + * @description: + * Deprecated. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_FAST_GLYPHS( face ) 0 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some glyph + * names that can be accessed through @FT_Get_Glyph_Name. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_GLYPH_NAMES ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains some + * multiple masters. The functions provided by @FT_MULTIPLE_MASTERS_H + * are then available to choose the exact design you want. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_MULTIPLE_MASTERS( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_MULTIPLE_MASTERS ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains a CID-keyed + * font. See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED for more + * details. + * + * If this macro is true, all functions defined in @FT_CID_H are + * available. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_CID_KEYED( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face represents a `tricky' font. + * See the discussion of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more details. + * + */ +#define FT_IS_TRICKY( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_HAS_COLOR( face ) + * + * @description: + * A macro that returns true whenever a face object contains + * tables for color glyphs. + * + */ +#define FT_HAS_COLOR( face ) \ + ( face->face_flags & FT_FACE_FLAG_COLOR ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Const> */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit-flags used to indicate the style of a given face. */ + /* These are used in the `style_flags' field of @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC :: */ + /* Indicates that a given face style is italic or oblique. */ + /* */ + /* FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD :: */ + /* Indicates that a given face is bold. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The style information as provided by FreeType is very basic. More */ + /* details are beyond the scope and should be done on a higher level */ + /* (for example, by analyzing various fields of the `OS/2' table in */ + /* SFNT based fonts). */ + /* */ +#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_ITALIC ( 1 << 0 ) +#define FT_STYLE_FLAG_BOLD ( 1 << 1 ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Size_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Size_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_Size object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_InternalRec_* FT_Size_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_Metrics */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The size metrics structure gives the metrics of a size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x_ppem :: The width of the scaled EM square in pixels, hence */ + /* the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */ + /* referred to as `nominal width'. */ + /* */ + /* y_ppem :: The height of the scaled EM square in pixels, */ + /* hence the term `ppem' (pixels per EM). It is also */ + /* referred to as `nominal height'. */ + /* */ + /* x_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */ + /* horizontal metrics from font units to 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* font formats. */ + /* */ + /* y_scale :: A 16.16 fractional scaling value used to convert */ + /* vertical metrics from font units to 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels. Only relevant for scalable */ + /* font formats. */ + /* */ + /* ascender :: The ascender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* descender :: The descender in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The height in 26.6 fractional pixels. See */ + /* @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* max_advance :: The maximum advance width in 26.6 fractional */ + /* pixels. See @FT_FaceRec for the details. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The scaling values, if relevant, are determined first during a */ + /* size changing operation. The remaining fields are then set by the */ + /* driver. For scalable formats, they are usually set to scaled */ + /* values of the corresponding fields in @FT_FaceRec. */ + /* */ + /* Note that due to glyph hinting, these values might not be exact */ + /* for certain fonts. Thus they must be treated as unreliable */ + /* with an error margin of at least one pixel! */ + /* */ + /* Indeed, the only way to get the exact metrics is to render _all_ */ + /* glyphs. As this would be a definite performance hit, it is up to */ + /* client applications to perform such computations. */ + /* */ + /* The FT_Size_Metrics structure is valid for bitmap fonts also. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_Metrics_ + { + FT_UShort x_ppem; /* horizontal pixels per EM */ + FT_UShort y_ppem; /* vertical pixels per EM */ + + FT_Fixed x_scale; /* scaling values used to convert font */ + FT_Fixed y_scale; /* units to 26.6 fractional pixels */ + + FT_Pos ascender; /* ascender in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos descender; /* descender in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos height; /* text height in 26.6 frac. pixels */ + FT_Pos max_advance; /* max horizontal advance, in 26.6 pixels */ + + } FT_Size_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SizeRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root size class structure. A size object models a face */ + /* object at a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face :: Handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A typeless pointer, unused by the FreeType library or */ + /* any of its drivers. It can be used by client */ + /* applications to link their own data to each size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + /* metrics :: Metrics for this size object. This field is read-only. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SizeRec_ + { + FT_Face face; /* parent face object */ + FT_Generic generic; /* generic pointer for client uses */ + FT_Size_Metrics metrics; /* size metrics */ + FT_Size_Internal internal; + + } FT_SizeRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SubGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The subglyph structure is an internal object used to describe */ + /* subglyphs (for example, in the case of composites). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The subglyph implementation is not part of the high-level API, */ + /* hence the forward structure declaration. */ + /* */ + /* You can however retrieve subglyph information with */ + /* @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SubGlyphRec_* FT_SubGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Slot_Internal */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to an `FT_Slot_InternalRec' structure, used to */ + /* model private data of a given @FT_GlyphSlot object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Slot_InternalRec_* FT_Slot_Internal; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlotRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType root glyph slot class structure. A glyph slot is a */ + /* container where individual glyphs can be loaded, be they in */ + /* outline or bitmap format. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library instance */ + /* this slot belongs to. */ + /* */ + /* face :: A handle to the parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* next :: In some cases (like some font tools), several */ + /* glyph slots per face object can be a good */ + /* thing. As this is rare, the glyph slots are */ + /* listed through a direct, single-linked list */ + /* using its `next' field. */ + /* */ + /* generic :: A typeless pointer unused by the FreeType */ + /* library or any of its drivers. It can be */ + /* used by client applications to link their own */ + /* data to each glyph slot object. */ + /* */ + /* metrics :: The metrics of the last loaded glyph in the */ + /* slot. The returned values depend on the last */ + /* load flags (see the @FT_Load_Glyph API */ + /* function) and can be expressed either in 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixels or font units. */ + /* */ + /* Note that even when the glyph image is */ + /* transformed, the metrics are not. */ + /* */ + /* linearHoriAdvance :: The advance width of the unhinted glyph. */ + /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */ + /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */ + /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */ + /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */ + /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* linearVertAdvance :: The advance height of the unhinted glyph. */ + /* Its value is expressed in 16.16 fractional */ + /* pixels, unless @FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN is set */ + /* when loading the glyph. This field can be */ + /* important to perform correct WYSIWYG layout. */ + /* Only relevant for outline glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* advance :: This shorthand is, depending on */ + /* @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM, the transformed */ + /* (hinted) advance width for the glyph, in 26.6 */ + /* fractional pixel format. As specified with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT, it uses either the */ + /* `horiAdvance' or the `vertAdvance' value of */ + /* `metrics' field. */ + /* */ + /* format :: This field indicates the format of the image */ + /* contained in the glyph slot. Typically */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, or */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, but others are */ + /* possible. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: This field is used as a bitmap descriptor */ + /* when the slot format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. Note that the */ + /* address and content of the bitmap buffer can */ + /* change between calls of @FT_Load_Glyph and a */ + /* few other functions. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap_left :: The bitmap's left bearing expressed in */ + /* integer pixels. Only valid if the format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, this is, if the */ + /* glyph slot contains a bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap_top :: The bitmap's top bearing expressed in integer */ + /* pixels. Remember that this is the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the top-most glyph */ + /* scanline, upwards y~coordinates being */ + /* *positive*. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: The outline descriptor for the current glyph */ + /* image if its format is */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE. Once a glyph is */ + /* loaded, `outline' can be transformed, */ + /* distorted, embolded, etc. However, it must */ + /* not be freed. */ + /* */ + /* num_subglyphs :: The number of subglyphs in a composite glyph. */ + /* This field is only valid for the composite */ + /* glyph format that should normally only be */ + /* loaded with the @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE flag. */ + /* */ + /* subglyphs :: An array of subglyph descriptors for */ + /* composite glyphs. There are `num_subglyphs' */ + /* elements in there. Currently internal to */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* control_data :: Certain font drivers can also return the */ + /* control data for a given glyph image (e.g. */ + /* TrueType bytecode, Type~1 charstrings, etc.). */ + /* This field is a pointer to such data. */ + /* */ + /* control_len :: This is the length in bytes of the control */ + /* data. */ + /* */ + /* other :: Really wicked formats can use this pointer to */ + /* present their own glyph image to client */ + /* applications. Note that the application */ + /* needs to know about the image format. */ + /* */ + /* lsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */ + /* left side bearing while autohinting is */ + /* active. Zero otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* rsb_delta :: The difference between hinted and unhinted */ + /* right side bearing while autohinting is */ + /* active. Zero otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If @FT_Load_Glyph is called with default flags (see */ + /* @FT_LOAD_DEFAULT) the glyph image is loaded in the glyph slot in */ + /* its native format (e.g., an outline glyph for TrueType and Type~1 */ + /* formats). */ + /* */ + /* This image can later be converted into a bitmap by calling */ + /* @FT_Render_Glyph. This function finds the current renderer for */ + /* the native image's format, then invokes it. */ + /* */ + /* The renderer is in charge of transforming the native image through */ + /* the slot's face transformation fields, then converting it into a */ + /* bitmap that is returned in `slot->bitmap'. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `slot->bitmap_left' and `slot->bitmap_top' are also used */ + /* to specify the position of the bitmap relative to the current pen */ + /* position (e.g., coordinates (0,0) on the baseline). Of course, */ + /* `slot->format' is also changed to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Here a small pseudo code fragment that shows how to use */ + /* `lsb_delta' and `rsb_delta': */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Pos origin_x = 0; */ + /* FT_Pos prev_rsb_delta = 0; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* for all glyphs do */ + /* <compute kern between current and previous glyph and add it to */ + /* `origin_x'> */ + /* */ + /* <load glyph with `FT_Load_Glyph'> */ + /* */ + /* if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta >= 32 ) */ + /* origin_x -= 64; */ + /* else if ( prev_rsb_delta - face->glyph->lsb_delta < -32 ) */ + /* origin_x += 64; */ + /* */ + /* prev_rsb_delta = face->glyph->rsb_delta; */ + /* */ + /* <save glyph image, or render glyph, or ...> */ + /* */ + /* origin_x += face->glyph->advance.x; */ + /* endfor */ + /* } */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphSlotRec_ + { + FT_Library library; + FT_Face face; + FT_GlyphSlot next; + FT_UInt reserved; /* retained for binary compatibility */ + FT_Generic generic; + + FT_Glyph_Metrics metrics; + FT_Fixed linearHoriAdvance; + FT_Fixed linearVertAdvance; + FT_Vector advance; + + FT_Glyph_Format format; + + FT_Bitmap bitmap; + FT_Int bitmap_left; + FT_Int bitmap_top; + + FT_Outline outline; + + FT_UInt num_subglyphs; + FT_SubGlyph subglyphs; + + void* control_data; + long control_len; + + FT_Pos lsb_delta; + FT_Pos rsb_delta; + + void* other; + + FT_Slot_Internal internal; + + } FT_GlyphSlotRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* F U N C T I O N S */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Init_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Initialize a new FreeType library object. The set of modules */ + /* that are registered by this function is determined at build time. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* alibrary :: A handle to a new library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* In case you want to provide your own memory allocating routines, */ + /* use @FT_New_Library instead, followed by a call to */ + /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules (or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module). */ + /* */ + /* For multi-threading applications each thread should have its own */ + /* FT_Library object. */ + /* */ + /* If you need reference-counting (cf. @FT_Reference_Library), use */ + /* @FT_New_Library and @FT_Done_Library. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Init_FreeType( FT_Library *alibrary ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_FreeType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given FreeType library object and all of its children, */ + /* including resources, drivers, faces, sizes, etc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the target library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_FreeType( FT_Library library ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_OPEN_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit-field constants used within the `flags' field of the */ + /* @FT_Open_Args structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_OPEN_MEMORY :: This is a memory-based stream. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_STREAM :: Copy the stream from the `stream' field. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_PATHNAME :: Create a new input stream from a C~path */ + /* name. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_DRIVER :: Use the `driver' field. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OPEN_PARAMS :: Use the `num_params' and `params' fields. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `FT_OPEN_MEMORY', `FT_OPEN_STREAM', and `FT_OPEN_PATHNAME' */ + /* flags are mutually exclusive. */ + /* */ +#define FT_OPEN_MEMORY 0x1 +#define FT_OPEN_STREAM 0x2 +#define FT_OPEN_PATHNAME 0x4 +#define FT_OPEN_DRIVER 0x8 +#define FT_OPEN_PARAMS 0x10 + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_OPEN_XXX' */ + /* values instead */ +#define ft_open_memory FT_OPEN_MEMORY +#define ft_open_stream FT_OPEN_STREAM +#define ft_open_pathname FT_OPEN_PATHNAME +#define ft_open_driver FT_OPEN_DRIVER +#define ft_open_params FT_OPEN_PARAMS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Parameter */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to pass more or less generic parameters to */ + /* @FT_Open_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* tag :: A four-byte identification tag. */ + /* */ + /* data :: A pointer to the parameter data. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The ID and function of parameters are driver-specific. See the */ + /* various FT_PARAM_TAG_XXX flags for more information. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Parameter_ + { + FT_ULong tag; + FT_Pointer data; + + } FT_Parameter; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Open_Args */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to indicate how to open a new font file or */ + /* stream. A pointer to such a structure can be used as a parameter */ + /* for the functions @FT_Open_Face and @FT_Attach_Stream. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* flags :: A set of bit flags indicating how to use the */ + /* structure. */ + /* */ + /* memory_base :: The first byte of the file in memory. */ + /* */ + /* memory_size :: The size in bytes of the file in memory. */ + /* */ + /* pathname :: A pointer to an 8-bit file pathname. */ + /* */ + /* stream :: A handle to a source stream object. */ + /* */ + /* driver :: This field is exclusively used by @FT_Open_Face; */ + /* it simply specifies the font driver to use to open */ + /* the face. If set to~0, FreeType tries to load the */ + /* face with each one of the drivers in its list. */ + /* */ + /* num_params :: The number of extra parameters. */ + /* */ + /* params :: Extra parameters passed to the font driver when */ + /* opening a new face. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The stream type is determined by the contents of `flags' that */ + /* are tested in the following order by @FT_Open_Face: */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_OPEN_MEMORY bit is set, assume that this is a */ + /* memory file of `memory_size' bytes, located at `memory_address'. */ + /* The data are are not copied, and the client is responsible for */ + /* releasing and destroying them _after_ the corresponding call to */ + /* @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, if the @FT_OPEN_STREAM bit is set, assume that a */ + /* custom input stream `stream' is used. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, if the @FT_OPEN_PATHNAME bit is set, assume that this */ + /* is a normal file and use `pathname' to open it. */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_OPEN_DRIVER bit is set, @FT_Open_Face only tries to */ + /* open the file with the driver whose handler is in `driver'. */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_OPEN_PARAMS bit is set, the parameters given by */ + /* `num_params' and `params' is used. They are ignored otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* Ideally, both the `pathname' and `params' fields should be tagged */ + /* as `const'; this is missing for API backwards compatibility. In */ + /* other words, applications should treat them as read-only. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Open_Args_ + { + FT_UInt flags; + const FT_Byte* memory_base; + FT_Long memory_size; + FT_String* pathname; + FT_Stream stream; + FT_Module driver; + FT_Int num_params; + FT_Parameter* params; + + } FT_Open_Args; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font by its pathname. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* pathname :: A path to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */ + /* face has index~0. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* See @FT_Open_Face for more details. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Use @FT_Done_Face to destroy the created @FT_Face object (along */ + /* with its slot and sizes). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face( FT_Library library, + const char* filepathname, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Memory_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Open_Face to open a font that has been */ + /* loaded into memory. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* file_base :: A pointer to the beginning of the font data. */ + /* */ + /* file_size :: The size of the memory chunk used by the font data. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */ + /* face has index~0. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* See @FT_Open_Face for more details. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You must not deallocate the memory before calling @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Memory_Face( FT_Library library, + const FT_Byte* file_base, + FT_Long file_size, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Open_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a face object from a given resource described by */ + /* @FT_Open_Args. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* args :: A pointer to an `FT_Open_Args' structure that must */ + /* be filled by the caller. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the font. The first */ + /* face has index~0. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. If `face_index' is */ + /* greater than or equal to zero, it must be non-NULL. */ + /* See note below. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Unlike FreeType 1.x, this function automatically creates a glyph */ + /* slot for the face object that can be accessed directly through */ + /* `face->glyph'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_Open_Face can be used to quickly check whether the font */ + /* format of a given font resource is supported by FreeType. If the */ + /* `face_index' field is negative, the function's return value is~0 */ + /* if the font format is recognized, or non-zero otherwise; */ + /* the function returns a more or less empty face handle in `*aface' */ + /* (if `aface' isn't NULL). The only useful field in this special */ + /* case is `face->num_faces' that gives the number of faces within */ + /* the font file. After examination, the returned @FT_Face structure */ + /* should be deallocated with a call to @FT_Done_Face. */ + /* */ + /* Each new face object created with this function also owns a */ + /* default @FT_Size object, accessible as `face->size'. */ + /* */ + /* One @FT_Library instance can have multiple face objects, this is, */ + /* @FT_Open_Face and its siblings can be called multiple times using */ + /* the same `library' argument. */ + /* */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Face. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Open_Face( FT_Library library, + const FT_Open_Args* args, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Attach_File */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Attach_Stream to attach a file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: The target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* filepathname :: The pathname. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Attach_File( FT_Face face, + const char* filepathname ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Attach_Stream */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* `Attach' data to a face object. Normally, this is used to read */ + /* additional information for the face object. For example, you can */ + /* attach an AFM file that comes with a Type~1 font to get the */ + /* kerning values and other metrics. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: The target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* parameters :: A pointer to @FT_Open_Args that must be filled by */ + /* the caller. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The meaning of the `attach' (i.e., what really happens when the */ + /* new file is read) is not fixed by FreeType itself. It really */ + /* depends on the font format (and thus the font driver). */ + /* */ + /* Client applications are expected to know what they are doing */ + /* when invoking this function. Most drivers simply do not implement */ + /* file attachments. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Attach_Stream( FT_Face face, + FT_Open_Args* parameters ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Reference_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Face structure */ + /* is created. This function increments the counter. @FT_Done_Face */ + /* then only destroys a face if the counter is~1, otherwise it simply */ + /* decrements the counter. */ + /* */ + /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */ + /* reference @FT_Face objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.4.2 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Reference_Face( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Face */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given face object, as well as all of its child slots and */ + /* sizes. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Face. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Face( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Select_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a bitmap strike. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* strike_index :: The index of the bitmap strike in the */ + /* `available_sizes' field of @FT_FaceRec structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Select_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Int strike_index ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Size_Request_Type */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type that lists the supported size request types. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL :: */ + /* The nominal size. The `units_per_EM' field of @FT_FaceRec is */ + /* used to determine both scaling values. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM :: */ + /* The real dimension. The sum of the the `ascender' and (minus */ + /* of) the `descender' fields of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine */ + /* both scaling values. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX :: */ + /* The font bounding box. The width and height of the `bbox' field */ + /* of @FT_FaceRec are used to determine the horizontal and vertical */ + /* scaling value, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL :: */ + /* The `max_advance_width' field of @FT_FaceRec is used to */ + /* determine the horizontal scaling value; the vertical scaling */ + /* value is determined the same way as */ + /* @FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM does. Finally, both scaling */ + /* values are set to the smaller one. This type is useful if you */ + /* want to specify the font size for, say, a window of a given */ + /* dimension and 80x24 cells. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES :: */ + /* Specify the scaling values directly. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The above descriptions only apply to scalable formats. For bitmap */ + /* formats, the behaviour is up to the driver. */ + /* */ + /* See the note section of @FT_Size_Metrics if you wonder how size */ + /* requesting relates to scaling values. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Size_Request_Type_ + { + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_NOMINAL, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_REAL_DIM, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_BBOX, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_CELL, + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_SCALES, + + FT_SIZE_REQUEST_TYPE_MAX + + } FT_Size_Request_Type; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_RequestRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a size request. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* type :: See @FT_Size_Request_Type. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The desired width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The desired height. */ + /* */ + /* horiResolution :: The horizontal resolution. If set to zero, */ + /* `width' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* vertResolution :: The vertical resolution. If set to zero, */ + /* `height' is treated as a 26.6 fractional pixel */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If `width' is zero, then the horizontal scaling value is set equal */ + /* to the vertical scaling value, and vice versa. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_ + { + FT_Size_Request_Type type; + FT_Long width; + FT_Long height; + FT_UInt horiResolution; + FT_UInt vertResolution; + + } FT_Size_RequestRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Size_Request */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a size request structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Size_RequestRec_ *FT_Size_Request; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Request_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Resize the scale of the active @FT_Size object in a face. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* req :: A pointer to a @FT_Size_RequestRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Although drivers may select the bitmap strike matching the */ + /* request, you should not rely on this if you intend to select a */ + /* particular bitmap strike. Use @FT_Select_Size instead in that */ + /* case. */ + /* */ + /* The relation between the requested size and the resulting glyph */ + /* size is dependent entirely on how the size is defined in the */ + /* source face. The font designer chooses the final size of each */ + /* glyph relative to this size. For more information refer to */ + /* `http://www.freetype.org/freetype2/docs/glyphs/glyphs-2.html' */ + /* */ + /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Request_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Size_Request req ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Char_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */ + /* (in points). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* char_width :: The nominal width, in 26.6 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* char_height :: The nominal height, in 26.6 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* horz_resolution :: The horizontal resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* vert_resolution :: The vertical resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If either the character width or height is zero, it is set equal */ + /* to the other value. */ + /* */ + /* If either the horizontal or vertical resolution is zero, it is set */ + /* equal to the other value. */ + /* */ + /* A character width or height smaller than 1pt is set to 1pt; if */ + /* both resolution values are zero, they are set to 72dpi. */ + /* */ + /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Char_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_F26Dot6 char_width, + FT_F26Dot6 char_height, + FT_UInt horz_resolution, + FT_UInt vert_resolution ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function calls @FT_Request_Size to request the nominal size */ + /* (in pixels). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the target face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* pixel_width :: The nominal width, in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* pixel_height :: The nominal height, in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should not rely on the resulting glyphs matching, or being */ + /* constrained, to this pixel size. Refer to @FT_Request_Size to */ + /* understand how requested sizes relate to actual sizes. */ + /* */ + /* Don't use this function if you are using the FreeType cache API. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt pixel_width, + FT_UInt pixel_height ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */ + /* face object. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the target face object where the glyph */ + /* is loaded. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph_index :: The index of the glyph in the font file. For */ + /* CID-keyed fonts (either in PS or in CFF format) */ + /* this argument specifies the CID value. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */ + /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */ + /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */ + /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */ + /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The loaded glyph may be transformed. See @FT_Set_Transform for */ + /* the details. */ + /* */ + /* For subsetted CID-keyed fonts, `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' is */ + /* returned for invalid CID values (this is, for CID values that */ + /* don't have a corresponding glyph in the font). See the discussion */ + /* of the @FT_FACE_FLAG_CID_KEYED flag for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Glyph( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Int32 load_flags ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Load_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to load a single glyph into the glyph slot of a */ + /* face object, according to its character code. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to a target face object where the glyph */ + /* is loaded. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* char_code :: The glyph's character code, according to the */ + /* current charmap used in the face. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A flag indicating what to load for this glyph. The */ + /* @FT_LOAD_XXX constants can be used to control the */ + /* glyph loading process (e.g., whether the outline */ + /* should be scaled, whether to load bitmaps or not, */ + /* whether to hint the outline, etc). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function simply calls @FT_Get_Char_Index and @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong char_code, + FT_Int32 load_flags ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_LOAD_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_Load_Glyph to indicate + * what kind of operations to perform during glyph loading. + * + * @values: + * FT_LOAD_DEFAULT :: + * Corresponding to~0, this value is used as the default glyph load + * operation. In this case, the following happens: + * + * 1. FreeType looks for a bitmap for the glyph corresponding to the + * face's current size. If one is found, the function returns. + * The bitmap data can be accessed from the glyph slot (see note + * below). + * + * 2. If no embedded bitmap is searched or found, FreeType looks for a + * scalable outline. If one is found, it is loaded from the font + * file, scaled to device pixels, then `hinted' to the pixel grid + * in order to optimize it. The outline data can be accessed from + * the glyph slot (see note below). + * + * Note that by default, the glyph loader doesn't render outlines into + * bitmaps. The following flags are used to modify this default + * behaviour to more specific and useful cases. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE :: + * Don't scale the loaded outline glyph but keep it in font units. + * + * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING and @FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP, and + * unsets @FT_LOAD_RENDER. + * + * If the font is `tricky' (see @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for more), using + * FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE usually yields meaningless outlines because the + * subglyphs must be scaled and positioned with hinting instructions. + * This can be solved by loading the font without FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and + * setting the character size to `font->units_per_EM'. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING :: + * Disable hinting. This generally generates `blurrier' bitmap glyphs + * when the glyph are rendered in any of the anti-aliased modes. See + * also the note below. + * + * This flag is implied by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. + * + * FT_LOAD_RENDER :: + * Call @FT_Render_Glyph after the glyph is loaded. By default, the + * glyph is rendered in @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL mode. This can be + * overridden by @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX or @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME. + * + * This flag is unset by @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP :: + * Ignore bitmap strikes when loading. Bitmap-only fonts ignore this + * flag. + * + * @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE always sets this flag. + * + * FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT :: + * Load the glyph for vertical text layout. In particular, the + * `advance' value in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure is set to the + * `vertAdvance' value of the `metrics' field. + * + * In case @FT_HAS_VERTICAL doesn't return true, you shouldn't use + * this flag currently. Reason is that in this case vertical metrics + * get synthesized, and those values are not always consistent across + * various font formats. + * + * FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT :: + * Indicates that the auto-hinter is preferred over the font's native + * hinter. See also the note below. + * + * FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC :: + * Indicates that the font driver should perform pedantic verifications + * during glyph loading. This is mostly used to detect broken glyphs + * in fonts. By default, FreeType tries to handle broken fonts also. + * + * In particular, errors from the TrueType bytecode engine are not + * passed to the application if this flag is not set; this might + * result in partially hinted or distorted glyphs in case a glyph's + * bytecode is buggy. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE :: + * Indicate that the font driver should not load composite glyphs + * recursively. Instead, it should set the `num_subglyph' and + * `subglyphs' values of the glyph slot accordingly, and set + * `glyph->format' to @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE. The description of + * subglyphs can then be accessed with @FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info. + * + * This flag implies @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE and @FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM. + * + * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM :: + * Indicates that the transform matrix set by @FT_Set_Transform should + * be ignored. + * + * FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME :: + * This flag is used with @FT_LOAD_RENDER to indicate that you want to + * render an outline glyph to a 1-bit monochrome bitmap glyph, with + * 8~pixels packed into each byte of the bitmap data. + * + * Note that this has no effect on the hinting algorithm used. You + * should rather use @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO so that the + * monochrome-optimized hinting algorithm is used. + * + * FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN :: + * Indicates that the `linearHoriAdvance' and `linearVertAdvance' + * fields of @FT_GlyphSlotRec should be kept in font units. See + * @FT_GlyphSlotRec for details. + * + * FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT :: + * Disable auto-hinter. See also the note below. + * + * FT_LOAD_COLOR :: + * This flag is used to request loading of color embedded-bitmap + * images. The resulting color bitmaps, if available, will have the + * @FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA format. When the flag is not used and color + * bitmaps are found, they will be converted to 256-level gray + * bitmaps transparently. Those bitmaps will be in the + * @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format. + * + * FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP :: + * Ignored. Deprecated. + * + * FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH :: + * Ignored. Deprecated. + * + * @note: + * By default, hinting is enabled and the font's native hinter (see + * @FT_FACE_FLAG_HINTER) is preferred over the auto-hinter. You can + * disable hinting by setting @FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING or change the + * precedence by setting @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. You can also set + * @FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT in case you don't want the auto-hinter to be + * used at all. + * + * See the description of @FT_FACE_FLAG_TRICKY for a special exception + * (affecting only a handful of Asian fonts). + * + * Besides deciding which hinter to use, you can also decide which + * hinting algorithm to use. See @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details. + * + * Note that the auto-hinter needs a valid Unicode cmap (either a native + * one or synthesized by FreeType) for producing correct results. If a + * font provides an incorrect mapping (for example, assigning the + * character code U+005A, LATIN CAPITAL LETTER Z, to a glyph depicting a + * mathematical integral sign), the auto-hinter might produce useless + * results. + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_DEFAULT 0x0 +#define FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE ( 1L << 0 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_HINTING ( 1L << 1 ) +#define FT_LOAD_RENDER ( 1L << 2 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_BITMAP ( 1L << 3 ) +#define FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT ( 1L << 4 ) +#define FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 5 ) +#define FT_LOAD_CROP_BITMAP ( 1L << 6 ) +#define FT_LOAD_PEDANTIC ( 1L << 7 ) +#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_GLOBAL_ADVANCE_WIDTH ( 1L << 9 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE ( 1L << 10 ) +#define FT_LOAD_IGNORE_TRANSFORM ( 1L << 11 ) +#define FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME ( 1L << 12 ) +#define FT_LOAD_LINEAR_DESIGN ( 1L << 13 ) +#define FT_LOAD_NO_AUTOHINT ( 1L << 15 ) + /* Bits 16..19 are used by `FT_LOAD_TARGET_' */ +#define FT_LOAD_COLOR ( 1L << 20 ) + + /* */ + + /* used internally only by certain font drivers! */ +#define FT_LOAD_ADVANCE_ONLY ( 1L << 8 ) +#define FT_LOAD_SBITS_ONLY ( 1L << 14 ) + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of values that are used to select a specific hinting algorithm + * to use by the hinter. You should OR one of these values to your + * `load_flags' when calling @FT_Load_Glyph. + * + * Note that font's native hinters may ignore the hinting algorithm you + * have specified (e.g., the TrueType bytecode interpreter). You can set + * @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT to ensure that the auto-hinter is used. + * + * Also note that @FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT is an exception, in that it + * always implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. + * + * @values: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL :: + * This corresponds to the default hinting algorithm, optimized for + * standard gray-level rendering. For monochrome output, use + * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO instead. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT :: + * A lighter hinting algorithm for non-monochrome modes. Many + * generated glyphs are more fuzzy but better resemble its original + * shape. A bit like rendering on Mac OS~X. + * + * As a special exception, this target implies @FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO :: + * Strong hinting algorithm that should only be used for monochrome + * output. The result is probably unpleasant if the glyph is rendered + * in non-monochrome modes. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD :: + * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for horizontally + * decimated LCD displays. + * + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V :: + * A variant of @FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL optimized for vertically + * decimated LCD displays. + * + * @note: + * You should use only _one_ of the FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX values in your + * `load_flags'. They can't be ORed. + * + * If @FT_LOAD_RENDER is also set, the glyph is rendered in the + * corresponding mode (i.e., the mode that matches the used algorithm + * best). An exeption is FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO since it implies + * @FT_LOAD_MONOCHROME. + * + * You can use a hinting algorithm that doesn't correspond to the same + * rendering mode. As an example, it is possible to use the `light' + * hinting algorithm and have the results rendered in horizontal LCD + * pixel mode, with code like + * + * { + * FT_Load_Glyph( face, glyph_index, + * load_flags | FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT ); + * + * FT_Render_Glyph( face->glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ); + * } + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_( x ) ( (FT_Int32)( (x) & 15 ) << 16 ) + +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_NORMAL FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LIGHT FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MONO FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD ) +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_LCD_V FT_LOAD_TARGET_( FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V ) + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @macro: + * FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE + * + * @description: + * Return the @FT_Render_Mode corresponding to a given + * @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX value. + * + */ +#define FT_LOAD_TARGET_MODE( x ) ( (FT_Render_Mode)( ( (x) >> 16 ) & 15 ) ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to set the transformation that is applied to glyph */ + /* images when they are loaded into a glyph slot through */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation's 2x2 matrix. Use~0 for */ + /* the identity matrix. */ + /* delta :: A pointer to the translation vector. Use~0 for the null */ + /* vector. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The transformation is only applied to scalable image formats after */ + /* the glyph has been loaded. It means that hinting is unaltered by */ + /* the transformation and is performed on the character size given in */ + /* the last call to @FT_Set_Char_Size or @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this also transforms the `face.glyph.advance' field, but */ + /* *not* the values in `face.glyph.metrics'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Set_Transform( FT_Face face, + FT_Matrix* matrix, + FT_Vector* delta ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Render_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type that lists the render modes supported by */ + /* FreeType~2. Each mode corresponds to a specific type of scanline */ + /* conversion performed on the outline. */ + /* */ + /* For bitmap fonts and embedded bitmaps the `bitmap->pixel_mode' */ + /* field in the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure gives the format of the */ + /* returned bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* All modes except @FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO use 256 levels of opacity. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL :: */ + /* This is the default render mode; it corresponds to 8-bit */ + /* anti-aliased bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT :: */ + /* This is equivalent to @FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL. It is only */ + /* defined as a separate value because render modes are also used */ + /* indirectly to define hinting algorithm selectors. See */ + /* @FT_LOAD_TARGET_XXX for details. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to 1-bit bitmaps (with 2~levels of */ + /* opacity). */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to horizontal RGB and BGR sub-pixel */ + /* displays like LCD screens. It produces 8-bit bitmaps that are */ + /* 3~times the width of the original glyph outline in pixels, and */ + /* which use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD mode. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V :: */ + /* This mode corresponds to vertical RGB and BGR sub-pixel displays */ + /* (like PDA screens, rotated LCD displays, etc.). It produces */ + /* 8-bit bitmaps that are 3~times the height of the original */ + /* glyph outline in pixels and use the @FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V mode. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The LCD-optimized glyph bitmaps produced by FT_Render_Glyph can be */ + /* filtered to reduce color-fringes by using @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter */ + /* (not active in the default builds). It is up to the caller to */ + /* either call @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter (if available) or do the */ + /* filtering itself. */ + /* */ + /* The selected render mode only affects vector glyphs of a font. */ + /* Embedded bitmaps often have a different pixel mode like */ + /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. You can use @FT_Bitmap_Convert to transform */ + /* them into 8-bit pixmaps. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Render_Mode_ + { + FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL = 0, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LIGHT, + FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, + FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V, + + FT_RENDER_MODE_MAX + + } FT_Render_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Render_Mode' values instead */ +#define ft_render_mode_normal FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL +#define ft_render_mode_mono FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Render_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a given glyph image to a bitmap. It does so by inspecting */ + /* the glyph image format, finding the relevant renderer, and */ + /* invoking it. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* slot :: A handle to the glyph slot containing the image to */ + /* convert. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* render_mode :: This is the render mode used to render the glyph */ + /* image into a bitmap. See @FT_Render_Mode for a */ + /* list of possible values. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */ + /* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Render_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_Render_Mode render_mode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Kerning_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify which kerning values to return in */ + /* @FT_Get_Kerning. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_KERNING_DEFAULT :: Return scaled and grid-fitted kerning */ + /* distances (value is~0). */ + /* */ + /* FT_KERNING_UNFITTED :: Return scaled but un-grid-fitted kerning */ + /* distances. */ + /* */ + /* FT_KERNING_UNSCALED :: Return the kerning vector in original font */ + /* units. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Kerning_Mode_ + { + FT_KERNING_DEFAULT = 0, + FT_KERNING_UNFITTED, + FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + + } FT_Kerning_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Kerning_Mode' values instead */ +#define ft_kerning_default FT_KERNING_DEFAULT +#define ft_kerning_unfitted FT_KERNING_UNFITTED +#define ft_kerning_unscaled FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Kerning */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the kerning vector between two glyphs of a same face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* left_glyph :: The index of the left glyph in the kern pair. */ + /* */ + /* right_glyph :: The index of the right glyph in the kern pair. */ + /* */ + /* kern_mode :: See @FT_Kerning_Mode for more information. */ + /* Determines the scale and dimension of the returned */ + /* kerning vector. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* akerning :: The kerning vector. This is either in font units */ + /* or in pixels (26.6 format) for scalable formats, */ + /* and in pixels for fixed-sizes formats. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Only horizontal layouts (left-to-right & right-to-left) are */ + /* supported by this method. Other layouts, or more sophisticated */ + /* kernings, are out of the scope of this API function -- they can be */ + /* implemented through format-specific interfaces. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt left_glyph, + FT_UInt right_glyph, + FT_UInt kern_mode, + FT_Vector *akerning ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Track_Kerning */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the track kerning for a given face object at a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* point_size :: The point size in 16.16 fractional points. */ + /* */ + /* degree :: The degree of tightness. Increasingly negative */ + /* values represent tighter track kerning, while */ + /* increasingly positive values represent looser track */ + /* kerning. Value zero means no track kerning. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* akerning :: The kerning in 16.16 fractional points, to be */ + /* uniformly applied between all glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Currently, only the Type~1 font driver supports track kerning, */ + /* using data from AFM files (if attached with @FT_Attach_File or */ + /* @FT_Attach_Stream). */ + /* */ + /* Only very few AFM files come with track kerning data; please refer */ + /* to the Adobe's AFM specification for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Track_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_Fixed point_size, + FT_Int degree, + FT_Fixed* akerning ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the ASCII name of a given glyph in a face. This only */ + /* works for those faces where @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES(face) returns~1. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a source face object. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_index :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* buffer_max :: The maximum number of bytes available in the */ + /* buffer. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* buffer :: A pointer to a target buffer where the name is */ + /* copied to. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error is returned if the face doesn't provide glyph names or if */ + /* the glyph index is invalid. In all cases of failure, the first */ + /* byte of `buffer' is set to~0 to indicate an empty name. */ + /* */ + /* The glyph name is truncated to fit within the buffer if it is too */ + /* long. The returned string is always zero-terminated. */ + /* */ + /* Be aware that FreeType reorders glyph indices internally so that */ + /* glyph index~0 always corresponds to the `missing glyph' (called */ + /* `.notdef'). */ + /* */ + /* This function always returns an error if the config macro */ + /* `FT_CONFIG_OPTION_NO_GLYPH_NAMES' is not defined in `ftoptions.h'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Glyph_Name( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Pointer buffer, + FT_UInt buffer_max ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Postscript_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the ASCII PostScript name of a given face, if available. */ + /* This only works with PostScript and TrueType fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to the face's PostScript name. NULL if unavailable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned pointer is owned by the face and is destroyed with */ + /* it. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( const char* ) + FT_Get_Postscript_Name( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Select_Charmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a given charmap by its encoding tag (as listed in */ + /* `freetype.h'). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* encoding :: A handle to the selected encoding. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function returns an error if no charmap in the face */ + /* corresponds to the encoding queried here. */ + /* */ + /* Because many fonts contain more than a single cmap for Unicode */ + /* encoding, this function has some special code to select the one */ + /* that covers Unicode best (`best' in the sense that a UCS-4 cmap is */ + /* preferred to a UCS-2 cmap). It is thus preferable to */ + /* @FT_Set_Charmap in this case. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Select_Charmap( FT_Face face, + FT_Encoding encoding ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Charmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Select a given charmap for character code to glyph index mapping. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: A handle to the selected charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function returns an error if the charmap is not part of */ + /* the face (i.e., if it is not listed in the `face->charmaps' */ + /* table). */ + /* */ + /* It also fails if a type~14 charmap is selected. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Charmap( FT_Face face, + FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_Charmap_Index + * + * @description: + * Retrieve index of a given charmap. + * + * @input: + * charmap :: + * A handle to a charmap. + * + * @return: + * The index into the array of character maps within the face to which + * `charmap' belongs. If an error occurs, -1 is returned. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Get_Charmap_Index( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Char_Index */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given character code. This function */ + /* uses a charmap object to do the mapping. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: The character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */ + /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */ + /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within the */ + /* file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds to */ + /* the `missing glyph'. If the first glyph is not named `.notdef', */ + /* then for Type~1 and Type~42 fonts, `.notdef' will be moved into */ + /* the glyph ID~0 position, and whatever was there will be moved to */ + /* the position `.notdef' had. For Type~1 fonts, if there is no */ + /* `.notdef' glyph at all, then one will be created at index~0 and */ + /* whatever was there will be moved to the last index -- Type~42 */ + /* fonts are considered invalid under this condition. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Char_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_First_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to return the first character code in the */ + /* current charmap of a given face. It also returns the */ + /* corresponding glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* agindex :: Glyph index of first character code. 0~if charmap is */ + /* empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The charmap's first character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_Next_Char to be able to */ + /* parse all character codes available in a given charmap. The code */ + /* should look like this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_ULong charcode; */ + /* FT_UInt gindex; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* charcode = FT_Get_First_Char( face, &gindex ); */ + /* while ( gindex != 0 ) */ + /* { */ + /* ... do something with (charcode,gindex) pair ... */ + /* */ + /* charcode = FT_Get_Next_Char( face, charcode, &gindex ); */ + /* } */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 if the charmap is empty. The */ + /* result itself can be~0 in two cases: if the charmap is empty or */ + /* if the value~0 is the first valid character code. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_First_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt *agindex ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Next_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to return the next character code in the */ + /* current charmap of a given face following the value `char_code', */ + /* as well as the corresponding glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* char_code :: The starting character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* agindex :: Glyph index of next character code. 0~if charmap */ + /* is empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The charmap's next character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should use this function with @FT_Get_First_Char to walk */ + /* over all character codes available in a given charmap. See the */ + /* note for this function for a simple code example. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `*agindex' is set to~0 when there are no more codes in */ + /* the charmap. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_Next_Char( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong char_code, + FT_UInt *agindex ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Name_Index */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given glyph name. This function uses */ + /* driver specific objects to do the translation. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_name :: The glyph name. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means `undefined character code'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Name_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_String* glyph_name ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used to describe subglyphs. Please refer to the + * TrueType specification for the meaning of the various flags. + * + * @values: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 :: + * FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS :: + * + */ +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_WORDS 1 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ARGS_ARE_XY_VALUES 2 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_ROUND_XY_TO_GRID 4 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_SCALE 8 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XY_SCALE 0x40 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_2X2 0x80 +#define FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_USE_MY_METRICS 0x200 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a description of a given subglyph. Only use it if + * `glyph->format' is @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE; an error is + * returned otherwise. + * + * @input: + * glyph :: + * The source glyph slot. + * + * sub_index :: + * The index of the subglyph. Must be less than + * `glyph->num_subglyphs'. + * + * @output: + * p_index :: + * The glyph index of the subglyph. + * + * p_flags :: + * The subglyph flags, see @FT_SUBGLYPH_FLAG_XXX. + * + * p_arg1 :: + * The subglyph's first argument (if any). + * + * p_arg2 :: + * The subglyph's second argument (if any). + * + * p_transform :: + * The subglyph transformation (if any). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The values of `*p_arg1', `*p_arg2', and `*p_transform' must be + * interpreted depending on the flags returned in `*p_flags'. See the + * TrueType specification for details. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_SubGlyph_Info( FT_GlyphSlot glyph, + FT_UInt sub_index, + FT_Int *p_index, + FT_UInt *p_flags, + FT_Int *p_arg1, + FT_Int *p_arg2, + FT_Matrix *p_transform ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flags used in the `fsType' field of the OS/2 table */ + /* in a TrueType or OpenType font and the `FSType' entry in a */ + /* PostScript font. These bit flags are returned by */ + /* @FT_Get_FSType_Flags; they inform client applications of embedding */ + /* and subsetting restrictions associated with a font. */ + /* */ + /* See http://www.adobe.com/devnet/acrobat/pdfs/FontPolicies.pdf for */ + /* more details. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* Fonts with no fsType bit set may be embedded and permanently */ + /* installed on the remote system by an application. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* Fonts that have only this bit set must not be modified, embedded */ + /* or exchanged in any manner without first obtaining permission of */ + /* the font software copyright owner. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded and temporarily */ + /* loaded on the remote system. Documents containing Preview & */ + /* Print fonts must be opened `read-only'; no edits can be applied */ + /* to the document. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may be embedded but must only be */ + /* installed temporarily on other systems. In contrast to Preview */ + /* & Print fonts, documents containing editable fonts may be opened */ + /* for reading, editing is permitted, and changes may be saved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING :: */ + /* If this bit is set, the font may not be subsetted prior to */ + /* embedding. */ + /* */ + /* FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY :: */ + /* If this bit is set, only bitmaps contained in the font may be */ + /* embedded; no outline data may be embedded. If there are no */ + /* bitmaps available in the font, then the font is unembeddable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* While the fsType flags can indicate that a font may be embedded, a */ + /* license with the font vendor may be separately required to use the */ + /* font in this way. */ + /* */ +#define FT_FSTYPE_INSTALLABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0000 +#define FT_FSTYPE_RESTRICTED_LICENSE_EMBEDDING 0x0002 +#define FT_FSTYPE_PREVIEW_AND_PRINT_EMBEDDING 0x0004 +#define FT_FSTYPE_EDITABLE_EMBEDDING 0x0008 +#define FT_FSTYPE_NO_SUBSETTING 0x0100 +#define FT_FSTYPE_BITMAP_EMBEDDING_ONLY 0x0200 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_FSType_Flags */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the fsType flags for a font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The fsType flags, @FT_FSTYPE_XXX. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Use this function rather than directly reading the `fs_type' field */ + /* in the @PS_FontInfoRec structure, which is only guaranteed to */ + /* return the correct results for Type~1 fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.8 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UShort ) + FT_Get_FSType_Flags( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* glyph_variants */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Glyph Variants */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The FreeType~2 interface to Unicode Ideographic Variation */ + /* Sequences (IVS), using the SFNT cmap format~14. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Many CJK characters have variant forms. They are a sort of grey */ + /* area somewhere between being totally irrelevant and semantically */ + /* distinct; for this reason, the Unicode consortium decided to */ + /* introduce Ideographic Variation Sequences (IVS), consisting of a */ + /* Unicode base character and one of 240 variant selectors */ + /* (U+E0100-U+E01EF), instead of further extending the already huge */ + /* code range for CJK characters. */ + /* */ + /* An IVS is registered and unique; for further details please refer */ + /* to Unicode Technical Standard #37, the Ideographic Variation */ + /* Database: */ + /* */ + /* http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr37/ */ + /* */ + /* To date (November 2014), the character with the most variants is */ + /* U+9089, having 32 such IVS. */ + /* */ + /* Adobe and MS decided to support IVS with a new cmap subtable */ + /* (format~14). It is an odd subtable because it is not a mapping of */ + /* input code points to glyphs, but contains lists of all variants */ + /* supported by the font. */ + /* */ + /* A variant may be either `default' or `non-default'. A default */ + /* variant is the one you will get for that code point if you look it */ + /* up in the standard Unicode cmap. A non-default variant is a */ + /* different glyph. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the glyph index of a given character code as modified by */ + /* the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character code point in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The Unicode code point of the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The glyph index. 0~means either `undefined character code', or */ + /* `undefined selector code', or `no variation selector cmap */ + /* subtable', or `current CharMap is not Unicode'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If you use FreeType to manipulate the contents of font files */ + /* directly, be aware that the glyph index returned by this function */ + /* doesn't always correspond to the internal indices used within */ + /* the file. This is done to ensure that value~0 always corresponds */ + /* to the `missing glyph'. */ + /* */ + /* This function is only meaningful if */ + /* a) the font has a variation selector cmap sub table, */ + /* and */ + /* b) the current charmap has a Unicode encoding. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Face_GetCharVariantIndex( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Check whether this variant of this Unicode character is the one to */ + /* be found in the `cmap'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The Unicode codepoint of the variation selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* 1~if found in the standard (Unicode) cmap, 0~if found in the */ + /* variation selector cmap, or -1 if it is not a variant. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function is only meaningful if the font has a variation */ + /* selector cmap subtable. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Face_GetCharVariantIsDefault( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */ + /* in the font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to an array of selector code points, or NULL if there is */ + /* no valid variant selector cmap subtable. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetVariantSelectors( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode variant selectors found */ + /* for the specified character code. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* charcode :: */ + /* The character codepoint in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A pointer to an array of variant selector code points that are */ + /* active for the given character, or NULL if the corresponding list */ + /* is empty. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetVariantsOfChar( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong charcode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a zero-terminated list of Unicode character codes found for */ + /* the specified variant selector. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* A handle to the source face object. */ + /* */ + /* variantSelector :: */ + /* The variant selector code point in Unicode. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A list of all the code points that are specified by this selector */ + /* (both default and non-default codes are returned) or NULL if there */ + /* is no valid cmap or the variant selector is invalid. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The last item in the array is~0; the array is owned by the */ + /* @FT_Face object but can be overwritten or released on the next */ + /* call to a FreeType function. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.6 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt32* ) + FT_Face_GetCharsOfVariant( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong variantSelector ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Computations */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Crunching fixed numbers and vectors. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various functions used to perform */ + /* computations on 16.16 fixed-float numbers or 2d vectors. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_MulDiv */ + /* FT_MulFix */ + /* FT_DivFix */ + /* FT_RoundFix */ + /* FT_CeilFix */ + /* FT_FloorFix */ + /* FT_Vector_Transform */ + /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */ + /* FT_Matrix_Invert */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_MulDiv */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation `(a*b)/c' */ + /* with maximum accuracy (it uses a 64-bit intermediate integer */ + /* whenever necessary). */ + /* */ + /* This function isn't necessarily as fast as some processor specific */ + /* operations, but is at least completely portable. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The first multiplier. */ + /* b :: The second multiplier. */ + /* c :: The divisor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*b)/c'. This function never traps when trying to */ + /* divide by zero; it simply returns `MaxInt' or `MinInt' depending */ + /* on the signs of `a' and `b'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_MulDiv( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b, + FT_Long c ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_MulFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */ + /* `(a*b)/0x10000' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time this is */ + /* used to multiply a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The first multiplier. */ + /* b :: The second multiplier. Use a 16.16 factor here whenever */ + /* possible (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*b)/0x10000'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function has been optimized for the case where the absolute */ + /* value of `a' is less than 2048, and `b' is a 16.16 scaling factor. */ + /* As this happens mainly when scaling from notional units to */ + /* fractional pixels in FreeType, it resulted in noticeable speed */ + /* improvements between versions 2.x and 1.x. */ + /* */ + /* As a conclusion, always try to place a 16.16 factor as the */ + /* _second_ argument of this function; this can make a great */ + /* difference. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_MulFix( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_DivFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to perform the computation */ + /* `(a*0x10000)/b' with maximum accuracy. Most of the time, this is */ + /* used to divide a given value by a 16.16 fixed-point factor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The numerator. */ + /* b :: The denominator. Use a 16.16 factor here. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a*0x10000)/b'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_DivFix( FT_Long a, + FT_Long b ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_RoundFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to round a 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number to be rounded. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a + 0x8000) & -0x10000'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_RoundFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_CeilFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to compute the ceiling function of a */ + /* 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number for which the ceiling function is to be computed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `(a + 0x10000 - 1) & -0x10000'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_CeilFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_FloorFix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very simple function used to compute the floor function of a */ + /* 16.16 fixed number. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: The number for which the floor function is to be computed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result of `a & -0x10000'. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_FloorFix( FT_Fixed a ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Vector_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Transform a single vector through a 2x2 matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* vector :: The target vector to transform. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the source 2x2 matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The result is undefined if either `vector' or `matrix' is invalid. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Transform( FT_Vector* vec, + const FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* version */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* FreeType Version */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Functions and macros related to FreeType versions. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Note that those functions and macros are of limited use because */ + /* even a new release of FreeType with only documentation changes */ + /* increases the version number. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Library_Version */ + /* */ + /* FREETYPE_MAJOR */ + /* FREETYPE_MINOR */ + /* FREETYPE_PATCH */ + /* */ + /* FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents */ + /* FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting */ + /* */ + /* FREETYPE_XXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FREETYPE_XXX + * + * @description: + * These three macros identify the FreeType source code version. + * Use @FT_Library_Version to access them at runtime. + * + * @values: + * FREETYPE_MAJOR :: The major version number. + * FREETYPE_MINOR :: The minor version number. + * FREETYPE_PATCH :: The patch level. + * + * @note: + * The version number of FreeType if built as a dynamic link library + * with the `libtool' package is _not_ controlled by these three + * macros. + * + */ +#define FREETYPE_MAJOR 2 +#define FREETYPE_MINOR 5 +#define FREETYPE_PATCH 5 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Library_Version */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return the version of the FreeType library being used. This is */ + /* useful when dynamically linking to the library, since one cannot */ + /* use the macros @FREETYPE_MAJOR, @FREETYPE_MINOR, and */ + /* @FREETYPE_PATCH. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A source library handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amajor :: The major version number. */ + /* */ + /* aminor :: The minor version number. */ + /* */ + /* apatch :: The patch version number. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The reason why this function takes a `library' argument is because */ + /* certain programs implement library initialization in a custom way */ + /* that doesn't use @FT_Init_FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* In such cases, the library version might not be available before */ + /* the library object has been created. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Library_Version( FT_Library library, + FT_Int *amajor, + FT_Int *aminor, + FT_Int *apatch ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Parse all bytecode instructions of a TrueType font file to check */ + /* whether any of the patented opcodes are used. This is only useful */ + /* if you want to be able to use the unpatented hinter with */ + /* fonts that do *not* use these opcodes. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this function parses *all* glyph instructions in the */ + /* font file, which may be slow. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A face handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* 1~if this is a TrueType font that uses one of the patented */ + /* opcodes, 0~otherwise. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.5 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool ) + FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Enable or disable the unpatented hinter for a given face. */ + /* Only enable it if you have determined that the face doesn't */ + /* use any patented opcodes (see @FT_Face_CheckTrueTypePatents). */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A face handle. */ + /* */ + /* value :: New boolean setting. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The old setting value. This will always be false if this is not */ + /* an SFNT font, or if the unpatented hinter is not compiled in this */ + /* instance of the library. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since May 2010, TrueType hinting is no longer patented. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.3.5 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Bool ) + FT_Face_SetUnpatentedHinting( FT_Face face, + FT_Bool value ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FREETYPE_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ft2build.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ft2build.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..6f8eb7f373 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ft2build.h @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ft2build.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType 2 build and setup macros. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2006, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This is the `entry point' for FreeType header file inclusions. It is */ + /* the only header file which should be included directly; all other */ + /* FreeType header files should be accessed with macro names (after */ + /* including `ft2build.h'). */ + /* */ + /* A typical example is */ + /* */ + /* #include <ft2build.h> */ + /* #include FT_FREETYPE_H */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FT2BUILD_H__ +#define __FT2BUILD_H__ + +#include <config/ftheader.h> + +#endif /* __FT2BUILD_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftadvanc.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftadvanc.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..955f93fa16 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftadvanc.h @@ -0,0 +1,187 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftadvanc.h */ +/* */ +/* Quick computation of advance widths (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2008, 2013, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTADVANC_H__ +#define __FTADVANC_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * quick_advance + * + * @title: + * Quick retrieval of advance values + * + * @abstract: + * Retrieve horizontal and vertical advance values without processing + * glyph outlines, if possible. + * + * @description: + * This section contains functions to quickly extract advance values + * without handling glyph outlines, if possible. + * + * @order: + * FT_Get_Advance + * FT_Get_Advances + * + */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Const> */ + /* FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A bit-flag to be OR-ed with the `flags' parameter of the */ + /* @FT_Get_Advance and @FT_Get_Advances functions. */ + /* */ + /* If set, it indicates that you want these functions to fail if the */ + /* corresponding hinting mode or font driver doesn't allow for very */ + /* quick advance computation. */ + /* */ + /* Typically, glyphs that are either unscaled, unhinted, bitmapped, */ + /* or light-hinted can have their advance width computed very */ + /* quickly. */ + /* */ + /* Normal and bytecode hinted modes that require loading, scaling, */ + /* and hinting of the glyph outline, are extremely slow by */ + /* comparison. */ + /* */ +#define FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY 0x20000000UL + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Advance */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the advance value of a given glyph outline in an */ + /* @FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */ + /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph, used to determine what kind */ + /* of advances you need. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* padvance :: The advance value. If scaling is performed (based on */ + /* the value of `load_flags'), the advance value is in */ + /* 16.16 format. Otherwise, it is in font units. */ + /* */ + /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, this is the */ + /* vertical advance corresponding to a vertical layout. */ + /* Otherwise, it is the horizontal advance in a */ + /* horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */ + /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */ + /* retrieve the advances. */ + /* */ + /* A scaled advance is returned in 16.16 format but isn't transformed */ + /* by the affine transformation specified by @FT_Set_Transform. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Advance( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Int32 load_flags, + FT_Fixed *padvance ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Advances */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the advance values of several glyph outlines in an */ + /* @FT_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: The source @FT_Face handle. */ + /* */ + /* start :: The first glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* count :: The number of advance values you want to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: A set of bit flags similar to those used when */ + /* calling @FT_Load_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* padvance :: The advance values. This array, to be provided by the */ + /* caller, must contain at least `count' elements. */ + /* */ + /* If scaling is performed (based on the value of */ + /* `load_flags'), the advance values are in 16.16 format. */ + /* Otherwise, they are in font units. */ + /* */ + /* If @FT_LOAD_VERTICAL_LAYOUT is set, these are the */ + /* vertical advances corresponding to a vertical layout. */ + /* Otherwise, they are the horizontal advances in a */ + /* horizontal layout. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0 means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function may fail if you use @FT_ADVANCE_FLAG_FAST_ONLY and */ + /* if the corresponding font backend doesn't have a quick way to */ + /* retrieve the advances. */ + /* */ + /* Scaled advances are returned in 16.16 format but aren't */ + /* transformed by the affine transformation specified by */ + /* @FT_Set_Transform. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Advances( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt start, + FT_UInt count, + FT_Int32 load_flags, + FT_Fixed *padvances ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTADVANC_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftautoh.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftautoh.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..59191abbfe --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftautoh.h @@ -0,0 +1,402 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftautoh.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for controlling the auto-hinter (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2012, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTAUTOH_H__ +#define __FTAUTOH_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * auto_hinter + * + * @title: + * The auto-hinter + * + * @abstract: + * Controlling the auto-hinting module. + * + * @description: + * While FreeType's auto-hinter doesn't expose API functions by itself, + * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and + * @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties + * together with the necessary macros and structures. + * + * Note that the auto-hinter's module name is `autofitter' for + * historical reasons. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * glyph-to-script-map + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * The auto-hinter provides various script modules to hint glyphs. + * Examples of supported scripts are Latin or CJK. Before a glyph is + * auto-hinted, the Unicode character map of the font gets examined, and + * the script is then determined based on Unicode character ranges, see + * below. + * + * OpenType fonts, however, often provide much more glyphs than + * character codes (small caps, superscripts, ligatures, swashes, etc.), + * to be controlled by so-called `features'. Handling OpenType features + * can be quite complicated and thus needs a separate library on top of + * FreeType. + * + * The mapping between glyph indices and scripts (in the auto-hinter + * sense, see the @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX values) is stored as an + * array with `num_glyphs' elements, as found in the font's @FT_Face + * structure. The `glyph-to-script-map' property returns a pointer to + * this array, which can be modified as needed. Note that the + * modification should happen before the first glyph gets processed by + * the auto-hinter so that the global analysis of the font shapes + * actually uses the modified mapping. + * + * The following example code demonstrates how to access it (omitting + * the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap prop; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face ); + * + * prop.face = face; + * + * FT_Property_Get( library, "autofitter", + * "glyph-to-script-map", &prop ); + * + * // adjust `prop.map' as needed right here + * + * FT_Load_Glyph( face, ..., FT_LOAD_FORCE_AUTOHINT ); + * } + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_XXX + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * A list of constants used for the @glyph-to-script-map property to + * specify the script submodule the auto-hinter should use for hinting a + * particular glyph. + * + * @values: + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE :: + * Don't auto-hint this glyph. + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN :: + * Apply the latin auto-hinter. For the auto-hinter, `latin' is a + * very broad term, including Cyrillic and Greek also since characters + * from those scripts share the same design constraints. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+0020 - U+007F // Basic Latin (no control characters) + * U+00A0 - U+00FF // Latin-1 Supplement (no control characters) + * U+0100 - U+017F // Latin Extended-A + * U+0180 - U+024F // Latin Extended-B + * U+0250 - U+02AF // IPA Extensions + * U+02B0 - U+02FF // Spacing Modifier Letters + * U+0300 - U+036F // Combining Diacritical Marks + * U+0370 - U+03FF // Greek and Coptic + * U+0400 - U+04FF // Cyrillic + * U+0500 - U+052F // Cyrillic Supplement + * U+1D00 - U+1D7F // Phonetic Extensions + * U+1D80 - U+1DBF // Phonetic Extensions Supplement + * U+1DC0 - U+1DFF // Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement + * U+1E00 - U+1EFF // Latin Extended Additional + * U+1F00 - U+1FFF // Greek Extended + * U+2000 - U+206F // General Punctuation + * U+2070 - U+209F // Superscripts and Subscripts + * U+20A0 - U+20CF // Currency Symbols + * U+2150 - U+218F // Number Forms + * U+2460 - U+24FF // Enclosed Alphanumerics + * U+2C60 - U+2C7F // Latin Extended-C + * U+2DE0 - U+2DFF // Cyrillic Extended-A + * U+2E00 - U+2E7F // Supplemental Punctuation + * U+A640 - U+A69F // Cyrillic Extended-B + * U+A720 - U+A7FF // Latin Extended-D + * U+FB00 - U+FB06 // Alphab. Present. Forms (Latin Ligatures) + * U+1D400 - U+1D7FF // Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols + * U+1F100 - U+1F1FF // Enclosed Alphanumeric Supplement + * } + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK :: + * Apply the CJK auto-hinter, covering Chinese, Japanese, Korean, old + * Vietnamese, and some other scripts. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+1100 - U+11FF // Hangul Jamo + * U+2E80 - U+2EFF // CJK Radicals Supplement + * U+2F00 - U+2FDF // Kangxi Radicals + * U+2FF0 - U+2FFF // Ideographic Description Characters + * U+3000 - U+303F // CJK Symbols and Punctuation + * U+3040 - U+309F // Hiragana + * U+30A0 - U+30FF // Katakana + * U+3100 - U+312F // Bopomofo + * U+3130 - U+318F // Hangul Compatibility Jamo + * U+3190 - U+319F // Kanbun + * U+31A0 - U+31BF // Bopomofo Extended + * U+31C0 - U+31EF // CJK Strokes + * U+31F0 - U+31FF // Katakana Phonetic Extensions + * U+3200 - U+32FF // Enclosed CJK Letters and Months + * U+3300 - U+33FF // CJK Compatibility + * U+3400 - U+4DBF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A + * U+4DC0 - U+4DFF // Yijing Hexagram Symbols + * U+4E00 - U+9FFF // CJK Unified Ideographs + * U+A960 - U+A97F // Hangul Jamo Extended-A + * U+AC00 - U+D7AF // Hangul Syllables + * U+D7B0 - U+D7FF // Hangul Jamo Extended-B + * U+F900 - U+FAFF // CJK Compatibility Ideographs + * U+FE10 - U+FE1F // Vertical forms + * U+FE30 - U+FE4F // CJK Compatibility Forms + * U+FF00 - U+FFEF // Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms + * U+1B000 - U+1B0FF // Kana Supplement + * U+1D300 - U+1D35F // Tai Xuan Hing Symbols + * U+1F200 - U+1F2FF // Enclosed Ideographic Supplement + * U+20000 - U+2A6DF // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B + * U+2A700 - U+2B73F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension C + * U+2B740 - U+2B81F // CJK Unified Ideographs Extension D + * U+2F800 - U+2FA1F // CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement + * } + * + * FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC :: + * Apply the indic auto-hinter, covering all major scripts from the + * Indian sub-continent and some other related scripts like Thai, Lao, + * or Tibetan. + * + * By default, characters from the following Unicode ranges are + * assigned to this submodule. + * + * { + * U+0900 - U+0DFF // Indic Range + * U+0F00 - U+0FFF // Tibetan + * U+1900 - U+194F // Limbu + * U+1B80 - U+1BBF // Sundanese + * U+1C80 - U+1CDF // Meetei Mayak + * U+A800 - U+A82F // Syloti Nagri + * U+11800 - U+118DF // Sharada + * } + * + * Note that currently Indic support is rudimentary only, missing blue + * zone support. + * + */ +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE 0 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN 1 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK 2 +#define FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_INDIC 3 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * The data exchange structure for the @glyph-to-script-map property. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_Byte* map; + + } FT_Prop_GlyphToScriptMap; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * fallback-script + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * If no auto-hinter script module can be assigned to a glyph, a + * fallback script gets assigned to it (see also the + * @glyph-to-script-map property). By default, this is + * @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_CJK. Using the `fallback-script' property, + * this fallback value can be changed. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_UInt fallback_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "fallback-script", &fallback_script ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The + * creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the + * fallback script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a + * face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting + * any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created + * an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the + * auto-hinter), a change of the fallback script will affect this face. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * default-script + * + * @description: + * *Experimental* *only* + * + * If Freetype gets compiled with FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_HARFBUZZ to make + * the HarfBuzz library access OpenType features for getting better + * glyph coverages, this property sets the (auto-fitter) script to be + * used for the default (OpenType) script data of a font's GSUB table. + * Features for the default script are intended for all scripts not + * explicitly handled in GSUB; an example is a `dlig' feature, + * containing the combination of the characters `T', `E', and `L' to + * form a `TEL' ligature. + * + * By default, this is @FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_LATIN. Using the + * `default-script' property, this default value can be changed. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_UInt default_script = FT_AUTOHINTER_SCRIPT_NONE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "default-script", &default_script ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * It's important to use the right timing for changing this value: The + * creation of the glyph-to-script map that eventually uses the + * default script value gets triggered either by setting or reading a + * face-specific property like @glyph-to-script-map, or by auto-hinting + * any glyph from that face. In particular, if you have already created + * an @FT_Face structure but not loaded any glyph (using the + * auto-hinter), a change of the default script will affect this face. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * increase-x-height + * + * @description: + * For ppem values in the range 6~<= ppem <= `increase-x-height', round + * up the font's x~height much more often than normally. If the value + * is set to~0, which is the default, this feature is switched off. Use + * this property to improve the legibility of small font sizes if + * necessary. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight prop; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * FT_New_Face( library, "foo.ttf", 0, &face ); + * FT_Set_Char_Size( face, 10 * 64, 0, 72, 0 ); + * + * prop.face = face; + * prop.limit = 14; + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "autofitter", + * "increase-x-height", &prop ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + * Set this value right after calling @FT_Set_Char_Size, but before + * loading any glyph (using the auto-hinter). + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight + * + * @description: + * The data exchange structure for the @increase-x-height property. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight_ + { + FT_Face face; + FT_UInt limit; + + } FT_Prop_IncreaseXHeight; + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTAUTOH_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbbox.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbbox.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..d6800e240f --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbbox.h @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbbox.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType exact bbox computation (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2011, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This component has a _single_ role: to compute exact outline bounding */ + /* boxes. */ + /* */ + /* It is separated from the rest of the engine for various technical */ + /* reasons. It may well be integrated in `ftoutln' later. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTBBOX_H__ +#define __FTBBOX_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Compute the exact bounding box of an outline. This is slower */ + /* than computing the control box. However, it uses an advanced */ + /* algorithm that returns _very_ quickly when the two boxes */ + /* coincide. Otherwise, the outline Bézier arcs are traversed to */ + /* extract their extrema. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* abbox :: The outline's exact bounding box. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting BBox is meaningless. To get */ + /* reasonable values for the BBox it is necessary to load the glyph */ + /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */ + /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the BBox, */ + /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Get_BBox( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_BBox *abbox ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTBBOX_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbdf.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbdf.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..6d262e4141 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbdf.h @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbdf.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing BDF-specific strings (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2004, 2006, 2009, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTBDF_H__ +#define __FTBDF_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bdf_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* BDF and PCF Files */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* BDF and PCF specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions specific to BDF */ + /* and PCF fonts. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * BDF_PropertyType + * + * @description: + * A list of BDF property types. + * + * @values: + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE :: + * Value~0 is used to indicate a missing property. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM :: + * Property is a string atom. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER :: + * Property is a 32-bit signed integer. + * + * BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL :: + * Property is a 32-bit unsigned integer. + */ + typedef enum BDF_PropertyType_ + { + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE = 0, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM = 1, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER = 2, + BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL = 3 + + } BDF_PropertyType; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * BDF_Property + * + * @description: + * A handle to a @BDF_PropertyRec structure to model a given + * BDF/PCF property. + */ + typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_* BDF_Property; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * BDF_PropertyRec + * + * @description: + * This structure models a given BDF/PCF property. + * + * @fields: + * type :: + * The property type. + * + * u.atom :: + * The atom string, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_ATOM. May be + * NULL, indicating an empty string. + * + * u.integer :: + * A signed integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER. + * + * u.cardinal :: + * An unsigned integer, if type is @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL. + */ + typedef struct BDF_PropertyRec_ + { + BDF_PropertyType type; + union { + const char* atom; + FT_Int32 integer; + FT_UInt32 cardinal; + + } u; + + } BDF_PropertyRec; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a BDF font character set identity, according to + * the BDF specification. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * acharset_encoding :: + * Charset encoding, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * acharset_registry :: + * Charset registry, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with BDF faces, returning an error otherwise. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_BDF_Charset_ID( FT_Face face, + const char* *acharset_encoding, + const char* *acharset_registry ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_BDF_Property + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a BDF property from a BDF or PCF font file. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * name :: The property name. + * + * @output: + * aproperty :: The property. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function works with BDF _and_ PCF fonts. It returns an error + * otherwise. It also returns an error if the property is not in the + * font. + * + * A `property' is a either key-value pair within the STARTPROPERTIES + * ... ENDPROPERTIES block of a BDF font or a key-value pair from the + * `info->props' array within a `FontRec' structure of a PCF font. + * + * Integer properties are always stored as `signed' within PCF fonts; + * consequently, @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_CARDINAL is a possible return value + * for BDF fonts only. + * + * In case of error, `aproperty->type' is always set to + * @BDF_PROPERTY_TYPE_NONE. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_BDF_Property( FT_Face face, + const char* prop_name, + BDF_PropertyRec *aproperty ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTBDF_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbitmap.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbitmap.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..eae716904b --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbitmap.h @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbitmap.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType utility functions for bitmaps (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004-2006, 2008, 2013, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTBITMAP_H__ +#define __FTBITMAP_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bitmap_handling */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Bitmap Handling */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Handling FT_Bitmap objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains functions for handling @FT_Bitmap objects. */ + /* Note that none of the functions changes the bitmap's `flow' (as */ + /* indicated by the sign of the `pitch' field in `FT_Bitmap'). */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Initialize a pointer to an @FT_Bitmap structure. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* abitmap :: A pointer to the bitmap structure. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Bitmap_New( FT_Bitmap *abitmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Copy a bitmap into another one. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* source :: A handle to the source bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Copy( FT_Library library, + const FT_Bitmap *source, + FT_Bitmap *target); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Embolden */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden a bitmap. The new bitmap will be about `xStrength' */ + /* pixels wider and `yStrength' pixels higher. The left and bottom */ + /* borders are kept unchanged. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* xStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened horizontally. */ + /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* yStrength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened vertically. */ + /* Expressed in 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* bitmap :: A handle to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The current implementation restricts `xStrength' to be less than */ + /* or equal to~8 if bitmap is of pixel_mode @FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO. */ + /* */ + /* If you want to embolden the bitmap owned by a @FT_GlyphSlotRec, */ + /* you should call @FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap on the slot first. */ + /* */ + /* Bitmaps in @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 and @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY@ format */ + /* are converted to @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY format (i.e., 8bpp). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Embolden( FT_Library library, + FT_Bitmap* bitmap, + FT_Pos xStrength, + FT_Pos yStrength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Convert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a bitmap object with depth 1bpp, 2bpp, 4bpp, 8bpp or 32bpp */ + /* to a bitmap object with depth 8bpp, making the number of used */ + /* bytes line (a.k.a. the `pitch') a multiple of `alignment'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* source :: The source bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* alignment :: The pitch of the bitmap is a multiple of this */ + /* parameter. Common values are 1, 2, or 4. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: The target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* It is possible to call @FT_Bitmap_Convert multiple times without */ + /* calling @FT_Bitmap_Done (the memory is simply reallocated). */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Bitmap_Done to finally remove the bitmap object. */ + /* */ + /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */ + /* memory handling functions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Convert( FT_Library library, + const FT_Bitmap *source, + FT_Bitmap *target, + FT_Int alignment ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Make sure that a glyph slot owns `slot->bitmap'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* slot :: The glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function is to be used in combination with */ + /* @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Own_Bitmap( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Bitmap_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a bitmap object created with @FT_Bitmap_New. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: The bitmap object to be freed. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `library' argument is taken to have access to FreeType's */ + /* memory handling functions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Bitmap_Done( FT_Library library, + FT_Bitmap *bitmap ); + + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTBITMAP_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbzip2.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbzip2.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..4dce161fd6 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftbzip2.h @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftbzip2.h */ +/* */ +/* Bzip2-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2010 by */ +/* Joel Klinghed. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTBZIP2_H__ +#define __FTBZIP2_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* bzip2 */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* BZIP2 Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using bzip2-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Bzip2-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenBzip2 + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse bzip2-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.bz2' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: + * The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream. + * + * In certain builds of the library, bzip2 compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a bzip2 compressed stream + * from it and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with bzip2 support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenBzip2( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTBZIP2_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftcache.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftcache.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..a30e925cc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftcache.h @@ -0,0 +1,1057 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcache.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType Cache subsystem (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2008, 2010, 2013, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTCACHE_H__ +#define __FTCACHE_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * <Section> + * cache_subsystem + * + * <Title> + * Cache Sub-System + * + * <Abstract> + * How to cache face, size, and glyph data with FreeType~2. + * + * <Description> + * This section describes the FreeType~2 cache sub-system, which is used + * to limit the number of concurrently opened @FT_Face and @FT_Size + * objects, as well as caching information like character maps and glyph + * images while limiting their maximum memory usage. + * + * Note that all types and functions begin with the `FTC_' prefix. + * + * The cache is highly portable and thus doesn't know anything about the + * fonts installed on your system, or how to access them. This implies + * the following scheme: + * + * First, available or installed font faces are uniquely identified by + * @FTC_FaceID values, provided to the cache by the client. Note that + * the cache only stores and compares these values, and doesn't try to + * interpret them in any way. + * + * Second, the cache calls, only when needed, a client-provided function + * to convert an @FTC_FaceID into a new @FT_Face object. The latter is + * then completely managed by the cache, including its termination + * through @FT_Done_Face. To monitor termination of face objects, the + * finalizer callback in the `generic' field of the @FT_Face object can + * be used, which might also be used to store the @FTC_FaceID of the + * face. + * + * Clients are free to map face IDs to anything else. The most simple + * usage is to associate them to a (pathname,face_index) pair that is + * used to call @FT_New_Face. However, more complex schemes are also + * possible. + * + * Note that for the cache to work correctly, the face ID values must be + * *persistent*, which means that the contents they point to should not + * change at runtime, or that their value should not become invalid. + * + * If this is unavoidable (e.g., when a font is uninstalled at runtime), + * you should call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID as soon as possible, to let + * the cache get rid of any references to the old @FTC_FaceID it may + * keep internally. Failure to do so will lead to incorrect behaviour + * or even crashes. + * + * To use the cache, start with calling @FTC_Manager_New to create a new + * @FTC_Manager object, which models a single cache instance. You can + * then look up @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects with + * @FTC_Manager_LookupFace and @FTC_Manager_LookupSize, respectively. + * + * If you want to use the charmap caching, call @FTC_CMapCache_New, then + * later use @FTC_CMapCache_Lookup to perform the equivalent of + * @FT_Get_Char_Index, only much faster. + * + * If you want to use the @FT_Glyph caching, call @FTC_ImageCache, then + * later use @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup to retrieve the corresponding + * @FT_Glyph objects from the cache. + * + * If you need lots of small bitmaps, it is much more memory efficient + * to call @FTC_SBitCache_New followed by @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup. This + * returns @FTC_SBitRec structures, which are used to store small + * bitmaps directly. (A small bitmap is one whose metrics and + * dimensions all fit into 8-bit integers). + * + * We hope to also provide a kerning cache in the near future. + * + * + * <Order> + * FTC_Manager + * FTC_FaceID + * FTC_Face_Requester + * + * FTC_Manager_New + * FTC_Manager_Reset + * FTC_Manager_Done + * FTC_Manager_LookupFace + * FTC_Manager_LookupSize + * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID + * + * FTC_Node + * FTC_Node_Unref + * + * FTC_ImageCache + * FTC_ImageCache_New + * FTC_ImageCache_Lookup + * + * FTC_SBit + * FTC_SBitCache + * FTC_SBitCache_New + * FTC_SBitCache_Lookup + * + * FTC_CMapCache + * FTC_CMapCache_New + * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup + * + *************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** BASIC TYPE DEFINITIONS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: FTC_FaceID + * + * @description: + * An opaque pointer type that is used to identity face objects. The + * contents of such objects is application-dependent. + * + * These pointers are typically used to point to a user-defined + * structure containing a font file path, and face index. + * + * @note: + * Never use NULL as a valid @FTC_FaceID. + * + * Face IDs are passed by the client to the cache manager that calls, + * when needed, the @FTC_Face_Requester to translate them into new + * @FT_Face objects. + * + * If the content of a given face ID changes at runtime, or if the value + * becomes invalid (e.g., when uninstalling a font), you should + * immediately call @FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID before any other cache + * function. + * + * Failure to do so will result in incorrect behaviour or even + * memory leaks and crashes. + */ + typedef FT_Pointer FTC_FaceID; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @functype: + * FTC_Face_Requester + * + * @description: + * A callback function provided by client applications. It is used by + * the cache manager to translate a given @FTC_FaceID into a new valid + * @FT_Face object, on demand. + * + * <Input> + * face_id :: + * The face ID to resolve. + * + * library :: + * A handle to a FreeType library object. + * + * req_data :: + * Application-provided request data (see note below). + * + * <Output> + * aface :: + * A new @FT_Face handle. + * + * <Return> + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * <Note> + * The third parameter `req_data' is the same as the one passed by the + * client when @FTC_Manager_New is called. + * + * The face requester should not perform funny things on the returned + * face object, like creating a new @FT_Size for it, or setting a + * transformation through @FT_Set_Transform! + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FTC_Face_Requester)( FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Library library, + FT_Pointer req_data, + FT_Face* aface ); + + /* */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** CACHE MANAGER OBJECT *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_Manager */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This object corresponds to one instance of the cache-subsystem. */ + /* It is used to cache one or more @FT_Face objects, along with */ + /* corresponding @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* The manager intentionally limits the total number of opened */ + /* @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects to control memory usage. See the */ + /* `max_faces' and `max_sizes' parameters of @FTC_Manager_New. */ + /* */ + /* The manager is also used to cache `nodes' of various types while */ + /* limiting their total memory usage. */ + /* */ + /* All limitations are enforced by keeping lists of managed objects */ + /* in most-recently-used order, and flushing old nodes to make room */ + /* for new ones. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ManagerRec_* FTC_Manager; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_Node */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle to a cache node object. Each cache node is */ + /* reference-counted. A node with a count of~0 might be flushed */ + /* out of a full cache whenever a lookup request is performed. */ + /* */ + /* If you look up nodes, you have the ability to `acquire' them, */ + /* i.e., to increment their reference count. This will prevent the */ + /* node from being flushed out of the cache until you explicitly */ + /* `release' it (see @FTC_Node_Unref). */ + /* */ + /* See also @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup and @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_NodeRec_* FTC_Node; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: The parent FreeType library handle to use. */ + /* */ + /* max_faces :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Face objects managed by */ + /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */ + /* */ + /* max_sizes :: Maximum number of opened @FT_Size objects managed by */ + /* this cache instance. Use~0 for defaults. */ + /* */ + /* max_bytes :: Maximum number of bytes to use for cached data nodes. */ + /* Use~0 for defaults. Note that this value does not */ + /* account for managed @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects. */ + /* */ + /* requester :: An application-provided callback used to translate */ + /* face IDs into real @FT_Face objects. */ + /* */ + /* req_data :: A generic pointer that is passed to the requester */ + /* each time it is called (see @FTC_Face_Requester). */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amanager :: A handle to a new manager object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_New( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt max_faces, + FT_UInt max_sizes, + FT_ULong max_bytes, + FTC_Face_Requester requester, + FT_Pointer req_data, + FTC_Manager *amanager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_Reset */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Empty a given cache manager. This simply gets rid of all the */ + /* currently cached @FT_Face and @FT_Size objects within the manager. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the manager. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_Reset( FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given manager after emptying it. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the target cache manager object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_Done( FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_LookupFace */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the @FT_Face object that corresponds to a given face ID */ + /* through a cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* face_id :: The ID of the face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to the face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned @FT_Face object is always owned by the manager. You */ + /* should never try to discard it yourself. */ + /* */ + /* The @FT_Face object doesn't necessarily have a current size object */ + /* (i.e., face->size can be~0). If you need a specific `font size', */ + /* use @FTC_Manager_LookupSize instead. */ + /* */ + /* Never change the face's transformation matrix (i.e., never call */ + /* the @FT_Set_Transform function) on a returned face! If you need */ + /* to transform glyphs, do it yourself after glyph loading. */ + /* */ + /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */ + /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */ + /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */ + /* */ + /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */ + /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory was available */ + /* for the operation. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_LookupFace( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Face *aface ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a given character size in either */ + /* pixels or points to the cache manager. See */ + /* @FTC_Manager_LookupSize. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* face_id :: The source face ID. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The character width. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The character height. */ + /* */ + /* pixel :: A Boolean. If 1, the `width' and `height' fields are */ + /* interpreted as integer pixel character sizes. */ + /* Otherwise, they are expressed as 1/64th of points. */ + /* */ + /* x_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */ + /* horizontal resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* y_res :: Only used when `pixel' is value~0 to indicate the */ + /* vertical resolution in dpi. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This type is mainly used to retrieve @FT_Size objects through the */ + /* cache manager. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_ + { + FTC_FaceID face_id; + FT_UInt width; + FT_UInt height; + FT_Int pixel; + FT_UInt x_res; + FT_UInt y_res; + + } FTC_ScalerRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_Scaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an @FTC_ScalerRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ScalerRec_* FTC_Scaler; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Manager_LookupSize */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the @FT_Size object that corresponds to a given */ + /* @FTC_ScalerRec pointer through a cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A scaler handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* asize :: A handle to the size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned @FT_Size object is always owned by the manager. You */ + /* should never try to discard it by yourself. */ + /* */ + /* You can access the parent @FT_Face object simply as `size->face' */ + /* if you need it. Note that this object is also owned by the */ + /* manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* When you perform a lookup, out-of-memory errors are detected */ + /* _within_ the lookup and force incremental flushes of the cache */ + /* until enough memory is released for the lookup to succeed. */ + /* */ + /* If a lookup fails with `FT_Err_Out_Of_Memory' the cache has */ + /* already been completely flushed, and still no memory is available */ + /* for the operation. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_Manager_LookupSize( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_Size *asize ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_Node_Unref */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Decrement a cache node's internal reference count. When the count */ + /* reaches 0, it is not destroyed but becomes eligible for subsequent */ + /* cache flushes. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The cache node handle. */ + /* */ + /* manager :: The cache manager handle. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Node_Unref( FTC_Node node, + FTC_Manager manager ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID + * + * @description: + * A special function used to indicate to the cache manager that + * a given @FTC_FaceID is no longer valid, either because its + * content changed, or because it was deallocated or uninstalled. + * + * @input: + * manager :: + * The cache manager handle. + * + * face_id :: + * The @FTC_FaceID to be removed. + * + * @note: + * This function flushes all nodes from the cache corresponding to this + * `face_id', with the exception of nodes with a non-null reference + * count. + * + * Such nodes are however modified internally so as to never appear + * in later lookups with the same `face_id' value, and to be immediately + * destroyed when released by all their users. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FTC_Manager_RemoveFaceID( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_FaceID face_id ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cache_subsystem */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FTC_CMapCache + * + * @description: + * An opaque handle used to model a charmap cache. This cache is to + * hold character codes -> glyph indices mappings. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_CMapCacheRec_* FTC_CMapCache; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FTC_CMapCache_New + * + * @description: + * Create a new charmap cache. + * + * @input: + * manager :: + * A handle to the cache manager. + * + * @output: + * acache :: + * A new cache handle. NULL in case of error. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * Like all other caches, this one will be destroyed with the cache + * manager. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_CMapCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_CMapCache *acache ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FTC_CMapCache_Lookup + * + * @description: + * Translate a character code into a glyph index, using the charmap + * cache. + * + * @input: + * cache :: + * A charmap cache handle. + * + * face_id :: + * The source face ID. + * + * cmap_index :: + * The index of the charmap in the source face. Any negative value + * means to use the cache @FT_Face's default charmap. + * + * char_code :: + * The character code (in the corresponding charmap). + * + * @return: + * Glyph index. 0~means `no glyph'. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FTC_CMapCache_Lookup( FTC_CMapCache cache, + FTC_FaceID face_id, + FT_Int cmap_index, + FT_UInt32 char_code ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cache_subsystem */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** IMAGE CACHE OBJECT *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FTC_ImageTypeRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to model the type of images in a glyph cache. + * + * @fields: + * face_id :: + * The face ID. + * + * width :: + * The width in pixels. + * + * height :: + * The height in pixels. + * + * flags :: + * The load flags, as in @FT_Load_Glyph. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_ + { + FTC_FaceID face_id; + FT_Int width; + FT_Int height; + FT_Int32 flags; + + } FTC_ImageTypeRec; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FTC_ImageType + * + * @description: + * A handle to an @FTC_ImageTypeRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageTypeRec_* FTC_ImageType; + + + /* */ + + +#define FTC_IMAGE_TYPE_COMPARE( d1, d2 ) \ + ( (d1)->face_id == (d2)->face_id && \ + (d1)->width == (d2)->width && \ + (d1)->flags == (d2)->flags ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a glyph image cache object. They are designed to */ + /* hold many distinct glyph images while not exceeding a certain */ + /* memory threshold. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_ImageCacheRec_* FTC_ImageCache; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: The parent manager for the image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acache :: A handle to the new glyph image cache object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_ImageCache *acache ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_Lookup */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve a given glyph image from a glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* type :: A pointer to a glyph image type descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */ + /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */ + /* below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */ + /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */ + /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */ + /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */ + /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */ + /* `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_Lookup( FTC_ImageCache cache, + FTC_ImageType type, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Glyph *aglyph, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A variant of @FTC_ImageCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* to specify the face ID and its size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source glyph image cache. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A pointer to a scaler descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: The corresponding @FT_Glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* failure. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */ + /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */ + /* (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The returned glyph is owned and managed by the glyph image cache. */ + /* Never try to transform or discard it manually! You can however */ + /* create a copy with @FT_Glyph_Copy and modify the new one. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the glyph image, after increasing its reference */ + /* count. This ensures that the node (as well as the @FT_Glyph) will */ + /* always be kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to */ + /* `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the @FT_Glyph could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + /* Calls to @FT_Set_Char_Size and friends have no effect on cached */ + /* glyphs; you should always use the FreeType cache API instead. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_ImageCache_LookupScaler( FTC_ImageCache cache, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_ULong load_flags, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Glyph *aglyph, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_SBit */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. See the @FTC_SBitRec */ + /* structure for details. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_* FTC_SBit; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FTC_SBitRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A very compact structure used to describe a small glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* width :: The bitmap width in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* height :: The bitmap height in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* left :: The horizontal distance from the pen position to the */ + /* left bitmap border (a.k.a. `left side bearing', or */ + /* `lsb'). */ + /* */ + /* top :: The vertical distance from the pen position (on the */ + /* baseline) to the upper bitmap border (a.k.a. `top */ + /* side bearing'). The distance is positive for upwards */ + /* y~coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The format of the glyph bitmap (monochrome or gray). */ + /* */ + /* max_grays :: Maximum gray level value (in the range 1 to~255). */ + /* */ + /* pitch :: The number of bytes per bitmap line. May be positive */ + /* or negative. */ + /* */ + /* xadvance :: The horizontal advance width in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* yadvance :: The vertical advance height in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* buffer :: A pointer to the bitmap pixels. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitRec_ + { + FT_Byte width; + FT_Byte height; + FT_Char left; + FT_Char top; + + FT_Byte format; + FT_Byte max_grays; + FT_Short pitch; + FT_Char xadvance; + FT_Char yadvance; + + FT_Byte* buffer; + + } FTC_SBitRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a small bitmap cache. These are special cache objects */ + /* used to store small glyph bitmaps (and anti-aliased pixmaps) in a */ + /* much more efficient way than the traditional glyph image cache */ + /* implemented by @FTC_ImageCache. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FTC_SBitCacheRec_* FTC_SBitCache; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new cache to store small glyph bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* manager :: A handle to the source cache manager. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acache :: A handle to the new sbit cache. NULL in case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_New( FTC_Manager manager, + FTC_SBitCache *acache ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_Lookup */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Look up a given small glyph bitmap in a given sbit cache and */ + /* `lock' it to prevent its flushing from the cache until needed. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */ + /* */ + /* type :: A pointer to the glyph image type descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding cache */ + /* node after incrementing its reference count (see note */ + /* below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */ + /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */ + /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */ + /* treat them as persistent data. */ + /* */ + /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */ + /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */ + /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_Lookup( FTC_SBitCache cache, + FTC_ImageType type, + FT_UInt gindex, + FTC_SBit *sbit, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A variant of @FTC_SBitCache_Lookup that uses an @FTC_ScalerRec */ + /* to specify the face ID and its size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* cache :: A handle to the source sbit cache. */ + /* */ + /* scaler :: A pointer to the scaler descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* load_flags :: The corresponding load flags. */ + /* */ + /* gindex :: The glyph index. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* sbit :: A handle to a small bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* anode :: Used to return the address of of the corresponding */ + /* cache node after incrementing its reference count */ + /* (see note below). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The small bitmap descriptor and its bit buffer are owned by the */ + /* cache and should never be freed by the application. They might */ + /* as well disappear from memory on the next cache lookup, so don't */ + /* treat them as persistent data. */ + /* */ + /* The descriptor's `buffer' field is set to~0 to indicate a missing */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is _not_ NULL, it receives the address of the cache */ + /* node containing the bitmap, after increasing its reference count. */ + /* This ensures that the node (as well as the image) will always be */ + /* kept in the cache until you call @FTC_Node_Unref to `release' it. */ + /* */ + /* If `anode' is NULL, the cache node is left unchanged, which means */ + /* that the bitmap could be flushed out of the cache on the next */ + /* call to one of the caching sub-system APIs. Don't assume that it */ + /* is persistent! */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FTC_SBitCache_LookupScaler( FTC_SBitCache cache, + FTC_Scaler scaler, + FT_ULong load_flags, + FT_UInt gindex, + FTC_SBit *sbit, + FTC_Node *anode ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTCACHE_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftcffdrv.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftcffdrv.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..f7031bc883 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftcffdrv.h @@ -0,0 +1,262 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcffdrv.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for controlling the CFF driver (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2013, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTCFFDRV_H__ +#define __FTCFFDRV_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * cff_driver + * + * @title: + * The CFF driver + * + * @abstract: + * Controlling the CFF driver module. + * + * @description: + * While FreeType's CFF driver doesn't expose API functions by itself, + * it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set and + * @FT_Property_Get. The list below gives the available properties + * together with the necessary macros and structures. + * + * The CFF driver's module name is `cff'. + * + * *Hinting* *and* *antialiasing* *principles* *of* *the* *new* *engine* + * + * The rasterizer is positioning horizontal features (e.g., ascender + * height & x-height, or crossbars) on the pixel grid and minimizing the + * amount of antialiasing applied to them, while placing vertical + * features (vertical stems) on the pixel grid without hinting, thus + * representing the stem position and weight accurately. Sometimes the + * vertical stems may be only partially black. In this context, + * `antialiasing' means that stems are not positioned exactly on pixel + * borders, causing a fuzzy appearance. + * + * There are two principles behind this approach. + * + * 1) No hinting in the horizontal direction: Unlike `superhinted' + * TrueType, which changes glyph widths to accommodate regular + * inter-glyph spacing, Adobe's approach is `faithful to the design' in + * representing both the glyph width and the inter-glyph spacing + * designed for the font. This makes the screen display as close as it + * can be to the result one would get with infinite resolution, while + * preserving what is considered the key characteristics of each glyph. + * Note that the distances between unhinted and grid-fitted positions at + * small sizes are comparable to kerning values and thus would be + * noticeable (and distracting) while reading if hinting were applied. + * + * One of the reasons to not hint horizontally is antialiasing for LCD + * screens: The pixel geometry of modern displays supplies three + * vertical sub-pixels as the eye moves horizontally across each visible + * pixel. On devices where we can be certain this characteristic is + * present a rasterizer can take advantage of the sub-pixels to add + * increments of weight. In Western writing systems this turns out to + * be the more critical direction anyway; the weights and spacing of + * vertical stems (see above) are central to Armenian, Cyrillic, Greek, + * and Latin type designs. Even when the rasterizer uses greyscale + * antialiasing instead of color (a necessary compromise when one + * doesn't know the screen characteristics), the unhinted vertical + * features preserve the design's weight and spacing much better than + * aliased type would. + * + * 2) Aligment in the vertical direction: Weights and spacing along the + * y~axis are less critical; what is much more important is the visual + * alignment of related features (like cap-height and x-height). The + * sense of alignment for these is enhanced by the sharpness of grid-fit + * edges, while the cruder vertical resolution (full pixels instead of + * 1/3 pixels) is less of a problem. + * + * On the technical side, horizontal alignment zones for ascender, + * x-height, and other important height values (traditionally called + * `blue zones') as defined in the font are positioned independently, + * each being rounded to the nearest pixel edge, taking care of + * overshoot suppression at small sizes, stem darkening, and scaling. + * + * Hstems (this is, hint values defined in the font to help align + * horizontal features) that fall within a blue zone are said to be + * `captured' and are aligned to that zone. Uncaptured stems are moved + * in one of four ways, top edge up or down, bottom edge up or down. + * Unless there are conflicting hstems, the smallest movement is taken + * to minimize distortion. + * + * @order: + * hinting-engine + * no-stem-darkening + * darkening-parameters + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * hinting-engine + * + * @description: + * Thanks to Adobe, which contributed a new hinting (and parsing) + * engine, an application can select between `freetype' and `adobe' if + * compiled with CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE. If this configuration + * macro isn't defined, `hinting-engine' does nothing. + * + * The default engine is `freetype' if CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_OLD_ENGINE is + * defined, and `adobe' otherwise. + * + * The following example code demonstrates how to select Adobe's hinting + * engine (omitting the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_UInt hinting_engine = FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff", + * "hinting-engine", &hinting_engine ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_CFF_HINTING_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used for the @hinting-engine property to select + * the hinting engine for CFF fonts. + * + * @values: + * FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE :: + * Use the old FreeType hinting engine. + * + * FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE :: + * Use the hinting engine contributed by Adobe. + * + */ +#define FT_CFF_HINTING_FREETYPE 0 +#define FT_CFF_HINTING_ADOBE 1 + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * no-stem-darkening + * + * @description: + * By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems at smaller sizes, + * regardless of hinting, to enhance contrast. This feature requires + * a rendering system with proper gamma correction. Setting this + * property, stem darkening gets switched off. + * + * Note that stem darkening is never applied if @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE is set. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Bool no_stem_darkening = TRUE; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff", + * "no-stem-darkening", &no_stem_darkening ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * darkening-parameters + * + * @description: + * By default, the Adobe CFF engine darkens stems as follows (if the + * `no-stem-darkening' property isn't set): + * + * { + * stem width <= 0.5px: darkening amount = 0.4px + * stem width = 1px: darkening amount = 0.275px + * stem width = 1.667px: darkening amount = 0.275px + * stem width >= 2.333px: darkening amount = 0px + * } + * + * and piecewise linear in-between. At configuration time, these four + * control points can be set with the macro + * `CFF_CONFIG_OPTION_DARKENING_PARAMETERS'. At runtime, the control + * points can be changed using the `darkening-parameters' property, as + * the following example demonstrates. + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Int darken_params[8] = { 500, 300, // x1, y1 + * 1000, 200, // x2, y2 + * 1500, 100, // x3, y3 + * 2000, 0 }; // x4, y4 + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "cff", + * "darkening-parameters", darken_params ); + * } + * + * The x~values give the stem width, and the y~values the darkening + * amount. The unit is 1000th of pixels. All coordinate values must be + * positive; the x~values must be monotonically increasing; the + * y~values must be monotonically decreasing and smaller than or + * equal to 500 (corresponding to half a pixel); the slope of each + * linear piece must be shallower than -1 (e.g., -.4). + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* __FTCFFDRV_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftchapters.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftchapters.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..d333761c81 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftchapters.h @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* This file defines the structure of the FreeType reference. */ +/* It is used by the python script that generates the HTML files. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* general_remarks */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* General Remarks */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* header_inclusion */ +/* user_allocation */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* core_api */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Core API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* version */ +/* basic_types */ +/* base_interface */ +/* glyph_variants */ +/* glyph_management */ +/* mac_specific */ +/* sizes_management */ +/* header_file_macros */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* format_specific */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Format-Specific API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* multiple_masters */ +/* truetype_tables */ +/* type1_tables */ +/* sfnt_names */ +/* bdf_fonts */ +/* cid_fonts */ +/* pfr_fonts */ +/* winfnt_fonts */ +/* font_formats */ +/* gasp_table */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* module_specific */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Controlling FreeType Modules */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* auto_hinter */ +/* cff_driver */ +/* tt_driver */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* cache_subsystem */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Cache Sub-System */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* cache_subsystem */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* <Chapter> */ +/* support_api */ +/* */ +/* <Title> */ +/* Support API */ +/* */ +/* <Sections> */ +/* computations */ +/* list_processing */ +/* outline_processing */ +/* quick_advance */ +/* bitmap_handling */ +/* raster */ +/* glyph_stroker */ +/* system_interface */ +/* module_management */ +/* gzip */ +/* lzw */ +/* bzip2 */ +/* lcd_filtering */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftcid.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftcid.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..17550d87b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftcid.h @@ -0,0 +1,167 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftcid.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing CID font information (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2007, 2009 by Dereg Clegg, Michael Toftdal. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTCID_H__ +#define __FTCID_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* cid_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* CID Fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* CID-keyed font specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of CID-keyed font specific */ + /* functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the Registry/Ordering/Supplement triple (also known as the + * "R/O/S") from a CID-keyed font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * registry :: + * The registry, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * ordering :: + * The ordering, as a C~string, owned by the face. + * + * supplement :: + * The supplement. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.6 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_Registry_Ordering_Supplement( FT_Face face, + const char* *registry, + const char* *ordering, + FT_Int *supplement); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the type of the input face, CID keyed or not. In + * constrast to the @FT_IS_CID_KEYED macro this function returns + * successfully also for CID-keyed fonts in an SNFT wrapper. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * is_cid :: + * The type of the face as an @FT_Bool. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, + * returning an error otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.9 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_Is_Internally_CID_Keyed( FT_Face face, + FT_Bool *is_cid ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the CID of the input glyph index. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * glyph_index :: + * The input glyph index. + * + * @output: + * cid :: + * The CID as an @FT_UInt. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with CID faces and OpenType fonts, + * returning an error otherwise. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.9 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_CID_From_Glyph_Index( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_UInt *cid ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTCID_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fterrdef.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fterrdef.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..99b2fadec6 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fterrdef.h @@ -0,0 +1,249 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fterrdef.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType error codes (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2010-2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** LIST OF ERROR CODES/MESSAGES *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + + /* You need to define both FT_ERRORDEF_ and FT_NOERRORDEF_ before */ + /* including this file. */ + + + /* generic errors */ + + FT_NOERRORDEF_( Ok, 0x00, + "no error" ) + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Resource, 0x01, + "cannot open resource" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unknown_File_Format, 0x02, + "unknown file format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_File_Format, 0x03, + "broken file" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Version, 0x04, + "invalid FreeType version" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Lower_Module_Version, 0x05, + "module version is too low" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Argument, 0x06, + "invalid argument" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unimplemented_Feature, 0x07, + "unimplemented feature" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Table, 0x08, + "broken table" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Offset, 0x09, + "broken offset within table" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Array_Too_Large, 0x0A, + "array allocation size too large" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Module, 0x0B, + "missing module" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Property, 0x0C, + "missing property" ) + + /* glyph/character errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Index, 0x10, + "invalid glyph index" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Character_Code, 0x11, + "invalid character code" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Glyph_Format, 0x12, + "unsupported glyph image format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Render_Glyph, 0x13, + "cannot render this glyph format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Outline, 0x14, + "invalid outline" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Composite, 0x15, + "invalid composite glyph" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Hints, 0x16, + "too many hints" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Pixel_Size, 0x17, + "invalid pixel size" ) + + /* handle errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Handle, 0x20, + "invalid object handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Library_Handle, 0x21, + "invalid library handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Driver_Handle, 0x22, + "invalid module handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Face_Handle, 0x23, + "invalid face handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Size_Handle, 0x24, + "invalid size handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Slot_Handle, 0x25, + "invalid glyph slot handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Handle, 0x26, + "invalid charmap handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Cache_Handle, 0x27, + "invalid cache manager handle" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Handle, 0x28, + "invalid stream handle" ) + + /* driver errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Drivers, 0x30, + "too many modules" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Extensions, 0x31, + "too many extensions" ) + + /* memory errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Out_Of_Memory, 0x40, + "out of memory" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Unlisted_Object, 0x41, + "unlisted object" ) + + /* stream errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Cannot_Open_Stream, 0x51, + "cannot open stream" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Seek, 0x52, + "invalid stream seek" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Skip, 0x53, + "invalid stream skip" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Read, 0x54, + "invalid stream read" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Stream_Operation, 0x55, + "invalid stream operation" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Operation, 0x56, + "invalid frame operation" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_Frame_Access, 0x57, + "nested frame access" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Frame_Read, 0x58, + "invalid frame read" ) + + /* raster errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Uninitialized, 0x60, + "raster uninitialized" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Corrupted, 0x61, + "raster corrupted" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Overflow, 0x62, + "raster overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Raster_Negative_Height, 0x63, + "negative height while rastering" ) + + /* cache errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Caches, 0x70, + "too many registered caches" ) + + /* TrueType and SFNT errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Opcode, 0x80, + "invalid opcode" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Few_Arguments, 0x81, + "too few arguments" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Overflow, 0x82, + "stack overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Code_Overflow, 0x83, + "code overflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Bad_Argument, 0x84, + "bad argument" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Divide_By_Zero, 0x85, + "division by zero" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Reference, 0x86, + "invalid reference" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Debug_OpCode, 0x87, + "found debug opcode" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( ENDF_In_Exec_Stream, 0x88, + "found ENDF opcode in execution stream" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Nested_DEFS, 0x89, + "nested DEFS" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CodeRange, 0x8A, + "invalid code range" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Execution_Too_Long, 0x8B, + "execution context too long" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Function_Defs, 0x8C, + "too many function definitions" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Too_Many_Instruction_Defs, 0x8D, + "too many instruction definitions" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Table_Missing, 0x8E, + "SFNT font table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Horiz_Header_Missing, 0x8F, + "horizontal header (hhea) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Locations_Missing, 0x90, + "locations (loca) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Name_Table_Missing, 0x91, + "name table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( CMap_Table_Missing, 0x92, + "character map (cmap) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Hmtx_Table_Missing, 0x93, + "horizontal metrics (hmtx) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Post_Table_Missing, 0x94, + "PostScript (post) table missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Horiz_Metrics, 0x95, + "invalid horizontal metrics" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_CharMap_Format, 0x96, + "invalid character map (cmap) format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_PPem, 0x97, + "invalid ppem value" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Vert_Metrics, 0x98, + "invalid vertical metrics" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Could_Not_Find_Context, 0x99, + "could not find context" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table_Format, 0x9A, + "invalid PostScript (post) table format" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Invalid_Post_Table, 0x9B, + "invalid PostScript (post) table" ) + + /* CFF, CID, and Type 1 errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Syntax_Error, 0xA0, + "opcode syntax error" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Stack_Underflow, 0xA1, + "argument stack underflow" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Ignore, 0xA2, + "ignore" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( No_Unicode_Glyph_Name, 0xA3, + "no Unicode glyph name found" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Glyph_Too_Big, 0xA4, + "glyph to big for hinting" ) + + /* BDF errors */ + + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startfont_Field, 0xB0, + "`STARTFONT' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Font_Field, 0xB1, + "`FONT' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Size_Field, 0xB2, + "`SIZE' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Fontboundingbox_Field, 0xB3, + "`FONTBOUNDINGBOX' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Chars_Field, 0xB4, + "`CHARS' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Startchar_Field, 0xB5, + "`STARTCHAR' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Encoding_Field, 0xB6, + "`ENCODING' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Missing_Bbx_Field, 0xB7, + "`BBX' field missing" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Bbx_Too_Big, 0xB8, + "`BBX' too big" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Header, 0xB9, + "Font header corrupted or missing fields" ) + FT_ERRORDEF_( Corrupted_Font_Glyphs, 0xBA, + "Font glyphs corrupted or missing fields" ) + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fterrors.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fterrors.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..0fa3e4dce1 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fterrors.h @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fterrors.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType error code handling (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2007, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This special header file is used to define the handling of FT2 */ + /* enumeration constants. It can also be used to generate error message */ + /* strings with a small macro trick explained below. */ + /* */ + /* I - Error Formats */ + /* ----------------- */ + /* */ + /* The configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS can be */ + /* defined in ftoption.h in order to make the higher byte indicate */ + /* the module where the error has happened (this is not compatible */ + /* with standard builds of FreeType 2). See the file `ftmoderr.h' for */ + /* more details. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* II - Error Message strings */ + /* -------------------------- */ + /* */ + /* The error definitions below are made through special macros that */ + /* allow client applications to build a table of error message strings */ + /* if they need it. The strings are not included in a normal build of */ + /* FreeType 2 to save space (most client applications do not use */ + /* them). */ + /* */ + /* To do so, you have to define the following macros before including */ + /* this file: */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERROR_START_LIST :: */ + /* This macro is called before anything else to define the start of */ + /* the error list. It is followed by several FT_ERROR_DEF calls */ + /* (see below). */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERROR_DEF( e, v, s ) :: */ + /* This macro is called to define one single error. */ + /* `e' is the error code identifier (e.g. FT_Err_Invalid_Argument). */ + /* `v' is the error numerical value. */ + /* `s' is the corresponding error string. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERROR_END_LIST :: */ + /* This macro ends the list. */ + /* */ + /* Additionally, you have to undefine __FTERRORS_H__ before #including */ + /* this file. */ + /* */ + /* Here is a simple example: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #undef __FTERRORS_H__ */ + /* #define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) { e, s }, */ + /* #define FT_ERROR_START_LIST { */ + /* #define FT_ERROR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */ + /* */ + /* const struct */ + /* { */ + /* int err_code; */ + /* const char* err_msg; */ + /* } ft_errors[] = */ + /* */ + /* #include FT_ERRORS_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTERRORS_H__ +#define __FTERRORS_H__ + + + /* include module base error codes */ +#include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SETUP MACROS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + + + /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is used as a prefix for error identifiers. */ + /* By default, we use `FT_Err_'. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_ERR_PREFIX +#define FT_ERR_PREFIX FT_Err_ +#endif + + + /* FT_ERR_BASE is used as the base for module-specific errors. */ + /* */ +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS + +#ifndef FT_ERR_BASE +#define FT_ERR_BASE FT_Mod_Err_Base +#endif + +#else + +#undef FT_ERR_BASE +#define FT_ERR_BASE 0 + +#endif /* FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS */ + + + /* If FT_ERRORDEF is not defined, we need to define a simple */ + /* enumeration type. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_ERRORDEF + +#define FT_ERRORDEF( e, v, s ) e = v, +#define FT_ERROR_START_LIST enum { +#define FT_ERROR_END_LIST FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, Max ) }; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + extern "C" { +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_ERRORDEF */ + + + /* this macro is used to define an error */ +#define FT_ERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \ + FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v + FT_ERR_BASE, s ) + + /* this is only used for <module>_Err_Ok, which must be 0! */ +#define FT_NOERRORDEF_( e, v, s ) \ + FT_ERRORDEF( FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ), v, s ) + + +#ifdef FT_ERROR_START_LIST + FT_ERROR_START_LIST +#endif + + + /* now include the error codes */ +#include FT_ERROR_DEFINITIONS_H + + +#ifdef FT_ERROR_END_LIST + FT_ERROR_END_LIST +#endif + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SIMPLE CLEANUP *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + +#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + } +#endif + +#undef FT_ERROR_START_LIST +#undef FT_ERROR_END_LIST + +#undef FT_ERRORDEF +#undef FT_ERRORDEF_ +#undef FT_NOERRORDEF_ + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C +#undef FT_ERR_BASE + + /* FT_ERR_PREFIX is needed internally */ +#ifndef FT2_BUILD_LIBRARY +#undef FT_ERR_PREFIX +#endif + +#endif /* __FTERRORS_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftgasp.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftgasp.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..3f3d765467 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftgasp.h @@ -0,0 +1,129 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgasp.h */ +/* */ +/* Access of TrueType's `gasp' table (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2007, 2008, 2011 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef _FT_GASP_H_ +#define _FT_GASP_H_ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * gasp_table + * + * @title: + * Gasp Table + * + * @abstract: + * Retrieving TrueType `gasp' table entries. + * + * @description: + * The function @FT_Get_Gasp can be used to query a TrueType or OpenType + * font for specific entries in its `gasp' table, if any. This is + * mainly useful when implementing native TrueType hinting with the + * bytecode interpreter to duplicate the Windows text rendering results. + */ + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_GASP_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of values and/or bit-flags returned by the @FT_Get_Gasp + * function. + * + * @values: + * FT_GASP_NO_TABLE :: + * This special value means that there is no GASP table in this face. + * It is up to the client to decide what to do. + * + * FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT :: + * Grid-fitting and hinting should be performed at the specified ppem. + * This *really* means TrueType bytecode interpretation. If this bit + * is not set, no hinting gets applied. + * + * FT_GASP_DO_GRAY :: + * Anti-aliased rendering should be performed at the specified ppem. + * If not set, do monochrome rendering. + * + * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING :: + * If set, smoothing along multiple axes must be used with ClearType. + * + * FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT :: + * Grid-fitting must be used with ClearType's symmetric smoothing. + * + * @note: + * The bit-flags `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are to be + * used for standard font rasterization only. Independently of that, + * `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING' and `FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT' are to + * be used if ClearType is enabled (and `FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT' and + * `FT_GASP_DO_GRAY' are consequently ignored). + * + * `ClearType' is Microsoft's implementation of LCD rendering, partly + * protected by patents. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ +#define FT_GASP_NO_TABLE -1 +#define FT_GASP_DO_GRIDFIT 0x01 +#define FT_GASP_DO_GRAY 0x02 +#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_SMOOTHING 0x08 +#define FT_GASP_SYMMETRIC_GRIDFIT 0x10 + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_Gasp + * + * @description: + * Read the `gasp' table from a TrueType or OpenType font file and + * return the entry corresponding to a given character pixel size. + * + * @input: + * face :: The source face handle. + * ppem :: The vertical character pixel size. + * + * @return: + * Bit flags (see @FT_GASP_XXX), or @FT_GASP_NO_TABLE if there is no + * `gasp' table in the face. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Get_Gasp( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt ppem ); + + /* */ + + +#endif /* _FT_GASP_H_ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftglyph.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftglyph.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..15fa6a9950 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftglyph.h @@ -0,0 +1,605 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftglyph.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType convenience functions to handle glyphs (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2013, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file contains the definition of several convenience functions */ + /* that can be used by client applications to easily retrieve glyph */ + /* bitmaps and outlines from a given face. */ + /* */ + /* These functions should be optional if you are writing a font server */ + /* or text layout engine on top of FreeType. However, they are pretty */ + /* handy for many other simple uses of the library. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTGLYPH_H__ +#define __FTGLYPH_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* glyph_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Glyph Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Generic interface to manage individual glyph data. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains definitions used to manage glyph data */ + /* through generic FT_Glyph objects. Each of them can contain a */ + /* bitmap, a vector outline, or even images in other formats. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* forward declaration to a private type */ + typedef struct FT_Glyph_Class_ FT_Glyph_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Handle to an object used to model generic glyph images. It is a */ + /* pointer to the @FT_GlyphRec structure and can contain a glyph */ + /* bitmap or pointer. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Glyph objects are not owned by the library. You must thus release */ + /* them manually (through @FT_Done_Glyph) _before_ calling */ + /* @FT_Done_FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_* FT_Glyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_GlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The root glyph structure contains a given glyph image plus its */ + /* advance width in 16.16 fixed-point format. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* library :: A handle to the FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* clazz :: A pointer to the glyph's class. Private. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The format of the glyph's image. */ + /* */ + /* advance :: A 16.16 vector that gives the glyph's advance width. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_GlyphRec_ + { + FT_Library library; + const FT_Glyph_Class* clazz; + FT_Glyph_Format format; + FT_Vector advance; + + } FT_GlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model a bitmap glyph image. This is */ + /* a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_BitmapGlyphRec. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_* FT_BitmapGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used for bitmap glyph images. This really is a */ + /* `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */ + /* */ + /* left :: The left-side bearing, i.e., the horizontal distance */ + /* from the current pen position to the left border of the */ + /* glyph bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* top :: The top-side bearing, i.e., the vertical distance from */ + /* the current pen position to the top border of the glyph */ + /* bitmap. This distance is positive for upwards~y! */ + /* */ + /* bitmap :: A descriptor for the bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_BitmapGlyph if you have */ + /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP'. This lets you access */ + /* the bitmap's contents easily. */ + /* */ + /* The corresponding pixel buffer is always owned by @FT_BitmapGlyph */ + /* and is thus created and destroyed with it. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BitmapGlyphRec_ + { + FT_GlyphRec root; + FT_Int left; + FT_Int top; + FT_Bitmap bitmap; + + } FT_BitmapGlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_OutlineGlyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an object used to model an outline glyph image. This */ + /* is a sub-class of @FT_Glyph, and a pointer to @FT_OutlineGlyphRec. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_* FT_OutlineGlyph; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_OutlineGlyphRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used for outline (vectorial) glyph images. This */ + /* really is a `sub-class' of @FT_GlyphRec. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Glyph fields. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A descriptor for the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can typecast an @FT_Glyph to @FT_OutlineGlyph if you have */ + /* `glyph->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE'. This lets you access */ + /* the outline's content easily. */ + /* */ + /* As the outline is extracted from a glyph slot, its coordinates are */ + /* expressed normally in 26.6 pixels, unless the flag */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE was used in @FT_Load_Glyph() or @FT_Load_Char(). */ + /* */ + /* The outline's tables are always owned by the object and are */ + /* destroyed with it. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_OutlineGlyphRec_ + { + FT_GlyphRec root; + FT_Outline outline; + + } FT_OutlineGlyphRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to extract a glyph image from a slot. Note that */ + /* the created @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* slot :: A handle to the source glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aglyph :: A handle to the glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Glyph( FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_Glyph *aglyph ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to copy a glyph image. Note that the created */ + /* @FT_Glyph object must be released with @FT_Done_Glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* source :: A handle to the source glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target glyph object. 0~in case of */ + /* error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Copy( FT_Glyph source, + FT_Glyph *target ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Transform a glyph image if its format is scalable. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to a 2x2 matrix to apply. */ + /* */ + /* delta :: A pointer to a 2d vector to apply. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in 1/64th of a pixel. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code (if not 0, the glyph format is not scalable). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The 2x2 transformation matrix is also applied to the glyph's */ + /* advance vector. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Transform( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_Matrix* matrix, + FT_Vector* delta ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The mode how the values of @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox are returned. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED :: */ + /* Return unscaled font units. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS :: */ + /* Return unfitted 26.6 coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT :: */ + /* Return grid-fitted 26.6 coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE :: */ + /* Return coordinates in integer pixels. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS :: */ + /* Return grid-fitted pixel coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode_ + { + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED = 0, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS = 0, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT = 1, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE = 2, + FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS = 3 + + } FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Glyph_BBox_Mode' values instead */ +#define ft_glyph_bbox_unscaled FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED +#define ft_glyph_bbox_subpixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS +#define ft_glyph_bbox_gridfit FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT +#define ft_glyph_bbox_truncate FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE +#define ft_glyph_bbox_pixels FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Get_CBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a glyph's `control box'. The control box encloses all the */ + /* outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */ + /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */ + /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */ + /* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */ + /* */ + /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */ + /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */ + /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */ + /* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the source glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* mode :: The mode that indicates how to interpret the returned */ + /* bounding box values. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acbox :: The glyph coordinate bounding box. Coordinates are */ + /* expressed in 1/64th of pixels if it is grid-fitted. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Coordinates are relative to the glyph origin, using the y~upwards */ + /* convention. */ + /* */ + /* If the glyph has been loaded with @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, `bbox_mode' */ + /* must be set to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_UNSCALED to get unscaled font */ + /* units in 26.6 pixel format. The value @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_SUBPIXELS */ + /* is another name for this constant. */ + /* */ + /* If the font is tricky and the glyph has been loaded with */ + /* @FT_LOAD_NO_SCALE, the resulting CBox is meaningless. To get */ + /* reasonable values for the CBox it is necessary to load the glyph */ + /* at a large ppem value (so that the hinting instructions can */ + /* properly shift and scale the subglyphs), then extracting the CBox, */ + /* which can be eventually converted back to font units. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the maximum coordinates are exclusive, which means that */ + /* one can compute the width and height of the glyph image (be it in */ + /* integer or 26.6 pixels) as: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* width = bbox.xMax - bbox.xMin; */ + /* height = bbox.yMax - bbox.yMin; */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note also that for 26.6 coordinates, if `bbox_mode' is set to */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_GRIDFIT, the coordinates will also be grid-fitted, */ + /* which corresponds to: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* bbox.xMin = FLOOR(bbox.xMin); */ + /* bbox.yMin = FLOOR(bbox.yMin); */ + /* bbox.xMax = CEILING(bbox.xMax); */ + /* bbox.yMax = CEILING(bbox.yMax); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* To get the bbox in pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' to */ + /* @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_TRUNCATE. */ + /* */ + /* To get the bbox in grid-fitted pixel coordinates, set `bbox_mode' */ + /* to @FT_GLYPH_BBOX_PIXELS. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Glyph_Get_CBox( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_UInt bbox_mode, + FT_BBox *acbox ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Convert a given glyph object to a bitmap glyph object. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* the_glyph :: A pointer to a handle to the target glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* render_mode :: An enumeration that describes how the data is */ + /* rendered. */ + /* */ + /* origin :: A pointer to a vector used to translate the glyph */ + /* image before rendering. Can be~0 (if no */ + /* translation). The origin is expressed in */ + /* 26.6 pixels. */ + /* */ + /* destroy :: A boolean that indicates that the original glyph */ + /* image should be destroyed by this function. It is */ + /* never destroyed in case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function does nothing if the glyph format isn't scalable. */ + /* */ + /* The glyph image is translated with the `origin' vector before */ + /* rendering. */ + /* */ + /* The first parameter is a pointer to an @FT_Glyph handle, that will */ + /* be _replaced_ by this function (with newly allocated data). */ + /* Typically, you would use (omitting error handling): */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph glyph; */ + /* FT_BitmapGlyph glyph_bitmap; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* // load glyph */ + /* error = FT_Load_Char( face, glyph_index, FT_LOAD_DEFAUT ); */ + /* */ + /* // extract glyph image */ + /* error = FT_Get_Glyph( face->glyph, &glyph ); */ + /* */ + /* // convert to a bitmap (default render mode + destroying old) */ + /* if ( glyph->format != FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP ) */ + /* { */ + /* error = FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &glyph, FT_RENDER_MODE_NORMAL, */ + /* 0, 1 ); */ + /* if ( error ) // `glyph' unchanged */ + /* ... */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* // access bitmap content by typecasting */ + /* glyph_bitmap = (FT_BitmapGlyph)glyph; */ + /* */ + /* // do funny stuff with it, like blitting/drawing */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* // discard glyph image (bitmap or not) */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyph ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Here another example, again without error handling: */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph glyphs[MAX_GLYPHS] */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* error = FT_Load_Glyph( face, idx, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ) || */ + /* FT_Get_Glyph ( face->glyph, &glyph[idx] ); */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Glyph bitmap = glyphs[idx]; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* // after this call, `bitmap' no longer points into */ + /* // the `glyphs' array (and the old value isn't destroyed) */ + /* FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( &bitmap, FT_RENDER_MODE_MONO, 0, 0 ); */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( bitmap ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* for ( idx = 0; i < MAX_GLYPHS; i++ ) */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph( glyphs[idx] ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_To_Bitmap( FT_Glyph* the_glyph, + FT_Render_Mode render_mode, + FT_Vector* origin, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Glyph */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy a given glyph. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* glyph :: A handle to the target glyph object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Done_Glyph( FT_Glyph glyph ); + + /* */ + + + /* other helpful functions */ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Matrix_Multiply */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Perform the matrix operation `b = a*b'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* a :: A pointer to matrix `a'. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* b :: A pointer to matrix `b'. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The result is undefined if either `a' or `b' is zero. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Matrix_Multiply( const FT_Matrix* a, + FT_Matrix* b ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Matrix_Invert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Invert a 2x2 matrix. Return an error if it can't be inverted. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the target matrix. Remains untouched in */ + /* case of error. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Matrix_Invert( FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTGLYPH_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftgxval.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftgxval.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..88c3d93750 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftgxval.h @@ -0,0 +1,357 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgxval.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for validating TrueTypeGX/AAT tables (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004-2006, 2013 by */ +/* Masatake YAMATO, Redhat K.K, */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* gxvalid is derived from both gxlayout module and otvalid module. */ +/* Development of gxlayout is supported by the Information-technology */ +/* Promotion Agency(IPA), Japan. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTGXVAL_H__ +#define __FTGXVAL_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* gx_validation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* TrueTypeGX/AAT Validation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* An API to validate TrueTypeGX/AAT tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */ + /* some TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, opbd, */ + /* trak, prop, lcar). */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate */ + /* FT_TrueTypeGX_Free */ + /* */ + /* FT_ClassicKern_Validate */ + /* FT_ClassicKern_Free */ + /* */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* */ + /* Warning: Use FT_VALIDATE_XXX to validate a table. */ + /* Following definitions are for gxvalid developers. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + +#define FT_VALIDATE_feat_INDEX 0 +#define FT_VALIDATE_mort_INDEX 1 +#define FT_VALIDATE_morx_INDEX 2 +#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln_INDEX 3 +#define FT_VALIDATE_just_INDEX 4 +#define FT_VALIDATE_kern_INDEX 5 +#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd_INDEX 6 +#define FT_VALIDATE_trak_INDEX 7 +#define FT_VALIDATE_prop_INDEX 8 +#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX 9 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX FT_VALIDATE_lcar_INDEX + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH + * + * @description: + * The number of tables checked in this module. Use it as a parameter + * for the `table-length' argument of function @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate. + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH (FT_VALIDATE_GX_LAST_INDEX + 1) + + /* */ + + /* Up to 0x1000 is used by otvalid. + Ox2xxx is reserved for feature OT extension. */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_START 0x4000 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( tag ) \ + ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << FT_VALIDATE_##tag##_INDEX ) + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate to + * indicate which TrueTypeGX/AAT Type tables should be validated. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_feat :: + * Validate `feat' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_mort :: + * Validate `mort' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_morx :: + * Validate `morx' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_bsln :: + * Validate `bsln' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_just :: + * Validate `just' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_kern :: + * Validate `kern' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_opbd :: + * Validate `opbd' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_trak :: + * Validate `trak' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_prop :: + * Validate `prop' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_lcar :: + * Validate `lcar' table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GX :: + * Validate all TrueTypeGX tables (feat, mort, morx, bsln, just, kern, + * opbd, trak, prop and lcar). + * + */ + +#define FT_VALIDATE_feat FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( feat ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_mort FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( mort ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_morx FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( morx ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_bsln FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( bsln ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_just FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( just ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_kern FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( kern ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_opbd FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( opbd ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_trak FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( trak ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_prop FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( prop ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_lcar FT_VALIDATE_GX_BITFIELD( lcar ) + +#define FT_VALIDATE_GX ( FT_VALIDATE_feat | \ + FT_VALIDATE_mort | \ + FT_VALIDATE_morx | \ + FT_VALIDATE_bsln | \ + FT_VALIDATE_just | \ + FT_VALIDATE_kern | \ + FT_VALIDATE_opbd | \ + FT_VALIDATE_trak | \ + FT_VALIDATE_prop | \ + FT_VALIDATE_lcar ) + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate various TrueTypeGX tables to assure that all offsets and + * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without + * error checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_GXXXX for possible values. + * + * table_length :: + * The size of the `tables' array. Normally, @FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH + * should be passed. + * + * @output: + * tables :: + * The array where all validated sfnt tables are stored. + * The array itself must be allocated by a client. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with TrueTypeGX fonts, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by + * each `tables' element, by calling @FT_TrueTypeGX_Free. A NULL value + * indicates that the table either doesn't exist in the font, the + * application hasn't asked for validation, or the validator doesn't have + * the ability to validate the sfnt table. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes tables[FT_VALIDATE_GX_LENGTH], + FT_UInt table_length ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_TrueTypeGX_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by TrueTypeGX validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer allocated by + * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_TrueTypeGX_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_ClassicKern_Validate + * to indicate the classic kern dialect or dialects. If the selected + * type doesn't fit, @FT_ClassicKern_Validate regards the table as + * invalid. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_MS :: + * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Microsoft kern table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_APPLE :: + * Handle the `kern' table as a classic Apple kern table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_CKERN :: + * Handle the `kern' as either classic Apple or Microsoft kern table. + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_MS ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 0 ) +#define FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ( FT_VALIDATE_GX_START << 1 ) + +#define FT_VALIDATE_CKERN ( FT_VALIDATE_MS | FT_VALIDATE_APPLE ) + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_ClassicKern_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate classic (16-bit format) kern table to assure that the offsets + * and indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without error + * checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * The `kern' table validator in @FT_TrueTypeGX_Validate deals with both + * the new 32-bit format and the classic 16-bit format, while + * FT_ClassicKern_Validate only supports the classic 16-bit format. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field that specifies the dialect to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_CKERNXXX for possible values. + * + * @output: + * ckern_table :: + * A pointer to the kern table. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * After use, the application should deallocate the buffers pointed to by + * `ckern_table', by calling @FT_ClassicKern_Free. A NULL value + * indicates that the table doesn't exist in the font. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_ClassicKern_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes *ckern_table ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_ClassicKern_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by classic Kern validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by + * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_ClassicKern_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_ClassicKern_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTGXVAL_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftgzip.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftgzip.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..eb346c6dc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftgzip.h @@ -0,0 +1,148 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftgzip.h */ +/* */ +/* Gzip-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2004, 2006, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTGZIP_H__ +#define __FTGZIP_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* gzip */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* GZIP Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using gzip-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Gzip-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenGzip + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse gzip-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.gz' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: + * The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream. + * + * In certain builds of the library, gzip compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a gzipped stream from + * it and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenGzip( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Gzip_Uncompress + * + * @description: + * Decompress a zipped input buffer into an output buffer. This function + * is modeled after zlib's `uncompress' function. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A FreeType memory handle. + * + * input :: + * The input buffer. + * + * input_len :: + * The length of the input buffer. + * + * @output: + * output:: + * The output buffer. + * + * @inout: + * output_len :: + * Before calling the function, this is the the total size of the + * output buffer, which must be large enough to hold the entire + * uncompressed data (so the size of the uncompressed data must be + * known in advance). After calling the function, `output_len' is the + * size of the used data in `output'. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with zlib support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Gzip_Uncompress( FT_Memory memory, + FT_Byte* output, + FT_ULong* output_len, + const FT_Byte* input, + FT_ULong input_len ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTGZIP_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftimage.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftimage.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..2f7ca2aaf5 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftimage.h @@ -0,0 +1,1220 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftimage.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType glyph image formats and default raster interface */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2010, 2013, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Note: A `raster' is simply a scan-line converter, used to render */ + /* FT_Outlines into FT_Bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTIMAGE_H__ +#define __FTIMAGE_H__ + + + /* _STANDALONE_ is from ftgrays.c */ +#ifndef _STANDALONE_ +#include <ft2build.h> +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Pos */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The type FT_Pos is used to store vectorial coordinates. Depending */ + /* on the context, these can represent distances in integer font */ + /* units, or 16.16, or 26.6 fixed-point pixel coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Pos; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Vector */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector; coordinates are of */ + /* the FT_Pos type. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: The horizontal coordinate. */ + /* y :: The vertical coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Vector_ + { + FT_Pos x; + FT_Pos y; + + } FT_Vector; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_BBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold an outline's bounding box, i.e., the */ + /* coordinates of its extrema in the horizontal and vertical */ + /* directions. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* xMin :: The horizontal minimum (left-most). */ + /* */ + /* yMin :: The vertical minimum (bottom-most). */ + /* */ + /* xMax :: The horizontal maximum (right-most). */ + /* */ + /* yMax :: The vertical maximum (top-most). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The bounding box is specified with the coordinates of the lower */ + /* left and the upper right corner. In PostScript, those values are */ + /* often called (llx,lly) and (urx,ury), respectively. */ + /* */ + /* If `yMin' is negative, this value gives the glyph's descender. */ + /* Otherwise, the glyph doesn't descend below the baseline. */ + /* Similarly, if `ymax' is positive, this value gives the glyph's */ + /* ascender. */ + /* */ + /* `xMin' gives the horizontal distance from the glyph's origin to */ + /* the left edge of the glyph's bounding box. If `xMin' is negative, */ + /* the glyph extends to the left of the origin. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_BBox_ + { + FT_Pos xMin, yMin; + FT_Pos xMax, yMax; + + } FT_BBox; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Pixel_Mode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of pixels in a */ + /* given bitmap. Note that additional formats may be added in the */ + /* future. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE :: */ + /* Value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO :: */ + /* A monochrome bitmap, using 1~bit per pixel. Note that pixels */ + /* are stored in most-significant order (MSB), which means that */ + /* the left-most pixel in a byte has value 128. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, generally used to represent anti-aliased glyph */ + /* images. Each pixel is stored in one byte. Note that the number */ + /* of `gray' levels is stored in the `num_grays' field of the */ + /* @FT_Bitmap structure (it generally is 256). */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 :: */ + /* A 2-bit per pixel bitmap, used to represent embedded */ + /* anti-aliased bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType */ + /* specification. We haven't found a single font using this */ + /* format, however. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 :: */ + /* A 4-bit per pixel bitmap, representing embedded anti-aliased */ + /* bitmaps in font files according to the OpenType specification. */ + /* We haven't found a single font using this format, however. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */ + /* used for display on LCD displays; the bitmap is three times */ + /* wider than the original glyph image. See also */ + /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V :: */ + /* An 8-bit bitmap, representing RGB or BGR decimated glyph images */ + /* used for display on rotated LCD displays; the bitmap is three */ + /* times taller than the original glyph image. See also */ + /* @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V. */ + /* */ + /* FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA :: */ + /* An image with four 8-bit channels per pixel, representing a */ + /* color image (such as emoticons) with alpha channel. For each */ + /* pixel, the format is BGRA, which means, the blue channel comes */ + /* first in memory. The color channels are pre-multiplied and in */ + /* the sRGB colorspace. For example, full red at half-translucent */ + /* opacity will be represented as `00,00,80,80', not `00,00,FF,80'. */ + /* See also @FT_LOAD_COLOR. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Pixel_Mode_ + { + FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE = 0, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_LCD_V, + FT_PIXEL_MODE_BGRA, + + FT_PIXEL_MODE_MAX /* do not remove */ + + } FT_Pixel_Mode; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Pixel_Mode' */ + /* values instead. */ +#define ft_pixel_mode_none FT_PIXEL_MODE_NONE +#define ft_pixel_mode_mono FT_PIXEL_MODE_MONO +#define ft_pixel_mode_grays FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY +#define ft_pixel_mode_pal2 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY2 +#define ft_pixel_mode_pal4 FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY4 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a bitmap or pixmap to the raster. */ + /* Note that we now manage pixmaps of various depths through the */ + /* `pixel_mode' field. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* rows :: The number of bitmap rows. */ + /* */ + /* width :: The number of pixels in bitmap row. */ + /* */ + /* pitch :: The pitch's absolute value is the number of bytes */ + /* taken by one bitmap row, including padding. */ + /* However, the pitch is positive when the bitmap has */ + /* a `down' flow, and negative when it has an `up' */ + /* flow. In all cases, the pitch is an offset to add */ + /* to a bitmap pointer in order to go down one row. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `padding' means the alignment of a */ + /* bitmap to a byte border, and FreeType functions */ + /* normally align to the smallest possible integer */ + /* value. */ + /* */ + /* For the B/W rasterizer, `pitch' is always an even */ + /* number. */ + /* */ + /* To change the pitch of a bitmap (say, to make it a */ + /* multiple of 4), use @FT_Bitmap_Convert. */ + /* Alternatively, you might use callback functions to */ + /* directly render to the application's surface; see */ + /* the file `example2.cpp' in the tutorial for a */ + /* demonstration. */ + /* */ + /* buffer :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap buffer. This */ + /* value should be aligned on 32-bit boundaries in */ + /* most cases. */ + /* */ + /* num_grays :: This field is only used with */ + /* @FT_PIXEL_MODE_GRAY; it gives the number of gray */ + /* levels used in the bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* pixel_mode :: The pixel mode, i.e., how pixel bits are stored. */ + /* See @FT_Pixel_Mode for possible values. */ + /* */ + /* palette_mode :: This field is intended for paletted pixel modes; */ + /* it indicates how the palette is stored. Not */ + /* used currently. */ + /* */ + /* palette :: A typeless pointer to the bitmap palette; this */ + /* field is intended for paletted pixel modes. Not */ + /* used currently. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* For now, the only pixel modes supported by FreeType are mono and */ + /* grays. However, drivers might be added in the future to support */ + /* more `colorful' options. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Bitmap_ + { + unsigned int rows; + unsigned int width; + int pitch; + unsigned char* buffer; + unsigned short num_grays; + unsigned char pixel_mode; + unsigned char palette_mode; + void* palette; + + } FT_Bitmap; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Outline */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This structure is used to describe an outline to the scan-line */ + /* converter. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* n_contours :: The number of contours in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* n_points :: The number of points in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* points :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' @FT_Vector */ + /* elements, giving the outline's point coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* tags :: A pointer to an array of `n_points' chars, giving */ + /* each outline point's type. */ + /* */ + /* If bit~0 is unset, the point is `off' the curve, */ + /* i.e., a Bézier control point, while it is `on' if */ + /* set. */ + /* */ + /* Bit~1 is meaningful for `off' points only. If set, */ + /* it indicates a third-order Bézier arc control point; */ + /* and a second-order control point if unset. */ + /* */ + /* If bit~2 is set, bits 5-7 contain the drop-out mode */ + /* (as defined in the OpenType specification; the value */ + /* is the same as the argument to the SCANMODE */ + /* instruction). */ + /* */ + /* Bits 3 and~4 are reserved for internal purposes. */ + /* */ + /* contours :: An array of `n_contours' shorts, giving the end */ + /* point of each contour within the outline. For */ + /* example, the first contour is defined by the points */ + /* `0' to `contours[0]', the second one is defined by */ + /* the points `contours[0]+1' to `contours[1]', etc. */ + /* */ + /* flags :: A set of bit flags used to characterize the outline */ + /* and give hints to the scan-converter and hinter on */ + /* how to convert/grid-fit it. See @FT_OUTLINE_XXX. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The B/W rasterizer only checks bit~2 in the `tags' array for the */ + /* first point of each contour. The drop-out mode as given with */ + /* @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, and */ + /* @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS in `flags' is then overridden. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Outline_ + { + short n_contours; /* number of contours in glyph */ + short n_points; /* number of points in the glyph */ + + FT_Vector* points; /* the outline's points */ + char* tags; /* the points flags */ + short* contours; /* the contour end points */ + + int flags; /* outline masks */ + + } FT_Outline; + + /* */ + + /* Following limits must be consistent with */ + /* FT_Outline.{n_contours,n_points} */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_CONTOURS_MAX SHRT_MAX +#define FT_OUTLINE_POINTS_MAX SHRT_MAX + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit-field constants use for the flags in an outline's */ + /* `flags' field. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_NONE :: */ + /* Value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_OWNER :: */ + /* If set, this flag indicates that the outline's field arrays */ + /* (i.e., `points', `flags', and `contours') are `owned' by the */ + /* outline object, and should thus be freed when it is destroyed. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL :: */ + /* By default, outlines are filled using the non-zero winding rule. */ + /* If set to 1, the outline will be filled using the even-odd fill */ + /* rule (only works with the smooth rasterizer). */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL :: */ + /* By default, outside contours of an outline are oriented in */ + /* clock-wise direction, as defined in the TrueType specification. */ + /* This flag is set if the outline uses the opposite direction */ + /* (typically for Type~1 fonts). This flag is ignored by the scan */ + /* converter. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS :: */ + /* By default, the scan converter will try to detect drop-outs in */ + /* an outline and correct the glyph bitmap to ensure consistent */ + /* shape continuity. If set, this flag hints the scan-line */ + /* converter to ignore such cases. See below for more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS :: */ + /* Select smart dropout control. If unset, use simple dropout */ + /* control. Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See */ + /* below for more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS :: */ + /* If set, turn pixels on for `stubs', otherwise exclude them. */ + /* Ignored if @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS is set. See below for */ + /* more information. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION :: */ + /* This flag indicates that the scan-line converter should try to */ + /* convert this outline to bitmaps with the highest possible */ + /* quality. It is typically set for small character sizes. Note */ + /* that this is only a hint that might be completely ignored by a */ + /* given scan-converter. */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS :: */ + /* This flag is set to force a given scan-converter to only use a */ + /* single pass over the outline to render a bitmap glyph image. */ + /* Normally, it is set for very large character sizes. It is only */ + /* a hint that might be completely ignored by a given */ + /* scan-converter. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The flags @FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS, @FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS, */ + /* and @FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS are ignored by the smooth */ + /* rasterizer. */ + /* */ + /* There exists a second mechanism to pass the drop-out mode to the */ + /* B/W rasterizer; see the `tags' field in @FT_Outline. */ + /* */ + /* Please refer to the description of the `SCANTYPE' instruction in */ + /* the OpenType specification (in file `ttinst1.doc') how simple */ + /* drop-outs, smart drop-outs, and stubs are defined. */ + /* */ +#define FT_OUTLINE_NONE 0x0 +#define FT_OUTLINE_OWNER 0x1 +#define FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL 0x2 +#define FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL 0x4 +#define FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS 0x8 +#define FT_OUTLINE_SMART_DROPOUTS 0x10 +#define FT_OUTLINE_INCLUDE_STUBS 0x20 + +#define FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION 0x100 +#define FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS 0x200 + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_OUTLINE_XXX' values instead */ +#define ft_outline_none FT_OUTLINE_NONE +#define ft_outline_owner FT_OUTLINE_OWNER +#define ft_outline_even_odd_fill FT_OUTLINE_EVEN_ODD_FILL +#define ft_outline_reverse_fill FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL +#define ft_outline_ignore_dropouts FT_OUTLINE_IGNORE_DROPOUTS +#define ft_outline_high_precision FT_OUTLINE_HIGH_PRECISION +#define ft_outline_single_pass FT_OUTLINE_SINGLE_PASS + + /* */ + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG( flag ) ( flag & 3 ) + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_ON 1 +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC 0 +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC 2 + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_HAS_SCANMODE 4 + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X 8 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */ +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y 16 /* reserved for the TrueType hinter */ + +#define FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_BOTH ( FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X | \ + FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y ) + +#define FT_Curve_Tag_On FT_CURVE_TAG_ON +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Conic FT_CURVE_TAG_CONIC +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Cubic FT_CURVE_TAG_CUBIC +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_X FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_X +#define FT_Curve_Tag_Touch_Y FT_CURVE_TAG_TOUCH_Y + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `move */ + /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `move to' is emitted to start a new contour in an outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `move to'. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the */ + /* decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_MoveToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_MoveTo_Func FT_Outline_MoveToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `line */ + /* to' function during outline walking/decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `line to' is emitted to indicate a segment in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target point of the `line to'. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of the */ + /* decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_LineToFunc)( const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_LineTo_Func FT_Outline_LineToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `conic */ + /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `conic to' is emitted to indicate a second-order Bézier arc in */ + /* the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* control :: An intermediate control point between the last position */ + /* and the new target in `to'. */ + /* */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target end point of the conic arc. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of */ + /* the decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_ConicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control, + const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_ConicTo_Func FT_Outline_ConicToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function pointer type used to describe the signature of a `cubic */ + /* to' function during outline walking or decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* A `cubic to' is emitted to indicate a third-order Bézier arc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* control1 :: A pointer to the first Bézier control point. */ + /* */ + /* control2 :: A pointer to the second Bézier control point. */ + /* */ + /* to :: A pointer to the target end point. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer, which is passed from the caller of */ + /* the decomposition function. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Outline_CubicToFunc)( const FT_Vector* control1, + const FT_Vector* control2, + const FT_Vector* to, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Outline_CubicTo_Func FT_Outline_CubicToFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Outline_Funcs */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure to hold various function pointers used during outline */ + /* decomposition in order to emit segments, conic, and cubic Béziers. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* move_to :: The `move to' emitter. */ + /* */ + /* line_to :: The segment emitter. */ + /* */ + /* conic_to :: The second-order Bézier arc emitter. */ + /* */ + /* cubic_to :: The third-order Bézier arc emitter. */ + /* */ + /* shift :: The shift that is applied to coordinates before they */ + /* are sent to the emitter. */ + /* */ + /* delta :: The delta that is applied to coordinates before they */ + /* are sent to the emitter, but after the shift. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The point coordinates sent to the emitters are the transformed */ + /* version of the original coordinates (this is important for high */ + /* accuracy during scan-conversion). The transformation is simple: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* x' = (x << shift) - delta */ + /* y' = (x << shift) - delta */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Set the values of `shift' and `delta' to~0 to get the original */ + /* point coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Outline_Funcs_ + { + FT_Outline_MoveToFunc move_to; + FT_Outline_LineToFunc line_to; + FT_Outline_ConicToFunc conic_to; + FT_Outline_CubicToFunc cubic_to; + + int shift; + FT_Pos delta; + + } FT_Outline_Funcs; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags to an unsigned long type. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Since many 16-bit compilers don't like 32-bit enumerations, you */ + /* should redefine this macro in case of problems to something like */ + /* this: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) value */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* to get a simple enumeration without assigning special numbers. */ + /* */ +#ifndef FT_IMAGE_TAG +#define FT_IMAGE_TAG( value, _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \ + value = ( ( (unsigned long)_x1 << 24 ) | \ + ( (unsigned long)_x2 << 16 ) | \ + ( (unsigned long)_x3 << 8 ) | \ + (unsigned long)_x4 ) +#endif /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Glyph_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration type used to describe the format of a given glyph */ + /* image. Note that this version of FreeType only supports two image */ + /* formats, even though future font drivers will be able to register */ + /* their own format. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE :: */ + /* The value~0 is reserved. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE :: */ + /* The glyph image is a composite of several other images. This */ + /* format is _only_ used with @FT_LOAD_NO_RECURSE, and is used to */ + /* report compound glyphs (like accented characters). */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP :: */ + /* The glyph image is a bitmap, and can be described as an */ + /* @FT_Bitmap. You generally need to access the `bitmap' field of */ + /* the @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE :: */ + /* The glyph image is a vectorial outline made of line segments */ + /* and Bézier arcs; it can be described as an @FT_Outline; you */ + /* generally want to access the `outline' field of the */ + /* @FT_GlyphSlotRec structure to read it. */ + /* */ + /* FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER :: */ + /* The glyph image is a vectorial path with no inside and outside */ + /* contours. Some Type~1 fonts, like those in the Hershey family, */ + /* contain glyphs in this format. These are described as */ + /* @FT_Outline, but FreeType isn't currently capable of rendering */ + /* them correctly. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Glyph_Format_ + { + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE, 0, 0, 0, 0 ), + + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE, 'c', 'o', 'm', 'p' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP, 'b', 'i', 't', 's' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE, 'o', 'u', 't', 'l' ), + FT_IMAGE_TAG( FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER, 'p', 'l', 'o', 't' ) + + } FT_Glyph_Format; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_Glyph_Format' values instead. */ +#define ft_glyph_format_none FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_NONE +#define ft_glyph_format_composite FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_COMPOSITE +#define ft_glyph_format_bitmap FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_BITMAP +#define ft_glyph_format_outline FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE +#define ft_glyph_format_plotter FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_PLOTTER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** R A S T E R D E F I N I T I O N S *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* A raster is a scan converter, in charge of rendering an outline into */ + /* a a bitmap. This section contains the public API for rasters. */ + /* */ + /* Note that in FreeType 2, all rasters are now encapsulated within */ + /* specific modules called `renderers'. See `ftrender.h' for more */ + /* details on renderers. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* raster */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Scanline Converter */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How vectorial outlines are converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains technical definitions. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Raster */ + /* FT_Span */ + /* FT_SpanFunc */ + /* */ + /* FT_Raster_Params */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* FT_Raster_NewFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_DoneFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_ResetFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_SetModeFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_RenderFunc */ + /* FT_Raster_Funcs */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Raster */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An opaque handle (pointer) to a raster object. Each object can be */ + /* used independently to convert an outline into a bitmap or pixmap. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_RasterRec_* FT_Raster; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Span */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a single span of gray pixels when */ + /* rendering an anti-aliased bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: The span's horizontal start position. */ + /* */ + /* len :: The span's length in pixels. */ + /* */ + /* coverage :: The span color/coverage, ranging from 0 (background) */ + /* to 255 (foreground). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This structure is used by the span drawing callback type named */ + /* @FT_SpanFunc that takes the y~coordinate of the span as a */ + /* parameter. */ + /* */ + /* The coverage value is always between 0 and 255. If you want less */ + /* gray values, the callback function has to reduce them. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Span_ + { + short x; + unsigned short len; + unsigned char coverage; + + } FT_Span; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_SpanFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used as a call-back by the anti-aliased renderer in */ + /* order to let client applications draw themselves the gray pixel */ + /* spans on each scan line. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* y :: The scanline's y~coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* count :: The number of spans to draw on this scanline. */ + /* */ + /* spans :: A table of `count' spans to draw on the scanline. */ + /* */ + /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to the callback. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This callback allows client applications to directly render the */ + /* gray spans of the anti-aliased bitmap to any kind of surfaces. */ + /* */ + /* This can be used to write anti-aliased outlines directly to a */ + /* given background bitmap, and even perform translucency. */ + /* */ + /* Note that the `count' field cannot be greater than a fixed value */ + /* defined by the `FT_MAX_GRAY_SPANS' configuration macro in */ + /* `ftoption.h'. By default, this value is set to~32, which means */ + /* that if there are more than 32~spans on a given scanline, the */ + /* callback is called several times with the same `y' parameter in */ + /* order to draw all callbacks. */ + /* */ + /* Otherwise, the callback is only called once per scan-line, and */ + /* only for those scanlines that do have `gray' pixels on them. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_SpanFunc)( int y, + int count, + const FT_Span* spans, + void* user ); + +#define FT_Raster_Span_Func FT_SpanFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_BitTest_Func */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Deprecated, unimplemented. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_BitTest_Func)( int y, + int x, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_BitSet_Func */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Deprecated, unimplemented. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_BitSet_Func)( int y, + int x, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A list of bit flag constants as used in the `flags' field of a */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT :: This value is 0. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA :: This flag is set to indicate that an */ + /* anti-aliased glyph image should be */ + /* generated. Otherwise, it will be */ + /* monochrome (1-bit). */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT :: This flag is set to indicate direct */ + /* rendering. In this mode, client */ + /* applications must provide their own span */ + /* callback. This lets them directly */ + /* draw or compose over an existing bitmap. */ + /* If this bit is not set, the target */ + /* pixmap's buffer _must_ be zeroed before */ + /* rendering. */ + /* */ + /* Direct rendering is only possible with */ + /* anti-aliased glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP :: This flag is only used in direct */ + /* rendering mode. If set, the output will */ + /* be clipped to a box specified in the */ + /* `clip_box' field of the */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure. */ + /* */ + /* Note that by default, the glyph bitmap */ + /* is clipped to the target pixmap, except */ + /* in direct rendering mode where all spans */ + /* are generated if no clipping box is set. */ + /* */ +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT 0x0 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA 0x1 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT 0x2 +#define FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP 0x4 + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `FT_RASTER_FLAG_XXX' values instead */ +#define ft_raster_flag_default FT_RASTER_FLAG_DEFAULT +#define ft_raster_flag_aa FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA +#define ft_raster_flag_direct FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT +#define ft_raster_flag_clip FT_RASTER_FLAG_CLIP + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Raster_Params */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure to hold the arguments used by a raster's render */ + /* function. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* target :: The target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* source :: A pointer to the source glyph image (e.g., an */ + /* @FT_Outline). */ + /* */ + /* flags :: The rendering flags. */ + /* */ + /* gray_spans :: The gray span drawing callback. */ + /* */ + /* black_spans :: Unused. */ + /* */ + /* bit_test :: Unused. */ + /* */ + /* bit_set :: Unused. */ + /* */ + /* user :: User-supplied data that is passed to each drawing */ + /* callback. */ + /* */ + /* clip_box :: An optional clipping box. It is only used in */ + /* direct rendering mode. Note that coordinates here */ + /* should be expressed in _integer_ pixels (and not in */ + /* 26.6 fixed-point units). */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An anti-aliased glyph bitmap is drawn if the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_AA */ + /* bit flag is set in the `flags' field, otherwise a monochrome */ + /* bitmap is generated. */ + /* */ + /* If the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT bit flag is set in `flags', the */ + /* raster will call the `gray_spans' callback to draw gray pixel */ + /* spans. This allows direct composition over a pre-existing bitmap */ + /* through user-provided callbacks to perform the span drawing and */ + /* composition. Not supported by the monochrome rasterizer. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Raster_Params_ + { + const FT_Bitmap* target; + const void* source; + int flags; + FT_SpanFunc gray_spans; + FT_SpanFunc black_spans; /* unused */ + FT_Raster_BitTest_Func bit_test; /* unused */ + FT_Raster_BitSet_Func bit_set; /* unused */ + void* user; + FT_BBox clip_box; + + } FT_Raster_Params; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_NewFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to create a new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* memory :: A handle to the memory allocator. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `memory' parameter is a typeless pointer in order to avoid */ + /* un-wanted dependencies on the rest of the FreeType code. In */ + /* practice, it is an @FT_Memory object, i.e., a handle to the */ + /* standard FreeType memory allocator. However, this field can be */ + /* completely ignored by a given raster implementation. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_NewFunc)( void* memory, + FT_Raster* raster ); + +#define FT_Raster_New_Func FT_Raster_NewFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_DoneFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to destroy a given raster object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_DoneFunc)( FT_Raster raster ); + +#define FT_Raster_Done_Func FT_Raster_DoneFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_ResetFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* FreeType provides an area of memory called the `render pool', */ + /* available to all registered rasters. This pool can be freely used */ + /* during a given scan-conversion but is shared by all rasters. Its */ + /* content is thus transient. */ + /* */ + /* This function is called each time the render pool changes, or just */ + /* after a new raster object is created. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* pool_base :: The address in memory of the render pool. */ + /* */ + /* pool_size :: The size in bytes of the render pool. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Rasters can ignore the render pool and rely on dynamic memory */ + /* allocation if they want to (a handle to the memory allocator is */ + /* passed to the raster constructor). However, this is not */ + /* recommended for efficiency purposes. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Raster_ResetFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + unsigned char* pool_base, + unsigned long pool_size ); + +#define FT_Raster_Reset_Func FT_Raster_ResetFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_SetModeFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is a generic facility to change modes or attributes */ + /* in a given raster. This can be used for debugging purposes, or */ + /* simply to allow implementation-specific `features' in a given */ + /* raster module. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the new raster object. */ + /* */ + /* mode :: A 4-byte tag used to name the mode or property. */ + /* */ + /* args :: A pointer to the new mode/property to use. */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_SetModeFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + unsigned long mode, + void* args ); + +#define FT_Raster_Set_Mode_Func FT_Raster_SetModeFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Raster_RenderFunc */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Invoke a given raster to scan-convert a given glyph image into a */ + /* target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* raster :: A handle to the raster object. */ + /* */ + /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */ + /* store the rendering parameters. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The exact format of the source image depends on the raster's glyph */ + /* format defined in its @FT_Raster_Funcs structure. It can be an */ + /* @FT_Outline or anything else in order to support a large array of */ + /* glyph formats. */ + /* */ + /* Note also that the render function can fail and return a */ + /* `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error code if the raster used does */ + /* not support direct composition. */ + /* */ + /* XXX: For now, the standard raster doesn't support direct */ + /* composition but this should change for the final release (see */ + /* the files `demos/src/ftgrays.c' and `demos/src/ftgrays2.c' */ + /* for examples of distinct implementations that support direct */ + /* composition). */ + /* */ + typedef int + (*FT_Raster_RenderFunc)( FT_Raster raster, + const FT_Raster_Params* params ); + +#define FT_Raster_Render_Func FT_Raster_RenderFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Raster_Funcs */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to describe a given raster class to the library. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* glyph_format :: The supported glyph format for this raster. */ + /* */ + /* raster_new :: The raster constructor. */ + /* */ + /* raster_reset :: Used to reset the render pool within the raster. */ + /* */ + /* raster_render :: A function to render a glyph into a given bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* raster_done :: The raster destructor. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Raster_Funcs_ + { + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + FT_Raster_NewFunc raster_new; + FT_Raster_ResetFunc raster_reset; + FT_Raster_SetModeFunc raster_set_mode; + FT_Raster_RenderFunc raster_render; + FT_Raster_DoneFunc raster_done; + + } FT_Raster_Funcs; + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTIMAGE_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftincrem.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftincrem.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..4c0246c5df --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftincrem.h @@ -0,0 +1,354 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftincrem.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType incremental loading (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2006-2008, 2010, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTINCREM_H__ +#define __FTINCREM_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * incremental + * + * @title: + * Incremental Loading + * + * @abstract: + * Custom Glyph Loading. + * + * @description: + * This section contains various functions used to perform so-called + * `incremental' glyph loading. This is a mode where all glyphs loaded + * from a given @FT_Face are provided by the client application. + * + * Apart from that, all other tables are loaded normally from the font + * file. This mode is useful when FreeType is used within another + * engine, e.g., a PostScript Imaging Processor. + * + * To enable this mode, you must use @FT_Open_Face, passing an + * @FT_Parameter with the @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL tag and an + * @FT_Incremental_Interface value. See the comments for + * @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec for an example. + * + */ + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental + * + * @description: + * An opaque type describing a user-provided object used to implement + * `incremental' glyph loading within FreeType. This is used to support + * embedded fonts in certain environments (e.g., PostScript interpreters), + * where the glyph data isn't in the font file, or must be overridden by + * different values. + * + * @note: + * It is up to client applications to create and implement @FT_Incremental + * objects, as long as they provide implementations for the methods + * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc, @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc + * and @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc. + * + * See the description of @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec to understand how + * to use incremental objects with FreeType. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_IncrementalRec_* FT_Incremental; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_MetricsRec + * + * @description: + * A small structure used to contain the basic glyph metrics returned + * by the @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc method. + * + * @fields: + * bearing_x :: + * Left bearing, in font units. + * + * bearing_y :: + * Top bearing, in font units. + * + * advance :: + * Horizontal component of glyph advance, in font units. + * + * advance_v :: + * Vertical component of glyph advance, in font units. + * + * @note: + * These correspond to horizontal or vertical metrics depending on the + * value of the `vertical' argument to the function + * @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_ + { + FT_Long bearing_x; + FT_Long bearing_y; + FT_Long advance; + FT_Long advance_v; /* since 2.3.12 */ + + } FT_Incremental_MetricsRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_Metrics + * + * @description: + * A handle to an @FT_Incremental_MetricsRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_MetricsRec_* FT_Incremental_Metrics; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc + * + * @description: + * A function called by FreeType to access a given glyph's data bytes + * during @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char if incremental loading is + * enabled. + * + * Note that the format of the glyph's data bytes depends on the font + * file format. For TrueType, it must correspond to the raw bytes within + * the `glyf' table. For PostScript formats, it must correspond to the + * *unencrypted* charstring bytes, without any `lenIV' header. It is + * undefined for any other format. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * Handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * glyph_index :: + * Index of relevant glyph. + * + * @output: + * adata :: + * A structure describing the returned glyph data bytes (which will be + * accessed as a read-only byte block). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If this function returns successfully the method + * @FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc will be called later to release + * the data bytes. + * + * Nested calls to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc can happen for + * compound glyphs. + * + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Data* adata ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to release the glyph data bytes returned by a + * successful call to @FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * data :: + * A structure describing the glyph data bytes (which will be accessed + * as a read-only byte block). + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc)( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_Data* data ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to retrieve the basic metrics of a given glyph index + * before accessing its data. This is necessary because, in certain + * formats like TrueType, the metrics are stored in a different place from + * the glyph images proper. + * + * @input: + * incremental :: + * A handle to an opaque @FT_Incremental handle provided by the client + * application. + * + * glyph_index :: + * Index of relevant glyph. + * + * vertical :: + * If true, return vertical metrics. + * + * ametrics :: + * This parameter is used for both input and output. + * The original glyph metrics, if any, in font units. If metrics are + * not available all the values must be set to zero. + * + * @output: + * ametrics :: + * The replacement glyph metrics in font units. + * + */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc) + ( FT_Incremental incremental, + FT_UInt glyph_index, + FT_Bool vertical, + FT_Incremental_MetricsRec *ametrics ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_FuncsRec + * + * @description: + * A table of functions for accessing fonts that load data + * incrementally. Used in @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec. + * + * @fields: + * get_glyph_data :: + * The function to get glyph data. Must not be null. + * + * free_glyph_data :: + * The function to release glyph data. Must not be null. + * + * get_glyph_metrics :: + * The function to get glyph metrics. May be null if the font does + * not provide overriding glyph metrics. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_FuncsRec_ + { + FT_Incremental_GetGlyphDataFunc get_glyph_data; + FT_Incremental_FreeGlyphDataFunc free_glyph_data; + FT_Incremental_GetGlyphMetricsFunc get_glyph_metrics; + + } FT_Incremental_FuncsRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @struct: + * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec + * + * @description: + * A structure to be used with @FT_Open_Face to indicate that the user + * wants to support incremental glyph loading. You should use it with + * @FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL as in the following example: + * + * { + * FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec inc_int; + * FT_Parameter parameter; + * FT_Open_Args open_args; + * + * + * // set up incremental descriptor + * inc_int.funcs = my_funcs; + * inc_int.object = my_object; + * + * // set up optional parameter + * parameter.tag = FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL; + * parameter.data = &inc_int; + * + * // set up FT_Open_Args structure + * open_args.flags = FT_OPEN_PATHNAME | FT_OPEN_PARAMS; + * open_args.pathname = my_font_pathname; + * open_args.num_params = 1; + * open_args.params = ¶meter; // we use one optional argument + * + * // open the font + * error = FT_Open_Face( library, &open_args, index, &face ); + * ... + * } + * + */ + typedef struct FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec_ + { + const FT_Incremental_FuncsRec* funcs; + FT_Incremental object; + + } FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Incremental_Interface + * + * @description: + * A pointer to an @FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec structure. + * + */ + typedef FT_Incremental_InterfaceRec* FT_Incremental_Interface; + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to indicate + * an incremental loading object to be used by FreeType. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_INCREMENTAL FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'n', 'c', 'r' ) + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTINCREM_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftlcdfil.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftlcdfil.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e8679c1a3f --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftlcdfil.h @@ -0,0 +1,251 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlcdfil.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for color filtering of subpixel bitmap glyphs */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2006-2008, 2010, 2013, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ +#define __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * lcd_filtering + * + * @title: + * LCD Filtering + * + * @abstract: + * Reduce color fringes of LCD-optimized bitmaps. + * + * @description: + * The @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter API can be used to specify a low-pass + * filter, which is then applied to LCD-optimized bitmaps generated + * through @FT_Render_Glyph. This is useful to reduce color fringes + * that would occur with unfiltered rendering. + * + * Note that no filter is active by default, and that this function is + * *not* implemented in default builds of the library. You need to + * #define FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING in your `ftoption.h' file + * in order to activate it. + * + * FreeType generates alpha coverage maps, which are linear by nature. + * For instance, the value 0x80 in bitmap representation means that + * (within numerical precision) 0x80/0xFF fraction of that pixel is + * covered by the glyph's outline. The blending function for placing + * text over a background is + * + * { + * dst = alpha * src + (1 - alpha) * dst , + * } + * + * which is known as OVER. However, when calculating the output of the + * OVER operator, the source colors should first be transformed to a + * linear color space, then alpha blended in that space, and transformed + * back to the output color space. + * + * When linear light blending is used, the default FIR5 filtering + * weights (as given by FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT) are no longer optimal, as + * they have been designed for black on white rendering while lacking + * gamma correction. To preserve color neutrality, weights for a FIR5 + * filter should be chosen according to two free parameters `a' and `c', + * and the FIR weights should be + * + * { + * [a - c, a + c, 2 * a, a + c, a - c] . + * } + * + * This formula generates equal weights for all the color primaries + * across the filter kernel, which makes it colorless. One suggested + * set of weights is + * + * { + * [0x10, 0x50, 0x60, 0x50, 0x10] , + * } + * + * where `a' has value 0x30 and `b' value 0x20. The weights in filter + * may have a sum larger than 0x100, which increases coloration slightly + * but also improves contrast. + */ + + + /**************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_LcdFilter + * + * @description: + * A list of values to identify various types of LCD filters. + * + * @values: + * FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE :: + * Do not perform filtering. When used with subpixel rendering, this + * results in sometimes severe color fringes. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT :: + * The default filter reduces color fringes considerably, at the cost + * of a slight blurriness in the output. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT :: + * The light filter is a variant that produces less blurriness at the + * cost of slightly more color fringes than the default one. It might + * be better, depending on taste, your monitor, or your personal vision. + * + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY :: + * This filter corresponds to the original libXft color filter. It + * provides high contrast output but can exhibit really bad color + * fringes if glyphs are not extremely well hinted to the pixel grid. + * In other words, it only works well if the TrueType bytecode + * interpreter is enabled *and* high-quality hinted fonts are used. + * + * This filter is only provided for comparison purposes, and might be + * disabled or stay unsupported in the future. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ + typedef enum FT_LcdFilter_ + { + FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE = 0, + FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT = 1, + FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT = 2, + FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY = 16, + + FT_LCD_FILTER_MAX /* do not remove */ + + } FT_LcdFilter; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Library_SetLcdFilter + * + * @description: + * This function is used to apply color filtering to LCD decimated + * bitmaps, like the ones used when calling @FT_Render_Glyph with + * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD or @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD_V. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the target library instance. + * + * filter :: + * The filter type. + * + * You can use @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE here to disable this feature, or + * @FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT to use a default filter that should work + * well on most LCD screens. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This feature is always disabled by default. Clients must make an + * explicit call to this function with a `filter' value other than + * @FT_LCD_FILTER_NONE in order to enable it. + * + * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't + * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the + * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not + * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all + * default builds of FreeType. + * + * The filter affects glyph bitmaps rendered through @FT_Render_Glyph, + * @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap, @FT_Load_Glyph, and @FT_Load_Char. + * + * It does _not_ affect the output of @FT_Outline_Render and + * @FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap. + * + * If this feature is activated, the dimensions of LCD glyph bitmaps are + * either larger or taller than the dimensions of the corresponding + * outline with regards to the pixel grid. For example, for + * @FT_RENDER_MODE_LCD, the filter adds up to 3~pixels to the left, and + * up to 3~pixels to the right. + * + * The bitmap offset values are adjusted correctly, so clients shouldn't + * need to modify their layout and glyph positioning code when enabling + * the filter. + * + * @since: + * 2.3.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Library_SetLcdFilter( FT_Library library, + FT_LcdFilter filter ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights + * + * @description: + * Use this function to override the filter weights selected by + * @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter. By default, FreeType uses the quintuple + * (0x00, 0x55, 0x56, 0x55, 0x00) for FT_LCD_FILTER_LIGHT, and (0x10, + * 0x40, 0x70, 0x40, 0x10) for FT_LCD_FILTER_DEFAULT and + * FT_LCD_FILTER_LEGACY. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the target library instance. + * + * weights :: + * A pointer to an array; the function copies the first five bytes and + * uses them to specify the filter weights. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * Due to *PATENTS* covering subpixel rendering, this function doesn't + * do anything except returning `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if the + * configuration macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_RENDERING is not + * defined in your build of the library, which should correspond to all + * default builds of FreeType. + * + * This function must be called after @FT_Library_SetLcdFilter to have + * any effect. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.0 + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Library_SetLcdFilterWeights( FT_Library library, + unsigned char *weights ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FT_LCD_FILTER_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftlist.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftlist.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..9950a27997 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftlist.h @@ -0,0 +1,276 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlist.h */ +/* */ +/* Generic list support for FreeType (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2007, 2010, 2013, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file implements functions relative to list processing. Its */ + /* data structures are defined in `freetype.h'. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTLIST_H__ +#define __FTLIST_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* list_processing */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* List Processing */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Simple management of lists. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various definitions related to list */ + /* processing using doubly-linked nodes. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_List */ + /* FT_ListNode */ + /* FT_ListRec */ + /* FT_ListNodeRec */ + /* */ + /* FT_List_Add */ + /* FT_List_Insert */ + /* FT_List_Find */ + /* FT_List_Remove */ + /* FT_List_Up */ + /* FT_List_Iterate */ + /* FT_List_Iterator */ + /* FT_List_Finalize */ + /* FT_List_Destructor */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Find */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Find the list node for a given listed object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* data :: The address of the listed object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* List node. NULL if it wasn't found. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ListNode ) + FT_List_Find( FT_List list, + void* data ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Add */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Append an element to the end of a list. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to append. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Add( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Insert */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Insert an element at the head of a list. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to insert. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Insert( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Remove */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Remove a node from a list. This function doesn't check whether */ + /* the node is in the list! */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The node to remove. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Remove( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Up */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Move a node to the head/top of a list. Used to maintain LRU */ + /* lists. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* list :: A pointer to the parent list. */ + /* node :: The node to move. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Up( FT_List list, + FT_ListNode node ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_List_Iterator */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An FT_List iterator function that is called during a list parse */ + /* by @FT_List_Iterate. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* node :: The current iteration list node. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. */ + /* Can be used to point to the iteration's state. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_List_Iterator)( FT_ListNode node, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Iterate */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Parse a list and calls a given iterator function on each element. */ + /* Note that parsing is stopped as soon as one of the iterator calls */ + /* returns a non-zero value. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A handle to the list. */ + /* iterator :: An iterator function, called on each node of the list. */ + /* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the second */ + /* argument to the iterator. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The result (a FreeType error code) of the last iterator call. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_List_Iterate( FT_List list, + FT_List_Iterator iterator, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_List_Destructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An @FT_List iterator function that is called during a list */ + /* finalization by @FT_List_Finalize to destroy all elements in a */ + /* given list. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* system :: The current system object. */ + /* */ + /* data :: The current object to destroy. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer passed to @FT_List_Iterate. It can */ + /* be used to point to the iteration's state. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_List_Destructor)( FT_Memory memory, + void* data, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_List_Finalize */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy all elements in the list as well as the list itself. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* list :: A handle to the list. */ + /* */ + /* destroy :: A list destructor that will be applied to each element */ + /* of the list. Set this to NULL if not needed. */ + /* */ + /* memory :: The current memory object that handles deallocation. */ + /* */ + /* user :: A user-supplied field that is passed as the last */ + /* argument to the destructor. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function expects that all nodes added by @FT_List_Add or */ + /* @FT_List_Insert have been dynamically allocated. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_List_Finalize( FT_List list, + FT_List_Destructor destroy, + FT_Memory memory, + void* user ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTLIST_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftlzw.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftlzw.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..857c0c52bb --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftlzw.h @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftlzw.h */ +/* */ +/* LZW-compressed stream support. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004, 2006 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTLZW_H__ +#define __FTLZW_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* lzw */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* LZW Streams */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Using LZW-compressed font files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of LZW-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Stream_OpenLZW + * + * @description: + * Open a new stream to parse LZW-compressed font files. This is + * mainly used to support the compressed `*.pcf.Z' fonts that come + * with XFree86. + * + * @input: + * stream :: The target embedding stream. + * + * source :: The source stream. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source stream must be opened _before_ calling this function. + * + * Calling the internal function `FT_Stream_Close' on the new stream will + * *not* call `FT_Stream_Close' on the source stream. None of the stream + * objects will be released to the heap. + * + * The stream implementation is very basic and resets the decompression + * process each time seeking backwards is needed within the stream + * + * In certain builds of the library, LZW compression recognition is + * automatically handled when calling @FT_New_Face or @FT_Open_Face. + * This means that if no font driver is capable of handling the raw + * compressed file, the library will try to open a LZW stream from it + * and re-open the face with it. + * + * This function may return `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' if your build + * of FreeType was not compiled with LZW support. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stream_OpenLZW( FT_Stream stream, + FT_Stream source ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTLZW_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmac.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmac.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..42874fe6fc --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmac.h @@ -0,0 +1,274 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmac.h */ +/* */ +/* Additional Mac-specific API. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2006, 2007, 2013 by */ +/* Just van Rossum, David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* NOTE: Include this file after FT_FREETYPE_H and after any */ +/* Mac-specific headers (because this header uses Mac types such as */ +/* Handle, FSSpec, FSRef, etc.) */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTMAC_H__ +#define __FTMAC_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + +/* gcc-3.4.1 and later can warn about functions tagged as deprecated */ +#ifndef FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE +#if defined(__GNUC__) && \ + ((__GNUC__ >= 4) || ((__GNUC__ == 3) && (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1))) +#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +#define FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE +#endif +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* mac_specific */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Mac Specific Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Only available on the Macintosh. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The following definitions are only available if FreeType is */ + /* compiled on a Macintosh. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FOND */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a FOND resource. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fond :: A FOND resource. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Only supported for the -1 `sanity check' special */ + /* case. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Notes> */ + /* This function can be used to create @FT_Face objects from fonts */ + /* that are installed in the system as follows. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* fond = GetResource( 'FOND', fontName ); */ + /* error = FT_New_Face_From_FOND( library, fond, 0, &face ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FOND( FT_Library library, + Handle fond, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font (e.g., Times New Roman */ + /* Bold). */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFile_From_Mac_Name( const char* fontName, + FSSpec* pathSpec, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an FSSpec for the disk file containing the named font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* pathSpec :: FSSpec to the file. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFile_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName, + FSSpec* pathSpec, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a pathname of the disk file and face index for given font */ + /* name that is handled by ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* fontName :: Mac OS name of the font in ATS framework. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* path :: Buffer to store pathname of the file. For passing */ + /* to @FT_New_Face. The client must allocate this */ + /* buffer before calling this function. */ + /* */ + /* maxPathSize :: Lengths of the buffer `path' that client allocated. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: Index of the face. For passing to @FT_New_Face. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_GetFilePath_From_Mac_ATS_Name( const char* fontName, + UInt8* path, + UInt32 maxPathSize, + FT_Long* face_index ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */ + /* using an FSSpec to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* spec :: FSSpec to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */ + /* first face has index~0. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec is identical to @FT_New_Face except */ + /* it accepts an FSSpec instead of a path. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FSSpec( FT_Library library, + const FSSpec *spec, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Face_From_FSRef */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new face object from a given resource and typeface index */ + /* using an FSRef to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library resource. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* spec :: FSRef to the font file. */ + /* */ + /* face_index :: The index of the face within the resource. The */ + /* first face has index~0. */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aface :: A handle to a new face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* @FT_New_Face_From_FSRef is identical to @FT_New_Face except */ + /* it accepts an FSRef instead of a path. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Face_From_FSRef( FT_Library library, + const FSRef *ref, + FT_Long face_index, + FT_Face *aface ) + FT_DEPRECATED_ATTRIBUTE; + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* __FTMAC_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmm.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmm.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..2dcfd678df --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmm.h @@ -0,0 +1,373 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmm.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType Multiple Master font interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTMM_H__ +#define __FTMM_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_TYPE1_TABLES_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* multiple_masters */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Multiple Masters */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How to manage Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The following types and functions are used to manage Multiple */ + /* Master fonts, i.e., the selection of specific design instances by */ + /* setting design axis coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* George Williams has extended this interface to make it work with */ + /* both Type~1 Multiple Masters fonts and GX distortable (var) */ + /* fonts. Some of these routines only work with MM fonts, others */ + /* will work with both types. They are similar enough that a */ + /* consistent interface makes sense. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_MM_Axis */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */ + /* Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* name :: The axis's name. */ + /* */ + /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_MM_Axis_ + { + FT_String* name; + FT_Long minimum; + FT_Long maximum; + + } FT_MM_Axis; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Multi_Master */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_axis :: Number of axes. Cannot exceed~4. */ + /* */ + /* num_designs :: Number of designs; should be normally 2^num_axis */ + /* even though the Type~1 specification strangely */ + /* allows for intermediate designs to be present. This */ + /* number cannot exceed~16. */ + /* */ + /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Multi_Master_ + { + FT_UInt num_axis; + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_MM_Axis axis[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + + } FT_Multi_Master; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Var_Axis */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a given axis in design space for */ + /* Multiple Masters and GX var fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* name :: The axis's name. */ + /* Not always meaningful for GX. */ + /* */ + /* minimum :: The axis's minimum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* def :: The axis's default design coordinate. */ + /* FreeType computes meaningful default values for MM; it */ + /* is then an integer value, not in 16.16 format. */ + /* */ + /* maximum :: The axis's maximum design coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* tag :: The axis's tag (the GX equivalent to `name'). */ + /* FreeType provides default values for MM if possible. */ + /* */ + /* strid :: The entry in `name' table (another GX version of */ + /* `name'). */ + /* Not meaningful for MM. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Var_Axis_ + { + FT_String* name; + + FT_Fixed minimum; + FT_Fixed def; + FT_Fixed maximum; + + FT_ULong tag; + FT_UInt strid; + + } FT_Var_Axis; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Var_Named_Style */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to model a named style in a GX var font. */ + /* */ + /* This structure can't be used for MM fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* coords :: The design coordinates for this style. */ + /* This is an array with one entry for each axis. */ + /* */ + /* strid :: The entry in `name' table identifying this style. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Var_Named_Style_ + { + FT_Fixed* coords; + FT_UInt strid; + + } FT_Var_Named_Style; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_MM_Var */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model the axes and space of a Multiple Masters */ + /* or GX var distortable font. */ + /* */ + /* Some fields are specific to one format and not to the other. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* num_axis :: The number of axes. The maximum value is~4 for */ + /* MM; no limit in GX. */ + /* */ + /* num_designs :: The number of designs; should be normally */ + /* 2^num_axis for MM fonts. Not meaningful for GX */ + /* (where every glyph could have a different */ + /* number of designs). */ + /* */ + /* num_namedstyles :: The number of named styles; only meaningful for */ + /* GX that allows certain design coordinates to */ + /* have a string ID (in the `name' table) */ + /* associated with them. The font can tell the */ + /* user that, for example, Weight=1.5 is `Bold'. */ + /* */ + /* axis :: A table of axis descriptors. */ + /* GX fonts contain slightly more data than MM. */ + /* */ + /* namedstyles :: A table of named styles. */ + /* Only meaningful with GX. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_MM_Var_ + { + FT_UInt num_axis; + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_UInt num_namedstyles; + FT_Var_Axis* axis; + FT_Var_Named_Style* namedstyle; + + } FT_MM_Var; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Multi_Master */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the Multiple Master descriptor of a given font. */ + /* */ + /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Multi_Master( FT_Face face, + FT_Multi_Master *amaster ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_MM_Var */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the Multiple Master/GX var descriptor of a given font. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* amaster :: The Multiple Masters/GX var descriptor. */ + /* Allocates a data structure, which the user must free. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_MM_Var( FT_Face face, + FT_MM_Var* *amaster ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Masters fonts, choose an interpolated font design */ + /* through design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* This function can't be used with GX fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */ + /* the number of axes in the font). */ + /* */ + /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_MM_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Long* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Master or GX Var fonts, choose an interpolated font */ + /* design through design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */ + /* the number of axes in the font). */ + /* */ + /* coords :: An array of design coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Var_Design_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* For Multiple Masters and GX var fonts, choose an interpolated font */ + /* design through normalized blend coordinates. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* num_coords :: The number of design coordinates (must be equal to */ + /* the number of axes in the font). */ + /* */ + /* coords :: The design coordinates array (each element must be */ + /* between 0 and 1.0). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is another name of @FT_Set_MM_Blend_Coordinates. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Var_Blend_Coordinates( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt num_coords, + FT_Fixed* coords ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTMM_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmodapi.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmodapi.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..980f15d3de --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmodapi.h @@ -0,0 +1,667 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmodapi.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType modules public interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2008-2010, 2012, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTMODAPI_H__ +#define __FTMODAPI_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* module_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Module Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How to add, upgrade, remove, and control modules from FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The definitions below are used to manage modules within FreeType. */ + /* Modules can be added, upgraded, and removed at runtime. */ + /* Additionally, some module properties can be controlled also. */ + /* */ + /* Here is a list of possible values of the `module_name' field in */ + /* the @FT_Module_Class structure. */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* autofitter */ + /* bdf */ + /* cff */ + /* gxvalid */ + /* otvalid */ + /* pcf */ + /* pfr */ + /* psaux */ + /* pshinter */ + /* psnames */ + /* raster1, raster5 */ + /* sfnt */ + /* smooth, smooth-lcd, smooth-lcdv */ + /* truetype */ + /* type1 */ + /* type42 */ + /* t1cid */ + /* winfonts */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system is not a FreeType module. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Module */ + /* FT_Module_Constructor */ + /* FT_Module_Destructor */ + /* FT_Module_Requester */ + /* FT_Module_Class */ + /* */ + /* FT_Add_Module */ + /* FT_Get_Module */ + /* FT_Remove_Module */ + /* FT_Add_Default_Modules */ + /* */ + /* FT_Property_Set */ + /* FT_Property_Get */ + /* */ + /* FT_New_Library */ + /* FT_Done_Library */ + /* FT_Reference_Library */ + /* */ + /* FT_Renderer */ + /* FT_Renderer_Class */ + /* */ + /* FT_Get_Renderer */ + /* FT_Set_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* module bit flags */ +#define FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER 1 /* this module is a font driver */ +#define FT_MODULE_RENDERER 2 /* this module is a renderer */ +#define FT_MODULE_HINTER 4 /* this module is a glyph hinter */ +#define FT_MODULE_STYLER 8 /* this module is a styler */ + +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE 0x100 /* the driver supports */ + /* scalable fonts */ +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES 0x200 /* the driver does not */ + /* support vector outlines */ +#define FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER 0x400 /* the driver provides its */ + /* own hinter */ + + + /* deprecated values */ +#define ft_module_font_driver FT_MODULE_FONT_DRIVER +#define ft_module_renderer FT_MODULE_RENDERER +#define ft_module_hinter FT_MODULE_HINTER +#define ft_module_styler FT_MODULE_STYLER + +#define ft_module_driver_scalable FT_MODULE_DRIVER_SCALABLE +#define ft_module_driver_no_outlines FT_MODULE_DRIVER_NO_OUTLINES +#define ft_module_driver_has_hinter FT_MODULE_DRIVER_HAS_HINTER + + + typedef FT_Pointer FT_Module_Interface; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Constructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to initialize (not create) a new module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to initialize. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Module_Constructor)( FT_Module module ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Destructor */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to finalize (not destroy) a given module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to finalize. */ + /* */ + typedef void + (*FT_Module_Destructor)( FT_Module module ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Module_Requester */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A function used to query a given module for a specific interface. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: The module to be searched. */ + /* */ + /* name :: The name of the interface in the module. */ + /* */ + typedef FT_Module_Interface + (*FT_Module_Requester)( FT_Module module, + const char* name ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Module_Class */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The module class descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* module_flags :: Bit flags describing the module. */ + /* */ + /* module_size :: The size of one module object/instance in */ + /* bytes. */ + /* */ + /* module_name :: The name of the module. */ + /* */ + /* module_version :: The version, as a 16.16 fixed number */ + /* (major.minor). */ + /* */ + /* module_requires :: The version of FreeType this module requires, */ + /* as a 16.16 fixed number (major.minor). Starts */ + /* at version 2.0, i.e., 0x20000. */ + /* */ + /* module_init :: The initializing function. */ + /* */ + /* module_done :: The finalizing function. */ + /* */ + /* get_interface :: The interface requesting function. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Module_Class_ + { + FT_ULong module_flags; + FT_Long module_size; + const FT_String* module_name; + FT_Fixed module_version; + FT_Fixed module_requires; + + const void* module_interface; + + FT_Module_Constructor module_init; + FT_Module_Destructor module_done; + FT_Module_Requester get_interface; + + } FT_Module_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Add_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Add a new module to a given library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* clazz :: A pointer to class descriptor for the module. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */ + /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Add_Module( FT_Library library, + const FT_Module_Class* clazz ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Find a module by its name. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* module_name :: The module's name (as an ASCII string). */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A module handle. 0~if none was found. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* FreeType's internal modules aren't documented very well, and you */ + /* should look up the source code for details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Module ) + FT_Get_Module( FT_Library library, + const char* module_name ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Remove_Module */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Remove a given module from a library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to a library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* module :: A handle to a module object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The module object is destroyed by the function in case of success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Remove_Module( FT_Library library, + FT_Module module ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Property_Set + * + * @description: + * Set a property for a given module. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the library the module is part of. + * + * module_name :: + * The module name. + * + * property_name :: + * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis' + * subsection of the module's documentation. + * + * Note that only a few modules have properties. + * + * value :: + * A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the new + * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is + * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the + * module's documentation. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name' + * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a + * valid value for the given property, an error is returned. + * + * The following example sets property `bar' (a simple integer) in + * module `foo' to value~1. + * + * { + * FT_UInt bar; + * + * + * bar = 1; + * FT_Property_Set( library, "foo", "bar", &bar ); + * } + * + * Note that the FreeType Cache sub-system doesn't recognize module + * property changes. To avoid glyph lookup confusion within the cache + * you should call @FTC_Manager_Reset to completely flush the cache if + * a module property gets changed after @FTC_Manager_New has been + * called. + * + * It is not possible to set properties of the FreeType Cache + * sub-system itself with FT_Property_Set; use @FTC_Property_Set + * instead. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.11 + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Property_Set( FT_Library library, + const FT_String* module_name, + const FT_String* property_name, + const void* value ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Property_Get + * + * @description: + * Get a module's property value. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A handle to the library the module is part of. + * + * module_name :: + * The module name. + * + * property_name :: + * The property name. Properties are described in the `Synopsis' + * subsection of the module's documentation. + * + * @inout: + * value :: + * A generic pointer to a variable or structure that gives the + * value of the property. The exact definition of `value' is + * dependent on the property; see the `Synopsis' subsection of the + * module's documentation. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `module_name' isn't a valid module name, or `property_name' + * doesn't specify a valid property, or if `value' doesn't represent a + * valid value for the given property, an error is returned. + * + * The following example gets property `baz' (a range) in module `foo'. + * + * { + * typedef range_ + * { + * FT_Int32 min; + * FT_Int32 max; + * + * } range; + * + * range baz; + * + * + * FT_Property_Get( library, "foo", "baz", &baz ); + * } + * + * It is not possible to retrieve properties of the FreeType Cache + * sub-system with FT_Property_Get; use @FTC_Property_Get instead. + * + * @since: + * 2.4.11 + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Property_Get( FT_Library library, + const FT_String* module_name, + const FT_String* property_name, + void* value ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Reference_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A counter gets initialized to~1 at the time an @FT_Library */ + /* structure is created. This function increments the counter. */ + /* @FT_Done_Library then only destroys a library if the counter is~1, */ + /* otherwise it simply decrements the counter. */ + /* */ + /* This function helps in managing life-cycles of structures that */ + /* reference @FT_Library objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a target library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Since> */ + /* 2.4.2 */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Reference_Library( FT_Library library ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This function is used to create a new FreeType library instance */ + /* from a given memory object. It is thus possible to use libraries */ + /* with distinct memory allocators within the same program. */ + /* */ + /* Normally, you would call this function (followed by a call to */ + /* @FT_Add_Default_Modules or a series of calls to @FT_Add_Module) */ + /* instead of @FT_Init_FreeType to initialize the FreeType library. */ + /* */ + /* Don't use @FT_Done_FreeType but @FT_Done_Library to destroy a */ + /* library instance. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* memory :: A handle to the original memory object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* alibrary :: A pointer to handle of a new library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Library. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Library( FT_Memory memory, + FT_Library *alibrary ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Library */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given library object. This closes all drivers and */ + /* discards all resource objects. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the target library. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See the discussion of reference counters in the description of */ + /* @FT_Reference_Library. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Library( FT_Library library ); + + /* */ + + typedef void + (*FT_DebugHook_Func)( void* arg ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Debug_Hook */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Set a debug hook function for debugging the interpreter of a font */ + /* format. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* hook_index :: The index of the debug hook. You should use the */ + /* values defined in `ftobjs.h', e.g., */ + /* `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE'. */ + /* */ + /* debug_hook :: The function used to debug the interpreter. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Currently, four debug hook slots are available, but only two (for */ + /* the TrueType and the Type~1 interpreter) are defined. */ + /* */ + /* Since the internal headers of FreeType are no longer installed, */ + /* the symbol `FT_DEBUG_HOOK_TRUETYPE' isn't available publicly. */ + /* This is a bug and will be fixed in a forthcoming release. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Set_Debug_Hook( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt hook_index, + FT_DebugHook_Func debug_hook ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Add_Default_Modules */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Add the set of default drivers to a given library object. */ + /* This is only useful when you create a library object with */ + /* @FT_New_Library (usually to plug a custom memory manager). */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to a new library object. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Add_Default_Modules( FT_Library library ); + + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * truetype_engine + * + * @title: + * The TrueType Engine + * + * @abstract: + * TrueType bytecode support. + * + * @description: + * This section contains a function used to query the level of TrueType + * bytecode support compiled in this version of the library. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_TrueTypeEngineType + * + * @description: + * A list of values describing which kind of TrueType bytecode + * engine is implemented in a given FT_Library instance. It is used + * by the @FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type function. + * + * @values: + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE :: + * The library doesn't implement any kind of bytecode interpreter. + * + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED :: + * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that doesn't + * support the patented operations of the TrueType virtual machine. + * + * Its main use is to load certain Asian fonts that position and + * scale glyph components with bytecode instructions. It produces + * bad output for most other fonts. + * + * FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED :: + * The library implements a bytecode interpreter that covers + * the full instruction set of the TrueType virtual machine (this + * was governed by patents until May 2010, hence the name). + * + * @since: + * 2.2 + * + */ + typedef enum FT_TrueTypeEngineType_ + { + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_NONE = 0, + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_UNPATENTED, + FT_TRUETYPE_ENGINE_TYPE_PATENTED + + } FT_TrueTypeEngineType; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @func: + * FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type + * + * @description: + * Return an @FT_TrueTypeEngineType value to indicate which level of + * the TrueType virtual machine a given library instance supports. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * A library instance. + * + * @return: + * A value indicating which level is supported. + * + * @since: + * 2.2 + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_TrueTypeEngineType ) + FT_Get_TrueType_Engine_Type( FT_Library library ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTMODAPI_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmoderr.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmoderr.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..5a27db151a --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftmoderr.h @@ -0,0 +1,194 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftmoderr.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType module error offsets (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2001-2005, 2010, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* This file is used to define the FreeType module error codes. */ + /* */ + /* If the macro FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS in `ftoption.h' is */ + /* set, the lower byte of an error value identifies the error code as */ + /* usual. In addition, the higher byte identifies the module. For */ + /* example, the error `FT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x0003, the */ + /* error `TT_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1303, the error */ + /* `T1_Err_Invalid_File_Format' has value 0x1403, etc. */ + /* */ + /* Note that `FT_Err_Ok', `TT_Err_Ok', etc. are always equal to zero, */ + /* including the high byte. */ + /* */ + /* If FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS isn't set, the higher byte of */ + /* an error value is set to zero. */ + /* */ + /* To hide the various `XXX_Err_' prefixes in the source code, FreeType */ + /* provides some macros in `fttypes.h'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERR( err ) */ + /* Add current error module prefix (as defined with the */ + /* `FT_ERR_PREFIX' macro) to `err'. For example, in the BDF module */ + /* the line */ + /* */ + /* error = FT_ERR( Invalid_Outline ); */ + /* */ + /* expands to */ + /* */ + /* error = BDF_Err_Invalid_Outline; */ + /* */ + /* For simplicity, you can always use `FT_Err_Ok' directly instead */ + /* of `FT_ERR( Ok )'. */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERR_EQ( errcode, err ) */ + /* FT_ERR_NEQ( errcode, err ) */ + /* Compare error code `errcode' with the error `err' for equality */ + /* and inequality, respectively. Example: */ + /* */ + /* if ( FT_ERR_EQ( error, Invalid_Outline ) ) */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* Using this macro you don't have to think about error prefixes. */ + /* Of course, if module errors are not active, the above example is */ + /* the same as */ + /* */ + /* if ( error == FT_Err_Invalid_Outline ) */ + /* ... */ + /* */ + /* FT_ERROR_BASE( errcode ) */ + /* FT_ERROR_MODULE( errcode ) */ + /* Get base error and module error code, respectively. */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* It can also be used to create a module error message table easily */ + /* with something like */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* #undef __FTMODERR_H__ */ + /* #define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) { FT_Mod_Err_ ## e, s }, */ + /* #define FT_MODERR_START_LIST { */ + /* #define FT_MODERR_END_LIST { 0, 0 } }; */ + /* */ + /* const struct */ + /* { */ + /* int mod_err_offset; */ + /* const char* mod_err_msg */ + /* } ft_mod_errors[] = */ + /* */ + /* #include FT_MODULE_ERRORS_H */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTMODERR_H__ +#define __FTMODERR_H__ + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** SETUP MACROS *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + +#ifndef FT_MODERRDEF + +#ifdef FT_CONFIG_OPTION_USE_MODULE_ERRORS +#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = v, +#else +#define FT_MODERRDEF( e, v, s ) FT_Mod_Err_ ## e = 0, +#endif + +#define FT_MODERR_START_LIST enum { +#define FT_MODERR_END_LIST FT_Mod_Err_Max }; + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#define FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + extern "C" { +#endif + +#endif /* !FT_MODERRDEF */ + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** LIST MODULE ERROR BASES *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#ifdef FT_MODERR_START_LIST + FT_MODERR_START_LIST +#endif + + + FT_MODERRDEF( Base, 0x000, "base module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Autofit, 0x100, "autofitter module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( BDF, 0x200, "BDF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Bzip2, 0x300, "Bzip2 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Cache, 0x400, "cache module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( CFF, 0x500, "CFF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( CID, 0x600, "CID module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Gzip, 0x700, "Gzip module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( LZW, 0x800, "LZW module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( OTvalid, 0x900, "OpenType validation module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PCF, 0xA00, "PCF module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PFR, 0xB00, "PFR module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PSaux, 0xC00, "PS auxiliary module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PShinter, 0xD00, "PS hinter module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( PSnames, 0xE00, "PS names module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Raster, 0xF00, "raster module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( SFNT, 0x1000, "SFNT module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Smooth, 0x1100, "smooth raster module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( TrueType, 0x1200, "TrueType module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Type1, 0x1300, "Type 1 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Type42, 0x1400, "Type 42 module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( Winfonts, 0x1500, "Windows FON/FNT module" ) + FT_MODERRDEF( GXvalid, 0x1600, "GX validation module" ) + + +#ifdef FT_MODERR_END_LIST + FT_MODERR_END_LIST +#endif + + + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /***** *****/ + /***** CLEANUP *****/ + /***** *****/ + /*******************************************************************/ + /*******************************************************************/ + + +#ifdef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + } +#endif + +#undef FT_MODERR_START_LIST +#undef FT_MODERR_END_LIST +#undef FT_MODERRDEF +#undef FT_NEED_EXTERN_C + + +#endif /* __FTMODERR_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftotval.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftotval.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..75ba03ee8e --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftotval.h @@ -0,0 +1,204 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftotval.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for validating OpenType tables (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2004-2007, 2013, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* */ +/* Warning: This module might be moved to a different library in the */ +/* future to avoid a tight dependency between FreeType and the */ +/* OpenType specification. */ +/* */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTOTVAL_H__ +#define __FTOTVAL_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* ot_validation */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* OpenType Validation */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* An API to validate OpenType tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of functions to validate */ + /* some OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_OpenType_Validate */ + /* FT_OpenType_Free */ + /* */ + /* FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX + * + * @description: + * A list of bit-field constants used with @FT_OpenType_Validate to + * indicate which OpenType tables should be validated. + * + * @values: + * FT_VALIDATE_BASE :: + * Validate BASE table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GDEF :: + * Validate GDEF table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GPOS :: + * Validate GPOS table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_GSUB :: + * Validate GSUB table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_JSTF :: + * Validate JSTF table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_MATH :: + * Validate MATH table. + * + * FT_VALIDATE_OT :: + * Validate all OpenType tables (BASE, GDEF, GPOS, GSUB, JSTF, MATH). + * + */ +#define FT_VALIDATE_BASE 0x0100 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GDEF 0x0200 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GPOS 0x0400 +#define FT_VALIDATE_GSUB 0x0800 +#define FT_VALIDATE_JSTF 0x1000 +#define FT_VALIDATE_MATH 0x2000 + +#define FT_VALIDATE_OT FT_VALIDATE_BASE | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GDEF | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GPOS | \ + FT_VALIDATE_GSUB | \ + FT_VALIDATE_JSTF | \ + FT_VALIDATE_MATH + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_OpenType_Validate + * + * @description: + * Validate various OpenType tables to assure that all offsets and + * indices are valid. The idea is that a higher-level library that + * actually does the text layout can access those tables without + * error checking (which can be quite time consuming). + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * validation_flags :: + * A bit field that specifies the tables to be validated. See + * @FT_VALIDATE_OTXXX for possible values. + * + * @output: + * BASE_table :: + * A pointer to the BASE table. + * + * GDEF_table :: + * A pointer to the GDEF table. + * + * GPOS_table :: + * A pointer to the GPOS table. + * + * GSUB_table :: + * A pointer to the GSUB table. + * + * JSTF_table :: + * A pointer to the JSTF table. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with OpenType fonts, returning an error + * otherwise. + * + * After use, the application should deallocate the five tables with + * @FT_OpenType_Free. A NULL value indicates that the table either + * doesn't exist in the font, or the application hasn't asked for + * validation. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_OpenType_Validate( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt validation_flags, + FT_Bytes *BASE_table, + FT_Bytes *GDEF_table, + FT_Bytes *GPOS_table, + FT_Bytes *GSUB_table, + FT_Bytes *JSTF_table ); + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_OpenType_Free + * + * @description: + * Free the buffer allocated by OpenType validator. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the input face. + * + * table :: + * The pointer to the buffer that is allocated by + * @FT_OpenType_Validate. + * + * @note: + * This function must be used to free the buffer allocated by + * @FT_OpenType_Validate only. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_OpenType_Free( FT_Face face, + FT_Bytes table ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTOTVAL_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftoutln.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftoutln.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..d3b8fbd265 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftoutln.h @@ -0,0 +1,574 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftoutln.h */ +/* */ +/* Support for the FT_Outline type used to store glyph shapes of */ +/* most scalable font formats (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2005-2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTOUTLN_H__ +#define __FTOUTLN_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* outline_processing */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Outline Processing */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Functions to create, transform, and render vectorial glyph images. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains routines used to create and destroy scalable */ + /* glyph images known as `outlines'. These can also be measured, */ + /* transformed, and converted into bitmaps and pixmaps. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Outline */ + /* FT_Outline_New */ + /* FT_Outline_Done */ + /* FT_Outline_Copy */ + /* FT_Outline_Translate */ + /* FT_Outline_Transform */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden */ + /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */ + /* FT_Outline_Reverse */ + /* FT_Outline_Check */ + /* */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_BBox */ + /* */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */ + /* FT_Outline_Render */ + /* FT_Outline_Decompose */ + /* FT_Outline_Funcs */ + /* FT_Outline_MoveToFunc */ + /* FT_Outline_LineToFunc */ + /* FT_Outline_ConicToFunc */ + /* FT_Outline_CubicToFunc */ + /* */ + /* FT_Orientation */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_Orientation */ + /* */ + /* FT_OUTLINE_XXX */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Decompose */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Walk over an outline's structure to decompose it into individual */ + /* segments and Bézier arcs. This function also emits `move to' */ + /* operations to indicate the start of new contours in the outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source target. */ + /* */ + /* func_interface :: A table of `emitters', i.e., function pointers */ + /* called during decomposition to indicate path */ + /* operations. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* user :: A typeless pointer that is passed to each */ + /* emitter during the decomposition. It can be */ + /* used to store the state during the */ + /* decomposition. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* A contour that contains a single point only is represented by a */ + /* `move to' operation followed by `line to' to the same point. In */ + /* most cases, it is best to filter this out before using the */ + /* outline for stroking purposes (otherwise it would result in a */ + /* visible dot when round caps are used). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Decompose( FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Outline_Funcs* func_interface, + void* user ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_New */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new outline of a given size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object from where the */ + /* outline is allocated. Note however that the new */ + /* outline will *not* necessarily be *freed*, when */ + /* destroying the library, by @FT_Done_FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* numPoints :: The maximum number of points within the outline. */ + /* Must be smaller than or equal to 0xFFFF (65535). */ + /* */ + /* numContours :: The maximum number of contours within the outline. */ + /* This value must be in the range 0 to `numPoints'. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* anoutline :: A handle to the new outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The reason why this function takes a `library' parameter is simply */ + /* to use the library's memory allocator. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_New( FT_Library library, + FT_UInt numPoints, + FT_Int numContours, + FT_Outline *anoutline ); + + + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_New_Internal( FT_Memory memory, + FT_UInt numPoints, + FT_Int numContours, + FT_Outline *anoutline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Done */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Destroy an outline created with @FT_Outline_New. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle of the library object used to allocate the */ + /* outline. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the outline object to be discarded. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If the outline's `owner' field is not set, only the outline */ + /* descriptor will be released. */ + /* */ + /* The reason why this function takes an `library' parameter is */ + /* simply to use ft_mem_free(). */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Done( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Done_Internal( FT_Memory memory, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Check */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Check the contents of an outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A handle to a source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Check( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_CBox */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return an outline's `control box'. The control box encloses all */ + /* the outline's points, including Bézier control points. Though it */ + /* coincides with the exact bounding box for most glyphs, it can be */ + /* slightly larger in some situations (like when rotating an outline */ + /* that contains Bézier outside arcs). */ + /* */ + /* Computing the control box is very fast, while getting the bounding */ + /* box can take much more time as it needs to walk over all segments */ + /* and arcs in the outline. To get the latter, you can use the */ + /* `ftbbox' component, which is dedicated to this single task. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* acbox :: The outline's control box. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* See @FT_Glyph_Get_CBox for a discussion of tricky fonts. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Get_CBox( const FT_Outline* outline, + FT_BBox *acbox ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Translate */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Apply a simple translation to the points of an outline. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* xOffset :: The horizontal offset. */ + /* */ + /* yOffset :: The vertical offset. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Translate( const FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos xOffset, + FT_Pos yOffset ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Copy */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Copy an outline into another one. Both objects must have the */ + /* same sizes (number of points & number of contours) when this */ + /* function is called. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* source :: A handle to the source outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* target :: A handle to the target outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Copy( const FT_Outline* source, + FT_Outline *target ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Transform */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Apply a simple 2x2 matrix to all of an outline's points. Useful */ + /* for applying rotations, slanting, flipping, etc. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* matrix :: A pointer to the transformation matrix. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You can use @FT_Outline_Translate if you need to translate the */ + /* outline's points. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Transform( const FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Matrix* matrix ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be at most 4~times */ + /* `strength' pixels wider and higher. You may think of the left and */ + /* bottom borders as unchanged. */ + /* */ + /* Negative `strength' values to reduce the outline thickness are */ + /* possible also. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A handle to the target outline. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* strength :: How strong the glyph is emboldened. Expressed in */ + /* 26.6 pixel format. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The used algorithm to increase or decrease the thickness of the */ + /* glyph doesn't change the number of points; this means that certain */ + /* situations like acute angles or intersections are sometimes */ + /* handled incorrectly. */ + /* */ + /* If you need `better' metrics values you should call */ + /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox or @FT_Outline_Get_BBox. */ + /* */ + /* Example call: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* FT_Load_Glyph( face, index, FT_LOAD_DEFAULT ); */ + /* if ( face->slot->format == FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE ) */ + /* FT_Outline_Embolden( &face->slot->outline, strength ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* To get meaningful results, font scaling values must be set with */ + /* functions like @FT_Set_Char_Size before calling FT_Render_Glyph. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Embolden( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos strength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_EmboldenXY */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Embolden an outline. The new outline will be `xstrength' pixels */ + /* wider and `ystrength' pixels higher. Otherwise, it is similar to */ + /* @FT_Outline_Embolden, which uses the same strength in both */ + /* directions. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_EmboldenXY( FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Pos xstrength, + FT_Pos ystrength ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Reverse */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Reverse the drawing direction of an outline. This is used to */ + /* ensure consistent fill conventions for mirrored glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the target outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function toggles the bit flag @FT_OUTLINE_REVERSE_FILL in */ + /* the outline's `flags' field. */ + /* */ + /* It shouldn't be used by a normal client application, unless it */ + /* knows what it is doing. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Outline_Reverse( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Render an outline within a bitmap. The outline's image is simply */ + /* OR-ed to the target bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* abitmap :: A pointer to the target bitmap descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This function does NOT CREATE the bitmap, it only renders an */ + /* outline image within the one you pass to it! Consequently, the */ + /* various fields in `abitmap' should be set accordingly. */ + /* */ + /* It will use the raster corresponding to the default glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* The value of the `num_grays' field in `abitmap' is ignored. If */ + /* you select the gray-level rasterizer, and you want less than 256 */ + /* gray levels, you have to use @FT_Outline_Render directly. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Get_Bitmap( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline, + const FT_Bitmap *abitmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Outline_Render */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Render an outline within a bitmap using the current scan-convert. */ + /* This function uses an @FT_Raster_Params structure as an argument, */ + /* allowing advanced features like direct composition, translucency, */ + /* etc. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to a FreeType library object. */ + /* */ + /* outline :: A pointer to the source outline descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* params :: A pointer to an @FT_Raster_Params structure used to */ + /* describe the rendering operation. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You should know what you are doing and how @FT_Raster_Params works */ + /* to use this function. */ + /* */ + /* The field `params.source' will be set to `outline' before the scan */ + /* converter is called, which means that the value you give to it is */ + /* actually ignored. */ + /* */ + /* The gray-level rasterizer always uses 256 gray levels. If you */ + /* want less gray levels, you have to provide your own span callback. */ + /* See the @FT_RASTER_FLAG_DIRECT value of the `flags' field in the */ + /* @FT_Raster_Params structure for more details. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Outline_Render( FT_Library library, + FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Raster_Params* params ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Orientation + * + * @description: + * A list of values used to describe an outline's contour orientation. + * + * The TrueType and PostScript specifications use different conventions + * to determine whether outline contours should be filled or unfilled. + * + * @values: + * FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE :: + * According to the TrueType specification, clockwise contours must + * be filled, and counter-clockwise ones must be unfilled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT :: + * According to the PostScript specification, counter-clockwise contours + * must be filled, and clockwise ones must be unfilled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT :: + * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, but is used to + * remember that in TrueType, everything that is to the right of + * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT :: + * This is identical to @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, but is used to + * remember that in PostScript, everything that is to the left of + * the drawing direction of a contour must be filled. + * + * FT_ORIENTATION_NONE :: + * The orientation cannot be determined. That is, different parts of + * the glyph have different orientation. + * + */ + typedef enum FT_Orientation_ + { + FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE = 0, + FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT = 1, + FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_RIGHT = FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE, + FT_ORIENTATION_FILL_LEFT = FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT, + FT_ORIENTATION_NONE + + } FT_Orientation; + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_Get_Orientation + * + * @description: + * This function analyzes a glyph outline and tries to compute its + * fill orientation (see @FT_Orientation). This is done by integrating + * the total area covered by the outline. The positive integral + * corresponds to the clockwise orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_POSTSCRIPT + * is returned. The negative integral corresponds to the counter-clockwise + * orientation and @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE is returned. + * + * Note that this will return @FT_ORIENTATION_TRUETYPE for empty + * outlines. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * A handle to the source outline. + * + * @return: + * The orientation. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Orientation ) + FT_Outline_Get_Orientation( FT_Outline* outline ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTOUTLN_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftpfr.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftpfr.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..7d5035396b --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftpfr.h @@ -0,0 +1,172 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftpfr.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing PFR-specific data (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2008, 2009 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTPFR_H__ +#define __FTPFR_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* pfr_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* PFR Fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* PFR/TrueDoc specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of PFR-specific functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Metrics + * + * @description: + * Return the outline and metrics resolutions of a given PFR face. + * + * @input: + * face :: Handle to the input face. It can be a non-PFR face. + * + * @output: + * aoutline_resolution :: + * Outline resolution. This is equivalent to `face->units_per_EM' + * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_resolution :: + * Metrics resolution. This is equivalent to `outline_resolution' + * for non-PFR fonts. Optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_x_scale :: + * A 16.16 fixed-point number used to scale distance expressed + * in metrics units to device sub-pixels. This is equivalent to + * `face->size->x_scale', but for metrics only. Optional (parameter + * can be NULL). + * + * ametrics_y_scale :: + * Same as `ametrics_x_scale' but for the vertical direction. + * optional (parameter can be NULL). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If the input face is not a PFR, this function will return an error. + * However, in all cases, it will return valid values. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Metrics( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt *aoutline_resolution, + FT_UInt *ametrics_resolution, + FT_Fixed *ametrics_x_scale, + FT_Fixed *ametrics_y_scale ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Kerning + * + * @description: + * Return the kerning pair corresponding to two glyphs in a PFR face. + * The distance is expressed in metrics units, unlike the result of + * @FT_Get_Kerning. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * left :: Index of the left glyph. + * + * right :: Index of the right glyph. + * + * @output: + * avector :: A kerning vector. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function always return distances in original PFR metrics + * units. This is unlike @FT_Get_Kerning with the @FT_KERNING_UNSCALED + * mode, which always returns distances converted to outline units. + * + * You can use the value of the `x_scale' and `y_scale' parameters + * returned by @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics to scale these to device sub-pixels. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Kerning( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt left, + FT_UInt right, + FT_Vector *avector ); + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PFR_Advance + * + * @description: + * Return a given glyph advance, expressed in original metrics units, + * from a PFR font. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * gindex :: The glyph index. + * + * @output: + * aadvance :: The glyph advance in metrics units. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You can use the `x_scale' or `y_scale' results of @FT_Get_PFR_Metrics + * to convert the advance to device sub-pixels (i.e., 1/64th of pixels). + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PFR_Advance( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt gindex, + FT_Pos *aadvance ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTPFR_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftrender.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftrender.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e8d36363ca --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftrender.h @@ -0,0 +1,237 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftrender.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType renderer modules public interface (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2005, 2006, 2010 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTRENDER_H__ +#define __FTRENDER_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_MODULE_H +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* module_management */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* create a new glyph object */ + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_InitFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* destroys a given glyph object */ + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_DoneFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph ); + + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_TransformFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + const FT_Matrix* matrix, + const FT_Vector* delta ); + + typedef void + (*FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_BBox* abbox ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_CopyFunc)( FT_Glyph source, + FT_Glyph target ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc)( FT_Glyph glyph, + FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + +/* deprecated */ +#define FT_Glyph_Init_Func FT_Glyph_InitFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Done_Func FT_Glyph_DoneFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Transform_Func FT_Glyph_TransformFunc +#define FT_Glyph_BBox_Func FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Copy_Func FT_Glyph_CopyFunc +#define FT_Glyph_Prepare_Func FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc + + + struct FT_Glyph_Class_ + { + FT_Long glyph_size; + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + FT_Glyph_InitFunc glyph_init; + FT_Glyph_DoneFunc glyph_done; + FT_Glyph_CopyFunc glyph_copy; + FT_Glyph_TransformFunc glyph_transform; + FT_Glyph_GetBBoxFunc glyph_bbox; + FT_Glyph_PrepareFunc glyph_prepare; + }; + + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_RenderFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_UInt mode, + const FT_Vector* origin ); + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_TransformFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + const FT_Matrix* matrix, + const FT_Vector* delta ); + + + typedef void + (*FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_GlyphSlot slot, + FT_BBox* cbox ); + + + typedef FT_Error + (*FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc)( FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_ULong mode_tag, + FT_Pointer mode_ptr ); + +/* deprecated identifiers */ +#define FTRenderer_render FT_Renderer_RenderFunc +#define FTRenderer_transform FT_Renderer_TransformFunc +#define FTRenderer_getCBox FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc +#define FTRenderer_setMode FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Renderer_Class */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The renderer module class descriptor. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* root :: The root @FT_Module_Class fields. */ + /* */ + /* glyph_format :: The glyph image format this renderer handles. */ + /* */ + /* render_glyph :: A method used to render the image that is in a */ + /* given glyph slot into a bitmap. */ + /* */ + /* transform_glyph :: A method used to transform the image that is in */ + /* a given glyph slot. */ + /* */ + /* get_glyph_cbox :: A method used to access the glyph's cbox. */ + /* */ + /* set_mode :: A method used to pass additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* raster_class :: For @FT_GLYPH_FORMAT_OUTLINE renderers only. */ + /* This is a pointer to its raster's class. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Renderer_Class_ + { + FT_Module_Class root; + + FT_Glyph_Format glyph_format; + + FT_Renderer_RenderFunc render_glyph; + FT_Renderer_TransformFunc transform_glyph; + FT_Renderer_GetCBoxFunc get_glyph_cbox; + FT_Renderer_SetModeFunc set_mode; + + FT_Raster_Funcs* raster_class; + + } FT_Renderer_Class; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the current renderer for a given glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* format :: The glyph format. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A renderer handle. 0~if none found. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* An error will be returned if a module already exists by that name, */ + /* or if the module requires a version of FreeType that is too great. */ + /* */ + /* To add a new renderer, simply use @FT_Add_Module. To retrieve a */ + /* renderer by its name, use @FT_Get_Module. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Renderer ) + FT_Get_Renderer( FT_Library library, + FT_Glyph_Format format ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Set_Renderer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Set the current renderer to use, and set additional mode. */ + /* */ + /* <InOut> */ + /* library :: A handle to the library object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* renderer :: A handle to the renderer object. */ + /* */ + /* num_params :: The number of additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* parameters :: Additional parameters. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* In case of success, the renderer will be used to convert glyph */ + /* images in the renderer's known format into bitmaps. */ + /* */ + /* This doesn't change the current renderer for other formats. */ + /* */ + /* Currently, only the B/W renderer, if compiled with */ + /* FT_RASTER_OPTION_ANTI_ALIASING (providing a 5-levels */ + /* anti-aliasing mode; this option must be set directly in */ + /* `ftraster.c' and is undefined by default) accepts a single tag */ + /* `pal5' to set its gray palette as a character string with */ + /* 5~elements. Consequently, the third and fourth argument are zero */ + /* normally. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Set_Renderer( FT_Library library, + FT_Renderer renderer, + FT_UInt num_params, + FT_Parameter* parameters ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTRENDER_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsizes.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsizes.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..4167045701 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsizes.h @@ -0,0 +1,159 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsizes.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType size objects management (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2003, 2004, 2006, 2009, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Typical application would normally not need to use these functions. */ + /* However, they have been placed in a public API for the rare cases */ + /* where they are needed. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTSIZES_H__ +#define __FTSIZES_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* sizes_management */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Size Management */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Managing multiple sizes per face. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* When creating a new face object (e.g., with @FT_New_Face), an */ + /* @FT_Size object is automatically created and used to store all */ + /* pixel-size dependent information, available in the `face->size' */ + /* field. */ + /* */ + /* It is however possible to create more sizes for a given face, */ + /* mostly in order to manage several character pixel sizes of the */ + /* same font family and style. See @FT_New_Size and @FT_Done_Size. */ + /* */ + /* Note that @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes and @FT_Set_Char_Size only */ + /* modify the contents of the current `active' size; you thus need */ + /* to use @FT_Activate_Size to change it. */ + /* */ + /* 99% of applications won't need the functions provided here, */ + /* especially if they use the caching sub-system, so be cautious */ + /* when using these. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_New_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Create a new size object from a given face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to a parent face object. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* asize :: A handle to a new size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* You need to call @FT_Activate_Size in order to select the new size */ + /* for upcoming calls to @FT_Set_Pixel_Sizes, @FT_Set_Char_Size, */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph, @FT_Load_Char, etc. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_New_Size( FT_Face face, + FT_Size* size ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Done_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Discard a given size object. Note that @FT_Done_Face */ + /* automatically discards all size objects allocated with */ + /* @FT_New_Size. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Done_Size( FT_Size size ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Activate_Size */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Even though it is possible to create several size objects for a */ + /* given face (see @FT_New_Size for details), functions like */ + /* @FT_Load_Glyph or @FT_Load_Char only use the one that has been */ + /* activated last to determine the `current character pixel size'. */ + /* */ + /* This function can be used to `activate' a previously created size */ + /* object. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* size :: A handle to a target size object. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* If `face' is the size's parent face object, this function changes */ + /* the value of `face->size' to the input size handle. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Activate_Size( FT_Size size ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTSIZES_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsnames.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsnames.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..88af440356 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsnames.h @@ -0,0 +1,200 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsnames.h */ +/* */ +/* Simple interface to access SFNT name tables (which are used */ +/* to hold font names, copyright info, notices, etc.) (specification). */ +/* */ +/* This is _not_ used to retrieve glyph names! */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2003, 2006, 2009, 2010, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ +#define __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* sfnt_names */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* SFNT Names */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Access the names embedded in TrueType and OpenType files. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The TrueType and OpenType specifications allow the inclusion of */ + /* a special `names table' in font files. This table contains */ + /* textual (and internationalized) information regarding the font, */ + /* like family name, copyright, version, etc. */ + /* */ + /* The definitions below are used to access them if available. */ + /* */ + /* Note that this has nothing to do with glyph names! */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_SfntName */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model an SFNT `name' table entry. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* platform_id :: The platform ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* encoding_id :: The encoding ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* language_id :: The language ID for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* name_id :: An identifier for `string'. */ + /* */ + /* string :: The `name' string. Note that its format differs */ + /* depending on the (platform,encoding) pair. It can */ + /* be a Pascal String, a UTF-16 one, etc. */ + /* */ + /* Generally speaking, the string is not */ + /* zero-terminated. Please refer to the TrueType */ + /* specification for details. */ + /* */ + /* string_len :: The length of `string' in bytes. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* Possible values for `platform_id', `encoding_id', `language_id', */ + /* and `name_id' are given in the file `ttnameid.h'. For details */ + /* please refer to the TrueType or OpenType specification. */ + /* */ + /* See also @TT_PLATFORM_XXX, @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX, @TT_MAC_ID_XXX, */ + /* @TT_ISO_ID_XXX, and @TT_MS_ID_XXX. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_SfntName_ + { + FT_UShort platform_id; + FT_UShort encoding_id; + FT_UShort language_id; + FT_UShort name_id; + + FT_Byte* string; /* this string is *not* null-terminated! */ + FT_UInt string_len; /* in bytes */ + + } FT_SfntName; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve the number of name strings in the SFNT `name' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The number of strings in the `name' table. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_UInt ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count( FT_Face face ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Name */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Retrieve a string of the SFNT `name' table for a given index. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source face. */ + /* */ + /* idx :: The index of the `name' string. */ + /* */ + /* <Output> */ + /* aname :: The indexed @FT_SfntName structure. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* FreeType error code. 0~means success. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The `string' array returned in the `aname' structure is not */ + /* null-terminated. The application should deallocate it if it is no */ + /* longer in use. */ + /* */ + /* Use @FT_Get_Sfnt_Name_Count to get the total number of available */ + /* `name' table entries, then do a loop until you get the right */ + /* platform, encoding, and name ID. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Name( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt idx, + FT_SfntName *aname ); + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make + * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred family subfamily names in `name' + * table since OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with + * legacy systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_FAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 'f' ) + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of @FT_Parameter structures to make + * FT_Open_Face() ignore preferred subfamily names in `name' table since + * OpenType version 1.4. For backwards compatibility with legacy + * systems that have a 4-face-per-family restriction. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_IGNORE_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY FT_MAKE_TAG( 'i', 'g', 'p', 's' ) + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FT_SFNT_NAMES_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftstroke.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftstroke.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..bd311709f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftstroke.h @@ -0,0 +1,785 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftstroke.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType path stroker (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2006, 2008, 2009, 2011-2012, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FT_STROKE_H__ +#define __FT_STROKE_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_OUTLINE_H +#include FT_GLYPH_H + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @section: + * glyph_stroker + * + * @title: + * Glyph Stroker + * + * @abstract: + * Generating bordered and stroked glyphs. + * + * @description: + * This component generates stroked outlines of a given vectorial + * glyph. It also allows you to retrieve the `outside' and/or the + * `inside' borders of the stroke. + * + * This can be useful to generate `bordered' glyph, i.e., glyphs + * displayed with a coloured (and anti-aliased) border around their + * shape. + * + * @order: + * FT_Stroker + * + * FT_Stroker_LineJoin + * FT_Stroker_LineCap + * FT_StrokerBorder + * + * FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder + * FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder + * + * FT_Glyph_Stroke + * FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder + * + * FT_Stroker_New + * FT_Stroker_Set + * FT_Stroker_Rewind + * FT_Stroker_ParseOutline + * FT_Stroker_Done + * + * FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath + * FT_Stroker_EndSubPath + * + * FT_Stroker_LineTo + * FT_Stroker_ConicTo + * FT_Stroker_CubicTo + * + * FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts + * FT_Stroker_ExportBorder + * FT_Stroker_GetCounts + * FT_Stroker_Export + * + */ + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @type: + * FT_Stroker + * + * @description: + * Opaque handle to a path stroker object. + */ + typedef struct FT_StrokerRec_* FT_Stroker; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Stroker_LineJoin + * + * @description: + * These values determine how two joining lines are rendered + * in a stroker. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND :: + * Used to render rounded line joins. Circular arcs are used + * to join two lines smoothly. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL :: + * Used to render beveled line joins. The outer corner of + * the joined lines is filled by enclosing the triangular + * region of the corner with a straight line between the + * outer corners of each stroke. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED :: + * Used to render mitered line joins, with fixed bevels if the + * miter limit is exceeded. The outer edges of the strokes + * for the two segments are extended until they meet at an + * angle. If the segments meet at too sharp an angle (such + * that the miter would extend from the intersection of the + * segments a distance greater than the product of the miter + * limit value and the border radius), then a bevel join (see + * above) is used instead. This prevents long spikes being + * created. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED generates a miter + * line join as used in PostScript and PDF. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE :: + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER :: + * Used to render mitered line joins, with variable bevels if + * the miter limit is exceeded. The intersection of the + * strokes is clipped at a line perpendicular to the bisector + * of the angle between the strokes, at the distance from the + * intersection of the segments equal to the product of the + * miter limit value and the border radius. This prevents + * long spikes being created. + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE generates a mitered line + * join as used in XPS. FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER is an alias + * for FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, retained for + * backwards compatibility. + */ + typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineJoin_ + { + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_ROUND = 0, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_BEVEL = 1, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE = 2, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER = FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE, + FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED = 3 + + } FT_Stroker_LineJoin; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_Stroker_LineCap + * + * @description: + * These values determine how the end of opened sub-paths are + * rendered in a stroke. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a full stop on the last + * point itself. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a half-circle around the + * last point. + * + * FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE :: + * The end of lines is rendered as a square around the + * last point. + */ + typedef enum FT_Stroker_LineCap_ + { + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_BUTT = 0, + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_ROUND, + FT_STROKER_LINECAP_SQUARE + + } FT_Stroker_LineCap; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * FT_StrokerBorder + * + * @description: + * These values are used to select a given stroke border + * in @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts and @FT_Stroker_ExportBorder. + * + * @values: + * FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT :: + * Select the left border, relative to the drawing direction. + * + * FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT :: + * Select the right border, relative to the drawing direction. + * + * @note: + * Applications are generally interested in the `inside' and `outside' + * borders. However, there is no direct mapping between these and the + * `left' and `right' ones, since this really depends on the glyph's + * drawing orientation, which varies between font formats. + * + * You can however use @FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder and + * @FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder to get these. + */ + typedef enum FT_StrokerBorder_ + { + FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT = 0, + FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT + + } FT_StrokerBorder; + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the + * `inside' borders of a given outline. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * The source outline handle. + * + * @return: + * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_RIGHT for empty or invalid + * outlines. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder ) + FT_Outline_GetInsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @FT_StrokerBorder value corresponding to the + * `outside' borders of a given outline. + * + * @input: + * outline :: + * The source outline handle. + * + * @return: + * The border index. @FT_STROKER_BORDER_LEFT for empty or invalid + * outlines. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_StrokerBorder ) + FT_Outline_GetOutsideBorder( FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_New + * + * @description: + * Create a new stroker object. + * + * @input: + * library :: + * FreeType library handle. + * + * @output: + * astroker :: + * A new stroker object handle. NULL in case of error. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_New( FT_Library library, + FT_Stroker *astroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Set + * + * @description: + * Reset a stroker object's attributes. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * radius :: + * The border radius. + * + * line_cap :: + * The line cap style. + * + * line_join :: + * The line join style. + * + * miter_limit :: + * The miter limit for the FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_FIXED and + * FT_STROKER_LINEJOIN_MITER_VARIABLE line join styles, + * expressed as 16.16 fixed-point value. + * + * @note: + * The radius is expressed in the same units as the outline + * coordinates. + * + * This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Set( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Fixed radius, + FT_Stroker_LineCap line_cap, + FT_Stroker_LineJoin line_join, + FT_Fixed miter_limit ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Rewind + * + * @description: + * Reset a stroker object without changing its attributes. + * You should call this function before beginning a new + * series of calls to @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath or + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Rewind( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ParseOutline + * + * @description: + * A convenience function used to parse a whole outline with + * the stroker. The resulting outline(s) can be retrieved + * later by functions like @FT_Stroker_GetCounts and @FT_Stroker_Export. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * outline :: + * The source outline. + * + * opened :: + * A boolean. If~1, the outline is treated as an open path instead + * of a closed one. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If `opened' is~0 (the default), the outline is treated as a closed + * path, and the stroker generates two distinct `border' outlines. + * + * If `opened' is~1, the outline is processed as an open path, and the + * stroker generates a single `stroke' outline. + * + * This function calls @FT_Stroker_Rewind automatically. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_ParseOutline( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Outline* outline, + FT_Bool opened ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath + * + * @description: + * Start a new sub-path in the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the start vector. + * + * open :: + * A boolean. If~1, the sub-path is treated as an open one. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function is useful when you need to stroke a path that is + * not stored as an @FT_Outline object. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* to, + FT_Bool open ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_EndSubPath + * + * @description: + * Close the current sub-path in the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function after @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath. + * If the subpath was not `opened', this function `draws' a + * single line segment to the start position when needed. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_EndSubPath( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_LineTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single line segment in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_LineTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ConicTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single quadratic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * control :: + * A pointer to a Bézier control point. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_ConicTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* control, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_CubicTo + * + * @description: + * `Draw' a single cubic Bézier in the stroker's current sub-path, + * from the last position. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * control1 :: + * A pointer to the first Bézier control point. + * + * control2 :: + * A pointer to second Bézier control point. + * + * to :: + * A pointer to the destination point. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * You should call this function between @FT_Stroker_BeginSubPath and + * @FT_Stroker_EndSubPath. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_CubicTo( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Vector* control1, + FT_Vector* control2, + FT_Vector* to ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts + * + * @description: + * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths + * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and + * contours necessary to export one of the `border' or `stroke' + * outlines generated by the stroker. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * border :: + * The border index. + * + * @output: + * anum_points :: + * The number of points. + * + * anum_contours :: + * The number of contours. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates + * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'. + * + * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges + * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all + * points, while the `right' border becomes empty. + * + * Use the function @FT_Stroker_GetCounts instead if you want to + * retrieve the counts associated to both borders. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_StrokerBorder border, + FT_UInt *anum_points, + FT_UInt *anum_contours ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_ExportBorder + * + * @description: + * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * export the corresponding border to your own @FT_Outline + * structure. + * + * Note that this function appends the border points and + * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its + * arrays. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * border :: + * The border index. + * + * outline :: + * The target outline handle. + * + * @note: + * Always call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * get sure that there is enough room in your @FT_Outline object to + * receive all new data. + * + * When an outline, or a sub-path, is `closed', the stroker generates + * two independent `border' outlines, named `left' and `right'. + * + * When the outline, or a sub-path, is `opened', the stroker merges + * the `border' outlines with caps. The `left' border receives all + * points, while the `right' border becomes empty. + * + * Use the function @FT_Stroker_Export instead if you want to + * retrieve all borders at once. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_ExportBorder( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_StrokerBorder border, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_GetCounts + * + * @description: + * Call this function once you have finished parsing your paths + * with the stroker. It returns the number of points and + * contours necessary to export all points/borders from the stroked + * outline/path. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * @output: + * anum_points :: + * The number of points. + * + * anum_contours :: + * The number of contours. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Stroker_GetCounts( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_UInt *anum_points, + FT_UInt *anum_contours ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Export + * + * @description: + * Call this function after @FT_Stroker_GetBorderCounts to + * export all borders to your own @FT_Outline structure. + * + * Note that this function appends the border points and + * contours to your outline, but does not try to resize its + * arrays. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * The target stroker handle. + * + * outline :: + * The target outline handle. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Export( FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Outline* outline ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Stroker_Done + * + * @description: + * Destroy a stroker object. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. Can be NULL. + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Stroker_Done( FT_Stroker stroker ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Glyph_Stroke + * + * @description: + * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker. + * + * @inout: + * pglyph :: + * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. + * + * destroy :: + * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed + * on success. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source glyph is untouched in case of error. + * + * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph + * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You + * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts + * to account for this added size. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_Stroke( FT_Glyph *pglyph, + FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + + /************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder + * + * @description: + * Stroke a given outline glyph object with a given stroker, but + * only return either its inside or outside border. + * + * @inout: + * pglyph :: + * Source glyph handle on input, new glyph handle on output. + * + * @input: + * stroker :: + * A stroker handle. + * + * inside :: + * A Boolean. If~1, return the inside border, otherwise + * the outside border. + * + * destroy :: + * A Boolean. If~1, the source glyph object is destroyed + * on success. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The source glyph is untouched in case of error. + * + * Adding stroke may yield a significantly wider and taller glyph + * depending on how large of a radius was used to stroke the glyph. You + * may need to manually adjust horizontal and vertical advance amounts + * to account for this added size. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Glyph_StrokeBorder( FT_Glyph *pglyph, + FT_Stroker stroker, + FT_Bool inside, + FT_Bool destroy ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FT_STROKE_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsynth.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsynth.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..d0ea730874 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsynth.h @@ -0,0 +1,82 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsynth.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType synthesizing code for emboldening and slanting */ +/* (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2000-2001, 2003, 2006, 2008, 2012, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /********* *********/ + /********* WARNING, THIS IS ALPHA CODE! THIS API *********/ + /********* IS DUE TO CHANGE UNTIL STRICTLY NOTIFIED BY THE *********/ + /********* FREETYPE DEVELOPMENT TEAM *********/ + /********* *********/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* Main reason for not lifting the functions in this module to a */ + /* `standard' API is that the used parameters for emboldening and */ + /* slanting are not configurable. Consider the functions as a */ + /* code resource that should be copied into the application and */ + /* adapted to the particular needs. */ + + +#ifndef __FTSYNTH_H__ +#define __FTSYNTH_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /* Embolden a glyph by a `reasonable' value (which is highly a matter of */ + /* taste). This function is actually a convenience function, providing */ + /* a wrapper for @FT_Outline_Embolden and @FT_Bitmap_Embolden. */ + /* */ + /* For emboldened outlines the height, width, and advance metrics are */ + /* increased by the strength of the emboldening. You can also call */ + /* @FT_Outline_Get_CBox to get precise values. */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Embolden( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* Slant an outline glyph to the right by about 12 degrees. */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_GlyphSlot_Oblique( FT_GlyphSlot slot ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTSYNTH_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsystem.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsystem.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..7436ed2678 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftsystem.h @@ -0,0 +1,355 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftsystem.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType low-level system interface definition (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2002, 2005, 2010, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTSYSTEM_H__ +#define __FTSYSTEM_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* system_interface */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* System Interface */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* How FreeType manages memory and i/o. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains various definitions related to memory */ + /* management and i/o access. You need to understand this */ + /* information if you want to use a custom memory manager or you own */ + /* i/o streams. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* M E M O R Y M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Memory + * + * @description: + * A handle to a given memory manager object, defined with an + * @FT_MemoryRec structure. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_MemoryRec_* FT_Memory; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Alloc_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to allocate `size' bytes from `memory'. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * size :: + * The size in bytes to allocate. + * + * @return: + * Address of new memory block. 0~in case of failure. + * + */ + typedef void* + (*FT_Alloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + long size ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Free_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to release a given block of memory. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * block :: + * The address of the target memory block. + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Free_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + void* block ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Realloc_Func + * + * @description: + * A function used to re-allocate a given block of memory. + * + * @input: + * memory :: + * A handle to the source memory manager. + * + * cur_size :: + * The block's current size in bytes. + * + * new_size :: + * The block's requested new size. + * + * block :: + * The block's current address. + * + * @return: + * New block address. 0~in case of memory shortage. + * + * @note: + * In case of error, the old block must still be available. + * + */ + typedef void* + (*FT_Realloc_Func)( FT_Memory memory, + long cur_size, + long new_size, + void* block ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_MemoryRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to describe a given memory manager to FreeType~2. + * + * @fields: + * user :: + * A generic typeless pointer for user data. + * + * alloc :: + * A pointer type to an allocation function. + * + * free :: + * A pointer type to an memory freeing function. + * + * realloc :: + * A pointer type to a reallocation function. + * + */ + struct FT_MemoryRec_ + { + void* user; + FT_Alloc_Func alloc; + FT_Free_Func free; + FT_Realloc_Func realloc; + }; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* I / O M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Stream + * + * @description: + * A handle to an input stream. + * + * @also: + * See @FT_StreamRec for the publicly accessible fields of a given + * stream object. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_StreamRec_* FT_Stream; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_StreamDesc + * + * @description: + * A union type used to store either a long or a pointer. This is used + * to store a file descriptor or a `FILE*' in an input stream. + * + */ + typedef union FT_StreamDesc_ + { + long value; + void* pointer; + + } FT_StreamDesc; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Stream_IoFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to seek and read data from a given input stream. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * A handle to the source stream. + * + * offset :: + * The offset of read in stream (always from start). + * + * buffer :: + * The address of the read buffer. + * + * count :: + * The number of bytes to read from the stream. + * + * @return: + * The number of bytes effectively read by the stream. + * + * @note: + * This function might be called to perform a seek or skip operation + * with a `count' of~0. A non-zero return value then indicates an + * error. + * + */ + typedef unsigned long + (*FT_Stream_IoFunc)( FT_Stream stream, + unsigned long offset, + unsigned char* buffer, + unsigned long count ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @functype: + * FT_Stream_CloseFunc + * + * @description: + * A function used to close a given input stream. + * + * @input: + * stream :: + * A handle to the target stream. + * + */ + typedef void + (*FT_Stream_CloseFunc)( FT_Stream stream ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @struct: + * FT_StreamRec + * + * @description: + * A structure used to describe an input stream. + * + * @input: + * base :: + * For memory-based streams, this is the address of the first stream + * byte in memory. This field should always be set to NULL for + * disk-based streams. + * + * size :: + * The stream size in bytes. + * + * In case of compressed streams where the size is unknown before + * actually doing the decompression, the value is set to 0x7FFFFFFF. + * (Note that this size value can occur for normal streams also; it is + * thus just a hint.) + * + * pos :: + * The current position within the stream. + * + * descriptor :: + * This field is a union that can hold an integer or a pointer. It is + * used by stream implementations to store file descriptors or `FILE*' + * pointers. + * + * pathname :: + * This field is completely ignored by FreeType. However, it is often + * useful during debugging to use it to store the stream's filename + * (where available). + * + * read :: + * The stream's input function. + * + * close :: + * The stream's close function. + * + * memory :: + * The memory manager to use to preload frames. This is set + * internally by FreeType and shouldn't be touched by stream + * implementations. + * + * cursor :: + * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing + * frames. + * + * limit :: + * This field is set and used internally by FreeType when parsing + * frames. + * + */ + typedef struct FT_StreamRec_ + { + unsigned char* base; + unsigned long size; + unsigned long pos; + + FT_StreamDesc descriptor; + FT_StreamDesc pathname; + FT_Stream_IoFunc read; + FT_Stream_CloseFunc close; + + FT_Memory memory; + unsigned char* cursor; + unsigned char* limit; + + } FT_StreamRec; + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTSYSTEM_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fttrigon.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fttrigon.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..9c7b54324e --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fttrigon.h @@ -0,0 +1,350 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fttrigon.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType trigonometric functions (specification). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2001, 2003, 2005, 2007, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTTRIGON_H__ +#define __FTTRIGON_H__ + +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* computations */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @type: + * FT_Angle + * + * @description: + * This type is used to model angle values in FreeType. Note that the + * angle is a 16.16 fixed-point value expressed in degrees. + * + */ + typedef FT_Fixed FT_Angle; + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI + * + * @description: + * The angle pi expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI ( 180L << 16 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_2PI + * + * @description: + * The angle 2*pi expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_2PI ( FT_ANGLE_PI * 2 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI2 + * + * @description: + * The angle pi/2 expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI2 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 2 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @macro: + * FT_ANGLE_PI4 + * + * @description: + * The angle pi/4 expressed in @FT_Angle units. + * + */ +#define FT_ANGLE_PI4 ( FT_ANGLE_PI / 4 ) + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Sin + * + * @description: + * Return the sinus of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The sinus value. + * + * @note: + * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the + * function @FT_Vector_Unit. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Sin( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Cos + * + * @description: + * Return the cosinus of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The cosinus value. + * + * @note: + * If you need both the sinus and cosinus for a given angle, use the + * function @FT_Vector_Unit. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Cos( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Tan + * + * @description: + * Return the tangent of a given angle in fixed-point format. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + * @return: + * The tangent value. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Tan( FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Atan2 + * + * @description: + * Return the arc-tangent corresponding to a given vector (x,y) in + * the 2d plane. + * + * @input: + * x :: + * The horizontal vector coordinate. + * + * y :: + * The vertical vector coordinate. + * + * @return: + * The arc-tangent value (i.e. angle). + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle ) + FT_Atan2( FT_Fixed x, + FT_Fixed y ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Angle_Diff + * + * @description: + * Return the difference between two angles. The result is always + * constrained to the ]-PI..PI] interval. + * + * @input: + * angle1 :: + * First angle. + * + * angle2 :: + * Second angle. + * + * @return: + * Constrained value of `value2-value1'. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Angle ) + FT_Angle_Diff( FT_Angle angle1, + FT_Angle angle2 ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Unit + * + * @description: + * Return the unit vector corresponding to a given angle. After the + * call, the value of `vec.x' will be `sin(angle)', and the value of + * `vec.y' will be `cos(angle)'. + * + * This function is useful to retrieve both the sinus and cosinus of a + * given angle quickly. + * + * @output: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Unit( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Rotate + * + * @description: + * Rotate a vector by a given angle. + * + * @inout: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @input: + * angle :: + * The input angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Rotate( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Angle angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Length + * + * @description: + * Return the length of a given vector. + * + * @input: + * vec :: + * The address of target vector. + * + * @return: + * The vector length, expressed in the same units that the original + * vector coordinates. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Fixed ) + FT_Vector_Length( FT_Vector* vec ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_Polarize + * + * @description: + * Compute both the length and angle of a given vector. + * + * @input: + * vec :: + * The address of source vector. + * + * @output: + * length :: + * The vector length. + * + * angle :: + * The vector angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_Polarize( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Fixed *length, + FT_Angle *angle ); + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @function: + * FT_Vector_From_Polar + * + * @description: + * Compute vector coordinates from a length and angle. + * + * @output: + * vec :: + * The address of source vector. + * + * @input: + * length :: + * The vector length. + * + * angle :: + * The vector angle. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( void ) + FT_Vector_From_Polar( FT_Vector* vec, + FT_Fixed length, + FT_Angle angle ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTTRIGON_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftttdrv.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftttdrv.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..358841397c --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftttdrv.h @@ -0,0 +1,170 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftttdrv.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for controlling the TrueType driver */ +/* (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTTTDRV_H__ +#define __FTTTDRV_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @section: + * tt_driver + * + * @title: + * The TrueType driver + * + * @abstract: + * Controlling the TrueType driver module. + * + * @description: + * While FreeType's TrueType driver doesn't expose API functions by + * itself, it is possible to control its behaviour with @FT_Property_Set + * and @FT_Property_Get. The following lists the available properties + * together with the necessary macros and structures. + * + * The TrueType driver's module name is `truetype'. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @property: + * interpreter-version + * + * @description: + * Currently, two versions are available, representing the bytecode + * interpreter with and without subpixel hinting support, + * respectively. The default is subpixel support if + * TT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING is defined, and no subpixel + * support otherwise (since it isn't available then). + * + * If subpixel hinting is on, many TrueType bytecode instructions + * behave differently compared to B/W or grayscale rendering. The + * main idea is to render at a much increased horizontal resolution, + * then sampling down the created output to subpixel precision. + * However, many older fonts are not suited to this and must be + * specially taken care of by applying (hardcoded) font-specific + * tweaks. + * + * Details on subpixel hinting and some of the necessary tweaks can be + * found in Greg Hitchcock's whitepaper at + * `http://www.microsoft.com/typography/cleartype/truetypecleartype.aspx'. + * + * The following example code demonstrates how to activate subpixel + * hinting (omitting the error handling). + * + * { + * FT_Library library; + * FT_Face face; + * FT_UInt interpreter_version = TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38; + * + * + * FT_Init_FreeType( &library ); + * + * FT_Property_Set( library, "truetype", + * "interpreter-version", + * &interpreter_version ); + * } + * + * @note: + * This property can be used with @FT_Property_Get also. + * + */ + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of constants used for the @interpreter-version property to + * select the hinting engine for Truetype fonts. + * + * The numeric value in the constant names represents the version + * number as returned by the `GETINFO' bytecode instruction. + * + * @values: + * TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 :: + * Version~35 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.7 as used e.g. in + * Windows~98; only grayscale and B/W rasterizing is supported. + * + * TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 :: + * Version~38 corresponds to MS rasterizer v.1.9; it is roughly + * equivalent to the hinting provided by DirectWrite ClearType (as + * can be found, for example, in the Internet Explorer~9 running on + * Windows~7). + * + * @note: + * This property controls the behaviour of the bytecode interpreter + * and thus how outlines get hinted. It does *not* control how glyph + * get rasterized! In particular, it does not control subpixel color + * filtering. + * + * If FreeType has not been compiled with configuration option + * FT_CONFIG_OPTION_SUBPIXEL_HINTING, selecting version~38 causes an + * `FT_Err_Unimplemented_Feature' error. + * + * Depending on the graphics framework, Microsoft uses different + * bytecode engines. As a consequence, the version numbers returned by + * a call to the `GETINFO[1]' bytecode instruction are more convoluted + * than desired. + * + * { + * framework Windows version result of GETINFO[1] + * ---------------------------------------------------- + * GDI before XP 35 + * GDI XP and later 37 + * GDI+ old before Vista 37 + * GDI+ old Vista, 7 38 + * GDI+ after 7 40 + * DWrite before 8 39 + * DWrite 8 and later 40 + * } + * + * Since FreeType doesn't provide all capabilities of DWrite ClearType, + * using version~38 seems justified. + * + */ +#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_35 35 +#define TT_INTERPRETER_VERSION_38 38 + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* __FTTTDRV_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fttypes.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fttypes.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..2c01e8737c --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/fttypes.h @@ -0,0 +1,602 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* fttypes.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType simple types definitions (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2002, 2004, 2006-2009, 2012-2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTTYPES_H__ +#define __FTTYPES_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_CONFIG_CONFIG_H +#include FT_SYSTEM_H +#include FT_IMAGE_H + +#include <stddef.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* basic_types */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Basic Data Types */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* The basic data types defined by the library. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the basic data types defined by FreeType~2, */ + /* ranging from simple scalar types to bitmap descriptors. More */ + /* font-specific structures are defined in a different section. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* FT_Byte */ + /* FT_Bytes */ + /* FT_Char */ + /* FT_Int */ + /* FT_UInt */ + /* FT_Int16 */ + /* FT_UInt16 */ + /* FT_Int32 */ + /* FT_UInt32 */ + /* FT_Int64 */ + /* FT_UInt64 */ + /* FT_Short */ + /* FT_UShort */ + /* FT_Long */ + /* FT_ULong */ + /* FT_Bool */ + /* FT_Offset */ + /* FT_PtrDist */ + /* FT_String */ + /* FT_Tag */ + /* FT_Error */ + /* FT_Fixed */ + /* FT_Pointer */ + /* FT_Pos */ + /* FT_Vector */ + /* FT_BBox */ + /* FT_Matrix */ + /* FT_FWord */ + /* FT_UFWord */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 */ + /* FT_UnitVector */ + /* FT_F26Dot6 */ + /* FT_Data */ + /* */ + /* FT_MAKE_TAG */ + /* */ + /* FT_Generic */ + /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */ + /* */ + /* FT_Bitmap */ + /* FT_Pixel_Mode */ + /* FT_Palette_Mode */ + /* FT_Glyph_Format */ + /* FT_IMAGE_TAG */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Bool */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef of unsigned char, used for simple booleans. As usual, */ + /* values 1 and~0 represent true and false, respectively. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned char FT_Bool; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_FWord */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original font */ + /* units. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_FWord; /* distance in FUnits */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UFWord */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An unsigned 16-bit integer used to store a distance in original */ + /* font units. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UFWord; /* unsigned distance */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Char */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the _signed_ char type. */ + /* */ + typedef signed char FT_Char; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Byte */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the _unsigned_ char type. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned char FT_Byte; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Bytes */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for constant memory areas. */ + /* */ + typedef const FT_Byte* FT_Bytes; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Tag */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for 32-bit tags (as used in the SFNT format). */ + /* */ + typedef FT_UInt32 FT_Tag; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_String */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for the char type, usually used for strings. */ + /* */ + typedef char FT_String; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Short */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for signed short. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_Short; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UShort */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for unsigned short. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned short FT_UShort; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Int */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for the int type. */ + /* */ + typedef signed int FT_Int; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_UInt */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for the unsigned int type. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned int FT_UInt; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Long */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for signed long. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Long; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_ULong */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A typedef for unsigned long. */ + /* */ + typedef unsigned long FT_ULong; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 2.14 fixed-point type used for unit vectors. */ + /* */ + typedef signed short FT_F2Dot14; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_F26Dot6 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A signed 26.6 fixed-point type used for vectorial pixel */ + /* coordinates. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_F26Dot6; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Fixed */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is used to store 16.16 fixed-point values, like scaling */ + /* values or matrix coefficients. */ + /* */ + typedef signed long FT_Fixed; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Error */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The FreeType error code type. A value of~0 is always interpreted */ + /* as a successful operation. */ + /* */ + typedef int FT_Error; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Pointer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple typedef for a typeless pointer. */ + /* */ + typedef void* FT_Pointer; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_Offset */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `size_t' type, i.e., the largest */ + /* _unsigned_ integer type used to express a file size or position, */ + /* or a memory block size. */ + /* */ + typedef size_t FT_Offset; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_PtrDist */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This is equivalent to the ANSI~C `ptrdiff_t' type, i.e., the */ + /* largest _signed_ integer type used to express the distance */ + /* between two pointers. */ + /* */ + typedef ft_ptrdiff_t FT_PtrDist; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_UnitVector */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2D vector unit vector. Uses */ + /* FT_F2Dot14 types. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* x :: Horizontal coordinate. */ + /* */ + /* y :: Vertical coordinate. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_UnitVector_ + { + FT_F2Dot14 x; + FT_F2Dot14 y; + + } FT_UnitVector; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Matrix */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A simple structure used to store a 2x2 matrix. Coefficients are */ + /* in 16.16 fixed-point format. The computation performed is: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* x' = x*xx + y*xy */ + /* y' = x*yx + y*yy */ + /* } */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* xx :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* xy :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* yx :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + /* yy :: Matrix coefficient. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Matrix_ + { + FT_Fixed xx, xy; + FT_Fixed yx, yy; + + } FT_Matrix; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Data */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Read-only binary data represented as a pointer and a length. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* pointer :: The data. */ + /* */ + /* length :: The length of the data in bytes. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Data_ + { + const FT_Byte* pointer; + FT_Int length; + + } FT_Data; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <FuncType> */ + /* FT_Generic_Finalizer */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Describe a function used to destroy the `client' data of any */ + /* FreeType object. See the description of the @FT_Generic type for */ + /* details of usage. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* The address of the FreeType object that is under finalization. */ + /* Its client data is accessed through its `generic' field. */ + /* */ + typedef void (*FT_Generic_Finalizer)(void* object); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_Generic */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Client applications often need to associate their own data to a */ + /* variety of FreeType core objects. For example, a text layout API */ + /* might want to associate a glyph cache to a given size object. */ + /* */ + /* Some FreeType object contains a `generic' field, of type */ + /* FT_Generic, which usage is left to client applications and font */ + /* servers. */ + /* */ + /* It can be used to store a pointer to client-specific data, as well */ + /* as the address of a `finalizer' function, which will be called by */ + /* FreeType when the object is destroyed (for example, the previous */ + /* client example would put the address of the glyph cache destructor */ + /* in the `finalizer' field). */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* data :: A typeless pointer to any client-specified data. This */ + /* field is completely ignored by the FreeType library. */ + /* */ + /* finalizer :: A pointer to a `generic finalizer' function, which */ + /* will be called when the object is destroyed. If this */ + /* field is set to NULL, no code will be called. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_Generic_ + { + void* data; + FT_Generic_Finalizer finalizer; + + } FT_Generic; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Macro> */ + /* FT_MAKE_TAG */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This macro converts four-letter tags that are used to label */ + /* TrueType tables into an unsigned long, to be used within FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The produced values *must* be 32-bit integers. Don't redefine */ + /* this macro. */ + /* */ +#define FT_MAKE_TAG( _x1, _x2, _x3, _x4 ) \ + (FT_Tag) \ + ( ( (FT_ULong)_x1 << 24 ) | \ + ( (FT_ULong)_x2 << 16 ) | \ + ( (FT_ULong)_x3 << 8 ) | \ + (FT_ULong)_x4 ) + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* L I S T M A N A G E M E N T */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* list_processing */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_ListNode */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Many elements and objects in FreeType are listed through an */ + /* @FT_List record (see @FT_ListRec). As its name suggests, an */ + /* FT_ListNode is a handle to a single list element. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_* FT_ListNode; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Type> */ + /* FT_List */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a list record (see @FT_ListRec). */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListRec_* FT_List; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_ListNodeRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold a single list element. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* prev :: The previous element in the list. NULL if first. */ + /* */ + /* next :: The next element in the list. NULL if last. */ + /* */ + /* data :: A typeless pointer to the listed object. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListNodeRec_ + { + FT_ListNode prev; + FT_ListNode next; + void* data; + + } FT_ListNodeRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_ListRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to hold a simple doubly-linked list. These are */ + /* used in many parts of FreeType. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* head :: The head (first element) of doubly-linked list. */ + /* */ + /* tail :: The tail (last element) of doubly-linked list. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_ListRec_ + { + FT_ListNode head; + FT_ListNode tail; + + } FT_ListRec; + + /* */ + + +#define FT_IS_EMPTY( list ) ( (list).head == 0 ) +#define FT_BOOL( x ) ( (FT_Bool)( x ) ) + + /* concatenate C tokens */ +#define FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) x ## y +#define FT_ERR_CAT( x, y ) FT_ERR_XCAT( x, y ) + + /* see `ftmoderr.h' for descriptions of the following macros */ + +#define FT_ERR( e ) FT_ERR_CAT( FT_ERR_PREFIX, e ) + +#define FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF ) +#define FT_ERROR_MODULE( x ) ( (x) & 0xFF00U ) + +#define FT_ERR_EQ( x, e ) \ + ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) == FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) ) +#define FT_ERR_NEQ( x, e ) \ + ( FT_ERROR_BASE( x ) != FT_ERROR_BASE( FT_ERR( e ) ) ) + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTTYPES_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftwinfnt.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftwinfnt.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..50261581a2 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftwinfnt.h @@ -0,0 +1,275 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftwinfnt.h */ +/* */ +/* FreeType API for accessing Windows fnt-specific data. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2003, 2004, 2008 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTWINFNT_H__ +#define __FTWINFNT_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* winfnt_fonts */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Window FNT Files */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Windows FNT specific API. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the declaration of Windows FNT specific */ + /* functions. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /************************************************************************* + * + * @enum: + * FT_WinFNT_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `charset' byte in + * @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec. Exact mapping tables for the various cpXXXX + * encodings (except for cp1361) can be found at + * ftp://ftp.unicode.org/public in the MAPPINGS/VENDORS/MICSFT/WINDOWS + * subdirectory. cp1361 is roughly a superset of + * MAPPINGS/OBSOLETE/EASTASIA/KSC/JOHAB.TXT. + * + * @values: + * FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT :: + * This is used for font enumeration and font creation as a + * `don't care' value. Valid font files don't contain this value. + * When querying for information about the character set of the font + * that is currently selected into a specified device context, this + * return value (of the related Windows API) simply denotes failure. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL :: + * There is no known mapping table available. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC :: + * Mac Roman encoding. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM :: + * From Michael Pöttgen <michael@poettgen.de>: + * + * The `Windows Font Mapping' article says that FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM + * is used for the charset of vector fonts, like `modern.fon', + * `roman.fon', and `script.fon' on Windows. + * + * The `CreateFont' documentation says: The FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM value + * specifies a character set that is operating-system dependent. + * + * The `IFIMETRICS' documentation from the `Windows Driver + * Development Kit' says: This font supports an OEM-specific + * character set. The OEM character set is system dependent. + * + * In general OEM, as opposed to ANSI (i.e., cp1252), denotes the + * second default codepage that most international versions of + * Windows have. It is one of the OEM codepages from + * + * http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/cphome.mspx, + * + * and is used for the `DOS boxes', to support legacy applications. + * A German Windows version for example usually uses ANSI codepage + * 1252 and OEM codepage 850. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 :: + * A superset of Thai TIS 620 and ISO 8859-11. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 :: + * A superset of Japanese Shift-JIS (with minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 :: + * A superset of simplified Chinese GB 2312-1980 (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 :: + * A superset of Korean Hangul KS~C 5601-1987 (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 :: + * A superset of traditional Chinese Big~5 ETen (with different + * ordering and minor deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 :: + * A superset of East European ISO 8859-2 (with slightly different + * ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 :: + * A superset of Russian ISO 8859-5 (with different ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 :: + * ANSI encoding. A superset of ISO 8859-1. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 :: + * A superset of Greek ISO 8859-7 (with minor modifications). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 :: + * A superset of Turkish ISO 8859-9. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 :: + * A superset of Hebrew ISO 8859-8 (with some modifications). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 :: + * A superset of Arabic ISO 8859-6 (with different ordering). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 :: + * A superset of Baltic ISO 8859-13 (with some deviations). + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 :: + * For Vietnamese. This encoding doesn't cover all necessary + * characters. + * + * FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 :: + * Korean (Johab). + */ + +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1252 0 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_DEFAULT 1 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_SYMBOL 2 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_MAC 77 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP932 128 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP949 129 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1361 130 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP936 134 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP950 136 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1253 161 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1254 162 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1258 163 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1255 177 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1256 178 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1257 186 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1251 204 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP874 222 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_CP1250 238 +#define FT_WinFNT_ID_OEM 255 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Windows FNT Header info. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_ + { + FT_UShort version; + FT_ULong file_size; + FT_Byte copyright[60]; + FT_UShort file_type; + FT_UShort nominal_point_size; + FT_UShort vertical_resolution; + FT_UShort horizontal_resolution; + FT_UShort ascent; + FT_UShort internal_leading; + FT_UShort external_leading; + FT_Byte italic; + FT_Byte underline; + FT_Byte strike_out; + FT_UShort weight; + FT_Byte charset; + FT_UShort pixel_width; + FT_UShort pixel_height; + FT_Byte pitch_and_family; + FT_UShort avg_width; + FT_UShort max_width; + FT_Byte first_char; + FT_Byte last_char; + FT_Byte default_char; + FT_Byte break_char; + FT_UShort bytes_per_row; + FT_ULong device_offset; + FT_ULong face_name_offset; + FT_ULong bits_pointer; + FT_ULong bits_offset; + FT_Byte reserved; + FT_ULong flags; + FT_UShort A_space; + FT_UShort B_space; + FT_UShort C_space; + FT_UShort color_table_offset; + FT_ULong reserved1[4]; + + } FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* FT_WinFNT_Header */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to an @FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec_* FT_WinFNT_Header; + + + /********************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_WinFNT_Header + * + * @description: + * Retrieve a Windows FNT font info header. + * + * @input: + * face :: A handle to the input face. + * + * @output: + * aheader :: The WinFNT header. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * This function only works with Windows FNT faces, returning an error + * otherwise. + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_WinFNT_Header( FT_Face face, + FT_WinFNT_HeaderRec *aheader ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTWINFNT_H__ */ + + +/* END */ + + +/* Local Variables: */ +/* coding: utf-8 */ +/* End: */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftxf86.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftxf86.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..89d1993e1e --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ftxf86.h @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ftxf86.h */ +/* */ +/* Support functions for X11. */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2002-2004, 2006, 2007, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __FTXF86_H__ +#define __FTXF86_H__ + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* font_formats */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Font Formats */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Getting the font format. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The single function in this section can be used to get the font */ + /* format. Note that this information is not needed normally; */ + /* however, there are special cases (like in PDF devices) where it is */ + /* important to differentiate, in spite of FreeType's uniform API. */ + /* */ + /* This function is in the X11/xf86 namespace for historical reasons */ + /* and in no way depends on that windowing system. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_X11_Font_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a string describing the format of a given face, using values */ + /* that can be used as an X11 FONT_PROPERTY. Possible values are */ + /* `TrueType', `Type~1', `BDF', `PCF', `Type~42', `CID~Type~1', `CFF', */ + /* `PFR', and `Windows~FNT'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: */ + /* Input face handle. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* Font format string. NULL in case of error. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( const char* ) + FT_Get_X11_Font_Format( FT_Face face ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __FTXF86_H__ */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/t1tables.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/t1tables.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..61aefdd541 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/t1tables.h @@ -0,0 +1,760 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* t1tables.h */ +/* */ +/* Basic Type 1/Type 2 tables definitions and interface (specification */ +/* only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __T1TABLES_H__ +#define __T1TABLES_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* type1_tables */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* Type 1 Tables */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* Type~1 (PostScript) specific font tables. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the definition of Type 1-specific tables, */ + /* including structures related to other PostScript font formats. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* PS_FontInfoRec */ + /* PS_FontInfo */ + /* PS_PrivateRec */ + /* PS_Private */ + /* */ + /* CID_FaceDictRec */ + /* CID_FaceDict */ + /* CID_FaceInfoRec */ + /* CID_FaceInfo */ + /* */ + /* FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names */ + /* FT_Get_PS_Font_Info */ + /* FT_Get_PS_Font_Private */ + /* FT_Get_PS_Font_Value */ + /* */ + /* T1_Blend_Flags */ + /* T1_EncodingType */ + /* PS_Dict_Keys */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /* Note that we separate font data in PS_FontInfoRec and PS_PrivateRec */ + /* structures in order to support Multiple Master fonts. */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_FontInfoRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 FontInfo dictionary. */ + /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */ + /* FontInfo dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_ + { + FT_String* version; + FT_String* notice; + FT_String* full_name; + FT_String* family_name; + FT_String* weight; + FT_Long italic_angle; + FT_Bool is_fixed_pitch; + FT_Short underline_position; + FT_UShort underline_thickness; + + } PS_FontInfoRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_FontInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @PS_FontInfoRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_FontInfoRec_* PS_FontInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* T1_FontInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @PS_FontInfoRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef PS_FontInfoRec T1_FontInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_PrivateRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a Type~1 or Type~2 private dictionary. */ + /* Note that for Multiple Master fonts, each instance has its own */ + /* Private dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_ + { + FT_Int unique_id; + FT_Int lenIV; + + FT_Byte num_blue_values; + FT_Byte num_other_blues; + FT_Byte num_family_blues; + FT_Byte num_family_other_blues; + + FT_Short blue_values[14]; + FT_Short other_blues[10]; + + FT_Short family_blues [14]; + FT_Short family_other_blues[10]; + + FT_Fixed blue_scale; + FT_Int blue_shift; + FT_Int blue_fuzz; + + FT_UShort standard_width[1]; + FT_UShort standard_height[1]; + + FT_Byte num_snap_widths; + FT_Byte num_snap_heights; + FT_Bool force_bold; + FT_Bool round_stem_up; + + FT_Short snap_widths [13]; /* including std width */ + FT_Short snap_heights[13]; /* including std height */ + + FT_Fixed expansion_factor; + + FT_Long language_group; + FT_Long password; + + FT_Short min_feature[2]; + + } PS_PrivateRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* PS_Private */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @PS_PrivateRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct PS_PrivateRec_* PS_Private; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* T1_Private */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @PS_PrivateRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef PS_PrivateRec T1_Private; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* T1_Blend_Flags */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A set of flags used to indicate which fields are present in a */ + /* given blend dictionary (font info or private). Used to support */ + /* Multiple Masters fonts. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD :: */ + /* */ + typedef enum T1_Blend_Flags_ + { + /* required fields in a FontInfo blend dictionary */ + T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION = 0, + T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, + T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE, + + /* required fields in a Private blend dictionary */ + T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES, + T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH, + T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT, + T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS, + T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS, + T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE, + T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT, + T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, + T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD, + + T1_BLEND_MAX /* do not remove */ + + } T1_Blend_Flags; + + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding */ + /* `T1_Blend_Flags' values instead */ +#define t1_blend_underline_position T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_POSITION +#define t1_blend_underline_thickness T1_BLEND_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS +#define t1_blend_italic_angle T1_BLEND_ITALIC_ANGLE +#define t1_blend_blue_values T1_BLEND_BLUE_VALUES +#define t1_blend_other_blues T1_BLEND_OTHER_BLUES +#define t1_blend_standard_widths T1_BLEND_STANDARD_WIDTH +#define t1_blend_standard_height T1_BLEND_STANDARD_HEIGHT +#define t1_blend_stem_snap_widths T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_WIDTHS +#define t1_blend_stem_snap_heights T1_BLEND_STEM_SNAP_HEIGHTS +#define t1_blend_blue_scale T1_BLEND_BLUE_SCALE +#define t1_blend_blue_shift T1_BLEND_BLUE_SHIFT +#define t1_blend_family_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_BLUES +#define t1_blend_family_other_blues T1_BLEND_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES +#define t1_blend_force_bold T1_BLEND_FORCE_BOLD +#define t1_blend_max T1_BLEND_MAX + + /* */ + + + /* maximum number of Multiple Masters designs, as defined in the spec */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS 16 + + /* maximum number of Multiple Masters axes, as defined in the spec */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_AXIS 4 + + /* maximum number of elements in a design map */ +#define T1_MAX_MM_MAP_POINTS 20 + + + /* this structure is used to store the BlendDesignMap entry for an axis */ + typedef struct PS_DesignMap_ + { + FT_Byte num_points; + FT_Long* design_points; + FT_Fixed* blend_points; + + } PS_DesignMapRec, *PS_DesignMap; + + /* backwards-compatible definition */ + typedef PS_DesignMapRec T1_DesignMap; + + + typedef struct PS_BlendRec_ + { + FT_UInt num_designs; + FT_UInt num_axis; + + FT_String* axis_names[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + FT_Fixed* design_pos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS]; + PS_DesignMapRec design_map[T1_MAX_MM_AXIS]; + + FT_Fixed* weight_vector; + FT_Fixed* default_weight_vector; + + PS_FontInfo font_infos[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + PS_Private privates [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + + FT_ULong blend_bitflags; + + FT_BBox* bboxes [T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS + 1]; + + /* since 2.3.0 */ + + /* undocumented, optional: the default design instance; */ + /* corresponds to default_weight_vector -- */ + /* num_default_design_vector == 0 means it is not present */ + /* in the font and associated metrics files */ + FT_UInt default_design_vector[T1_MAX_MM_DESIGNS]; + FT_UInt num_default_design_vector; + + } PS_BlendRec, *PS_Blend; + + + /* backwards-compatible definition */ + typedef PS_BlendRec T1_Blend; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceDictRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to represent data in a CID top-level dictionary. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_ + { + PS_PrivateRec private_dict; + + FT_UInt len_buildchar; + FT_Fixed forcebold_threshold; + FT_Pos stroke_width; + FT_Fixed expansion_factor; + + FT_Byte paint_type; + FT_Byte font_type; + FT_Matrix font_matrix; + FT_Vector font_offset; + + FT_UInt num_subrs; + FT_ULong subrmap_offset; + FT_Int sd_bytes; + + } CID_FaceDictRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceDict */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @CID_FaceDictRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceDictRec_* CID_FaceDict; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FontDict */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceDictRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef CID_FaceDictRec CID_FontDict; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceInfoRec */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to represent CID Face information. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_ + { + FT_String* cid_font_name; + FT_Fixed cid_version; + FT_Int cid_font_type; + + FT_String* registry; + FT_String* ordering; + FT_Int supplement; + + PS_FontInfoRec font_info; + FT_BBox font_bbox; + FT_ULong uid_base; + + FT_Int num_xuid; + FT_ULong xuid[16]; + + FT_ULong cidmap_offset; + FT_Int fd_bytes; + FT_Int gd_bytes; + FT_ULong cid_count; + + FT_Int num_dicts; + CID_FaceDict font_dicts; + + FT_ULong data_offset; + + } CID_FaceInfoRec; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_FaceInfo */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A handle to a @CID_FaceInfoRec structure. */ + /* */ + typedef struct CID_FaceInfoRec_* CID_FaceInfo; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* CID_Info */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This type is equivalent to @CID_FaceInfoRec. It is deprecated but */ + /* kept to maintain source compatibility between various versions of */ + /* FreeType. */ + /* */ + typedef CID_FaceInfoRec CID_Info; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names + * + * @description: + * Return true if a given face provides reliable PostScript glyph + * names. This is similar to using the @FT_HAS_GLYPH_NAMES macro, + * except that certain fonts (mostly TrueType) contain incorrect + * glyph name tables. + * + * When this function returns true, the caller is sure that the glyph + * names returned by @FT_Get_Glyph_Name are reliable. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * face handle + * + * @return: + * Boolean. True if glyph names are reliable. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Int ) + FT_Has_PS_Glyph_Names( FT_Face face ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Info + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @PS_FontInfoRec structure corresponding to a given + * PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * @output: + * afont_info :: + * Output font info structure pointer. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The string pointers within the font info structure are owned by + * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function will + * return the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Info( FT_Face face, + PS_FontInfo afont_info ); + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Private + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the @PS_PrivateRec structure corresponding to a given + * PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * @output: + * afont_private :: + * Output private dictionary structure pointer. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * The string pointers within the @PS_PrivateRec structure are owned by + * the face and don't need to be freed by the caller. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns + * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Private( FT_Face face, + PS_Private afont_private ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* T1_EncodingType */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration describing the `Encoding' entry in a Type 1 */ + /* dictionary. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1 :: */ + /* T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT :: */ + /* */ + typedef enum T1_EncodingType_ + { + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_NONE = 0, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ARRAY, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_STANDARD, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_ISOLATIN1, + T1_ENCODING_TYPE_EXPERT + + } T1_EncodingType; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* PS_Dict_Keys */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used in calls to @FT_Get_PS_Font_Value to identify */ + /* the Type~1 dictionary entry to retrieve. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX :: */ + /* PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FONT_NAME :: */ + /* PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS :: */ + /* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY :: */ + /* PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING :: */ + /* PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS :: */ + /* PS_DICT_SUBR :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STD_HW :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STD_VW :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V :: */ + /* PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD :: */ + /* PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP :: */ + /* PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_LEN_IV :: */ + /* PS_DICT_PASSWORD :: */ + /* PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP :: */ + /* PS_DICT_VERSION :: */ + /* PS_DICT_NOTICE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FULL_NAME :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME :: */ + /* PS_DICT_WEIGHT :: */ + /* PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH :: */ + /* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION :: */ + /* PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS :: */ + /* PS_DICT_FS_TYPE :: */ + /* PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE :: */ + /* */ + typedef enum PS_Dict_Keys_ + { + /* conventionally in the font dictionary */ + PS_DICT_FONT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FONT_MATRIX, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_FONT_BBOX, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_PAINT_TYPE, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FONT_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_UNIQUE_ID, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_CHAR_STRINGS, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING_KEY, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_CHAR_STRING, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_ENCODING_TYPE, /* T1_EncodingType */ + PS_DICT_ENCODING_ENTRY, /* FT_String* */ + + /* conventionally in the font Private dictionary */ + PS_DICT_NUM_SUBRS, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_SUBR, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_STD_HW, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_STD_VW, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_NUM_BLUE_VALUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_VALUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_FUZZ, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUES, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_OTHER_BLUE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE, /* FT_Fixed */ + PS_DICT_BLUE_SHIFT, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_H, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_NUM_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Byte */ + PS_DICT_STEM_SNAP_V, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_FORCE_BOLD, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_RND_STEM_UP, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_MIN_FEATURE, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_LEN_IV, /* FT_Int */ + PS_DICT_PASSWORD, /* FT_Long */ + PS_DICT_LANGUAGE_GROUP, /* FT_Long */ + + /* conventionally in the font FontInfo dictionary */ + PS_DICT_VERSION, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_NOTICE, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_FULL_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_FAMILY_NAME, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_WEIGHT, /* FT_String* */ + PS_DICT_IS_FIXED_PITCH, /* FT_Bool */ + PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_POSITION, /* FT_Short */ + PS_DICT_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_FS_TYPE, /* FT_UShort */ + PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE, /* FT_Long */ + + PS_DICT_MAX = PS_DICT_ITALIC_ANGLE + + } PS_Dict_Keys; + + + /************************************************************************ + * + * @function: + * FT_Get_PS_Font_Value + * + * @description: + * Retrieve the value for the supplied key from a PostScript font. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * PostScript face handle. + * + * key :: + * An enumeration value representing the dictionary key to retrieve. + * + * idx :: + * For array values, this specifies the index to be returned. + * + * value :: + * A pointer to memory into which to write the value. + * + * valen_len :: + * The size, in bytes, of the memory supplied for the value. + * + * @output: + * value :: + * The value matching the above key, if it exists. + * + * @return: + * The amount of memory (in bytes) required to hold the requested + * value (if it exists, -1 otherwise). + * + * @note: + * The values returned are not pointers into the internal structures of + * the face, but are `fresh' copies, so that the memory containing them + * belongs to the calling application. This also enforces the + * `read-only' nature of these values, i.e., this function cannot be + * used to manipulate the face. + * + * `value' is a void pointer because the values returned can be of + * various types. + * + * If either `value' is NULL or `value_len' is too small, just the + * required memory size for the requested entry is returned. + * + * The `idx' parameter is used, not only to retrieve elements of, for + * example, the FontMatrix or FontBBox, but also to retrieve name keys + * from the CharStrings dictionary, and the charstrings themselves. It + * is ignored for atomic values. + * + * PS_DICT_BLUE_SCALE returns a value that is scaled up by 1000. To + * get the value as in the font stream, you need to divide by + * 65536000.0 (to remove the FT_Fixed scale, and the x1000 scale). + * + * IMPORTANT: Only key/value pairs read by the FreeType interpreter can + * be retrieved. So, for example, PostScript procedures such as NP, + * ND, and RD are not available. Arbitrary keys are, obviously, not be + * available either. + * + * If the font's format is not PostScript-based, this function returns + * the `FT_Err_Invalid_Argument' error code. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_Get_PS_Font_Value( FT_Face face, + PS_Dict_Keys key, + FT_UInt idx, + void *value, + FT_Long value_len ); + + /* */ + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __T1TABLES_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ttnameid.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ttnameid.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e65b558127 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ttnameid.h @@ -0,0 +1,1237 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ttnameid.h */ +/* */ +/* TrueType name ID definitions (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2004, 2006-2008, 2012-2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __TTNAMEID_H__ +#define __TTNAMEID_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* truetype_tables */ + /* */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values for the `platform' identifier code in the name */ + /* records of the TTF `name' table. */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_PLATFORM_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `platform_id' identifier code in + * @FT_CharMapRec and @FT_SfntName structures. + * + * @values: + * TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE :: + * Used by Apple to indicate a Unicode character map and/or name entry. + * See @TT_APPLE_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note + * that name entries in this format are coded as big-endian UCS-2 + * character codes _only_. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH :: + * Used by Apple to indicate a MacOS-specific charmap and/or name entry. + * See @TT_MAC_ID_XXX for corresponding `encoding_id' values. Note that + * most TrueType fonts contain an Apple roman charmap to be usable on + * MacOS systems (even if they contain a Microsoft charmap as well). + * + * TT_PLATFORM_ISO :: + * This value was used to specify ISO/IEC 10646 charmaps. It is however + * now deprecated. See @TT_ISO_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding + * `encoding_id' values. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT :: + * Used by Microsoft to indicate Windows-specific charmaps. See + * @TT_MS_ID_XXX for a list of corresponding `encoding_id' values. + * Note that most fonts contain a Unicode charmap using + * (TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT, @TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS). + * + * TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM :: + * Used to indicate application-specific charmaps. + * + * TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE :: + * This value isn't part of any font format specification, but is used + * by FreeType to report Adobe-specific charmaps in an @FT_CharMapRec + * structure. See @TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX. + */ + +#define TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE 0 +#define TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH 1 +#define TT_PLATFORM_ISO 2 /* deprecated */ +#define TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT 3 +#define TT_PLATFORM_CUSTOM 4 +#define TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE 7 /* artificial */ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_APPLE_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_APPLE_UNICODE charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT :: + * Unicode version 1.0. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 :: + * Unicode 1.1; specifies Hangul characters starting at U+34xx. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 :: + * Deprecated (identical to preceding). + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 :: + * Unicode 2.0 and beyond (UTF-16 BMP only). + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 :: + * Unicode 3.1 and beyond, using UTF-32. + * + * TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR :: + * From Adobe, not Apple. Not a normal cmap. Specifies variations + * on a real cmap. + */ + +#define TT_APPLE_ID_DEFAULT 0 /* Unicode 1.0 */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_1_1 1 /* specify Hangul at U+34xx */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_ISO_10646 2 /* deprecated */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_2_0 3 /* or later */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_UNICODE_32 4 /* 2.0 or later, full repertoire */ +#define TT_APPLE_ID_VARIANT_SELECTOR 5 /* variation selector data */ + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_MAC_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC :: + * TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GREEK :: + * TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL :: + * TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA :: + * TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_KHMER :: + * TT_MAC_ID_THAI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN :: + * TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC :: + * TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE :: + * TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI :: + * TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP :: + */ + +#define TT_MAC_ID_ROMAN 0 +#define TT_MAC_ID_JAPANESE 1 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TRADITIONAL_CHINESE 2 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KOREAN 3 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ARABIC 4 +#define TT_MAC_ID_HEBREW 5 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GREEK 6 +#define TT_MAC_ID_RUSSIAN 7 +#define TT_MAC_ID_RSYMBOL 8 +#define TT_MAC_ID_DEVANAGARI 9 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GURMUKHI 10 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GUJARATI 11 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ORIYA 12 +#define TT_MAC_ID_BENGALI 13 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TAMIL 14 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TELUGU 15 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KANNADA 16 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MALAYALAM 17 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SINHALESE 18 +#define TT_MAC_ID_BURMESE 19 +#define TT_MAC_ID_KHMER 20 +#define TT_MAC_ID_THAI 21 +#define TT_MAC_ID_LAOTIAN 22 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GEORGIAN 23 +#define TT_MAC_ID_ARMENIAN 24 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MALDIVIAN 25 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SIMPLIFIED_CHINESE 25 +#define TT_MAC_ID_TIBETAN 26 +#define TT_MAC_ID_MONGOLIAN 27 +#define TT_MAC_ID_GEEZ 28 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SLAVIC 29 +#define TT_MAC_ID_VIETNAMESE 30 +#define TT_MAC_ID_SINDHI 31 +#define TT_MAC_ID_UNINTERP 32 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_ISO_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_ISO charmaps and name entries. + * + * Their use is now deprecated. + * + * @values: + * TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII :: + * ASCII. + * TT_ISO_ID_10646 :: + * ISO/10646. + * TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 :: + * Also known as Latin-1. + */ + +#define TT_ISO_ID_7BIT_ASCII 0 +#define TT_ISO_ID_10646 1 +#define TT_ISO_ID_8859_1 2 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_MS_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT charmaps and name entries. + * + * @values: + * TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS :: + * Corresponds to Microsoft symbol encoding. See + * @FT_ENCODING_MS_SYMBOL. + * + * TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS :: + * Corresponds to a Microsoft WGL4 charmap, matching Unicode. See + * @FT_ENCODING_UNICODE. + * + * TT_MS_ID_SJIS :: + * Corresponds to SJIS Japanese encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_SJIS. + * + * TT_MS_ID_GB2312 :: + * Corresponds to Simplified Chinese as used in Mainland China. See + * @FT_ENCODING_GB2312. + * + * TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 :: + * Corresponds to Traditional Chinese as used in Taiwan and Hong Kong. + * See @FT_ENCODING_BIG5. + * + * TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG :: + * Corresponds to Korean Wansung encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_WANSUNG. + * + * TT_MS_ID_JOHAB :: + * Corresponds to Johab encoding. See @FT_ENCODING_JOHAB. + * + * TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 :: + * Corresponds to UCS-4 or UTF-32 charmaps. This has been added to + * the OpenType specification version 1.4 (mid-2001.) + */ + +#define TT_MS_ID_SYMBOL_CS 0 +#define TT_MS_ID_UNICODE_CS 1 +#define TT_MS_ID_SJIS 2 +#define TT_MS_ID_GB2312 3 +#define TT_MS_ID_BIG_5 4 +#define TT_MS_ID_WANSUNG 5 +#define TT_MS_ID_JOHAB 6 +#define TT_MS_ID_UCS_4 10 + + + /*********************************************************************** + * + * @enum: + * TT_ADOBE_ID_XXX + * + * @description: + * A list of valid values for the `encoding_id' for + * @TT_PLATFORM_ADOBE charmaps. This is a FreeType-specific extension! + * + * @values: + * TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD :: + * Adobe standard encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT :: + * Adobe expert encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM :: + * Adobe custom encoding. + * TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 :: + * Adobe Latin~1 encoding. + */ + +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_STANDARD 0 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_EXPERT 1 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_CUSTOM 2 +#define TT_ADOBE_ID_LATIN_1 3 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */ + /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */ + /* TT_PLATFORM_MACINTOSH. These values are also used as return values */ + /* for function @FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID. */ + /* */ + /* The canonical source for the Apple assigned Language ID's is at */ + /* */ + /* https://developer.apple.com/fonts/TTRefMan/RM06/Chap6name.html */ + /* */ +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ENGLISH 0 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FRENCH 1 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GERMAN 2 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ITALIAN 3 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DUTCH 4 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWEDISH 5 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SPANISH 6 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DANISH 7 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PORTUGUESE 8 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NORWEGIAN 9 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HEBREW 10 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAPANESE 11 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARABIC 12 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FINNISH 13 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK 14 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ICELANDIC 15 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALTESE 16 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKISH 17 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CROATIAN 18 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 19 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_URDU 20 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HINDI 21 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_THAI 22 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KOREAN 23 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LITHUANIAN 24 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_POLISH 25 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_HUNGARIAN 26 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESTONIAN 27 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LETTISH 28 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SAAMISK 29 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FAEROESE 30 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FARSI 31 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUSSIAN 32 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHINESE_SIMPLIFIED 33 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_FLEMISH 34 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH 35 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ALBANIAN 36 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ROMANIAN 37 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CZECH 38 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVAK 39 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SLOVENIAN 40 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_YIDDISH 41 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SERBIAN 42 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MACEDONIAN 43 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BULGARIAN 44 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UKRAINIAN 45 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BYELORUSSIAN 46 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UZBEK 47 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KAZAKH 48 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI 49 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 49 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ARABIC_SCRIPT 50 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ARMENIAN 51 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GEORGIAN 52 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN 53 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KIRGHIZ 54 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAJIKI 55 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TURKMEN 56 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN 57 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIAN_SCRIPT 57 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_CYRILLIC_SCRIPT 58 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PASHTO 59 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KURDISH 60 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KASHMIRI 61 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINDHI 62 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIBETAN 63 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_NEPALI 64 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SANSKRIT 65 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MARATHI 66 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BENGALI 67 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ASSAMESE 68 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUJARATI 69 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_PUNJABI 70 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ORIYA 71 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAYALAM 72 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KANNADA 73 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAMIL 74 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TELUGU 75 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SINHALESE 76 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BURMESE 77 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_KHMER 78 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LAO 79 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_VIETNAMESE 80 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INDONESIAN 81 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TAGALOG 82 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ROMAN_SCRIPT 83 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAY_ARABIC_SCRIPT 84 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AMHARIC 85 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TIGRINYA 86 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALLA 87 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SOMALI 88 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SWAHILI 89 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUANDA 90 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_RUNDI 91 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CHEWA 92 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MALAGASY 93 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_ESPERANTO 94 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_WELSH 128 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BASQUE 129 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_CATALAN 130 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_LATIN 131 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_QUECHUA 132 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GUARANI 133 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AYMARA 134 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TATAR 135 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_UIGHUR 136 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_DZONGKHA 137 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_JAVANESE 138 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SUNDANESE 139 + + +#if 0 /* these seem to be errors that have been dropped */ + +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 140 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 141 + +#endif + + + /* The following codes are new as of 2000-03-10 */ +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GALICIAN 140 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AFRIKAANS 141 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_BRETON 142 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_INUKTITUT 143 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC 144 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_MANX_GAELIC 145 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC 146 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_TONGAN 147 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREEK_POLYTONIC 148 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_GREELANDIC 149 +#define TT_MAC_LANGID_AZERBAIJANI_ROMAN_SCRIPT 150 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the language identifier field in the name records */ + /* of the TTF `name' table if the `platform' identifier code is */ + /* TT_PLATFORM_MICROSOFT. */ + /* */ + /* The canonical source for the MS assigned LCIDs is */ + /* */ + /* http://www.microsoft.com/globaldev/reference/lcid-all.mspx */ + /* */ + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_GENERAL 0x0001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SAUDI_ARABIA 0x0401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_IRAQ 0x0801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_EGYPT 0x0C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LIBYA 0x1001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_ALGERIA 0x1401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_MOROCCO 0x1801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_TUNISIA 0x1C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_OMAN 0x2001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_YEMEN 0x2401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_SYRIA 0x2801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_JORDAN 0x2C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_LEBANON 0x3001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_KUWAIT 0x3401 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_UAE 0x3801 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_BAHRAIN 0x3C01 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARABIC_QATAR 0x4001 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BULGARIAN_BULGARIA 0x0402 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CATALAN_SPAIN 0x0403 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_GENERAL 0x0004 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TAIWAN 0x0404 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_PRC 0x0804 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG 0x0C04 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_SINGAPORE 0x1004 + +#if 1 /* this looks like the correct value */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU 0x1404 +#else /* but beware, Microsoft may change its mind... + the most recent Word reference has the following: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_MACAU TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_HONG_KONG +#endif + +#if 0 /* used only with .NET `cultures'; commented out */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHINESE_TRADITIONAL 0x7C04 +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CZECH_CZECH_REPUBLIC 0x0405 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DANISH_DENMARK 0x0406 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_GERMANY 0x0407 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0807 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_AUSTRIA 0x0C07 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LUXEMBOURG 0x1007 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GERMAN_LIECHTENSTEI 0x1407 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE 0x0408 + + /* don't ask what this one means... It is commented out currently. */ +#if 0 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GREEK_GREECE2 0x2008 +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_GENERAL 0x0009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_STATES 0x0409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x0809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_AUSTRALIA 0x0C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CANADA 0x1009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_NEW_ZEALAND 0x1409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_IRELAND 0x1809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x1C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_JAMAICA 0x2009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_CARIBBEAN 0x2409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_BELIZE 0x2809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_TRINIDAD 0x2C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_ZIMBABWE 0x3009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_PHILIPPINES 0x3409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDONESIA 0x3809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_HONG_KONG 0x3C09 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_INDIA 0x4009 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_MALAYSIA 0x4409 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ENGLISH_SINGAPORE 0x4809 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_TRADITIONAL_SORT 0x040A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_MEXICO 0x080A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_SPAIN_INTERNATIONAL_SORT 0x0C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_GUATEMALA 0x100A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COSTA_RICA 0x140A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PANAMA 0x180A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_DOMINICAN_REPUBLIC 0x1C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_VENEZUELA 0x200A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_COLOMBIA 0x240A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PERU 0x280A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ARGENTINA 0x2C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_ECUADOR 0x300A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_CHILE 0x340A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_URUGUAY 0x380A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PARAGUAY 0x3C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_BOLIVIA 0x400A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_EL_SALVADOR 0x440A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_HONDURAS 0x480A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_NICARAGUA 0x4C0A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_PUERTO_RICO 0x500A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_UNITED_STATES 0x540A + /* The following ID blatantly violate MS specs by using a */ + /* sublanguage > 0x1F. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SPANISH_LATIN_AMERICA 0xE40AU +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FINNISH_FINLAND 0x040B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_FRANCE 0x040C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_BELGIUM 0x080C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CANADA 0x0C0C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SWITZERLAND 0x100C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_LUXEMBOURG 0x140C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MONACO 0x180C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_WEST_INDIES 0x1C0C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_REUNION 0x200C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO 0x240C + /* which was formerly: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_ZAIRE TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CONGO +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_SENEGAL 0x280C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_CAMEROON 0x2C0C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_COTE_D_IVOIRE 0x300C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MALI 0x340C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_MOROCCO 0x380C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_HAITI 0x3C0C + /* and another violation of the spec (see 0xE40AU) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRENCH_NORTH_AFRICA 0xE40CU +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HEBREW_ISRAEL 0x040D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUNGARIAN_HUNGARY 0x040E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ICELANDIC_ICELAND 0x040F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_ITALY 0x0410 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ITALIAN_SWITZERLAND 0x0810 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_JAPANESE_JAPAN 0x0411 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_EXTENDED_WANSUNG_KOREA 0x0412 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KOREAN_JOHAB_KOREA 0x0812 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_NETHERLANDS 0x0413 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DUTCH_BELGIUM 0x0813 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_BOKMAL 0x0414 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NORWEGIAN_NORWAY_NYNORSK 0x0814 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_POLISH_POLAND 0x0415 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_BRAZIL 0x0416 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PORTUGUESE_PORTUGAL 0x0816 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RHAETO_ROMANIC_SWITZERLAND 0x0417 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ROMANIAN_ROMANIA 0x0418 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MOLDAVIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0818 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_RUSSIA 0x0419 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_RUSSIAN_MOLDAVIA 0x0819 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_CROATIA 0x041A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_LATIN 0x081A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_SERBIA_CYRILLIC 0x0C1A + +#if 0 /* this used to be this value, but it looks like we were wrong */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101A +#else /* current sources say */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CROATIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x101A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BOSNIAN_BOSNIA_HERZEGOVINA 0x141A + /* and XPsp2 Platform SDK added (2004-07-26) */ + /* Names are shortened to be significant within 40 chars. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_LATIN 0x181A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SERBIAN_BOSNIA_HERZ_CYRILLIC 0x181A +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVAK_SLOVAKIA 0x041B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ALBANIAN_ALBANIA 0x041C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_SWEDEN 0x041D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWEDISH_FINLAND 0x081D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_THAI_THAILAND 0x041E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKISH_TURKEY 0x041F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_PAKISTAN 0x0420 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_URDU_INDIA 0x0820 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_INDONESIAN_INDONESIA 0x0421 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UKRAINIAN_UKRAINE 0x0422 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BELARUSIAN_BELARUS 0x0423 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SLOVENE_SLOVENIA 0x0424 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ESTONIAN_ESTONIA 0x0425 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATVIAN_LATVIA 0x0426 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0427 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CLASSIC_LITHUANIAN_LITHUANIA 0x0827 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAJIK_TAJIKISTAN 0x0428 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FARSI_IRAN 0x0429 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_VIETNAMESE_VIET_NAM 0x042A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ARMENIAN_ARMENIA 0x042B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_LATIN 0x042C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AZERI_AZERBAIJAN_CYRILLIC 0x082C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BASQUE_SPAIN 0x042D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SORBIAN_GERMANY 0x042E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MACEDONIAN_MACEDONIA 0x042F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SUTU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0430 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSONGA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0431 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TSWANA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0432 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_VENDA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0433 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_XHOSA_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0434 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ZULU_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0435 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AFRIKAANS_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x0436 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GEORGIAN_GEORGIA 0x0437 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FAEROESE_FAEROE_ISLANDS 0x0438 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HINDI_INDIA 0x0439 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALTESE_MALTA 0x043A + /* Added by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_NORWAY 0x043B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_SWEDEN 0x083B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_NORTHERN_FINLAND 0x0C3B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_NORWAY 0x103B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_LULE_SWEDEN 0x143B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_NORWAY 0x183B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SOUTHERN_SWEDEN 0x1C3B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_SKOLT_FINLAND 0x203B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAMI_INARI_FINLAND 0x243B + /* ... and we also keep our old identifier... */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SAAMI_LAPONIA 0x043B + +#if 0 /* this seems to be a previous inversion */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083C +#else +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SCOTTISH_GAELIC_UNITED_KINGDOM 0x083C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IRISH_GAELIC_IRELAND 0x043C +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YIDDISH_GERMANY 0x043D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_MALAYSIA 0x043E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAY_BRUNEI_DARUSSALAM 0x083E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KAZAK_KAZAKSTAN 0x043F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN /* Cyrillic*/ 0x0440 + /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZ_REPUBLIC \ + TT_MS_LANGID_KIRGHIZ_KIRGHIZSTAN + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SWAHILI_KENYA 0x0441 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TURKMEN_TURKMENISTAN 0x0442 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_LATIN 0x0443 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UZBEK_UZBEKISTAN_CYRILLIC 0x0843 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TATAR_TATARSTAN 0x0444 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_INDIA 0x0445 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BENGALI_BANGLADESH 0x0845 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_INDIA 0x0446 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PUNJABI_ARABIC_PAKISTAN 0x0846 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUJARATI_INDIA 0x0447 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ORIYA_INDIA 0x0448 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMIL_INDIA 0x0449 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TELUGU_INDIA 0x044A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANNADA_INDIA 0x044B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MALAYALAM_INDIA 0x044C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_ASSAMESE_INDIA 0x044D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MARATHI_INDIA 0x044E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SANSKRIT_INDIA 0x044F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA /* Cyrillic */ 0x0450 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MONGOLIAN_MONGOLIA_MONGOLIAN 0x0850 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_CHINA 0x0451 + /* Don't use the next constant! It has */ + /* (1) the wrong spelling (Dzonghka) */ + /* (2) Microsoft doesn't officially define it -- */ + /* at least it is not in the List of Local */ + /* ID Values. */ + /* (3) Dzongkha is not the same language as */ + /* Tibetan, so merging it is wrong anyway. */ + /* */ + /* TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN is correct, BTW. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN 0x0851 + +#if 0 + /* the following used to be defined */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN 0x0451 + /* ... but it was changed; */ +#else + /* So we will continue to #define it, but with the correct value */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIBETAN_BHUTAN TT_MS_LANGID_DZONGHKA_BHUTAN +#endif + +#define TT_MS_LANGID_WELSH_WALES 0x0452 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KHMER_CAMBODIA 0x0453 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LAO_LAOS 0x0454 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_BURMESE_MYANMAR 0x0455 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GALICIAN_SPAIN 0x0456 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KONKANI_INDIA 0x0457 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MANIPURI_INDIA /* Bengali */ 0x0458 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_INDIA /* Arabic */ 0x0459 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINDHI_PAKISTAN 0x0859 + /* Missing a LCID for Sindhi in Devanagari script */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SYRIAC_SYRIA 0x045A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SINHALESE_SRI_LANKA 0x045B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_CHEROKEE_UNITED_STATES 0x045C +#define TT_MS_LANGID_INUKTITUT_CANADA 0x045D +#define TT_MS_LANGID_AMHARIC_ETHIOPIA 0x045E +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO /* Arabic */ 0x045F +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TAMAZIGHT_MOROCCO_LATIN 0x085F + /* Missing a LCID for Tifinagh script */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_PAKISTAN /* Arabic */ 0x0460 + /* Spelled this way by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ + /* script is yet unclear... might be Arabic, Nagari or Sharada */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA 0x0860 + /* ... and aliased (by MS) for compatibility reasons. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_INDIA TT_MS_LANGID_KASHMIRI_SASIA +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_NEPAL 0x0461 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_NEPALI_INDIA 0x0861 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FRISIAN_NETHERLANDS 0x0462 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PASHTO_AFGHANISTAN 0x0463 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FILIPINO_PHILIPPINES 0x0464 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES 0x0465 + /* alias declared in Windows 2000 */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_DIVEHI_MALDIVES TT_MS_LANGID_DHIVEHI_MALDIVES +#define TT_MS_LANGID_EDO_NIGERIA 0x0466 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_FULFULDE_NIGERIA 0x0467 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAUSA_NIGERIA 0x0468 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IBIBIO_NIGERIA 0x0469 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YORUBA_NIGERIA 0x046A +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_BOLIVIA 0x046B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_ECUADOR 0x086B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_QUECHUA_PERU 0x0C6B +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA 0x046C + /* Also spelled by XPsp2 Platform SDK (2004-07-26) */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOTHO_SOUTHERN_SOUTH_AFRICA \ + TT_MS_LANGID_SEPEDI_SOUTH_AFRICA + /* language codes 0x046D, 0x046E and 0x046F are (still) unknown. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_IGBO_NIGERIA 0x0470 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_KANURI_NIGERIA 0x0471 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_OROMO_ETHIOPIA 0x0472 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ETHIOPIA 0x0473 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA 0x0873 + /* also spelled in the `Passport SDK' list as: */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTREA TT_MS_LANGID_TIGRIGNA_ERYTHREA +#define TT_MS_LANGID_GUARANI_PARAGUAY 0x0474 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HAWAIIAN_UNITED_STATES 0x0475 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_LATIN 0x0476 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_SOMALI_SOMALIA 0x0477 + /* Note: Yi does not have a (proper) ISO 639-2 code, since it is mostly */ + /* not written (but OTOH the peculiar writing system is worth */ + /* studying). */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_YI_CHINA 0x0478 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_PAPIAMENTU_NETHERLANDS_ANTILLES 0x0479 + /* language codes from 0x047A to 0x047F are (still) unknown. */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_UIGHUR_CHINA 0x0480 +#define TT_MS_LANGID_MAORI_NEW_ZEALAND 0x0481 + +#if 0 /* not deemed useful for fonts */ +#define TT_MS_LANGID_HUMAN_INTERFACE_DEVICE 0x04FF +#endif + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Possible values of the `name' identifier field in the name records of */ + /* the TTF `name' table. These values are platform independent. */ + /* */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_COPYRIGHT 0 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_FAMILY 1 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FONT_SUBFAMILY 2 +#define TT_NAME_ID_UNIQUE_ID 3 +#define TT_NAME_ID_FULL_NAME 4 +#define TT_NAME_ID_VERSION_STRING 5 +#define TT_NAME_ID_PS_NAME 6 +#define TT_NAME_ID_TRADEMARK 7 + + /* the following values are from the OpenType spec */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_MANUFACTURER 8 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER 9 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESCRIPTION 10 +#define TT_NAME_ID_VENDOR_URL 11 +#define TT_NAME_ID_DESIGNER_URL 12 +#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE 13 +#define TT_NAME_ID_LICENSE_URL 14 + /* number 15 is reserved */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_FAMILY 16 +#define TT_NAME_ID_PREFERRED_SUBFAMILY 17 +#define TT_NAME_ID_MAC_FULL_NAME 18 + + /* The following code is new as of 2000-01-21 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_SAMPLE_TEXT 19 + + /* This is new in OpenType 1.3 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_CID_FINDFONT_NAME 20 + + /* This is new in OpenType 1.5 */ +#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_FAMILY 21 +#define TT_NAME_ID_WWS_SUBFAMILY 22 + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Bit mask values for the Unicode Ranges from the TTF `OS2 ' table. */ + /* */ + /* Updated 08-Nov-2008. */ + /* */ + + /* Bit 0 Basic Latin */ +#define TT_UCR_BASIC_LATIN (1L << 0) /* U+0020-U+007E */ + /* Bit 1 C1 Controls and Latin-1 Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN1_SUPPLEMENT (1L << 1) /* U+0080-U+00FF */ + /* Bit 2 Latin Extended-A */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_A (1L << 2) /* U+0100-U+017F */ + /* Bit 3 Latin Extended-B */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_B (1L << 3) /* U+0180-U+024F */ + /* Bit 4 IPA Extensions */ + /* Phonetic Extensions */ + /* Phonetic Extensions Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_IPA_EXTENSIONS (1L << 4) /* U+0250-U+02AF */ + /* U+1D00-U+1D7F */ + /* U+1D80-U+1DBF */ + /* Bit 5 Spacing Modifier Letters */ + /* Modifier Tone Letters */ +#define TT_UCR_SPACING_MODIFIER (1L << 5) /* U+02B0-U+02FF */ + /* U+A700-U+A71F */ + /* Bit 6 Combining Diacritical Marks */ + /* Combining Diacritical Marks Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS (1L << 6) /* U+0300-U+036F */ + /* U+1DC0-U+1DFF */ + /* Bit 7 Greek and Coptic */ +#define TT_UCR_GREEK (1L << 7) /* U+0370-U+03FF */ + /* Bit 8 Coptic */ +#define TT_UCR_COPTIC (1L << 8) /* U+2C80-U+2CFF */ + /* Bit 9 Cyrillic */ + /* Cyrillic Supplement */ + /* Cyrillic Extended-A */ + /* Cyrillic Extended-B */ +#define TT_UCR_CYRILLIC (1L << 9) /* U+0400-U+04FF */ + /* U+0500-U+052F */ + /* U+2DE0-U+2DFF */ + /* U+A640-U+A69F */ + /* Bit 10 Armenian */ +#define TT_UCR_ARMENIAN (1L << 10) /* U+0530-U+058F */ + /* Bit 11 Hebrew */ +#define TT_UCR_HEBREW (1L << 11) /* U+0590-U+05FF */ + /* Bit 12 Vai */ +#define TT_UCR_VAI (1L << 12) /* U+A500-U+A63F */ + /* Bit 13 Arabic */ + /* Arabic Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC (1L << 13) /* U+0600-U+06FF */ + /* U+0750-U+077F */ + /* Bit 14 NKo */ +#define TT_UCR_NKO (1L << 14) /* U+07C0-U+07FF */ + /* Bit 15 Devanagari */ +#define TT_UCR_DEVANAGARI (1L << 15) /* U+0900-U+097F */ + /* Bit 16 Bengali */ +#define TT_UCR_BENGALI (1L << 16) /* U+0980-U+09FF */ + /* Bit 17 Gurmukhi */ +#define TT_UCR_GURMUKHI (1L << 17) /* U+0A00-U+0A7F */ + /* Bit 18 Gujarati */ +#define TT_UCR_GUJARATI (1L << 18) /* U+0A80-U+0AFF */ + /* Bit 19 Oriya */ +#define TT_UCR_ORIYA (1L << 19) /* U+0B00-U+0B7F */ + /* Bit 20 Tamil */ +#define TT_UCR_TAMIL (1L << 20) /* U+0B80-U+0BFF */ + /* Bit 21 Telugu */ +#define TT_UCR_TELUGU (1L << 21) /* U+0C00-U+0C7F */ + /* Bit 22 Kannada */ +#define TT_UCR_KANNADA (1L << 22) /* U+0C80-U+0CFF */ + /* Bit 23 Malayalam */ +#define TT_UCR_MALAYALAM (1L << 23) /* U+0D00-U+0D7F */ + /* Bit 24 Thai */ +#define TT_UCR_THAI (1L << 24) /* U+0E00-U+0E7F */ + /* Bit 25 Lao */ +#define TT_UCR_LAO (1L << 25) /* U+0E80-U+0EFF */ + /* Bit 26 Georgian */ + /* Georgian Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_GEORGIAN (1L << 26) /* U+10A0-U+10FF */ + /* U+2D00-U+2D2F */ + /* Bit 27 Balinese */ +#define TT_UCR_BALINESE (1L << 27) /* U+1B00-U+1B7F */ + /* Bit 28 Hangul Jamo */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_JAMO (1L << 28) /* U+1100-U+11FF */ + /* Bit 29 Latin Extended Additional */ + /* Latin Extended-C */ + /* Latin Extended-D */ +#define TT_UCR_LATIN_EXTENDED_ADDITIONAL (1L << 29) /* U+1E00-U+1EFF */ + /* U+2C60-U+2C7F */ + /* U+A720-U+A7FF */ + /* Bit 30 Greek Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_GREEK_EXTENDED (1L << 30) /* U+1F00-U+1FFF */ + /* Bit 31 General Punctuation */ + /* Supplemental Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_GENERAL_PUNCTUATION (1L << 31) /* U+2000-U+206F */ + /* U+2E00-U+2E7F */ + /* Bit 32 Superscripts And Subscripts */ +#define TT_UCR_SUPERSCRIPTS_SUBSCRIPTS (1L << 0) /* U+2070-U+209F */ + /* Bit 33 Currency Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_CURRENCY_SYMBOLS (1L << 1) /* U+20A0-U+20CF */ + /* Bit 34 Combining Diacritical Marks For Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB (1L << 2) /* U+20D0-U+20FF */ + /* Bit 35 Letterlike Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_LETTERLIKE_SYMBOLS (1L << 3) /* U+2100-U+214F */ + /* Bit 36 Number Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_NUMBER_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+2150-U+218F */ + /* Bit 37 Arrows */ + /* Supplemental Arrows-A */ + /* Supplemental Arrows-B */ + /* Miscellaneous Symbols and Arrows */ +#define TT_UCR_ARROWS (1L << 5) /* U+2190-U+21FF */ + /* U+27F0-U+27FF */ + /* U+2900-U+297F */ + /* U+2B00-U+2BFF */ + /* Bit 38 Mathematical Operators */ + /* Supplemental Mathematical Operators */ + /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-A */ + /* Miscellaneous Mathematical Symbols-B */ +#define TT_UCR_MATHEMATICAL_OPERATORS (1L << 6) /* U+2200-U+22FF */ + /* U+2A00-U+2AFF */ + /* U+27C0-U+27EF */ + /* U+2980-U+29FF */ + /* Bit 39 Miscellaneous Technical */ +#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_TECHNICAL (1L << 7) /* U+2300-U+23FF */ + /* Bit 40 Control Pictures */ +#define TT_UCR_CONTROL_PICTURES (1L << 8) /* U+2400-U+243F */ + /* Bit 41 Optical Character Recognition */ +#define TT_UCR_OCR (1L << 9) /* U+2440-U+245F */ + /* Bit 42 Enclosed Alphanumerics */ +#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_ALPHANUMERICS (1L << 10) /* U+2460-U+24FF */ + /* Bit 43 Box Drawing */ +#define TT_UCR_BOX_DRAWING (1L << 11) /* U+2500-U+257F */ + /* Bit 44 Block Elements */ +#define TT_UCR_BLOCK_ELEMENTS (1L << 12) /* U+2580-U+259F */ + /* Bit 45 Geometric Shapes */ +#define TT_UCR_GEOMETRIC_SHAPES (1L << 13) /* U+25A0-U+25FF */ + /* Bit 46 Miscellaneous Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_MISCELLANEOUS_SYMBOLS (1L << 14) /* U+2600-U+26FF */ + /* Bit 47 Dingbats */ +#define TT_UCR_DINGBATS (1L << 15) /* U+2700-U+27BF */ + /* Bit 48 CJK Symbols and Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_SYMBOLS (1L << 16) /* U+3000-U+303F */ + /* Bit 49 Hiragana */ +#define TT_UCR_HIRAGANA (1L << 17) /* U+3040-U+309F */ + /* Bit 50 Katakana */ + /* Katakana Phonetic Extensions */ +#define TT_UCR_KATAKANA (1L << 18) /* U+30A0-U+30FF */ + /* U+31F0-U+31FF */ + /* Bit 51 Bopomofo */ + /* Bopomofo Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_BOPOMOFO (1L << 19) /* U+3100-U+312F */ + /* U+31A0-U+31BF */ + /* Bit 52 Hangul Compatibility Jamo */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL_COMPATIBILITY_JAMO (1L << 20) /* U+3130-U+318F */ + /* Bit 53 Phags-Pa */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_MISC (1L << 21) /* U+A840-U+A87F */ +#define TT_UCR_KANBUN TT_UCR_CJK_MISC /* deprecated */ +#define TT_UCR_PHAGSPA + /* Bit 54 Enclosed CJK Letters and Months */ +#define TT_UCR_ENCLOSED_CJK_LETTERS_MONTHS (1L << 22) /* U+3200-U+32FF */ + /* Bit 55 CJK Compatibility */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY (1L << 23) /* U+3300-U+33FF */ + /* Bit 56 Hangul Syllables */ +#define TT_UCR_HANGUL (1L << 24) /* U+AC00-U+D7A3 */ + /* Bit 57 High Surrogates */ + /* High Private Use Surrogates */ + /* Low Surrogates */ + /* */ + /* According to OpenType specs v.1.3+, */ + /* setting bit 57 implies that there is */ + /* at least one codepoint beyond the */ + /* Basic Multilingual Plane that is */ + /* supported by this font. So it really */ + /* means >= U+10000 */ +#define TT_UCR_SURROGATES (1L << 25) /* U+D800-U+DB7F */ + /* U+DB80-U+DBFF */ + /* U+DC00-U+DFFF */ +#define TT_UCR_NON_PLANE_0 TT_UCR_SURROGATES + /* Bit 58 Phoenician */ +#define TT_UCR_PHOENICIAN (1L << 26) /*U+10900-U+1091F*/ + /* Bit 59 CJK Unified Ideographs */ + /* CJK Radicals Supplement */ + /* Kangxi Radicals */ + /* Ideographic Description Characters */ + /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension A */ + /* CJK Unified Ideographs Extension B */ + /* Kanbun */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_UNIFIED_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 27) /* U+4E00-U+9FFF */ + /* U+2E80-U+2EFF */ + /* U+2F00-U+2FDF */ + /* U+2FF0-U+2FFF */ + /* U+3400-U+4DB5 */ + /*U+20000-U+2A6DF*/ + /* U+3190-U+319F */ + /* Bit 60 Private Use */ +#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE (1L << 28) /* U+E000-U+F8FF */ + /* Bit 61 CJK Strokes */ + /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs */ + /* CJK Compatibility Ideographs Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_IDEOGRAPHS (1L << 29) /* U+31C0-U+31EF */ + /* U+F900-U+FAFF */ + /*U+2F800-U+2FA1F*/ + /* Bit 62 Alphabetic Presentation Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_ALPHABETIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS (1L << 30) /* U+FB00-U+FB4F */ + /* Bit 63 Arabic Presentation Forms-A */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A (1L << 31) /* U+FB50-U+FDFF */ + /* Bit 64 Combining Half Marks */ +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_HALF_MARKS (1L << 0) /* U+FE20-U+FE2F */ + /* Bit 65 Vertical forms */ + /* CJK Compatibility Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_CJK_COMPATIBILITY_FORMS (1L << 1) /* U+FE10-U+FE1F */ + /* U+FE30-U+FE4F */ + /* Bit 66 Small Form Variants */ +#define TT_UCR_SMALL_FORM_VARIANTS (1L << 2) /* U+FE50-U+FE6F */ + /* Bit 67 Arabic Presentation Forms-B */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B (1L << 3) /* U+FE70-U+FEFE */ + /* Bit 68 Halfwidth and Fullwidth Forms */ +#define TT_UCR_HALFWIDTH_FULLWIDTH_FORMS (1L << 4) /* U+FF00-U+FFEF */ + /* Bit 69 Specials */ +#define TT_UCR_SPECIALS (1L << 5) /* U+FFF0-U+FFFD */ + /* Bit 70 Tibetan */ +#define TT_UCR_TIBETAN (1L << 6) /* U+0F00-U+0FFF */ + /* Bit 71 Syriac */ +#define TT_UCR_SYRIAC (1L << 7) /* U+0700-U+074F */ + /* Bit 72 Thaana */ +#define TT_UCR_THAANA (1L << 8) /* U+0780-U+07BF */ + /* Bit 73 Sinhala */ +#define TT_UCR_SINHALA (1L << 9) /* U+0D80-U+0DFF */ + /* Bit 74 Myanmar */ +#define TT_UCR_MYANMAR (1L << 10) /* U+1000-U+109F */ + /* Bit 75 Ethiopic */ + /* Ethiopic Supplement */ + /* Ethiopic Extended */ +#define TT_UCR_ETHIOPIC (1L << 11) /* U+1200-U+137F */ + /* U+1380-U+139F */ + /* U+2D80-U+2DDF */ + /* Bit 76 Cherokee */ +#define TT_UCR_CHEROKEE (1L << 12) /* U+13A0-U+13FF */ + /* Bit 77 Unified Canadian Aboriginal Syllabics */ +#define TT_UCR_CANADIAN_ABORIGINAL_SYLLABICS (1L << 13) /* U+1400-U+167F */ + /* Bit 78 Ogham */ +#define TT_UCR_OGHAM (1L << 14) /* U+1680-U+169F */ + /* Bit 79 Runic */ +#define TT_UCR_RUNIC (1L << 15) /* U+16A0-U+16FF */ + /* Bit 80 Khmer */ + /* Khmer Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_KHMER (1L << 16) /* U+1780-U+17FF */ + /* U+19E0-U+19FF */ + /* Bit 81 Mongolian */ +#define TT_UCR_MONGOLIAN (1L << 17) /* U+1800-U+18AF */ + /* Bit 82 Braille Patterns */ +#define TT_UCR_BRAILLE (1L << 18) /* U+2800-U+28FF */ + /* Bit 83 Yi Syllables */ + /* Yi Radicals */ +#define TT_UCR_YI (1L << 19) /* U+A000-U+A48F */ + /* U+A490-U+A4CF */ + /* Bit 84 Tagalog */ + /* Hanunoo */ + /* Buhid */ + /* Tagbanwa */ +#define TT_UCR_PHILIPPINE (1L << 20) /* U+1700-U+171F */ + /* U+1720-U+173F */ + /* U+1740-U+175F */ + /* U+1760-U+177F */ + /* Bit 85 Old Italic */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_ITALIC (1L << 21) /*U+10300-U+1032F*/ + /* Bit 86 Gothic */ +#define TT_UCR_GOTHIC (1L << 22) /*U+10330-U+1034F*/ + /* Bit 87 Deseret */ +#define TT_UCR_DESERET (1L << 23) /*U+10400-U+1044F*/ + /* Bit 88 Byzantine Musical Symbols */ + /* Musical Symbols */ + /* Ancient Greek Musical Notation */ +#define TT_UCR_MUSICAL_SYMBOLS (1L << 24) /*U+1D000-U+1D0FF*/ + /*U+1D100-U+1D1FF*/ + /*U+1D200-U+1D24F*/ + /* Bit 89 Mathematical Alphanumeric Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_MATH_ALPHANUMERIC_SYMBOLS (1L << 25) /*U+1D400-U+1D7FF*/ + /* Bit 90 Private Use (plane 15) */ + /* Private Use (plane 16) */ +#define TT_UCR_PRIVATE_USE_SUPPLEMENTARY (1L << 26) /*U+F0000-U+FFFFD*/ + /*U+100000-U+10FFFD*/ + /* Bit 91 Variation Selectors */ + /* Variation Selectors Supplement */ +#define TT_UCR_VARIATION_SELECTORS (1L << 27) /* U+FE00-U+FE0F */ + /*U+E0100-U+E01EF*/ + /* Bit 92 Tags */ +#define TT_UCR_TAGS (1L << 28) /*U+E0000-U+E007F*/ + /* Bit 93 Limbu */ +#define TT_UCR_LIMBU (1L << 29) /* U+1900-U+194F */ + /* Bit 94 Tai Le */ +#define TT_UCR_TAI_LE (1L << 30) /* U+1950-U+197F */ + /* Bit 95 New Tai Lue */ +#define TT_UCR_NEW_TAI_LUE (1L << 31) /* U+1980-U+19DF */ + /* Bit 96 Buginese */ +#define TT_UCR_BUGINESE (1L << 0) /* U+1A00-U+1A1F */ + /* Bit 97 Glagolitic */ +#define TT_UCR_GLAGOLITIC (1L << 1) /* U+2C00-U+2C5F */ + /* Bit 98 Tifinagh */ +#define TT_UCR_TIFINAGH (1L << 2) /* U+2D30-U+2D7F */ + /* Bit 99 Yijing Hexagram Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_YIJING (1L << 3) /* U+4DC0-U+4DFF */ + /* Bit 100 Syloti Nagri */ +#define TT_UCR_SYLOTI_NAGRI (1L << 4) /* U+A800-U+A82F */ + /* Bit 101 Linear B Syllabary */ + /* Linear B Ideograms */ + /* Aegean Numbers */ +#define TT_UCR_LINEAR_B (1L << 5) /*U+10000-U+1007F*/ + /*U+10080-U+100FF*/ + /*U+10100-U+1013F*/ + /* Bit 102 Ancient Greek Numbers */ +#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_GREEK_NUMBERS (1L << 6) /*U+10140-U+1018F*/ + /* Bit 103 Ugaritic */ +#define TT_UCR_UGARITIC (1L << 7) /*U+10380-U+1039F*/ + /* Bit 104 Old Persian */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_PERSIAN (1L << 8) /*U+103A0-U+103DF*/ + /* Bit 105 Shavian */ +#define TT_UCR_SHAVIAN (1L << 9) /*U+10450-U+1047F*/ + /* Bit 106 Osmanya */ +#define TT_UCR_OSMANYA (1L << 10) /*U+10480-U+104AF*/ + /* Bit 107 Cypriot Syllabary */ +#define TT_UCR_CYPRIOT_SYLLABARY (1L << 11) /*U+10800-U+1083F*/ + /* Bit 108 Kharoshthi */ +#define TT_UCR_KHAROSHTHI (1L << 12) /*U+10A00-U+10A5F*/ + /* Bit 109 Tai Xuan Jing Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_TAI_XUAN_JING (1L << 13) /*U+1D300-U+1D35F*/ + /* Bit 110 Cuneiform */ + /* Cuneiform Numbers and Punctuation */ +#define TT_UCR_CUNEIFORM (1L << 14) /*U+12000-U+123FF*/ + /*U+12400-U+1247F*/ + /* Bit 111 Counting Rod Numerals */ +#define TT_UCR_COUNTING_ROD_NUMERALS (1L << 15) /*U+1D360-U+1D37F*/ + /* Bit 112 Sundanese */ +#define TT_UCR_SUNDANESE (1L << 16) /* U+1B80-U+1BBF */ + /* Bit 113 Lepcha */ +#define TT_UCR_LEPCHA (1L << 17) /* U+1C00-U+1C4F */ + /* Bit 114 Ol Chiki */ +#define TT_UCR_OL_CHIKI (1L << 18) /* U+1C50-U+1C7F */ + /* Bit 115 Saurashtra */ +#define TT_UCR_SAURASHTRA (1L << 19) /* U+A880-U+A8DF */ + /* Bit 116 Kayah Li */ +#define TT_UCR_KAYAH_LI (1L << 20) /* U+A900-U+A92F */ + /* Bit 117 Rejang */ +#define TT_UCR_REJANG (1L << 21) /* U+A930-U+A95F */ + /* Bit 118 Cham */ +#define TT_UCR_CHAM (1L << 22) /* U+AA00-U+AA5F */ + /* Bit 119 Ancient Symbols */ +#define TT_UCR_ANCIENT_SYMBOLS (1L << 23) /*U+10190-U+101CF*/ + /* Bit 120 Phaistos Disc */ +#define TT_UCR_PHAISTOS_DISC (1L << 24) /*U+101D0-U+101FF*/ + /* Bit 121 Carian */ + /* Lycian */ + /* Lydian */ +#define TT_UCR_OLD_ANATOLIAN (1L << 25) /*U+102A0-U+102DF*/ + /*U+10280-U+1029F*/ + /*U+10920-U+1093F*/ + /* Bit 122 Domino Tiles */ + /* Mahjong Tiles */ +#define TT_UCR_GAME_TILES (1L << 26) /*U+1F030-U+1F09F*/ + /*U+1F000-U+1F02F*/ + /* Bit 123-127 Reserved for process-internal usage */ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Some compilers have a very limited length of identifiers. */ + /* */ +#if defined( __TURBOC__ ) && __TURBOC__ < 0x0410 || defined( __PACIFIC__ ) +#define HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS +#endif + + +#ifndef HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* Here some alias #defines in order to be clearer. */ + /* */ + /* These are not always #defined to stay within the 31~character limit, */ + /* which some compilers have. */ + /* */ + /* Credits go to Dave Hoo <dhoo@flash.net> for pointing out that modern */ + /* Borland compilers (read: from BC++ 3.1 on) can increase this limit. */ + /* If you get a warning with such a compiler, use the -i40 switch. */ + /* */ +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_A \ + TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_A +#define TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATION_FORMS_B \ + TT_UCR_ARABIC_PRESENTATIONS_B + +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS \ + TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS +#define TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICAL_MARKS_SYMB \ + TT_UCR_COMBINING_DIACRITICS_SYMB + + +#endif /* !HAVE_LIMIT_ON_IDENTS */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __TTNAMEID_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/tttables.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/tttables.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..e1d8b05e79 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/tttables.h @@ -0,0 +1,829 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* tttables.h */ +/* */ +/* Basic SFNT/TrueType tables definitions and interface */ +/* (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2005, 2008-2014 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __TTTABLES_H__ +#define __TTTABLES_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Section> */ + /* truetype_tables */ + /* */ + /* <Title> */ + /* TrueType Tables */ + /* */ + /* <Abstract> */ + /* TrueType specific table types and functions. */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* This section contains the definition of TrueType-specific tables */ + /* as well as some routines used to access and process them. */ + /* */ + /* <Order> */ + /* TT_Header */ + /* TT_HoriHeader */ + /* TT_VertHeader */ + /* TT_OS2 */ + /* TT_Postscript */ + /* TT_PCLT */ + /* TT_MaxProfile */ + /* */ + /* FT_Sfnt_Tag */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */ + /* FT_Load_Sfnt_Table */ + /* FT_Sfnt_Table_Info */ + /* */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Format */ + /* */ + /* FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING */ + /* */ + /*************************************************************************/ + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_Header */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType font header table. All */ + /* fields follow the TrueType specification. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_Header_ + { + FT_Fixed Table_Version; + FT_Fixed Font_Revision; + + FT_Long CheckSum_Adjust; + FT_Long Magic_Number; + + FT_UShort Flags; + FT_UShort Units_Per_EM; + + FT_Long Created [2]; + FT_Long Modified[2]; + + FT_Short xMin; + FT_Short yMin; + FT_Short xMax; + FT_Short yMax; + + FT_UShort Mac_Style; + FT_UShort Lowest_Rec_PPEM; + + FT_Short Font_Direction; + FT_Short Index_To_Loc_Format; + FT_Short Glyph_Data_Format; + + } TT_Header; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_HoriHeader */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType horizontal header, the `hhea' */ + /* table, as well as the corresponding horizontal metrics table, */ + /* i.e., the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* Version :: The table version. */ + /* */ + /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the top-most of all */ + /* glyph points found in the font. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of the */ + /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' field */ + /* of the OS/2 table instead if you want */ + /* the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the bottom-most of */ + /* all glyph points found in the font. It */ + /* is negative. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of the */ + /* glyphs found in the font (maybe ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */ + /* to add to the ascender and descender to */ + /* get the BTB, i.e., the */ + /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* advance_Width_Max :: This field is the maximum of all advance */ + /* widths found in the font. It can be */ + /* used to compute the maximum width of an */ + /* arbitrary string of text. */ + /* */ + /* min_Left_Side_Bearing :: The minimum left side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* min_Right_Side_Bearing :: The minimum right side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* xMax_Extent :: The maximum horizontal extent (i.e., the */ + /* `width' of a glyph's bounding box) for */ + /* all glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope. */ + /* */ + /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */ + /* */ + /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */ + /* */ + /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of HMetrics entries in the `hmtx' */ + /* table -- this value can be smaller than */ + /* the total number of glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `hmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */ + /* be identical except for the names of their fields, */ + /* which are different. */ + /* */ + /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */ + /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */ + /* headers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_HoriHeader_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_Short Ascender; + FT_Short Descender; + FT_Short Line_Gap; + + FT_UShort advance_Width_Max; /* advance width maximum */ + + FT_Short min_Left_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb */ + FT_Short min_Right_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb */ + FT_Short xMax_Extent; /* xmax extents */ + FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise; + FT_Short caret_Slope_Run; + FT_Short caret_Offset; + + FT_Short Reserved[4]; + + FT_Short metric_Data_Format; + FT_UShort number_Of_HMetrics; + + /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */ + /* but they are used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */ + /* `HMTX' table. */ + + void* long_metrics; + void* short_metrics; + + } TT_HoriHeader; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_VertHeader */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType vertical header, the `vhea' */ + /* table, as well as the corresponding vertical metrics table, i.e., */ + /* the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* Version :: The table version. */ + /* */ + /* Ascender :: The font's ascender, i.e., the distance */ + /* from the baseline to the top-most of */ + /* all glyph points found in the font. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of */ + /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */ + /* ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoAscender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Descender :: The font's descender, i.e., the */ + /* distance from the baseline to the */ + /* bottom-most of all glyph points found */ + /* in the font. It is negative. */ + /* */ + /* This value is invalid in many fonts, as */ + /* it is usually set by the font designer, */ + /* and often reflects only a portion of */ + /* the glyphs found in the font (maybe */ + /* ASCII). */ + /* */ + /* You should use the `sTypoDescender' */ + /* field of the OS/2 table instead if you */ + /* want the correct one. */ + /* */ + /* Line_Gap :: The font's line gap, i.e., the distance */ + /* to add to the ascender and descender to */ + /* get the BTB, i.e., the */ + /* baseline-to-baseline distance for the */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* advance_Height_Max :: This field is the maximum of all */ + /* advance heights found in the font. It */ + /* can be used to compute the maximum */ + /* height of an arbitrary string of text. */ + /* */ + /* min_Top_Side_Bearing :: The minimum top side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* min_Bottom_Side_Bearing :: The minimum bottom side bearing of all */ + /* glyphs within the font. */ + /* */ + /* yMax_Extent :: The maximum vertical extent (i.e., the */ + /* `height' of a glyph's bounding box) for */ + /* all glyphs in the font. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Rise :: The rise coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope of the cursor (slope=rise/run). */ + /* */ + /* caret_Slope_Run :: The run coefficient of the cursor's */ + /* slope. */ + /* */ + /* caret_Offset :: The cursor's offset for slanted fonts. */ + /* This value is `reserved' in vmtx */ + /* version 1.0. */ + /* */ + /* Reserved :: 8~reserved bytes. */ + /* */ + /* metric_Data_Format :: Always~0. */ + /* */ + /* number_Of_HMetrics :: Number of VMetrics entries in the */ + /* `vmtx' table -- this value can be */ + /* smaller than the total number of glyphs */ + /* in the font. */ + /* */ + /* long_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* short_metrics :: A pointer into the `vmtx' table. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* IMPORTANT: The TT_HoriHeader and TT_VertHeader structures should */ + /* be identical except for the names of their fields, */ + /* which are different. */ + /* */ + /* This ensures that a single function in the `ttload' */ + /* module is able to read both the horizontal and vertical */ + /* headers. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_VertHeader_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_Short Ascender; + FT_Short Descender; + FT_Short Line_Gap; + + FT_UShort advance_Height_Max; /* advance height maximum */ + + FT_Short min_Top_Side_Bearing; /* minimum left-sb or top-sb */ + FT_Short min_Bottom_Side_Bearing; /* minimum right-sb or bottom-sb */ + FT_Short yMax_Extent; /* xmax or ymax extents */ + FT_Short caret_Slope_Rise; + FT_Short caret_Slope_Run; + FT_Short caret_Offset; + + FT_Short Reserved[4]; + + FT_Short metric_Data_Format; + FT_UShort number_Of_VMetrics; + + /* The following fields are not defined by the TrueType specification */ + /* but they're used to connect the metrics header to the relevant */ + /* `HMTX' or `VMTX' table. */ + + void* long_metrics; + void* short_metrics; + + } TT_VertHeader; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_OS2 */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType OS/2 table. All fields */ + /* comply to the OpenType specification. */ + /* */ + /* Note that we now support old Mac fonts that do not include an OS/2 */ + /* table. In this case, the `version' field is always set to 0xFFFF. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_OS2_ + { + FT_UShort version; /* 0x0001 - more or 0xFFFF */ + FT_Short xAvgCharWidth; + FT_UShort usWeightClass; + FT_UShort usWidthClass; + FT_Short fsType; + FT_Short ySubscriptXSize; + FT_Short ySubscriptYSize; + FT_Short ySubscriptXOffset; + FT_Short ySubscriptYOffset; + FT_Short ySuperscriptXSize; + FT_Short ySuperscriptYSize; + FT_Short ySuperscriptXOffset; + FT_Short ySuperscriptYOffset; + FT_Short yStrikeoutSize; + FT_Short yStrikeoutPosition; + FT_Short sFamilyClass; + + FT_Byte panose[10]; + + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange3; /* Bits 64-95 */ + FT_ULong ulUnicodeRange4; /* Bits 96-127 */ + + FT_Char achVendID[4]; + + FT_UShort fsSelection; + FT_UShort usFirstCharIndex; + FT_UShort usLastCharIndex; + FT_Short sTypoAscender; + FT_Short sTypoDescender; + FT_Short sTypoLineGap; + FT_UShort usWinAscent; + FT_UShort usWinDescent; + + /* only version 1 and higher: */ + + FT_ULong ulCodePageRange1; /* Bits 0-31 */ + FT_ULong ulCodePageRange2; /* Bits 32-63 */ + + /* only version 2 and higher: */ + + FT_Short sxHeight; + FT_Short sCapHeight; + FT_UShort usDefaultChar; + FT_UShort usBreakChar; + FT_UShort usMaxContext; + + /* only version 5 and higher: */ + + FT_UShort usLowerOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */ + FT_UShort usUpperOpticalPointSize; /* in twips (1/20th points) */ + + } TT_OS2; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_Postscript */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType PostScript table. All fields */ + /* comply to the TrueType specification. This structure does not */ + /* reference the PostScript glyph names, which can be nevertheless */ + /* accessed with the `ttpost' module. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_Postscript_ + { + FT_Fixed FormatType; + FT_Fixed italicAngle; + FT_Short underlinePosition; + FT_Short underlineThickness; + FT_ULong isFixedPitch; + FT_ULong minMemType42; + FT_ULong maxMemType42; + FT_ULong minMemType1; + FT_ULong maxMemType1; + + /* Glyph names follow in the file, but we don't */ + /* load them by default. See the ttpost.c file. */ + + } TT_Postscript; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_PCLT */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* A structure used to model a TrueType PCLT table. All fields */ + /* comply to the TrueType specification. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_PCLT_ + { + FT_Fixed Version; + FT_ULong FontNumber; + FT_UShort Pitch; + FT_UShort xHeight; + FT_UShort Style; + FT_UShort TypeFamily; + FT_UShort CapHeight; + FT_UShort SymbolSet; + FT_Char TypeFace[16]; + FT_Char CharacterComplement[8]; + FT_Char FileName[6]; + FT_Char StrokeWeight; + FT_Char WidthType; + FT_Byte SerifStyle; + FT_Byte Reserved; + + } TT_PCLT; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Struct> */ + /* TT_MaxProfile */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* The maximum profile is a table containing many max values, which */ + /* can be used to pre-allocate arrays. This ensures that no memory */ + /* allocation occurs during a glyph load. */ + /* */ + /* <Fields> */ + /* version :: The version number. */ + /* */ + /* numGlyphs :: The number of glyphs in this TrueType */ + /* font. */ + /* */ + /* maxPoints :: The maximum number of points in a */ + /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */ + /* the structure element */ + /* `maxCompositePoints'. */ + /* */ + /* maxContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */ + /* non-composite TrueType glyph. See also */ + /* the structure element */ + /* `maxCompositeContours'. */ + /* */ + /* maxCompositePoints :: The maximum number of points in a */ + /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */ + /* structure element `maxPoints'. */ + /* */ + /* maxCompositeContours :: The maximum number of contours in a */ + /* composite TrueType glyph. See also the */ + /* structure element `maxContours'. */ + /* */ + /* maxZones :: The maximum number of zones used for */ + /* glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxTwilightPoints :: The maximum number of points in the */ + /* twilight zone used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxStorage :: The maximum number of elements in the */ + /* storage area used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxFunctionDefs :: The maximum number of function */ + /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */ + /* this font. */ + /* */ + /* maxInstructionDefs :: The maximum number of instruction */ + /* definitions in the TrueType bytecode for */ + /* this font. */ + /* */ + /* maxStackElements :: The maximum number of stack elements used */ + /* during bytecode interpretation. */ + /* */ + /* maxSizeOfInstructions :: The maximum number of TrueType opcodes */ + /* used for glyph hinting. */ + /* */ + /* maxComponentElements :: The maximum number of simple (i.e., non- */ + /* composite) glyphs in a composite glyph. */ + /* */ + /* maxComponentDepth :: The maximum nesting depth of composite */ + /* glyphs. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* This structure is only used during font loading. */ + /* */ + typedef struct TT_MaxProfile_ + { + FT_Fixed version; + FT_UShort numGlyphs; + FT_UShort maxPoints; + FT_UShort maxContours; + FT_UShort maxCompositePoints; + FT_UShort maxCompositeContours; + FT_UShort maxZones; + FT_UShort maxTwilightPoints; + FT_UShort maxStorage; + FT_UShort maxFunctionDefs; + FT_UShort maxInstructionDefs; + FT_UShort maxStackElements; + FT_UShort maxSizeOfInstructions; + FT_UShort maxComponentElements; + FT_UShort maxComponentDepth; + + } TT_MaxProfile; + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Enum> */ + /* FT_Sfnt_Tag */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* An enumeration used to specify the index of an SFNT table. */ + /* Used in the @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table API function. */ + /* */ + /* <Values> */ + /* FT_SFNT_HEAD :: To access the font's @TT_Header structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_MAXP :: To access the font's @TT_MaxProfile structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_OS2 :: To access the font's @TT_OS2 structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_HHEA :: To access the font's @TT_HoriHeader structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_VHEA :: To access the font's @TT_VertHeader struture. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_POST :: To access the font's @TT_Postscript structure. */ + /* */ + /* FT_SFNT_PCLT :: To access the font's @TT_PCLT structure. */ + /* */ + typedef enum FT_Sfnt_Tag_ + { + FT_SFNT_HEAD, + FT_SFNT_MAXP, + FT_SFNT_OS2, + FT_SFNT_HHEA, + FT_SFNT_VHEA, + FT_SFNT_POST, + FT_SFNT_PCLT, + + FT_SFNT_MAX + + } FT_Sfnt_Tag; + + /* these constants are deprecated; use the corresponding `FT_Sfnt_Tag' */ + /* values instead */ +#define ft_sfnt_head FT_SFNT_HEAD +#define ft_sfnt_maxp FT_SFNT_MAXP +#define ft_sfnt_os2 FT_SFNT_OS2 +#define ft_sfnt_hhea FT_SFNT_HHEA +#define ft_sfnt_vhea FT_SFNT_VHEA +#define ft_sfnt_post FT_SFNT_POST +#define ft_sfnt_pclt FT_SFNT_PCLT + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_Sfnt_Table */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return a pointer to a given SFNT table within a face. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* face :: A handle to the source. */ + /* */ + /* tag :: The index of the SFNT table. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* A type-less pointer to the table. This will be~0 in case of */ + /* error, or if the corresponding table was not found *OR* loaded */ + /* from the file. */ + /* */ + /* Use a typecast according to `tag' to access the structure */ + /* elements. */ + /* */ + /* <Note> */ + /* The table is owned by the face object and disappears with it. */ + /* */ + /* This function is only useful to access SFNT tables that are loaded */ + /* by the sfnt, truetype, and opentype drivers. See @FT_Sfnt_Tag for */ + /* a list. */ + /* */ + /* Here an example how to access the `vhea' table: */ + /* */ + /* { */ + /* TT_VertHeader* vert_header; */ + /* */ + /* */ + /* vert_header = */ + /* (TT_VertHeader*)FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( face, FT_SFNT_VHEA ); */ + /* } */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( void* ) + FT_Get_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face, + FT_Sfnt_Tag tag ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Load_Sfnt_Table + * + * @description: + * Load any font table into client memory. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the source face. + * + * tag :: + * The four-byte tag of the table to load. Use the value~0 if you want + * to access the whole font file. Otherwise, you can use one of the + * definitions found in the @FT_TRUETYPE_TAGS_H file, or forge a new + * one with @FT_MAKE_TAG. + * + * offset :: + * The starting offset in the table (or file if tag == 0). + * + * @output: + * buffer :: + * The target buffer address. The client must ensure that the memory + * array is big enough to hold the data. + * + * @inout: + * length :: + * If the `length' parameter is NULL, then try to load the whole table. + * Return an error code if it fails. + * + * Else, if `*length' is~0, exit immediately while returning the + * table's (or file) full size in it. + * + * Else the number of bytes to read from the table or file, from the + * starting offset. + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * If you need to determine the table's length you should first call this + * function with `*length' set to~0, as in the following example: + * + * { + * FT_ULong length = 0; + * + * + * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, NULL, &length ); + * if ( error ) { ... table does not exist ... } + * + * buffer = malloc( length ); + * if ( buffer == NULL ) { ... not enough memory ... } + * + * error = FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( face, tag, 0, buffer, &length ); + * if ( error ) { ... could not load table ... } + * } + * + * Note that structures like @TT_Header or @TT_OS2 can't be used with + * this function; they are limited to @FT_Get_Sfnt_Table. Reason is that + * those structures depend on the processor architecture, with varying + * size (e.g. 32bit vs. 64bit) or order (big endian vs. little endian). + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Load_Sfnt_Table( FT_Face face, + FT_ULong tag, + FT_Long offset, + FT_Byte* buffer, + FT_ULong* length ); + + + /************************************************************************** + * + * @function: + * FT_Sfnt_Table_Info + * + * @description: + * Return information on an SFNT table. + * + * @input: + * face :: + * A handle to the source face. + * + * table_index :: + * The index of an SFNT table. The function returns + * FT_Err_Table_Missing for an invalid value. + * + * @inout: + * tag :: + * The name tag of the SFNT table. If the value is NULL, `table_index' + * is ignored, and `length' returns the number of SFNT tables in the + * font. + * + * @output: + * length :: + * The length of the SFNT table (or the number of SFNT tables, depending + * on `tag'). + * + * @return: + * FreeType error code. 0~means success. + * + * @note: + * While parsing fonts, FreeType handles SFNT tables with length zero as + * missing. + * + */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Error ) + FT_Sfnt_Table_Info( FT_Face face, + FT_UInt table_index, + FT_ULong *tag, + FT_ULong *length ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap language ID. Definitions of */ + /* language ID values are in `ttnameid.h'. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: */ + /* The target charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The language ID of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */ + /* TrueType/sfnt face, just return~0 as the default value. */ + /* */ + /* For a format~14 cmap (to access Unicode IVS), the return value is */ + /* 0xFFFFFFFF. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_ULong ) + FT_Get_CMap_Language_ID( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + + /*************************************************************************/ + /* */ + /* <Function> */ + /* FT_Get_CMap_Format */ + /* */ + /* <Description> */ + /* Return TrueType/sfnt specific cmap format. */ + /* */ + /* <Input> */ + /* charmap :: */ + /* The target charmap. */ + /* */ + /* <Return> */ + /* The format of `charmap'. If `charmap' doesn't belong to a */ + /* TrueType/sfnt face, return -1. */ + /* */ + FT_EXPORT( FT_Long ) + FT_Get_CMap_Format( FT_CharMap charmap ); + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __TTTABLES_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/tttags.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/tttags.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..d59aa19a33 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/tttags.h @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* tttags.h */ +/* */ +/* Tags for TrueType and OpenType tables (specification only). */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 1996-2001, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008, 2013 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __TTAGS_H__ +#define __TTAGS_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + +#define TTAG_avar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'a', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_BASE FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'A', 'S', 'E' ) +#define TTAG_bdat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'd', 'a', 't' ) +#define TTAG_BDF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'B', 'D', 'F', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_bhed FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'h', 'e', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_bloc FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 'l', 'o', 'c' ) +#define TTAG_bsln FT_MAKE_TAG( 'b', 's', 'l', 'n' ) +#define TTAG_CBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'D', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_CBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'B', 'L', 'C' ) +#define TTAG_CFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'F', 'F', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_CID FT_MAKE_TAG( 'C', 'I', 'D', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_cmap FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'm', 'a', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_cvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_cvt FT_MAKE_TAG( 'c', 'v', 't', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_DSIG FT_MAKE_TAG( 'D', 'S', 'I', 'G' ) +#define TTAG_EBDT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'D', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_EBLC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'L', 'C' ) +#define TTAG_EBSC FT_MAKE_TAG( 'E', 'B', 'S', 'C' ) +#define TTAG_feat FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'e', 'a', 't' ) +#define TTAG_FOND FT_MAKE_TAG( 'F', 'O', 'N', 'D' ) +#define TTAG_fpgm FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'p', 'g', 'm' ) +#define TTAG_fvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'f', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_gasp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'a', 's', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_GDEF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'D', 'E', 'F' ) +#define TTAG_glyf FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'l', 'y', 'f' ) +#define TTAG_GPOS FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'P', 'O', 'S' ) +#define TTAG_GSUB FT_MAKE_TAG( 'G', 'S', 'U', 'B' ) +#define TTAG_gvar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'g', 'v', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_hdmx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'd', 'm', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_head FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'e', 'a', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_hhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'h', 'e', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_hmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'h', 'm', 't', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_JSTF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'J', 'S', 'T', 'F' ) +#define TTAG_just FT_MAKE_TAG( 'j', 'u', 's', 't' ) +#define TTAG_kern FT_MAKE_TAG( 'k', 'e', 'r', 'n' ) +#define TTAG_lcar FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'c', 'a', 'r' ) +#define TTAG_loca FT_MAKE_TAG( 'l', 'o', 'c', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_LTSH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'T', 'S', 'H' ) +#define TTAG_LWFN FT_MAKE_TAG( 'L', 'W', 'F', 'N' ) +#define TTAG_MATH FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'A', 'T', 'H' ) +#define TTAG_maxp FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'a', 'x', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_META FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'E', 'T', 'A' ) +#define TTAG_MMFX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'F', 'X' ) +#define TTAG_MMSD FT_MAKE_TAG( 'M', 'M', 'S', 'D' ) +#define TTAG_mort FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 't' ) +#define TTAG_morx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'm', 'o', 'r', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_name FT_MAKE_TAG( 'n', 'a', 'm', 'e' ) +#define TTAG_opbd FT_MAKE_TAG( 'o', 'p', 'b', 'd' ) +#define TTAG_OS2 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'S', '/', '2' ) +#define TTAG_OTTO FT_MAKE_TAG( 'O', 'T', 'T', 'O' ) +#define TTAG_PCLT FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'C', 'L', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_POST FT_MAKE_TAG( 'P', 'O', 'S', 'T' ) +#define TTAG_post FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'o', 's', 't' ) +#define TTAG_prep FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'e', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_prop FT_MAKE_TAG( 'p', 'r', 'o', 'p' ) +#define TTAG_sbix FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'b', 'i', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_sfnt FT_MAKE_TAG( 's', 'f', 'n', 't' ) +#define TTAG_SING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'S', 'I', 'N', 'G' ) +#define TTAG_trak FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'a', 'k' ) +#define TTAG_true FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'r', 'u', 'e' ) +#define TTAG_ttc FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', ' ' ) +#define TTAG_ttcf FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 't', 'c', 'f' ) +#define TTAG_TYP1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 'T', 'Y', 'P', '1' ) +#define TTAG_typ1 FT_MAKE_TAG( 't', 'y', 'p', '1' ) +#define TTAG_VDMX FT_MAKE_TAG( 'V', 'D', 'M', 'X' ) +#define TTAG_vhea FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'h', 'e', 'a' ) +#define TTAG_vmtx FT_MAKE_TAG( 'v', 'm', 't', 'x' ) +#define TTAG_wOFF FT_MAKE_TAG( 'w', 'O', 'F', 'F' ) + + +FT_END_HEADER + +#endif /* __TTAGS_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ttunpat.h b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ttunpat.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..bf53ddd528 --- /dev/null +++ b/freetype2/include/tvos/freetype2/ttunpat.h @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +/***************************************************************************/ +/* */ +/* ttunpat.h */ +/* */ +/* Definitions for the unpatented TrueType hinting system */ +/* */ +/* Copyright 2003, 2006 by */ +/* David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. */ +/* */ +/* Written by Graham Asher <graham.asher@btinternet.com> */ +/* */ +/* This file is part of the FreeType project, and may only be used, */ +/* modified, and distributed under the terms of the FreeType project */ +/* license, LICENSE.TXT. By continuing to use, modify, or distribute */ +/* this file you indicate that you have read the license and */ +/* understand and accept it fully. */ +/* */ +/***************************************************************************/ + + +#ifndef __TTUNPAT_H__ +#define __TTUNPAT_H__ + + +#include <ft2build.h> +#include FT_FREETYPE_H + +#ifdef FREETYPE_H +#error "freetype.h of FreeType 1 has been loaded!" +#error "Please fix the directory search order for header files" +#error "so that freetype.h of FreeType 2 is found first." +#endif + + +FT_BEGIN_HEADER + + + /*************************************************************************** + * + * @constant: + * FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING + * + * @description: + * A constant used as the tag of an @FT_Parameter structure to indicate + * that unpatented methods only should be used by the TrueType bytecode + * interpreter for a typeface opened by @FT_Open_Face. + * + */ +#define FT_PARAM_TAG_UNPATENTED_HINTING FT_MAKE_TAG( 'u', 'n', 'p', 'a' ) + + /* */ + + +FT_END_HEADER + + +#endif /* __TTUNPAT_H__ */ + + +/* END */ diff --git a/freetype2/prebuilt/tvos/libfreetype.a b/freetype2/prebuilt/tvos/libfreetype.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2e6f0c1e48 Binary files /dev/null and b/freetype2/prebuilt/tvos/libfreetype.a differ diff --git a/jpeg/include/tvos/jconfig.h b/jpeg/include/tvos/jconfig.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..966b1d5149 --- /dev/null +++ b/jpeg/include/tvos/jconfig.h @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +/* jconfig.h. Generated from jconfig.cfg by configure. */ +/* jconfig.cfg --- source file edited by configure script */ +/* see jconfig.txt for explanations */ + +#define HAVE_PROTOTYPES 1 +#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR 1 +#define HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT 1 +/* #undef void */ +/* #undef const */ +/* #undef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#define HAVE_STDDEF_H 1 +#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1 +#define HAVE_LOCALE_H 1 +/* #undef NEED_BSD_STRINGS */ +/* #undef NEED_SYS_TYPES_H */ +/* #undef NEED_FAR_POINTERS */ +/* #undef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */ +/* Define this if you get warnings about undefined structures. */ +/* #undef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */ + +/* Define "boolean" as unsigned char, not int, on Windows systems. */ +#ifdef _WIN32 +#ifndef __RPCNDR_H__ /* don't conflict if rpcndr.h already read */ +typedef unsigned char boolean; +#endif +#define HAVE_BOOLEAN /* prevent jmorecfg.h from redefining it */ +#endif + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS + +/* #undef RIGHT_SHIFT_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#define INLINE __inline__ +/* These are for configuring the JPEG memory manager. */ +/* #undef DEFAULT_MAX_MEM */ +/* #undef NO_MKTEMP */ + +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */ + +#ifdef JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG + +#define BMP_SUPPORTED /* BMP image file format */ +#define GIF_SUPPORTED /* GIF image file format */ +#define PPM_SUPPORTED /* PBMPLUS PPM/PGM image file format */ +/* #undef RLE_SUPPORTED */ +#define TARGA_SUPPORTED /* Targa image file format */ + +/* #undef TWO_FILE_COMMANDLINE */ +/* #undef NEED_SIGNAL_CATCHER */ +/* #undef DONT_USE_B_MODE */ + +/* Define this if you want percent-done progress reports from cjpeg/djpeg. */ +/* #undef PROGRESS_REPORT */ + +#endif /* JPEG_CJPEG_DJPEG */ diff --git a/jpeg/include/tvos/jerror.h b/jpeg/include/tvos/jerror.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a4b661f716 --- /dev/null +++ b/jpeg/include/tvos/jerror.h @@ -0,0 +1,304 @@ +/* + * jerror.h + * + * Copyright (C) 1994-1997, Thomas G. Lane. + * Modified 1997-2012 by Guido Vollbeding. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file defines the error and message codes for the JPEG library. + * Edit this file to add new codes, or to translate the message strings to + * some other language. + * A set of error-reporting macros are defined too. Some applications using + * the JPEG library may wish to include this file to get the error codes + * and/or the macros. + */ + +/* + * To define the enum list of message codes, include this file without + * defining macro JMESSAGE. To create a message string table, include it + * again with a suitable JMESSAGE definition (see jerror.c for an example). + */ +#ifndef JMESSAGE +#ifndef JERROR_H +/* First time through, define the enum list */ +#define JMAKE_ENUM_LIST +#else +/* Repeated inclusions of this file are no-ops unless JMESSAGE is defined */ +#define JMESSAGE(code,string) +#endif /* JERROR_H */ +#endif /* JMESSAGE */ + +#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST + +typedef enum { + +#define JMESSAGE(code,string) code , + +#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */ + +JMESSAGE(JMSG_NOMESSAGE, "Bogus message code %d") /* Must be first entry! */ + +/* For maintenance convenience, list is alphabetical by message code name */ +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALIGN_TYPE, "ALIGN_TYPE is wrong, please fix") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_ALLOC_CHUNK, "MAX_ALLOC_CHUNK is wrong, please fix") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_BUFFER_MODE, "Bogus buffer control mode") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_COMPONENT_ID, "Invalid component ID %d in SOS") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_CROP_SPEC, "Invalid crop request") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCT_COEF, "DCT coefficient out of range") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DCTSIZE, "DCT scaled block size %dx%d not supported") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_DROP_SAMPLING, + "Component index %d: mismatching sampling ratio %d:%d, %d:%d, %c") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_HUFF_TABLE, "Bogus Huffman table definition") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_IN_COLORSPACE, "Bogus input colorspace") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_J_COLORSPACE, "Bogus JPEG colorspace") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LENGTH, "Bogus marker length") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_LIB_VERSION, + "Wrong JPEG library version: library is %d, caller expects %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_MCU_SIZE, "Sampling factors too large for interleaved scan") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_POOL_ID, "Invalid memory pool code %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PRECISION, "Unsupported JPEG data precision %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROGRESSION, + "Invalid progressive parameters Ss=%d Se=%d Ah=%d Al=%d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_PROG_SCRIPT, + "Invalid progressive parameters at scan script entry %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SAMPLING, "Bogus sampling factors") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_SCAN_SCRIPT, "Invalid scan script at entry %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STATE, "Improper call to JPEG library in state %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_STRUCT_SIZE, + "JPEG parameter struct mismatch: library thinks size is %u, caller expects %u") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BAD_VIRTUAL_ACCESS, "Bogus virtual array access") +JMESSAGE(JERR_BUFFER_SIZE, "Buffer passed to JPEG library is too small") +JMESSAGE(JERR_CANT_SUSPEND, "Suspension not allowed here") +JMESSAGE(JERR_CCIR601_NOTIMPL, "CCIR601 sampling not implemented yet") +JMESSAGE(JERR_COMPONENT_COUNT, "Too many color components: %d, max %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_CONVERSION_NOTIMPL, "Unsupported color conversion request") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_INDEX, "Bogus DAC index %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DAC_VALUE, "Bogus DAC value 0x%x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DHT_INDEX, "Bogus DHT index %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_DQT_INDEX, "Bogus DQT index %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EMPTY_IMAGE, "Empty JPEG image (DNL not supported)") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_READ, "Read from EMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EMS_WRITE, "Write to EMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JERR_EOI_EXPECTED, "Didn't expect more than one scan") +JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_READ, "Input file read error") +JMESSAGE(JERR_FILE_WRITE, "Output file write error --- out of disk space?") +JMESSAGE(JERR_FRACT_SAMPLE_NOTIMPL, "Fractional sampling not implemented yet") +JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_CLEN_OVERFLOW, "Huffman code size table overflow") +JMESSAGE(JERR_HUFF_MISSING_CODE, "Missing Huffman code table entry") +JMESSAGE(JERR_IMAGE_TOO_BIG, "Maximum supported image dimension is %u pixels") +JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EMPTY, "Empty input file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_INPUT_EOF, "Premature end of input file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_MISMATCHED_QUANT_TABLE, + "Cannot transcode due to multiple use of quantization table %d") +JMESSAGE(JERR_MISSING_DATA, "Scan script does not transmit all data") +JMESSAGE(JERR_MODE_CHANGE, "Invalid color quantization mode change") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NOTIMPL, "Not implemented yet") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NOT_COMPILED, "Requested feature was omitted at compile time") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_ARITH_TABLE, "Arithmetic table 0x%02x was not defined") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_BACKING_STORE, "Backing store not supported") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_HUFF_TABLE, "Huffman table 0x%02x was not defined") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_IMAGE, "JPEG datastream contains no image") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_QUANT_TABLE, "Quantization table 0x%02x was not defined") +JMESSAGE(JERR_NO_SOI, "Not a JPEG file: starts with 0x%02x 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, "Insufficient memory (case %d)") +JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_COMPONENTS, + "Cannot quantize more than %d color components") +JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_FEW_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to fewer than %d colors") +JMESSAGE(JERR_QUANT_MANY_COLORS, "Cannot quantize to more than %d colors") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_BEFORE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: %s before SOF") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOF markers") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_NO_SOS, "Invalid JPEG file structure: missing SOS marker") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOF_UNSUPPORTED, "Unsupported JPEG process: SOF type 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_SOI_DUPLICATE, "Invalid JPEG file structure: two SOI markers") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_CREATE, "Failed to create temporary file %s") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_READ, "Read failed on temporary file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_SEEK, "Seek failed on temporary file") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TFILE_WRITE, + "Write failed on temporary file --- out of disk space?") +JMESSAGE(JERR_TOO_LITTLE_DATA, "Application transferred too few scanlines") +JMESSAGE(JERR_UNKNOWN_MARKER, "Unsupported marker type 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JERR_VIRTUAL_BUG, "Virtual array controller messed up") +JMESSAGE(JERR_WIDTH_OVERFLOW, "Image too wide for this implementation") +JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_READ, "Read from XMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JERR_XMS_WRITE, "Write to XMS failed") +JMESSAGE(JMSG_COPYRIGHT, JCOPYRIGHT) +JMESSAGE(JMSG_VERSION, JVERSION) +JMESSAGE(JTRC_16BIT_TABLES, + "Caution: quantization tables are too coarse for baseline JPEG") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_ADOBE, + "Adobe APP14 marker: version %d, flags 0x%04x 0x%04x, transform %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP0, "Unknown APP0 marker (not JFIF), length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_APP14, "Unknown APP14 marker (not Adobe), length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DAC, "Define Arithmetic Table 0x%02x: 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DHT, "Define Huffman Table 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DQT, "Define Quantization Table %d precision %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_DRI, "Define Restart Interval %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_CLOSE, "Freed EMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_EMS_OPEN, "Obtained EMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_EOI, "End Of Image") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_HUFFBITS, " %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d %3d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF, "JFIF APP0 marker: version %d.%02d, density %dx%d %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_BADTHUMBNAILSIZE, + "Warning: thumbnail image size does not match data length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_EXTENSION, + "JFIF extension marker: type 0x%02x, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_JFIF_THUMBNAIL, " with %d x %d thumbnail image") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_MISC_MARKER, "Miscellaneous marker 0x%02x, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_PARMLESS_MARKER, "Unexpected marker 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANTVALS, " %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u %4u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_3_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d = %d*%d*%d colors") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_NCOLORS, "Quantizing to %d colors") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_QUANT_SELECTED, "Selected %d colors for quantization") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_RECOVERY_ACTION, "At marker 0x%02x, recovery action %d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_RST, "RST%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SMOOTH_NOTIMPL, + "Smoothing not supported with nonstandard sampling ratios") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF, "Start Of Frame 0x%02x: width=%u, height=%u, components=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOF_COMPONENT, " Component %d: %dhx%dv q=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOI, "Start of Image") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS, "Start Of Scan: %d components") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_COMPONENT, " Component %d: dc=%d ac=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_SOS_PARAMS, " Ss=%d, Se=%d, Ah=%d, Al=%d") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_CLOSE, "Closed temporary file %s") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_TFILE_OPEN, "Opened temporary file %s") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_JPEG, + "JFIF extension marker: JPEG-compressed thumbnail image, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_PALETTE, + "JFIF extension marker: palette thumbnail image, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_THUMB_RGB, + "JFIF extension marker: RGB thumbnail image, length %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_UNKNOWN_IDS, + "Unrecognized component IDs %d %d %d, assuming YCbCr") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_CLOSE, "Freed XMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JTRC_XMS_OPEN, "Obtained XMS handle %u") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_ADOBE_XFORM, "Unknown Adobe color transform code %d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_ARITH_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad arithmetic code") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_BOGUS_PROGRESSION, + "Inconsistent progression sequence for component %d coefficient %d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_EXTRANEOUS_DATA, + "Corrupt JPEG data: %u extraneous bytes before marker 0x%02x") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_HIT_MARKER, "Corrupt JPEG data: premature end of data segment") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_HUFF_BAD_CODE, "Corrupt JPEG data: bad Huffman code") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_JFIF_MAJOR, "Warning: unknown JFIF revision number %d.%02d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_JPEG_EOF, "Premature end of JPEG file") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_MUST_RESYNC, + "Corrupt JPEG data: found marker 0x%02x instead of RST%d") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_NOT_SEQUENTIAL, "Invalid SOS parameters for sequential JPEG") +JMESSAGE(JWRN_TOO_MUCH_DATA, "Application transferred too many scanlines") + +#ifdef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST + + JMSG_LASTMSGCODE +} J_MESSAGE_CODE; + +#undef JMAKE_ENUM_LIST +#endif /* JMAKE_ENUM_LIST */ + +/* Zap JMESSAGE macro so that future re-inclusions do nothing by default */ +#undef JMESSAGE + + +#ifndef JERROR_H +#define JERROR_H + +/* Macros to simplify using the error and trace message stuff */ +/* The first parameter is either type of cinfo pointer */ + +/* Fatal errors (print message and exit) */ +#define ERREXIT(cinfo,code) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT1(cinfo,code,p1) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT3(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT4(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXIT6(cinfo,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[2] = (p3), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[3] = (p4), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[4] = (p5), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[5] = (p6), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) +#define ERREXITS(cinfo,code,str) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->error_exit) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo))) + +#define MAKESTMT(stuff) do { stuff } while (0) + +/* Nonfatal errors (we can keep going, but the data is probably corrupt) */ +#define WARNMS(cinfo,code) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1)) +#define WARNMS1(cinfo,code,p1) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1)) +#define WARNMS2(cinfo,code,p1,p2) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), -1)) + +/* Informational/debugging messages */ +#define TRACEMS(cinfo,lvl,code) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) +#define TRACEMS1(cinfo,lvl,code,p1) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) +#define TRACEMS2(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[0] = (p1), \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i[1] = (p2), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) +#define TRACEMS3(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMS4(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMS5(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \ + _mp[4] = (p5); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMS8(cinfo,lvl,code,p1,p2,p3,p4,p5,p6,p7,p8) \ + MAKESTMT(int * _mp = (cinfo)->err->msg_parm.i; \ + _mp[0] = (p1); _mp[1] = (p2); _mp[2] = (p3); _mp[3] = (p4); \ + _mp[4] = (p5); _mp[5] = (p6); _mp[6] = (p7); _mp[7] = (p8); \ + (cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code); \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl)); ) +#define TRACEMSS(cinfo,lvl,code,str) \ + ((cinfo)->err->msg_code = (code), \ + strncpy((cinfo)->err->msg_parm.s, (str), JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX), \ + (*(cinfo)->err->emit_message) ((j_common_ptr) (cinfo), (lvl))) + +#endif /* JERROR_H */ diff --git a/jpeg/include/tvos/jmorecfg.h b/jpeg/include/tvos/jmorecfg.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2407edbef8 --- /dev/null +++ b/jpeg/include/tvos/jmorecfg.h @@ -0,0 +1,390 @@ +/* + * jmorecfg.h + * + * Copyright (C) 1991-1997, Thomas G. Lane. + * Modified 1997-2012 by Guido Vollbeding. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file contains additional configuration options that customize the + * JPEG software for special applications or support machine-dependent + * optimizations. Most users will not need to touch this file. + */ + + +/* + * Define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE as either + * 8 for 8-bit sample values (the usual setting) + * 12 for 12-bit sample values + * Only 8 and 12 are legal data precisions for lossy JPEG according to the + * JPEG standard, and the IJG code does not support anything else! + * We do not support run-time selection of data precision, sorry. + */ + +#define BITS_IN_JSAMPLE 8 /* use 8 or 12 */ + + +/* + * Maximum number of components (color channels) allowed in JPEG image. + * To meet the letter of the JPEG spec, set this to 255. However, darn + * few applications need more than 4 channels (maybe 5 for CMYK + alpha + * mask). We recommend 10 as a reasonable compromise; use 4 if you are + * really short on memory. (Each allowed component costs a hundred or so + * bytes of storage, whether actually used in an image or not.) + */ + +#define MAX_COMPONENTS 10 /* maximum number of image components */ + + +/* + * Basic data types. + * You may need to change these if you have a machine with unusual data + * type sizes; for example, "char" not 8 bits, "short" not 16 bits, + * or "long" not 32 bits. We don't care whether "int" is 16 or 32 bits, + * but it had better be at least 16. + */ + +/* Representation of a single sample (pixel element value). + * We frequently allocate large arrays of these, so it's important to keep + * them small. But if you have memory to burn and access to char or short + * arrays is very slow on your hardware, you might want to change these. + */ + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..255. + * You can use a signed char by having GETJSAMPLE mask it with 0xFF. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR + +typedef unsigned char JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +typedef char JSAMPLE; +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) +#else +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value) & 0xFF) +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ + +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 255 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 128 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 8 */ + + +#if BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 +/* JSAMPLE should be the smallest type that will hold the values 0..4095. + * On nearly all machines "short" will do nicely. + */ + +typedef short JSAMPLE; +#define GETJSAMPLE(value) ((int) (value)) + +#define MAXJSAMPLE 4095 +#define CENTERJSAMPLE 2048 + +#endif /* BITS_IN_JSAMPLE == 12 */ + + +/* Representation of a DCT frequency coefficient. + * This should be a signed value of at least 16 bits; "short" is usually OK. + * Again, we allocate large arrays of these, but you can change to int + * if you have memory to burn and "short" is really slow. + */ + +typedef short JCOEF; + + +/* Compressed datastreams are represented as arrays of JOCTET. + * These must be EXACTLY 8 bits wide, at least once they are written to + * external storage. Note that when using the stdio data source/destination + * managers, this is also the data type passed to fread/fwrite. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR + +typedef unsigned char JOCTET; +#define GETJOCTET(value) (value) + +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +typedef char JOCTET; +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +#define GETJOCTET(value) (value) +#else +#define GETJOCTET(value) ((value) & 0xFF) +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ + +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + + +/* These typedefs are used for various table entries and so forth. + * They must be at least as wide as specified; but making them too big + * won't cost a huge amount of memory, so we don't provide special + * extraction code like we did for JSAMPLE. (In other words, these + * typedefs live at a different point on the speed/space tradeoff curve.) + */ + +/* UINT8 must hold at least the values 0..255. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR +typedef unsigned char UINT8; +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ +#ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED +typedef char UINT8; +#else /* not CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +typedef short UINT8; +#endif /* CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED */ +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_CHAR */ + +/* UINT16 must hold at least the values 0..65535. */ + +#ifdef HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT +typedef unsigned short UINT16; +#else /* not HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */ +typedef unsigned int UINT16; +#endif /* HAVE_UNSIGNED_SHORT */ + +/* INT16 must hold at least the values -32768..32767. */ + +#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT16 */ +typedef short INT16; +#endif + +/* INT32 must hold at least signed 32-bit values. */ + +#ifndef XMD_H /* X11/xmd.h correctly defines INT32 */ +#ifndef _BASETSD_H_ /* Microsoft defines it in basetsd.h */ +#ifndef _BASETSD_H /* MinGW is slightly different */ +#ifndef QGLOBAL_H /* Qt defines it in qglobal.h */ +typedef long INT32; +#endif +#endif +#endif +#endif + +/* Datatype used for image dimensions. The JPEG standard only supports + * images up to 64K*64K due to 16-bit fields in SOF markers. Therefore + * "unsigned int" is sufficient on all machines. However, if you need to + * handle larger images and you don't mind deviating from the spec, you + * can change this datatype. + */ + +typedef unsigned int JDIMENSION; + +#define JPEG_MAX_DIMENSION 65500L /* a tad under 64K to prevent overflows */ + + +/* These macros are used in all function definitions and extern declarations. + * You could modify them if you need to change function linkage conventions; + * in particular, you'll need to do that to make the library a Windows DLL. + * Another application is to make all functions global for use with debuggers + * or code profilers that require it. + */ + +/* a function called through method pointers: */ +#define METHODDEF(type) static type +/* a function used only in its module: */ +#define LOCAL(type) static type +/* a function referenced thru EXTERNs: */ +#define GLOBAL(type) type +/* a reference to a GLOBAL function: */ +#define EXTERN(type) extern type + + +/* This macro is used to declare a "method", that is, a function pointer. + * We want to supply prototype parameters if the compiler can cope. + * Note that the arglist parameter must be parenthesized! + * Again, you can customize this if you need special linkage keywords. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) arglist +#else +#define JMETHOD(type,methodname,arglist) type (*methodname) () +#endif + + +/* The noreturn type identifier is used to declare functions + * which cannot return. + * Compilers can thus create more optimized code and perform + * better checks for warnings and errors. + * Static analyzer tools can make improved inferences about + * execution paths and are prevented from giving false alerts. + * + * Unfortunately, the proposed specifications of corresponding + * extensions in the Dec 2011 ISO C standard revision (C11), + * GCC, MSVC, etc. are not viable. + * Thus we introduce a user defined type to declare noreturn + * functions at least for clarity. A proper compiler would + * have a suitable noreturn type to match in place of void. + */ + +#ifndef HAVE_NORETURN_T +typedef void noreturn_t; +#endif + + +/* Here is the pseudo-keyword for declaring pointers that must be "far" + * on 80x86 machines. Most of the specialized coding for 80x86 is handled + * by just saying "FAR *" where such a pointer is needed. In a few places + * explicit coding is needed; see uses of the NEED_FAR_POINTERS symbol. + */ + +#ifndef FAR +#ifdef NEED_FAR_POINTERS +#define FAR far +#else +#define FAR +#endif +#endif + + +/* + * On a few systems, type boolean and/or its values FALSE, TRUE may appear + * in standard header files. Or you may have conflicts with application- + * specific header files that you want to include together with these files. + * Defining HAVE_BOOLEAN before including jpeglib.h should make it work. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_BOOLEAN +#ifndef FALSE /* in case these macros already exist */ +#define FALSE 0 /* values of boolean */ +#endif +#ifndef TRUE +#define TRUE 1 +#endif +#else +typedef enum { FALSE = 0, TRUE = 1 } boolean; +#endif + + +/* + * The remaining options affect code selection within the JPEG library, + * but they don't need to be visible to most applications using the library. + * To minimize application namespace pollution, the symbols won't be + * defined unless JPEG_INTERNALS or JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS has been defined. + */ + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS +#define JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS +#endif + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS + + +/* + * These defines indicate whether to include various optional functions. + * Undefining some of these symbols will produce a smaller but less capable + * library. Note that you can leave certain source files out of the + * compilation/linking process if you've #undef'd the corresponding symbols. + * (You may HAVE to do that if your compiler doesn't like null source files.) + */ + +/* Capability options common to encoder and decoder: */ + +#define DCT_ISLOW_SUPPORTED /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */ +#define DCT_IFAST_SUPPORTED /* faster, less accurate integer method */ +#define DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */ + +/* Encoder capability options: */ + +#define C_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */ +#define C_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */ +#define C_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/ +#define DCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Input rescaling via DCT? (Requires DCT_ISLOW)*/ +#define ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED /* Optimization of entropy coding parms? */ +/* Note: if you selected 12-bit data precision, it is dangerous to turn off + * ENTROPY_OPT_SUPPORTED. The standard Huffman tables are only good for 8-bit + * precision, so jchuff.c normally uses entropy optimization to compute + * usable tables for higher precision. If you don't want to do optimization, + * you'll have to supply different default Huffman tables. + * The exact same statements apply for progressive JPEG: the default tables + * don't work for progressive mode. (This may get fixed, however.) + */ +#define INPUT_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Input image smoothing option? */ + +/* Decoder capability options: */ + +#define D_ARITH_CODING_SUPPORTED /* Arithmetic coding back end? */ +#define D_MULTISCAN_FILES_SUPPORTED /* Multiple-scan JPEG files? */ +#define D_PROGRESSIVE_SUPPORTED /* Progressive JPEG? (Requires MULTISCAN)*/ +#define IDCT_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling via IDCT? */ +#define SAVE_MARKERS_SUPPORTED /* jpeg_save_markers() needed? */ +#define BLOCK_SMOOTHING_SUPPORTED /* Block smoothing? (Progressive only) */ +#undef UPSAMPLE_SCALING_SUPPORTED /* Output rescaling at upsample stage? */ +#define UPSAMPLE_MERGING_SUPPORTED /* Fast path for sloppy upsampling? */ +#define QUANT_1PASS_SUPPORTED /* 1-pass color quantization? */ +#define QUANT_2PASS_SUPPORTED /* 2-pass color quantization? */ + +/* more capability options later, no doubt */ + + +/* + * Ordering of RGB data in scanlines passed to or from the application. + * If your application wants to deal with data in the order B,G,R, just + * change these macros. You can also deal with formats such as R,G,B,X + * (one extra byte per pixel) by changing RGB_PIXELSIZE. Note that changing + * the offsets will also change the order in which colormap data is organized. + * RESTRICTIONS: + * 1. The sample applications cjpeg,djpeg do NOT support modified RGB formats. + * 2. The color quantizer modules will not behave desirably if RGB_PIXELSIZE + * is not 3 (they don't understand about dummy color components!). So you + * can't use color quantization if you change that value. + */ + +#define RGB_RED 0 /* Offset of Red in an RGB scanline element */ +#define RGB_GREEN 1 /* Offset of Green */ +#define RGB_BLUE 2 /* Offset of Blue */ +#define RGB_PIXELSIZE 3 /* JSAMPLEs per RGB scanline element */ + + +/* Definitions for speed-related optimizations. */ + + +/* If your compiler supports inline functions, define INLINE + * as the inline keyword; otherwise define it as empty. + */ + +#ifndef INLINE +#ifdef __GNUC__ /* for instance, GNU C knows about inline */ +#define INLINE __inline__ +#endif +#ifndef INLINE +#define INLINE /* default is to define it as empty */ +#endif +#endif + + +/* On some machines (notably 68000 series) "int" is 32 bits, but multiplying + * two 16-bit shorts is faster than multiplying two ints. Define MULTIPLIER + * as short on such a machine. MULTIPLIER must be at least 16 bits wide. + */ + +#ifndef MULTIPLIER +#define MULTIPLIER int /* type for fastest integer multiply */ +#endif + + +/* FAST_FLOAT should be either float or double, whichever is done faster + * by your compiler. (Note that this type is only used in the floating point + * DCT routines, so it only matters if you've defined DCT_FLOAT_SUPPORTED.) + * Typically, float is faster in ANSI C compilers, while double is faster in + * pre-ANSI compilers (because they insist on converting to double anyway). + * The code below therefore chooses float if we have ANSI-style prototypes. + */ + +#ifndef FAST_FLOAT +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define FAST_FLOAT float +#else +#define FAST_FLOAT double +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNAL_OPTIONS */ diff --git a/jpeg/include/tvos/jpeglib.h b/jpeg/include/tvos/jpeglib.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0a6dac44c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/jpeg/include/tvos/jpeglib.h @@ -0,0 +1,1173 @@ +/* + * jpeglib.h + * + * Copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane. + * Modified 2002-2012 by Guido Vollbeding. + * This file is part of the Independent JPEG Group's software. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the accompanying README file. + * + * This file defines the application interface for the JPEG library. + * Most applications using the library need only include this file, + * and perhaps jerror.h if they want to know the exact error codes. + */ + +#ifndef JPEGLIB_H +#define JPEGLIB_H + +/* + * First we include the configuration files that record how this + * installation of the JPEG library is set up. jconfig.h can be + * generated automatically for many systems. jmorecfg.h contains + * manual configuration options that most people need not worry about. + */ + +#ifndef JCONFIG_INCLUDED /* in case jinclude.h already did */ +#include "jconfig.h" /* widely used configuration options */ +#endif +#include "jmorecfg.h" /* seldom changed options */ + + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#ifndef DONT_USE_EXTERN_C +extern "C" { +#endif +#endif + +/* Version IDs for the JPEG library. + * Might be useful for tests like "#if JPEG_LIB_VERSION >= 90". + */ + +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION 90 /* Compatibility version 9.0 */ +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION_MAJOR 9 +#define JPEG_LIB_VERSION_MINOR 0 + + +/* Various constants determining the sizes of things. + * All of these are specified by the JPEG standard, so don't change them + * if you want to be compatible. + */ + +#define DCTSIZE 8 /* The basic DCT block is 8x8 coefficients */ +#define DCTSIZE2 64 /* DCTSIZE squared; # of elements in a block */ +#define NUM_QUANT_TBLS 4 /* Quantization tables are numbered 0..3 */ +#define NUM_HUFF_TBLS 4 /* Huffman tables are numbered 0..3 */ +#define NUM_ARITH_TBLS 16 /* Arith-coding tables are numbered 0..15 */ +#define MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN 4 /* JPEG limit on # of components in one scan */ +#define MAX_SAMP_FACTOR 4 /* JPEG limit on sampling factors */ +/* Unfortunately, some bozo at Adobe saw no reason to be bound by the standard; + * the PostScript DCT filter can emit files with many more than 10 blocks/MCU. + * If you happen to run across such a file, you can up D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU + * to handle it. We even let you do this from the jconfig.h file. However, + * we strongly discourage changing C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU; just because Adobe + * sometimes emits noncompliant files doesn't mean you should too. + */ +#define C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU 10 /* compressor's limit on blocks per MCU */ +#ifndef D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU +#define D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU 10 /* decompressor's limit on blocks per MCU */ +#endif + + +/* Data structures for images (arrays of samples and of DCT coefficients). + * On 80x86 machines, the image arrays are too big for near pointers, + * but the pointer arrays can fit in near memory. + */ + +typedef JSAMPLE FAR *JSAMPROW; /* ptr to one image row of pixel samples. */ +typedef JSAMPROW *JSAMPARRAY; /* ptr to some rows (a 2-D sample array) */ +typedef JSAMPARRAY *JSAMPIMAGE; /* a 3-D sample array: top index is color */ + +typedef JCOEF JBLOCK[DCTSIZE2]; /* one block of coefficients */ +typedef JBLOCK FAR *JBLOCKROW; /* pointer to one row of coefficient blocks */ +typedef JBLOCKROW *JBLOCKARRAY; /* a 2-D array of coefficient blocks */ +typedef JBLOCKARRAY *JBLOCKIMAGE; /* a 3-D array of coefficient blocks */ + +typedef JCOEF FAR *JCOEFPTR; /* useful in a couple of places */ + + +/* Types for JPEG compression parameters and working tables. */ + + +/* DCT coefficient quantization tables. */ + +typedef struct { + /* This array gives the coefficient quantizers in natural array order + * (not the zigzag order in which they are stored in a JPEG DQT marker). + * CAUTION: IJG versions prior to v6a kept this array in zigzag order. + */ + UINT16 quantval[DCTSIZE2]; /* quantization step for each coefficient */ + /* This field is used only during compression. It's initialized FALSE when + * the table is created, and set TRUE when it's been output to the file. + * You could suppress output of a table by setting this to TRUE. + * (See jpeg_suppress_tables for an example.) + */ + boolean sent_table; /* TRUE when table has been output */ +} JQUANT_TBL; + + +/* Huffman coding tables. */ + +typedef struct { + /* These two fields directly represent the contents of a JPEG DHT marker */ + UINT8 bits[17]; /* bits[k] = # of symbols with codes of */ + /* length k bits; bits[0] is unused */ + UINT8 huffval[256]; /* The symbols, in order of incr code length */ + /* This field is used only during compression. It's initialized FALSE when + * the table is created, and set TRUE when it's been output to the file. + * You could suppress output of a table by setting this to TRUE. + * (See jpeg_suppress_tables for an example.) + */ + boolean sent_table; /* TRUE when table has been output */ +} JHUFF_TBL; + + +/* Basic info about one component (color channel). */ + +typedef struct { + /* These values are fixed over the whole image. */ + /* For compression, they must be supplied by parameter setup; */ + /* for decompression, they are read from the SOF marker. */ + int component_id; /* identifier for this component (0..255) */ + int component_index; /* its index in SOF or cinfo->comp_info[] */ + int h_samp_factor; /* horizontal sampling factor (1..4) */ + int v_samp_factor; /* vertical sampling factor (1..4) */ + int quant_tbl_no; /* quantization table selector (0..3) */ + /* These values may vary between scans. */ + /* For compression, they must be supplied by parameter setup; */ + /* for decompression, they are read from the SOS marker. */ + /* The decompressor output side may not use these variables. */ + int dc_tbl_no; /* DC entropy table selector (0..3) */ + int ac_tbl_no; /* AC entropy table selector (0..3) */ + + /* Remaining fields should be treated as private by applications. */ + + /* These values are computed during compression or decompression startup: */ + /* Component's size in DCT blocks. + * Any dummy blocks added to complete an MCU are not counted; therefore + * these values do not depend on whether a scan is interleaved or not. + */ + JDIMENSION width_in_blocks; + JDIMENSION height_in_blocks; + /* Size of a DCT block in samples, + * reflecting any scaling we choose to apply during the DCT step. + * Values from 1 to 16 are supported. + * Note that different components may receive different DCT scalings. + */ + int DCT_h_scaled_size; + int DCT_v_scaled_size; + /* The downsampled dimensions are the component's actual, unpadded number + * of samples at the main buffer (preprocessing/compression interface); + * DCT scaling is included, so + * downsampled_width = ceil(image_width * Hi/Hmax * DCT_h_scaled_size/DCTSIZE) + * and similarly for height. + */ + JDIMENSION downsampled_width; /* actual width in samples */ + JDIMENSION downsampled_height; /* actual height in samples */ + /* This flag is used only for decompression. In cases where some of the + * components will be ignored (eg grayscale output from YCbCr image), + * we can skip most computations for the unused components. + */ + boolean component_needed; /* do we need the value of this component? */ + + /* These values are computed before starting a scan of the component. */ + /* The decompressor output side may not use these variables. */ + int MCU_width; /* number of blocks per MCU, horizontally */ + int MCU_height; /* number of blocks per MCU, vertically */ + int MCU_blocks; /* MCU_width * MCU_height */ + int MCU_sample_width; /* MCU width in samples: MCU_width * DCT_h_scaled_size */ + int last_col_width; /* # of non-dummy blocks across in last MCU */ + int last_row_height; /* # of non-dummy blocks down in last MCU */ + + /* Saved quantization table for component; NULL if none yet saved. + * See jdinput.c comments about the need for this information. + * This field is currently used only for decompression. + */ + JQUANT_TBL * quant_table; + + /* Private per-component storage for DCT or IDCT subsystem. */ + void * dct_table; +} jpeg_component_info; + + +/* The script for encoding a multiple-scan file is an array of these: */ + +typedef struct { + int comps_in_scan; /* number of components encoded in this scan */ + int component_index[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; /* their SOF/comp_info[] indexes */ + int Ss, Se; /* progressive JPEG spectral selection parms */ + int Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG successive approx. parms */ +} jpeg_scan_info; + +/* The decompressor can save APPn and COM markers in a list of these: */ + +typedef struct jpeg_marker_struct FAR * jpeg_saved_marker_ptr; + +struct jpeg_marker_struct { + jpeg_saved_marker_ptr next; /* next in list, or NULL */ + UINT8 marker; /* marker code: JPEG_COM, or JPEG_APP0+n */ + unsigned int original_length; /* # bytes of data in the file */ + unsigned int data_length; /* # bytes of data saved at data[] */ + JOCTET FAR * data; /* the data contained in the marker */ + /* the marker length word is not counted in data_length or original_length */ +}; + +/* Known color spaces. */ + +typedef enum { + JCS_UNKNOWN, /* error/unspecified */ + JCS_GRAYSCALE, /* monochrome */ + JCS_RGB, /* red/green/blue */ + JCS_YCbCr, /* Y/Cb/Cr (also known as YUV) */ + JCS_CMYK, /* C/M/Y/K */ + JCS_YCCK /* Y/Cb/Cr/K */ +} J_COLOR_SPACE; + +/* Supported color transforms. */ + +typedef enum { + JCT_NONE = 0, + JCT_SUBTRACT_GREEN = 1 +} J_COLOR_TRANSFORM; + +/* DCT/IDCT algorithm options. */ + +typedef enum { + JDCT_ISLOW, /* slow but accurate integer algorithm */ + JDCT_IFAST, /* faster, less accurate integer method */ + JDCT_FLOAT /* floating-point: accurate, fast on fast HW */ +} J_DCT_METHOD; + +#ifndef JDCT_DEFAULT /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */ +#define JDCT_DEFAULT JDCT_ISLOW +#endif +#ifndef JDCT_FASTEST /* may be overridden in jconfig.h */ +#define JDCT_FASTEST JDCT_IFAST +#endif + +/* Dithering options for decompression. */ + +typedef enum { + JDITHER_NONE, /* no dithering */ + JDITHER_ORDERED, /* simple ordered dither */ + JDITHER_FS /* Floyd-Steinberg error diffusion dither */ +} J_DITHER_MODE; + + +/* Common fields between JPEG compression and decompression master structs. */ + +#define jpeg_common_fields \ + struct jpeg_error_mgr * err; /* Error handler module */\ + struct jpeg_memory_mgr * mem; /* Memory manager module */\ + struct jpeg_progress_mgr * progress; /* Progress monitor, or NULL if none */\ + void * client_data; /* Available for use by application */\ + boolean is_decompressor; /* So common code can tell which is which */\ + int global_state /* For checking call sequence validity */ + +/* Routines that are to be used by both halves of the library are declared + * to receive a pointer to this structure. There are no actual instances of + * jpeg_common_struct, only of jpeg_compress_struct and jpeg_decompress_struct. + */ +struct jpeg_common_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields common to both master struct types */ + /* Additional fields follow in an actual jpeg_compress_struct or + * jpeg_decompress_struct. All three structs must agree on these + * initial fields! (This would be a lot cleaner in C++.) + */ +}; + +typedef struct jpeg_common_struct * j_common_ptr; +typedef struct jpeg_compress_struct * j_compress_ptr; +typedef struct jpeg_decompress_struct * j_decompress_ptr; + + +/* Master record for a compression instance */ + +struct jpeg_compress_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields shared with jpeg_decompress_struct */ + + /* Destination for compressed data */ + struct jpeg_destination_mgr * dest; + + /* Description of source image --- these fields must be filled in by + * outer application before starting compression. in_color_space must + * be correct before you can even call jpeg_set_defaults(). + */ + + JDIMENSION image_width; /* input image width */ + JDIMENSION image_height; /* input image height */ + int input_components; /* # of color components in input image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE in_color_space; /* colorspace of input image */ + + double input_gamma; /* image gamma of input image */ + + /* Compression parameters --- these fields must be set before calling + * jpeg_start_compress(). We recommend calling jpeg_set_defaults() to + * initialize everything to reasonable defaults, then changing anything + * the application specifically wants to change. That way you won't get + * burnt when new parameters are added. Also note that there are several + * helper routines to simplify changing parameters. + */ + + unsigned int scale_num, scale_denom; /* fraction by which to scale image */ + + JDIMENSION jpeg_width; /* scaled JPEG image width */ + JDIMENSION jpeg_height; /* scaled JPEG image height */ + /* Dimensions of actual JPEG image that will be written to file, + * derived from input dimensions by scaling factors above. + * These fields are computed by jpeg_start_compress(). + * You can also use jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions() to determine these values + * in advance of calling jpeg_start_compress(). + */ + + int data_precision; /* bits of precision in image data */ + + int num_components; /* # of color components in JPEG image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE jpeg_color_space; /* colorspace of JPEG image */ + + jpeg_component_info * comp_info; + /* comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOF */ + + JQUANT_TBL * quant_tbl_ptrs[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + int q_scale_factor[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to coefficient quantization tables, or NULL if not defined, + * and corresponding scale factors (percentage, initialized 100). + */ + + JHUFF_TBL * dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + JHUFF_TBL * ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to Huffman coding tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + UINT8 arith_dc_L[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* L values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_dc_U[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* U values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_ac_K[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* Kx values for AC arith-coding tables */ + + int num_scans; /* # of entries in scan_info array */ + const jpeg_scan_info * scan_info; /* script for multi-scan file, or NULL */ + /* The default value of scan_info is NULL, which causes a single-scan + * sequential JPEG file to be emitted. To create a multi-scan file, + * set num_scans and scan_info to point to an array of scan definitions. + */ + + boolean raw_data_in; /* TRUE=caller supplies downsampled data */ + boolean arith_code; /* TRUE=arithmetic coding, FALSE=Huffman */ + boolean optimize_coding; /* TRUE=optimize entropy encoding parms */ + boolean CCIR601_sampling; /* TRUE=first samples are cosited */ + boolean do_fancy_downsampling; /* TRUE=apply fancy downsampling */ + int smoothing_factor; /* 1..100, or 0 for no input smoothing */ + J_DCT_METHOD dct_method; /* DCT algorithm selector */ + + /* The restart interval can be specified in absolute MCUs by setting + * restart_interval, or in MCU rows by setting restart_in_rows + * (in which case the correct restart_interval will be figured + * for each scan). + */ + unsigned int restart_interval; /* MCUs per restart, or 0 for no restart */ + int restart_in_rows; /* if > 0, MCU rows per restart interval */ + + /* Parameters controlling emission of special markers. */ + + boolean write_JFIF_header; /* should a JFIF marker be written? */ + UINT8 JFIF_major_version; /* What to write for the JFIF version number */ + UINT8 JFIF_minor_version; + /* These three values are not used by the JPEG code, merely copied */ + /* into the JFIF APP0 marker. density_unit can be 0 for unknown, */ + /* 1 for dots/inch, or 2 for dots/cm. Note that the pixel aspect */ + /* ratio is defined by X_density/Y_density even when density_unit=0. */ + UINT8 density_unit; /* JFIF code for pixel size units */ + UINT16 X_density; /* Horizontal pixel density */ + UINT16 Y_density; /* Vertical pixel density */ + boolean write_Adobe_marker; /* should an Adobe marker be written? */ + + J_COLOR_TRANSFORM color_transform; + /* Color transform identifier, writes LSE marker if nonzero */ + + /* State variable: index of next scanline to be written to + * jpeg_write_scanlines(). Application may use this to control its + * processing loop, e.g., "while (next_scanline < image_height)". + */ + + JDIMENSION next_scanline; /* 0 .. image_height-1 */ + + /* Remaining fields are known throughout compressor, but generally + * should not be touched by a surrounding application. + */ + + /* + * These fields are computed during compression startup + */ + boolean progressive_mode; /* TRUE if scan script uses progressive mode */ + int max_h_samp_factor; /* largest h_samp_factor */ + int max_v_samp_factor; /* largest v_samp_factor */ + + int min_DCT_h_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_h_scaled_size of any component */ + int min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_v_scaled_size of any component */ + + JDIMENSION total_iMCU_rows; /* # of iMCU rows to be input to coef ctlr */ + /* The coefficient controller receives data in units of MCU rows as defined + * for fully interleaved scans (whether the JPEG file is interleaved or not). + * There are v_samp_factor * DCTSIZE sample rows of each component in an + * "iMCU" (interleaved MCU) row. + */ + + /* + * These fields are valid during any one scan. + * They describe the components and MCUs actually appearing in the scan. + */ + int comps_in_scan; /* # of JPEG components in this scan */ + jpeg_component_info * cur_comp_info[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; + /* *cur_comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOS */ + + JDIMENSION MCUs_per_row; /* # of MCUs across the image */ + JDIMENSION MCU_rows_in_scan; /* # of MCU rows in the image */ + + int blocks_in_MCU; /* # of DCT blocks per MCU */ + int MCU_membership[C_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU]; + /* MCU_membership[i] is index in cur_comp_info of component owning */ + /* i'th block in an MCU */ + + int Ss, Se, Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG parameters for scan */ + + int block_size; /* the basic DCT block size: 1..16 */ + const int * natural_order; /* natural-order position array */ + int lim_Se; /* min( Se, DCTSIZE2-1 ) */ + + /* + * Links to compression subobjects (methods and private variables of modules) + */ + struct jpeg_comp_master * master; + struct jpeg_c_main_controller * main; + struct jpeg_c_prep_controller * prep; + struct jpeg_c_coef_controller * coef; + struct jpeg_marker_writer * marker; + struct jpeg_color_converter * cconvert; + struct jpeg_downsampler * downsample; + struct jpeg_forward_dct * fdct; + struct jpeg_entropy_encoder * entropy; + jpeg_scan_info * script_space; /* workspace for jpeg_simple_progression */ + int script_space_size; +}; + + +/* Master record for a decompression instance */ + +struct jpeg_decompress_struct { + jpeg_common_fields; /* Fields shared with jpeg_compress_struct */ + + /* Source of compressed data */ + struct jpeg_source_mgr * src; + + /* Basic description of image --- filled in by jpeg_read_header(). */ + /* Application may inspect these values to decide how to process image. */ + + JDIMENSION image_width; /* nominal image width (from SOF marker) */ + JDIMENSION image_height; /* nominal image height */ + int num_components; /* # of color components in JPEG image */ + J_COLOR_SPACE jpeg_color_space; /* colorspace of JPEG image */ + + /* Decompression processing parameters --- these fields must be set before + * calling jpeg_start_decompress(). Note that jpeg_read_header() initializes + * them to default values. + */ + + J_COLOR_SPACE out_color_space; /* colorspace for output */ + + unsigned int scale_num, scale_denom; /* fraction by which to scale image */ + + double output_gamma; /* image gamma wanted in output */ + + boolean buffered_image; /* TRUE=multiple output passes */ + boolean raw_data_out; /* TRUE=downsampled data wanted */ + + J_DCT_METHOD dct_method; /* IDCT algorithm selector */ + boolean do_fancy_upsampling; /* TRUE=apply fancy upsampling */ + boolean do_block_smoothing; /* TRUE=apply interblock smoothing */ + + boolean quantize_colors; /* TRUE=colormapped output wanted */ + /* the following are ignored if not quantize_colors: */ + J_DITHER_MODE dither_mode; /* type of color dithering to use */ + boolean two_pass_quantize; /* TRUE=use two-pass color quantization */ + int desired_number_of_colors; /* max # colors to use in created colormap */ + /* these are significant only in buffered-image mode: */ + boolean enable_1pass_quant; /* enable future use of 1-pass quantizer */ + boolean enable_external_quant;/* enable future use of external colormap */ + boolean enable_2pass_quant; /* enable future use of 2-pass quantizer */ + + /* Description of actual output image that will be returned to application. + * These fields are computed by jpeg_start_decompress(). + * You can also use jpeg_calc_output_dimensions() to determine these values + * in advance of calling jpeg_start_decompress(). + */ + + JDIMENSION output_width; /* scaled image width */ + JDIMENSION output_height; /* scaled image height */ + int out_color_components; /* # of color components in out_color_space */ + int output_components; /* # of color components returned */ + /* output_components is 1 (a colormap index) when quantizing colors; + * otherwise it equals out_color_components. + */ + int rec_outbuf_height; /* min recommended height of scanline buffer */ + /* If the buffer passed to jpeg_read_scanlines() is less than this many rows + * high, space and time will be wasted due to unnecessary data copying. + * Usually rec_outbuf_height will be 1 or 2, at most 4. + */ + + /* When quantizing colors, the output colormap is described by these fields. + * The application can supply a colormap by setting colormap non-NULL before + * calling jpeg_start_decompress; otherwise a colormap is created during + * jpeg_start_decompress or jpeg_start_output. + * The map has out_color_components rows and actual_number_of_colors columns. + */ + int actual_number_of_colors; /* number of entries in use */ + JSAMPARRAY colormap; /* The color map as a 2-D pixel array */ + + /* State variables: these variables indicate the progress of decompression. + * The application may examine these but must not modify them. + */ + + /* Row index of next scanline to be read from jpeg_read_scanlines(). + * Application may use this to control its processing loop, e.g., + * "while (output_scanline < output_height)". + */ + JDIMENSION output_scanline; /* 0 .. output_height-1 */ + + /* Current input scan number and number of iMCU rows completed in scan. + * These indicate the progress of the decompressor input side. + */ + int input_scan_number; /* Number of SOS markers seen so far */ + JDIMENSION input_iMCU_row; /* Number of iMCU rows completed */ + + /* The "output scan number" is the notional scan being displayed by the + * output side. The decompressor will not allow output scan/row number + * to get ahead of input scan/row, but it can fall arbitrarily far behind. + */ + int output_scan_number; /* Nominal scan number being displayed */ + JDIMENSION output_iMCU_row; /* Number of iMCU rows read */ + + /* Current progression status. coef_bits[c][i] indicates the precision + * with which component c's DCT coefficient i (in zigzag order) is known. + * It is -1 when no data has yet been received, otherwise it is the point + * transform (shift) value for the most recent scan of the coefficient + * (thus, 0 at completion of the progression). + * This pointer is NULL when reading a non-progressive file. + */ + int (*coef_bits)[DCTSIZE2]; /* -1 or current Al value for each coef */ + + /* Internal JPEG parameters --- the application usually need not look at + * these fields. Note that the decompressor output side may not use + * any parameters that can change between scans. + */ + + /* Quantization and Huffman tables are carried forward across input + * datastreams when processing abbreviated JPEG datastreams. + */ + + JQUANT_TBL * quant_tbl_ptrs[NUM_QUANT_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to coefficient quantization tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + JHUFF_TBL * dc_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + JHUFF_TBL * ac_huff_tbl_ptrs[NUM_HUFF_TBLS]; + /* ptrs to Huffman coding tables, or NULL if not defined */ + + /* These parameters are never carried across datastreams, since they + * are given in SOF/SOS markers or defined to be reset by SOI. + */ + + int data_precision; /* bits of precision in image data */ + + jpeg_component_info * comp_info; + /* comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOF */ + + boolean is_baseline; /* TRUE if Baseline SOF0 encountered */ + boolean progressive_mode; /* TRUE if SOFn specifies progressive mode */ + boolean arith_code; /* TRUE=arithmetic coding, FALSE=Huffman */ + + UINT8 arith_dc_L[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* L values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_dc_U[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* U values for DC arith-coding tables */ + UINT8 arith_ac_K[NUM_ARITH_TBLS]; /* Kx values for AC arith-coding tables */ + + unsigned int restart_interval; /* MCUs per restart interval, or 0 for no restart */ + + /* These fields record data obtained from optional markers recognized by + * the JPEG library. + */ + boolean saw_JFIF_marker; /* TRUE iff a JFIF APP0 marker was found */ + /* Data copied from JFIF marker; only valid if saw_JFIF_marker is TRUE: */ + UINT8 JFIF_major_version; /* JFIF version number */ + UINT8 JFIF_minor_version; + UINT8 density_unit; /* JFIF code for pixel size units */ + UINT16 X_density; /* Horizontal pixel density */ + UINT16 Y_density; /* Vertical pixel density */ + boolean saw_Adobe_marker; /* TRUE iff an Adobe APP14 marker was found */ + UINT8 Adobe_transform; /* Color transform code from Adobe marker */ + + J_COLOR_TRANSFORM color_transform; + /* Color transform identifier derived from LSE marker, otherwise zero */ + + boolean CCIR601_sampling; /* TRUE=first samples are cosited */ + + /* Aside from the specific data retained from APPn markers known to the + * library, the uninterpreted contents of any or all APPn and COM markers + * can be saved in a list for examination by the application. + */ + jpeg_saved_marker_ptr marker_list; /* Head of list of saved markers */ + + /* Remaining fields are known throughout decompressor, but generally + * should not be touched by a surrounding application. + */ + + /* + * These fields are computed during decompression startup + */ + int max_h_samp_factor; /* largest h_samp_factor */ + int max_v_samp_factor; /* largest v_samp_factor */ + + int min_DCT_h_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_h_scaled_size of any component */ + int min_DCT_v_scaled_size; /* smallest DCT_v_scaled_size of any component */ + + JDIMENSION total_iMCU_rows; /* # of iMCU rows in image */ + /* The coefficient controller's input and output progress is measured in + * units of "iMCU" (interleaved MCU) rows. These are the same as MCU rows + * in fully interleaved JPEG scans, but are used whether the scan is + * interleaved or not. We define an iMCU row as v_samp_factor DCT block + * rows of each component. Therefore, the IDCT output contains + * v_samp_factor*DCT_v_scaled_size sample rows of a component per iMCU row. + */ + + JSAMPLE * sample_range_limit; /* table for fast range-limiting */ + + /* + * These fields are valid during any one scan. + * They describe the components and MCUs actually appearing in the scan. + * Note that the decompressor output side must not use these fields. + */ + int comps_in_scan; /* # of JPEG components in this scan */ + jpeg_component_info * cur_comp_info[MAX_COMPS_IN_SCAN]; + /* *cur_comp_info[i] describes component that appears i'th in SOS */ + + JDIMENSION MCUs_per_row; /* # of MCUs across the image */ + JDIMENSION MCU_rows_in_scan; /* # of MCU rows in the image */ + + int blocks_in_MCU; /* # of DCT blocks per MCU */ + int MCU_membership[D_MAX_BLOCKS_IN_MCU]; + /* MCU_membership[i] is index in cur_comp_info of component owning */ + /* i'th block in an MCU */ + + int Ss, Se, Ah, Al; /* progressive JPEG parameters for scan */ + + /* These fields are derived from Se of first SOS marker. + */ + int block_size; /* the basic DCT block size: 1..16 */ + const int * natural_order; /* natural-order position array for entropy decode */ + int lim_Se; /* min( Se, DCTSIZE2-1 ) for entropy decode */ + + /* This field is shared between entropy decoder and marker parser. + * It is either zero or the code of a JPEG marker that has been + * read from the data source, but has not yet been processed. + */ + int unread_marker; + + /* + * Links to decompression subobjects (methods, private variables of modules) + */ + struct jpeg_decomp_master * master; + struct jpeg_d_main_controller * main; + struct jpeg_d_coef_controller * coef; + struct jpeg_d_post_controller * post; + struct jpeg_input_controller * inputctl; + struct jpeg_marker_reader * marker; + struct jpeg_entropy_decoder * entropy; + struct jpeg_inverse_dct * idct; + struct jpeg_upsampler * upsample; + struct jpeg_color_deconverter * cconvert; + struct jpeg_color_quantizer * cquantize; +}; + + +/* "Object" declarations for JPEG modules that may be supplied or called + * directly by the surrounding application. + * As with all objects in the JPEG library, these structs only define the + * publicly visible methods and state variables of a module. Additional + * private fields may exist after the public ones. + */ + + +/* Error handler object */ + +struct jpeg_error_mgr { + /* Error exit handler: does not return to caller */ + JMETHOD(noreturn_t, error_exit, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + /* Conditionally emit a trace or warning message */ + JMETHOD(void, emit_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int msg_level)); + /* Routine that actually outputs a trace or error message */ + JMETHOD(void, output_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + /* Format a message string for the most recent JPEG error or message */ + JMETHOD(void, format_message, (j_common_ptr cinfo, char * buffer)); +#define JMSG_LENGTH_MAX 200 /* recommended size of format_message buffer */ + /* Reset error state variables at start of a new image */ + JMETHOD(void, reset_error_mgr, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + /* The message ID code and any parameters are saved here. + * A message can have one string parameter or up to 8 int parameters. + */ + int msg_code; +#define JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX 80 + union { + int i[8]; + char s[JMSG_STR_PARM_MAX]; + } msg_parm; + + /* Standard state variables for error facility */ + + int trace_level; /* max msg_level that will be displayed */ + + /* For recoverable corrupt-data errors, we emit a warning message, + * but keep going unless emit_message chooses to abort. emit_message + * should count warnings in num_warnings. The surrounding application + * can check for bad data by seeing if num_warnings is nonzero at the + * end of processing. + */ + long num_warnings; /* number of corrupt-data warnings */ + + /* These fields point to the table(s) of error message strings. + * An application can change the table pointer to switch to a different + * message list (typically, to change the language in which errors are + * reported). Some applications may wish to add additional error codes + * that will be handled by the JPEG library error mechanism; the second + * table pointer is used for this purpose. + * + * First table includes all errors generated by JPEG library itself. + * Error code 0 is reserved for a "no such error string" message. + */ + const char * const * jpeg_message_table; /* Library errors */ + int last_jpeg_message; /* Table contains strings 0..last_jpeg_message */ + /* Second table can be added by application (see cjpeg/djpeg for example). + * It contains strings numbered first_addon_message..last_addon_message. + */ + const char * const * addon_message_table; /* Non-library errors */ + int first_addon_message; /* code for first string in addon table */ + int last_addon_message; /* code for last string in addon table */ +}; + + +/* Progress monitor object */ + +struct jpeg_progress_mgr { + JMETHOD(void, progress_monitor, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + long pass_counter; /* work units completed in this pass */ + long pass_limit; /* total number of work units in this pass */ + int completed_passes; /* passes completed so far */ + int total_passes; /* total number of passes expected */ +}; + + +/* Data destination object for compression */ + +struct jpeg_destination_mgr { + JOCTET * next_output_byte; /* => next byte to write in buffer */ + size_t free_in_buffer; /* # of byte spaces remaining in buffer */ + + JMETHOD(void, init_destination, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(boolean, empty_output_buffer, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(void, term_destination, (j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +}; + + +/* Data source object for decompression */ + +struct jpeg_source_mgr { + const JOCTET * next_input_byte; /* => next byte to read from buffer */ + size_t bytes_in_buffer; /* # of bytes remaining in buffer */ + + JMETHOD(void, init_source, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(boolean, fill_input_buffer, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(void, skip_input_data, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, long num_bytes)); + JMETHOD(boolean, resync_to_restart, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int desired)); + JMETHOD(void, term_source, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +}; + + +/* Memory manager object. + * Allocates "small" objects (a few K total), "large" objects (tens of K), + * and "really big" objects (virtual arrays with backing store if needed). + * The memory manager does not allow individual objects to be freed; rather, + * each created object is assigned to a pool, and whole pools can be freed + * at once. This is faster and more convenient than remembering exactly what + * to free, especially where malloc()/free() are not too speedy. + * NB: alloc routines never return NULL. They exit to error_exit if not + * successful. + */ + +#define JPOOL_PERMANENT 0 /* lasts until master record is destroyed */ +#define JPOOL_IMAGE 1 /* lasts until done with image/datastream */ +#define JPOOL_NUMPOOLS 2 + +typedef struct jvirt_sarray_control * jvirt_sarray_ptr; +typedef struct jvirt_barray_control * jvirt_barray_ptr; + + +struct jpeg_memory_mgr { + /* Method pointers */ + JMETHOD(void *, alloc_small, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + size_t sizeofobject)); + JMETHOD(void FAR *, alloc_large, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + size_t sizeofobject)); + JMETHOD(JSAMPARRAY, alloc_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + JDIMENSION samplesperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows)); + JMETHOD(JBLOCKARRAY, alloc_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id, + JDIMENSION blocksperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows)); + JMETHOD(jvirt_sarray_ptr, request_virt_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + int pool_id, + boolean pre_zero, + JDIMENSION samplesperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows, + JDIMENSION maxaccess)); + JMETHOD(jvirt_barray_ptr, request_virt_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + int pool_id, + boolean pre_zero, + JDIMENSION blocksperrow, + JDIMENSION numrows, + JDIMENSION maxaccess)); + JMETHOD(void, realize_virt_arrays, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + JMETHOD(JSAMPARRAY, access_virt_sarray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_sarray_ptr ptr, + JDIMENSION start_row, + JDIMENSION num_rows, + boolean writable)); + JMETHOD(JBLOCKARRAY, access_virt_barray, (j_common_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_barray_ptr ptr, + JDIMENSION start_row, + JDIMENSION num_rows, + boolean writable)); + JMETHOD(void, free_pool, (j_common_ptr cinfo, int pool_id)); + JMETHOD(void, self_destruct, (j_common_ptr cinfo)); + + /* Limit on memory allocation for this JPEG object. (Note that this is + * merely advisory, not a guaranteed maximum; it only affects the space + * used for virtual-array buffers.) May be changed by outer application + * after creating the JPEG object. + */ + long max_memory_to_use; + + /* Maximum allocation request accepted by alloc_large. */ + long max_alloc_chunk; +}; + + +/* Routine signature for application-supplied marker processing methods. + * Need not pass marker code since it is stored in cinfo->unread_marker. + */ +typedef JMETHOD(boolean, jpeg_marker_parser_method, (j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + + +/* Declarations for routines called by application. + * The JPP macro hides prototype parameters from compilers that can't cope. + * Note JPP requires double parentheses. + */ + +#ifdef HAVE_PROTOTYPES +#define JPP(arglist) arglist +#else +#define JPP(arglist) () +#endif + + +/* Short forms of external names for systems with brain-damaged linkers. + * We shorten external names to be unique in the first six letters, which + * is good enough for all known systems. + * (If your compiler itself needs names to be unique in less than 15 + * characters, you are out of luck. Get a better compiler.) + */ + +#ifdef NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES +#define jpeg_std_error jStdError +#define jpeg_CreateCompress jCreaCompress +#define jpeg_CreateDecompress jCreaDecompress +#define jpeg_destroy_compress jDestCompress +#define jpeg_destroy_decompress jDestDecompress +#define jpeg_stdio_dest jStdDest +#define jpeg_stdio_src jStdSrc +#define jpeg_mem_dest jMemDest +#define jpeg_mem_src jMemSrc +#define jpeg_set_defaults jSetDefaults +#define jpeg_set_colorspace jSetColorspace +#define jpeg_default_colorspace jDefColorspace +#define jpeg_set_quality jSetQuality +#define jpeg_set_linear_quality jSetLQuality +#define jpeg_default_qtables jDefQTables +#define jpeg_add_quant_table jAddQuantTable +#define jpeg_quality_scaling jQualityScaling +#define jpeg_simple_progression jSimProgress +#define jpeg_suppress_tables jSuppressTables +#define jpeg_alloc_quant_table jAlcQTable +#define jpeg_alloc_huff_table jAlcHTable +#define jpeg_start_compress jStrtCompress +#define jpeg_write_scanlines jWrtScanlines +#define jpeg_finish_compress jFinCompress +#define jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions jCjpegDimensions +#define jpeg_write_raw_data jWrtRawData +#define jpeg_write_marker jWrtMarker +#define jpeg_write_m_header jWrtMHeader +#define jpeg_write_m_byte jWrtMByte +#define jpeg_write_tables jWrtTables +#define jpeg_read_header jReadHeader +#define jpeg_start_decompress jStrtDecompress +#define jpeg_read_scanlines jReadScanlines +#define jpeg_finish_decompress jFinDecompress +#define jpeg_read_raw_data jReadRawData +#define jpeg_has_multiple_scans jHasMultScn +#define jpeg_start_output jStrtOutput +#define jpeg_finish_output jFinOutput +#define jpeg_input_complete jInComplete +#define jpeg_new_colormap jNewCMap +#define jpeg_consume_input jConsumeInput +#define jpeg_core_output_dimensions jCoreDimensions +#define jpeg_calc_output_dimensions jCalcDimensions +#define jpeg_save_markers jSaveMarkers +#define jpeg_set_marker_processor jSetMarker +#define jpeg_read_coefficients jReadCoefs +#define jpeg_write_coefficients jWrtCoefs +#define jpeg_copy_critical_parameters jCopyCrit +#define jpeg_abort_compress jAbrtCompress +#define jpeg_abort_decompress jAbrtDecompress +#define jpeg_abort jAbort +#define jpeg_destroy jDestroy +#define jpeg_resync_to_restart jResyncRestart +#endif /* NEED_SHORT_EXTERNAL_NAMES */ + + +/* Default error-management setup */ +EXTERN(struct jpeg_error_mgr *) jpeg_std_error + JPP((struct jpeg_error_mgr * err)); + +/* Initialization of JPEG compression objects. + * jpeg_create_compress() and jpeg_create_decompress() are the exported + * names that applications should call. These expand to calls on + * jpeg_CreateCompress and jpeg_CreateDecompress with additional information + * passed for version mismatch checking. + * NB: you must set up the error-manager BEFORE calling jpeg_create_xxx. + */ +#define jpeg_create_compress(cinfo) \ + jpeg_CreateCompress((cinfo), JPEG_LIB_VERSION, \ + (size_t) sizeof(struct jpeg_compress_struct)) +#define jpeg_create_decompress(cinfo) \ + jpeg_CreateDecompress((cinfo), JPEG_LIB_VERSION, \ + (size_t) sizeof(struct jpeg_decompress_struct)) +EXTERN(void) jpeg_CreateCompress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + int version, size_t structsize)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_CreateDecompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int version, size_t structsize)); +/* Destruction of JPEG compression objects */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Standard data source and destination managers: stdio streams. */ +/* Caller is responsible for opening the file before and closing after. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_stdio_dest JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, FILE * outfile)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_stdio_src JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, FILE * infile)); + +/* Data source and destination managers: memory buffers. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_mem_dest JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + unsigned char ** outbuffer, + unsigned long * outsize)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_mem_src JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + unsigned char * inbuffer, + unsigned long insize)); + +/* Default parameter setup for compression */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_defaults JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +/* Compression parameter setup aids */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_colorspace JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + J_COLOR_SPACE colorspace)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_default_colorspace JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_quality JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int quality, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_linear_quality JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + int scale_factor, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_default_qtables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_add_quant_table JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int which_tbl, + const unsigned int *basic_table, + int scale_factor, + boolean force_baseline)); +EXTERN(int) jpeg_quality_scaling JPP((int quality)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_simple_progression JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_suppress_tables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean suppress)); +EXTERN(JQUANT_TBL *) jpeg_alloc_quant_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(JHUFF_TBL *) jpeg_alloc_huff_table JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Main entry points for compression */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_start_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + boolean write_all_tables)); +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_write_scanlines JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPARRAY scanlines, + JDIMENSION num_lines)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_finish_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Precalculate JPEG dimensions for current compression parameters. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_calc_jpeg_dimensions JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Replaces jpeg_write_scanlines when writing raw downsampled data. */ +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_write_raw_data JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPIMAGE data, + JDIMENSION num_lines)); + +/* Write a special marker. See libjpeg.txt concerning safe usage. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_marker + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, + const JOCTET * dataptr, unsigned int datalen)); +/* Same, but piecemeal. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_m_header + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int marker, unsigned int datalen)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_m_byte + JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, int val)); + +/* Alternate compression function: just write an abbreviated table file */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_tables JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Decompression startup: read start of JPEG datastream to see what's there */ +EXTERN(int) jpeg_read_header JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + boolean require_image)); +/* Return value is one of: */ +#define JPEG_SUSPENDED 0 /* Suspended due to lack of input data */ +#define JPEG_HEADER_OK 1 /* Found valid image datastream */ +#define JPEG_HEADER_TABLES_ONLY 2 /* Found valid table-specs-only datastream */ +/* If you pass require_image = TRUE (normal case), you need not check for + * a TABLES_ONLY return code; an abbreviated file will cause an error exit. + * JPEG_SUSPENDED is only possible if you use a data source module that can + * give a suspension return (the stdio source module doesn't). + */ + +/* Main entry points for decompression */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_start_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_read_scanlines JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPARRAY scanlines, + JDIMENSION max_lines)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_finish_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Replaces jpeg_read_scanlines when reading raw downsampled data. */ +EXTERN(JDIMENSION) jpeg_read_raw_data JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + JSAMPIMAGE data, + JDIMENSION max_lines)); + +/* Additional entry points for buffered-image mode. */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_has_multiple_scans JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_start_output JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int scan_number)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_finish_output JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_input_complete JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_new_colormap JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(int) jpeg_consume_input JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +/* Return value is one of: */ +/* #define JPEG_SUSPENDED 0 Suspended due to lack of input data */ +#define JPEG_REACHED_SOS 1 /* Reached start of new scan */ +#define JPEG_REACHED_EOI 2 /* Reached end of image */ +#define JPEG_ROW_COMPLETED 3 /* Completed one iMCU row */ +#define JPEG_SCAN_COMPLETED 4 /* Completed last iMCU row of a scan */ + +/* Precalculate output dimensions for current decompression parameters. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_core_output_dimensions JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_calc_output_dimensions JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Control saving of COM and APPn markers into marker_list. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_save_markers + JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int marker_code, + unsigned int length_limit)); + +/* Install a special processing method for COM or APPn markers. */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_set_marker_processor + JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, int marker_code, + jpeg_marker_parser_method routine)); + +/* Read or write raw DCT coefficients --- useful for lossless transcoding. */ +EXTERN(jvirt_barray_ptr *) jpeg_read_coefficients JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_write_coefficients JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo, + jvirt_barray_ptr * coef_arrays)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_copy_critical_parameters JPP((j_decompress_ptr srcinfo, + j_compress_ptr dstinfo)); + +/* If you choose to abort compression or decompression before completing + * jpeg_finish_(de)compress, then you need to clean up to release memory, + * temporary files, etc. You can just call jpeg_destroy_(de)compress + * if you're done with the JPEG object, but if you want to clean it up and + * reuse it, call this: + */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort_compress JPP((j_compress_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort_decompress JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Generic versions of jpeg_abort and jpeg_destroy that work on either + * flavor of JPEG object. These may be more convenient in some places. + */ +EXTERN(void) jpeg_abort JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); +EXTERN(void) jpeg_destroy JPP((j_common_ptr cinfo)); + +/* Default restart-marker-resync procedure for use by data source modules */ +EXTERN(boolean) jpeg_resync_to_restart JPP((j_decompress_ptr cinfo, + int desired)); + + +/* These marker codes are exported since applications and data source modules + * are likely to want to use them. + */ + +#define JPEG_RST0 0xD0 /* RST0 marker code */ +#define JPEG_EOI 0xD9 /* EOI marker code */ +#define JPEG_APP0 0xE0 /* APP0 marker code */ +#define JPEG_COM 0xFE /* COM marker code */ + + +/* If we have a brain-damaged compiler that emits warnings (or worse, errors) + * for structure definitions that are never filled in, keep it quiet by + * supplying dummy definitions for the various substructures. + */ + +#ifdef INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN +#ifndef JPEG_INTERNALS /* will be defined in jpegint.h */ +struct jvirt_sarray_control { long dummy; }; +struct jvirt_barray_control { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_comp_master { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_main_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_prep_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_c_coef_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_marker_writer { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_converter { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_downsampler { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_forward_dct { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_entropy_encoder { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_decomp_master { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_main_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_coef_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_d_post_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_input_controller { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_marker_reader { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_entropy_decoder { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_inverse_dct { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_upsampler { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_deconverter { long dummy; }; +struct jpeg_color_quantizer { long dummy; }; +#endif /* JPEG_INTERNALS */ +#endif /* INCOMPLETE_TYPES_BROKEN */ + + +/* + * The JPEG library modules define JPEG_INTERNALS before including this file. + * The internal structure declarations are read only when that is true. + * Applications using the library should not include jpegint.h, but may wish + * to include jerror.h. + */ + +#ifdef JPEG_INTERNALS +#include "jpegint.h" /* fetch private declarations */ +#include "jerror.h" /* fetch error codes too */ +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +#ifndef DONT_USE_EXTERN_C +} +#endif +#endif + +#endif /* JPEGLIB_H */ diff --git a/jpeg/prebuilt/tvos/libjpeg.a b/jpeg/prebuilt/tvos/libjpeg.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..9e899ead50 Binary files /dev/null and b/jpeg/prebuilt/tvos/libjpeg.a differ diff --git a/lua/lua/prebuilt/tvos/liblua.a b/lua/lua/prebuilt/tvos/liblua.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6d7ef559b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/lua/lua/prebuilt/tvos/liblua.a differ diff --git a/lua/luajit/prebuilt/tvos/libluajit.a b/lua/luajit/prebuilt/tvos/libluajit.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..81dcc5fb94 Binary files /dev/null and b/lua/luajit/prebuilt/tvos/libluajit.a differ diff --git a/png/include/tvos/png.h b/png/include/tvos/png.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..997130d38f --- /dev/null +++ b/png/include/tvos/png.h @@ -0,0 +1,3282 @@ + +/* png.h - header file for PNG reference library + * + * libpng version 1.6.16, December 22, 2014 + * Copyright (c) 1998-2014 Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) + * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) + * + * This code is released under the libpng license (See LICENSE, below) + * + * Authors and maintainers: + * libpng versions 0.71, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996: Guy Schalnat + * libpng versions 0.89c, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997: Andreas Dilger + * libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.6.16, December 22, 2014: Glenn + * See also "Contributing Authors", below. + * + * Note about libpng version numbers: + * + * Due to various miscommunications, unforeseen code incompatibilities + * and occasional factors outside the authors' control, version numbering + * on the library has not always been consistent and straightforward. + * The following table summarizes matters since version 0.89c, which was + * the first widely used release: + * + * source png.h png.h shared-lib + * version string int version + * ------- ------ ----- ---------- + * 0.89c "1.0 beta 3" 0.89 89 1.0.89 + * 0.90 "1.0 beta 4" 0.90 90 0.90 [should have been 2.0.90] + * 0.95 "1.0 beta 5" 0.95 95 0.95 [should have been 2.0.95] + * 0.96 "1.0 beta 6" 0.96 96 0.96 [should have been 2.0.96] + * 0.97b "1.00.97 beta 7" 1.00.97 97 1.0.1 [should have been 2.0.97] + * 0.97c 0.97 97 2.0.97 + * 0.98 0.98 98 2.0.98 + * 0.99 0.99 98 2.0.99 + * 0.99a-m 0.99 99 2.0.99 + * 1.00 1.00 100 2.1.0 [100 should be 10000] + * 1.0.0 (from here on, the 100 2.1.0 [100 should be 10000] + * 1.0.1 png.h string is 10001 2.1.0 + * 1.0.1a-e identical to the 10002 from here on, the shared library + * 1.0.2 source version) 10002 is 2.V where V is the source code + * 1.0.2a-b 10003 version, except as noted. + * 1.0.3 10003 + * 1.0.3a-d 10004 + * 1.0.4 10004 + * 1.0.4a-f 10005 + * 1.0.5 (+ 2 patches) 10005 + * 1.0.5a-d 10006 + * 1.0.5e-r 10100 (not source compatible) + * 1.0.5s-v 10006 (not binary compatible) + * 1.0.6 (+ 3 patches) 10006 (still binary incompatible) + * 1.0.6d-f 10007 (still binary incompatible) + * 1.0.6g 10007 + * 1.0.6h 10007 10.6h (testing xy.z so-numbering) + * 1.0.6i 10007 10.6i + * 1.0.6j 10007 2.1.0.6j (incompatible with 1.0.0) + * 1.0.7beta11-14 DLLNUM 10007 2.1.0.7beta11-14 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7beta15-18 1 10007 2.1.0.7beta15-18 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7rc1-2 1 10007 2.1.0.7rc1-2 (binary compatible) + * 1.0.7 1 10007 (still compatible) + * 1.0.8beta1-4 1 10008 2.1.0.8beta1-4 + * 1.0.8rc1 1 10008 2.1.0.8rc1 + * 1.0.8 1 10008 2.1.0.8 + * 1.0.9beta1-6 1 10009 2.1.0.9beta1-6 + * 1.0.9rc1 1 10009 2.1.0.9rc1 + * 1.0.9beta7-10 1 10009 2.1.0.9beta7-10 + * 1.0.9rc2 1 10009 2.1.0.9rc2 + * 1.0.9 1 10009 2.1.0.9 + * 1.0.10beta1 1 10010 2.1.0.10beta1 + * 1.0.10rc1 1 10010 2.1.0.10rc1 + * 1.0.10 1 10010 2.1.0.10 + * 1.0.11beta1-3 1 10011 2.1.0.11beta1-3 + * 1.0.11rc1 1 10011 2.1.0.11rc1 + * 1.0.11 1 10011 2.1.0.11 + * 1.0.12beta1-2 2 10012 2.1.0.12beta1-2 + * 1.0.12rc1 2 10012 2.1.0.12rc1 + * 1.0.12 2 10012 2.1.0.12 + * 1.1.0a-f - 10100 2.1.1.0a-f (branch abandoned) + * 1.2.0beta1-2 2 10200 2.1.2.0beta1-2 + * 1.2.0beta3-5 3 10200 3.1.2.0beta3-5 + * 1.2.0rc1 3 10200 3.1.2.0rc1 + * 1.2.0 3 10200 3.1.2.0 + * 1.2.1beta1-4 3 10201 3.1.2.1beta1-4 + * 1.2.1rc1-2 3 10201 3.1.2.1rc1-2 + * 1.2.1 3 10201 3.1.2.1 + * 1.2.2beta1-6 12 10202 12.so.0.1.2.2beta1-6 + * 1.0.13beta1 10 10013 10.so.0.1.0.13beta1 + * 1.0.13rc1 10 10013 10.so.0.1.0.13rc1 + * 1.2.2rc1 12 10202 12.so.0.1.2.2rc1 + * 1.0.13 10 10013 10.so.0.1.0.13 + * 1.2.2 12 10202 12.so.0.1.2.2 + * 1.2.3rc1-6 12 10203 12.so.0.1.2.3rc1-6 + * 1.2.3 12 10203 12.so.0.1.2.3 + * 1.2.4beta1-3 13 10204 12.so.0.1.2.4beta1-3 + * 1.0.14rc1 13 10014 10.so.0.1.0.14rc1 + * 1.2.4rc1 13 10204 12.so.0.1.2.4rc1 + * 1.0.14 10 10014 10.so.0.1.0.14 + * 1.2.4 13 10204 12.so.0.1.2.4 + * 1.2.5beta1-2 13 10205 12.so.0.1.2.5beta1-2 + * 1.0.15rc1-3 10 10015 10.so.0.1.0.15rc1-3 + * 1.2.5rc1-3 13 10205 12.so.0.1.2.5rc1-3 + * 1.0.15 10 10015 10.so.0.1.0.15 + * 1.2.5 13 10205 12.so.0.1.2.5 + * 1.2.6beta1-4 13 10206 12.so.0.1.2.6beta1-4 + * 1.0.16 10 10016 10.so.0.1.0.16 + * 1.2.6 13 10206 12.so.0.1.2.6 + * 1.2.7beta1-2 13 10207 12.so.0.1.2.7beta1-2 + * 1.0.17rc1 10 10017 12.so.0.1.0.17rc1 + * 1.2.7rc1 13 10207 12.so.0.1.2.7rc1 + * 1.0.17 10 10017 12.so.0.1.0.17 + * 1.2.7 13 10207 12.so.0.1.2.7 + * 1.2.8beta1-5 13 10208 12.so.0.1.2.8beta1-5 + * 1.0.18rc1-5 10 10018 12.so.0.1.0.18rc1-5 + * 1.2.8rc1-5 13 10208 12.so.0.1.2.8rc1-5 + * 1.0.18 10 10018 12.so.0.1.0.18 + * 1.2.8 13 10208 12.so.0.1.2.8 + * 1.2.9beta1-3 13 10209 12.so.0.1.2.9beta1-3 + * 1.2.9beta4-11 13 10209 12.so.0.9[.0] + * 1.2.9rc1 13 10209 12.so.0.9[.0] + * 1.2.9 13 10209 12.so.0.9[.0] + * 1.2.10beta1-7 13 10210 12.so.0.10[.0] + * 1.2.10rc1-2 13 10210 12.so.0.10[.0] + * 1.2.10 13 10210 12.so.0.10[.0] + * 1.4.0beta1-5 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] + * 1.2.11beta1-4 13 10211 12.so.0.11[.0] + * 1.4.0beta7-8 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] + * 1.2.11 13 10211 12.so.0.11[.0] + * 1.2.12 13 10212 12.so.0.12[.0] + * 1.4.0beta9-14 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] + * 1.2.13 13 10213 12.so.0.13[.0] + * 1.4.0beta15-36 14 10400 14.so.0.0[.0] + * 1.4.0beta37-87 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] + * 1.4.0rc01 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] + * 1.4.0beta88-109 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] + * 1.4.0rc02-08 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] + * 1.4.0 14 10400 14.so.14.0[.0] + * 1.4.1beta01-03 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] + * 1.4.1rc01 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] + * 1.4.1beta04-12 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] + * 1.4.1 14 10401 14.so.14.1[.0] + * 1.4.2 14 10402 14.so.14.2[.0] + * 1.4.3 14 10403 14.so.14.3[.0] + * 1.4.4 14 10404 14.so.14.4[.0] + * 1.5.0beta01-58 15 10500 15.so.15.0[.0] + * 1.5.0rc01-07 15 10500 15.so.15.0[.0] + * 1.5.0 15 10500 15.so.15.0[.0] + * 1.5.1beta01-11 15 10501 15.so.15.1[.0] + * 1.5.1rc01-02 15 10501 15.so.15.1[.0] + * 1.5.1 15 10501 15.so.15.1[.0] + * 1.5.2beta01-03 15 10502 15.so.15.2[.0] + * 1.5.2rc01-03 15 10502 15.so.15.2[.0] + * 1.5.2 15 10502 15.so.15.2[.0] + * 1.5.3beta01-10 15 10503 15.so.15.3[.0] + * 1.5.3rc01-02 15 10503 15.so.15.3[.0] + * 1.5.3beta11 15 10503 15.so.15.3[.0] + * 1.5.3 [omitted] + * 1.5.4beta01-08 15 10504 15.so.15.4[.0] + * 1.5.4rc01 15 10504 15.so.15.4[.0] + * 1.5.4 15 10504 15.so.15.4[.0] + * 1.5.5beta01-08 15 10505 15.so.15.5[.0] + * 1.5.5rc01 15 10505 15.so.15.5[.0] + * 1.5.5 15 10505 15.so.15.5[.0] + * 1.5.6beta01-07 15 10506 15.so.15.6[.0] + * 1.5.6rc01-03 15 10506 15.so.15.6[.0] + * 1.5.6 15 10506 15.so.15.6[.0] + * 1.5.7beta01-05 15 10507 15.so.15.7[.0] + * 1.5.7rc01-03 15 10507 15.so.15.7[.0] + * 1.5.7 15 10507 15.so.15.7[.0] + * 1.6.0beta01-40 16 10600 16.so.16.0[.0] + * 1.6.0rc01-08 16 10600 16.so.16.0[.0] + * 1.6.0 16 10600 16.so.16.0[.0] + * 1.6.1beta01-09 16 10601 16.so.16.1[.0] + * 1.6.1rc01 16 10601 16.so.16.1[.0] + * 1.6.1 16 10601 16.so.16.1[.0] + * 1.6.2beta01 16 10602 16.so.16.2[.0] + * 1.6.2rc01-06 16 10602 16.so.16.2[.0] + * 1.6.2 16 10602 16.so.16.2[.0] + * 1.6.3beta01-11 16 10603 16.so.16.3[.0] + * 1.6.3rc01 16 10603 16.so.16.3[.0] + * 1.6.3 16 10603 16.so.16.3[.0] + * 1.6.4beta01-02 16 10604 16.so.16.4[.0] + * 1.6.4rc01 16 10604 16.so.16.4[.0] + * 1.6.4 16 10604 16.so.16.4[.0] + * 1.6.5 16 10605 16.so.16.5[.0] + * 1.6.6 16 10606 16.so.16.6[.0] + * 1.6.7beta01-04 16 10607 16.so.16.7[.0] + * 1.6.7rc01-03 16 10607 16.so.16.7[.0] + * 1.6.7 16 10607 16.so.16.7[.0] + * 1.6.8beta01-02 16 10608 16.so.16.8[.0] + * 1.6.8rc01-02 16 10608 16.so.16.8[.0] + * 1.6.8 16 10608 16.so.16.8[.0] + * 1.6.9beta01-04 16 10609 16.so.16.9[.0] + * 1.6.9rc01-02 16 10609 16.so.16.9[.0] + * 1.6.9 16 10609 16.so.16.9[.0] + * 1.6.10beta01-03 16 10610 16.so.16.10[.0] + * 1.6.10rc01-03 16 10610 16.so.16.10[.0] + * 1.6.10 16 10610 16.so.16.10[.0] + * 1.6.11beta01-06 16 10611 16.so.16.11[.0] + * 1.6.11rc01-02 16 10611 16.so.16.11[.0] + * 1.6.11 16 10611 16.so.16.11[.0] + * 1.6.12rc01-03 16 10612 16.so.16.12[.0] + * 1.6.12 16 10612 16.so.16.12[.0] + * 1.6.13beta01-04 16 10613 16.so.16.13[.0] + * 1.6.13rc01-02 16 10613 16.so.16.13[.0] + * 1.6.13 16 10613 16.so.16.13[.0] + * 1.6.14beta01-07 16 10614 16.so.16.14[.0] + * 1.6.14rc01-02 16 10614 16.so.16.14[.0] + * 1.6.14 16 10614 16.so.16.14[.0] + * 1.6.15beta01-08 16 10615 16.so.16.15[.0] + * 1.6.15rc01-03 16 10615 16.so.16.15[.0] + * 1.6.15 16 10615 16.so.16.15[.0] + * 1.6.16beta01-03 16 10616 16.so.16.16[.0] + * 1.6.16rc01-02 16 10616 16.so.16.16[.0] + * 1.6.16 16 10616 16.so.16.16[.0] + * + * Henceforth the source version will match the shared-library major + * and minor numbers; the shared-library major version number will be + * used for changes in backward compatibility, as it is intended. The + * PNG_LIBPNG_VER macro, which is not used within libpng but is available + * for applications, is an unsigned integer of the form xyyzz corresponding + * to the source version x.y.z (leading zeros in y and z). Beta versions + * were given the previous public release number plus a letter, until + * version 1.0.6j; from then on they were given the upcoming public + * release number plus "betaNN" or "rcNN". + * + * Binary incompatibility exists only when applications make direct access + * to the info_ptr or png_ptr members through png.h, and the compiled + * application is loaded with a different version of the library. + * + * DLLNUM will change each time there are forward or backward changes + * in binary compatibility (e.g., when a new feature is added). + * + * See libpng-manual.txt or libpng.3 for more information. The PNG + * specification is available as a W3C Recommendation and as an ISO + * Specification, <http://www.w3.org/TR/2003/REC-PNG-20031110/ + */ + +/* + * COPYRIGHT NOTICE, DISCLAIMER, and LICENSE: + * + * If you modify libpng you may insert additional notices immediately following + * this sentence. + * + * This code is released under the libpng license. + * + * libpng versions 1.2.6, August 15, 2004, through 1.6.16, December 22, 2014, are + * Copyright (c) 2004, 2006-2014 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are + * distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.2.5 + * with the following individual added to the list of Contributing Authors: + * + * Cosmin Truta + * + * libpng versions 1.0.7, July 1, 2000, through 1.2.5, October 3, 2002, are + * Copyright (c) 2000-2002 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are + * distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-1.0.6 + * with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors: + * + * Simon-Pierre Cadieux + * Eric S. Raymond + * Gilles Vollant + * + * and with the following additions to the disclaimer: + * + * There is no warranty against interference with your enjoyment of the + * library or against infringement. There is no warranty that our + * efforts or the library will fulfill any of your particular purposes + * or needs. This library is provided with all faults, and the entire + * risk of satisfactory quality, performance, accuracy, and effort is with + * the user. + * + * libpng versions 0.97, January 1998, through 1.0.6, March 20, 2000, are + * Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Glenn Randers-Pehrson, and are + * distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.96, + * with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors: + * + * Tom Lane + * Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * Willem van Schaik + * + * libpng versions 0.89, June 1996, through 0.96, May 1997, are + * Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger + * Distributed according to the same disclaimer and license as libpng-0.88, + * with the following individuals added to the list of Contributing Authors: + * + * John Bowler + * Kevin Bracey + * Sam Bushell + * Magnus Holmgren + * Greg Roelofs + * Tom Tanner + * + * libpng versions 0.5, May 1995, through 0.88, January 1996, are + * Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc. + * + * For the purposes of this copyright and license, "Contributing Authors" + * is defined as the following set of individuals: + * + * Andreas Dilger + * Dave Martindale + * Guy Eric Schalnat + * Paul Schmidt + * Tim Wegner + * + * The PNG Reference Library is supplied "AS IS". The Contributing Authors + * and Group 42, Inc. disclaim all warranties, expressed or implied, + * including, without limitation, the warranties of merchantability and of + * fitness for any purpose. The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. + * assume no liability for direct, indirect, incidental, special, exemplary, + * or consequential damages, which may result from the use of the PNG + * Reference Library, even if advised of the possibility of such damage. + * + * Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this + * source code, or portions hereof, for any purpose, without fee, subject + * to the following restrictions: + * + * 1. The origin of this source code must not be misrepresented. + * + * 2. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such and must not + * be misrepresented as being the original source. + * + * 3. This Copyright notice may not be removed or altered from + * any source or altered source distribution. + * + * The Contributing Authors and Group 42, Inc. specifically permit, without + * fee, and encourage the use of this source code as a component to + * supporting the PNG file format in commercial products. If you use this + * source code in a product, acknowledgment is not required but would be + * appreciated. + */ + +/* + * A "png_get_copyright" function is available, for convenient use in "about" + * boxes and the like: + * + * printf("%s", png_get_copyright(NULL)); + * + * Also, the PNG logo (in PNG format, of course) is supplied in the + * files "pngbar.png" and "pngbar.jpg (88x31) and "pngnow.png" (98x31). + */ + +/* + * Libpng is OSI Certified Open Source Software. OSI Certified is a + * certification mark of the Open Source Initiative. + */ + +/* + * The contributing authors would like to thank all those who helped + * with testing, bug fixes, and patience. This wouldn't have been + * possible without all of you. + * + * Thanks to Frank J. T. Wojcik for helping with the documentation. + */ + +/* + * Y2K compliance in libpng: + * ========================= + * + * December 22, 2014 + * + * Since the PNG Development group is an ad-hoc body, we can't make + * an official declaration. + * + * This is your unofficial assurance that libpng from version 0.71 and + * upward through 1.6.16 are Y2K compliant. It is my belief that + * earlier versions were also Y2K compliant. + * + * Libpng only has two year fields. One is a 2-byte unsigned integer + * that will hold years up to 65535. The other, which is deprecated, + * holds the date in text format, and will hold years up to 9999. + * + * The integer is + * "png_uint_16 year" in png_time_struct. + * + * The string is + * "char time_buffer[29]" in png_struct. This is no longer used + * in libpng-1.6.x and will be removed from libpng-1.7.0. + * + * There are seven time-related functions: + * png.c: png_convert_to_rfc_1123_buffer() in png.c + * (formerly png_convert_to_rfc_1123() prior to libpng-1.5.x and + * png_convert_to_rfc_1152() in error prior to libpng-0.98) + * png_convert_from_struct_tm() in pngwrite.c, called in pngwrite.c + * png_convert_from_time_t() in pngwrite.c + * png_get_tIME() in pngget.c + * png_handle_tIME() in pngrutil.c, called in pngread.c + * png_set_tIME() in pngset.c + * png_write_tIME() in pngwutil.c, called in pngwrite.c + * + * All handle dates properly in a Y2K environment. The + * png_convert_from_time_t() function calls gmtime() to convert from system + * clock time, which returns (year - 1900), which we properly convert to + * the full 4-digit year. There is a possibility that libpng applications + * are not passing 4-digit years into the png_convert_to_rfc_1123_buffer() + * function, or that they are incorrectly passing only a 2-digit year + * instead of "year - 1900" into the png_convert_from_struct_tm() function, + * but this is not under our control. The libpng documentation has always + * stated that it works with 4-digit years, and the APIs have been + * documented as such. + * + * The tIME chunk itself is also Y2K compliant. It uses a 2-byte unsigned + * integer to hold the year, and can hold years as large as 65535. + * + * zlib, upon which libpng depends, is also Y2K compliant. It contains + * no date-related code. + * + * Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * libpng maintainer + * PNG Development Group + */ + +#ifndef PNG_H +#define PNG_H + +/* This is not the place to learn how to use libpng. The file libpng-manual.txt + * describes how to use libpng, and the file example.c summarizes it + * with some code on which to build. This file is useful for looking + * at the actual function definitions and structure components. If that + * file has been stripped from your copy of libpng, you can find it at + * <http://www.libpng.org/pub/png/libpng-manual.txt> + * + * If you just need to read a PNG file and don't want to read the documentation + * skip to the end of this file and read the section entitled 'simplified API'. + */ + +/* Version information for png.h - this should match the version in png.c */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING "1.6.16" +#define PNG_HEADER_VERSION_STRING \ + " libpng version 1.6.16 - December 22, 2014\n" + +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_SONUM 16 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_DLLNUM 16 + +/* These should match the first 3 components of PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING: */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MAJOR 1 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_MINOR 6 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_RELEASE 16 + +/* This should match the numeric part of the final component of + * PNG_LIBPNG_VER_STRING, omitting any leading zero: + */ + +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER_BUILD 0 + +/* Release Status */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_ALPHA 1 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BETA 2 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_RC 3 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE 4 +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_RELEASE_STATUS_MASK 7 + +/* Release-Specific Flags */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PATCH 8 /* Can be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE only */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE 16 /* Cannot be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL 32 /* Cannot be OR'ed with + PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE */ + +#define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_STABLE + +/* Careful here. At one time, Guy wanted to use 082, but that would be octal. + * We must not include leading zeros. + * Versions 0.7 through 1.0.0 were in the range 0 to 100 here (only + * version 1.0.0 was mis-numbered 100 instead of 10000). From + * version 1.0.1 it's xxyyzz, where x=major, y=minor, z=release + */ +#define PNG_LIBPNG_VER 10616 /* 1.6.16 */ + +/* Library configuration: these options cannot be changed after + * the library has been built. + */ +#ifndef PNGLCONF_H + /* If pnglibconf.h is missing, you can + * copy scripts/pnglibconf.h.prebuilt to pnglibconf.h + */ +# include "pnglibconf.h" +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY + /* Machine specific configuration. */ +# include "pngconf.h" +#endif + +/* + * Added at libpng-1.2.8 + * + * Ref MSDN: Private as priority over Special + * VS_FF_PRIVATEBUILD File *was not* built using standard release + * procedures. If this value is given, the StringFileInfo block must + * contain a PrivateBuild string. + * + * VS_FF_SPECIALBUILD File *was* built by the original company using + * standard release procedures but is a variation of the standard + * file of the same version number. If this value is given, the + * StringFileInfo block must contain a SpecialBuild string. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD /* From pnglibconf.h */ +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE \ + (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE | PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_PRIVATE) +#else +# ifdef PNG_LIBPNG_SPECIALBUILD +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE \ + (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE | PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_SPECIAL) +# else +# define PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_TYPE (PNG_LIBPNG_BUILD_BASE_TYPE) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY + +/* Inhibit C++ name-mangling for libpng functions but not for system calls. */ +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif /* __cplusplus */ + +/* Version information for C files, stored in png.c. This had better match + * the version above. + */ +#define png_libpng_ver png_get_header_ver(NULL) + +/* This file is arranged in several sections: + * + * 1. Any configuration options that can be specified by for the application + * code when it is built. (Build time configuration is in pnglibconf.h) + * 2. Type definitions (base types are defined in pngconf.h), structure + * definitions. + * 3. Exported library functions. + * 4. Simplified API. + * + * The library source code has additional files (principally pngpriv.h) that + * allow configuration of the library. + */ +/* Section 1: run time configuration + * See pnglibconf.h for build time configuration + * + * Run time configuration allows the application to choose between + * implementations of certain arithmetic APIs. The default is set + * at build time and recorded in pnglibconf.h, but it is safe to + * override these (and only these) settings. Note that this won't + * change what the library does, only application code, and the + * settings can (and probably should) be made on a per-file basis + * by setting the #defines before including png.h + * + * Use macros to read integers from PNG data or use the exported + * functions? + * PNG_USE_READ_MACROS: use the macros (see below) Note that + * the macros evaluate their argument multiple times. + * PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS: call the relevant library function. + * + * Use the alternative algorithm for compositing alpha samples that + * does not use division? + * PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED: use the 'no division' + * algorithm. + * PNG_NO_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV: use the 'division' algorithm. + * + * How to handle benign errors if PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS is + * false? + * PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS: map calls to the benign error + * APIs to png_warning. + * Otherwise the calls are mapped to png_error. + */ + +/* Section 2: type definitions, including structures and compile time + * constants. + * See pngconf.h for base types that vary by machine/system + */ + +/* This triggers a compiler error in png.c, if png.c and png.h + * do not agree upon the version number. + */ +typedef char* png_libpng_version_1_6_16; + +/* Basic control structions. Read libpng-manual.txt or libpng.3 for more info. + * + * png_struct is the cache of information used while reading or writing a single + * PNG file. One of these is always required, although the simplified API + * (below) hides the creation and destruction of it. + */ +typedef struct png_struct_def png_struct; +typedef const png_struct * png_const_structp; +typedef png_struct * png_structp; +typedef png_struct * * png_structpp; + +/* png_info contains information read from or to be written to a PNG file. One + * or more of these must exist while reading or creating a PNG file. The + * information is not used by libpng during read but is used to control what + * gets written when a PNG file is created. "png_get_" function calls read + * information during read and "png_set_" functions calls write information + * when creating a PNG. + * been moved into a separate header file that is not accessible to + * applications. Read libpng-manual.txt or libpng.3 for more info. + */ +typedef struct png_info_def png_info; +typedef png_info * png_infop; +typedef const png_info * png_const_infop; +typedef png_info * * png_infopp; + +/* Types with names ending 'p' are pointer types. The corresponding types with + * names ending 'rp' are identical pointer types except that the pointer is + * marked 'restrict', which means that it is the only pointer to the object + * passed to the function. Applications should not use the 'restrict' types; + * it is always valid to pass 'p' to a pointer with a function argument of the + * corresponding 'rp' type. Different compilers have different rules with + * regard to type matching in the presence of 'restrict'. For backward + * compatibility libpng callbacks never have 'restrict' in their parameters and, + * consequentially, writing portable application code is extremely difficult if + * an attempt is made to use 'restrict'. + */ +typedef png_struct * PNG_RESTRICT png_structrp; +typedef const png_struct * PNG_RESTRICT png_const_structrp; +typedef png_info * PNG_RESTRICT png_inforp; +typedef const png_info * PNG_RESTRICT png_const_inforp; + +/* Three color definitions. The order of the red, green, and blue, (and the + * exact size) is not important, although the size of the fields need to + * be png_byte or png_uint_16 (as defined below). + */ +typedef struct png_color_struct +{ + png_byte red; + png_byte green; + png_byte blue; +} png_color; +typedef png_color * png_colorp; +typedef const png_color * png_const_colorp; +typedef png_color * * png_colorpp; + +typedef struct png_color_16_struct +{ + png_byte index; /* used for palette files */ + png_uint_16 red; /* for use in red green blue files */ + png_uint_16 green; + png_uint_16 blue; + png_uint_16 gray; /* for use in grayscale files */ +} png_color_16; +typedef png_color_16 * png_color_16p; +typedef const png_color_16 * png_const_color_16p; +typedef png_color_16 * * png_color_16pp; + +typedef struct png_color_8_struct +{ + png_byte red; /* for use in red green blue files */ + png_byte green; + png_byte blue; + png_byte gray; /* for use in grayscale files */ + png_byte alpha; /* for alpha channel files */ +} png_color_8; +typedef png_color_8 * png_color_8p; +typedef const png_color_8 * png_const_color_8p; +typedef png_color_8 * * png_color_8pp; + +/* + * The following two structures are used for the in-core representation + * of sPLT chunks. + */ +typedef struct png_sPLT_entry_struct +{ + png_uint_16 red; + png_uint_16 green; + png_uint_16 blue; + png_uint_16 alpha; + png_uint_16 frequency; +} png_sPLT_entry; +typedef png_sPLT_entry * png_sPLT_entryp; +typedef const png_sPLT_entry * png_const_sPLT_entryp; +typedef png_sPLT_entry * * png_sPLT_entrypp; + +/* When the depth of the sPLT palette is 8 bits, the color and alpha samples + * occupy the LSB of their respective members, and the MSB of each member + * is zero-filled. The frequency member always occupies the full 16 bits. + */ + +typedef struct png_sPLT_struct +{ + png_charp name; /* palette name */ + png_byte depth; /* depth of palette samples */ + png_sPLT_entryp entries; /* palette entries */ + png_int_32 nentries; /* number of palette entries */ +} png_sPLT_t; +typedef png_sPLT_t * png_sPLT_tp; +typedef const png_sPLT_t * png_const_sPLT_tp; +typedef png_sPLT_t * * png_sPLT_tpp; + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* png_text holds the contents of a text/ztxt/itxt chunk in a PNG file, + * and whether that contents is compressed or not. The "key" field + * points to a regular zero-terminated C string. The "text" fields can be a + * regular C string, an empty string, or a NULL pointer. + * However, the structure returned by png_get_text() will always contain + * the "text" field as a regular zero-terminated C string (possibly + * empty), never a NULL pointer, so it can be safely used in printf() and + * other string-handling functions. Note that the "itxt_length", "lang", and + * "lang_key" members of the structure only exist when the library is built + * with iTXt chunk support. Prior to libpng-1.4.0 the library was built by + * default without iTXt support. Also note that when iTXt *is* supported, + * the "lang" and "lang_key" fields contain NULL pointers when the + * "compression" field contains * PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE or + * PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt. Note that the "compression value" is not the + * same as what appears in the PNG tEXt/zTXt/iTXt chunk's "compression flag" + * which is always 0 or 1, or its "compression method" which is always 0. + */ +typedef struct png_text_struct +{ + int compression; /* compression value: + -1: tEXt, none + 0: zTXt, deflate + 1: iTXt, none + 2: iTXt, deflate */ + png_charp key; /* keyword, 1-79 character description of "text" */ + png_charp text; /* comment, may be an empty string (ie "") + or a NULL pointer */ + png_size_t text_length; /* length of the text string */ + png_size_t itxt_length; /* length of the itxt string */ + png_charp lang; /* language code, 0-79 characters + or a NULL pointer */ + png_charp lang_key; /* keyword translated UTF-8 string, 0 or more + chars or a NULL pointer */ +} png_text; +typedef png_text * png_textp; +typedef const png_text * png_const_textp; +typedef png_text * * png_textpp; +#endif + +/* Supported compression types for text in PNG files (tEXt, and zTXt). + * The values of the PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_ defines should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE_WR -3 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt_WR -2 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_NONE -1 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt 0 +#define PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_NONE 1 +#define PNG_ITXT_COMPRESSION_zTXt 2 +#define PNG_TEXT_COMPRESSION_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* png_time is a way to hold the time in an machine independent way. + * Two conversions are provided, both from time_t and struct tm. There + * is no portable way to convert to either of these structures, as far + * as I know. If you know of a portable way, send it to me. As a side + * note - PNG has always been Year 2000 compliant! + */ +typedef struct png_time_struct +{ + png_uint_16 year; /* full year, as in, 1995 */ + png_byte month; /* month of year, 1 - 12 */ + png_byte day; /* day of month, 1 - 31 */ + png_byte hour; /* hour of day, 0 - 23 */ + png_byte minute; /* minute of hour, 0 - 59 */ + png_byte second; /* second of minute, 0 - 60 (for leap seconds) */ +} png_time; +typedef png_time * png_timep; +typedef const png_time * png_const_timep; +typedef png_time * * png_timepp; + +#if defined(PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) ||\ + defined(PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED) +/* png_unknown_chunk is a structure to hold queued chunks for which there is + * no specific support. The idea is that we can use this to queue + * up private chunks for output even though the library doesn't actually + * know about their semantics. + * + * The data in the structure is set by libpng on read and used on write. + */ +typedef struct png_unknown_chunk_t +{ + png_byte name[5]; /* Textual chunk name with '\0' terminator */ + png_byte *data; /* Data, should not be modified on read! */ + png_size_t size; + + /* On write 'location' must be set using the flag values listed below. + * Notice that on read it is set by libpng however the values stored have + * more bits set than are listed below. Always treat the value as a + * bitmask. On write set only one bit - setting multiple bits may cause the + * chunk to be written in multiple places. + */ + png_byte location; /* mode of operation at read time */ +} +png_unknown_chunk; + +typedef png_unknown_chunk * png_unknown_chunkp; +typedef const png_unknown_chunk * png_const_unknown_chunkp; +typedef png_unknown_chunk * * png_unknown_chunkpp; +#endif + +/* Flag values for the unknown chunk location byte. */ +#define PNG_HAVE_IHDR 0x01 +#define PNG_HAVE_PLTE 0x02 +#define PNG_AFTER_IDAT 0x08 + +/* Maximum positive integer used in PNG is (2^31)-1 */ +#define PNG_UINT_31_MAX ((png_uint_32)0x7fffffffL) +#define PNG_UINT_32_MAX ((png_uint_32)(-1)) +#define PNG_SIZE_MAX ((png_size_t)(-1)) + +/* These are constants for fixed point values encoded in the + * PNG specification manner (x100000) + */ +#define PNG_FP_1 100000 +#define PNG_FP_HALF 50000 +#define PNG_FP_MAX ((png_fixed_point)0x7fffffffL) +#define PNG_FP_MIN (-PNG_FP_MAX) + +/* These describe the color_type field in png_info. */ +/* color type masks */ +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE 1 +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR 2 +#define PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA 4 + +/* color types. Note that not all combinations are legal */ +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY 0 +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_PALETTE (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR | PNG_COLOR_MASK_PALETTE) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA (PNG_COLOR_MASK_COLOR | PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA (PNG_COLOR_MASK_ALPHA) +/* aliases */ +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGBA PNG_COLOR_TYPE_RGB_ALPHA +#define PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GA PNG_COLOR_TYPE_GRAY_ALPHA + +/* This is for compression type. PNG 1.0-1.2 only define the single type. */ +#define PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE 0 /* Deflate method 8, 32K window */ +#define PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_DEFAULT PNG_COMPRESSION_TYPE_BASE + +/* This is for filter type. PNG 1.0-1.2 only define the single type. */ +#define PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE 0 /* Single row per-byte filtering */ +#define PNG_INTRAPIXEL_DIFFERENCING 64 /* Used only in MNG datastreams */ +#define PNG_FILTER_TYPE_DEFAULT PNG_FILTER_TYPE_BASE + +/* These are for the interlacing type. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_NONE 0 /* Non-interlaced image */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7 1 /* Adam7 interlacing */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the oFFs chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_PIXEL 0 /* Offset in pixels */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_MICROMETER 1 /* Offset in micrometers (1/10^6 meter) */ +#define PNG_OFFSET_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the pCAL chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_LINEAR 0 /* Linear transformation */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_BASE_E 1 /* Exponential base e transform */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_ARBITRARY 2 /* Arbitrary base exponential transform */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_HYPERBOLIC 3 /* Hyperbolic sine transformation */ +#define PNG_EQUATION_LAST 4 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the sCAL chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_SCALE_UNKNOWN 0 /* unknown unit (image scale) */ +#define PNG_SCALE_METER 1 /* meters per pixel */ +#define PNG_SCALE_RADIAN 2 /* radians per pixel */ +#define PNG_SCALE_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the pHYs chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_UNKNOWN 0 /* pixels/unknown unit (aspect ratio) */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_METER 1 /* pixels/meter */ +#define PNG_RESOLUTION_LAST 2 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* These are for the sRGB chunk. These values should NOT be changed. */ +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_PERCEPTUAL 0 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_RELATIVE 1 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_SATURATION 2 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_ABSOLUTE 3 +#define PNG_sRGB_INTENT_LAST 4 /* Not a valid value */ + +/* This is for text chunks */ +#define PNG_KEYWORD_MAX_LENGTH 79 + +/* Maximum number of entries in PLTE/sPLT/tRNS arrays */ +#define PNG_MAX_PALETTE_LENGTH 256 + +/* These determine if an ancillary chunk's data has been successfully read + * from the PNG header, or if the application has filled in the corresponding + * data in the info_struct to be written into the output file. The values + * of the PNG_INFO_<chunk> defines should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_INFO_gAMA 0x0001 +#define PNG_INFO_sBIT 0x0002 +#define PNG_INFO_cHRM 0x0004 +#define PNG_INFO_PLTE 0x0008 +#define PNG_INFO_tRNS 0x0010 +#define PNG_INFO_bKGD 0x0020 +#define PNG_INFO_hIST 0x0040 +#define PNG_INFO_pHYs 0x0080 +#define PNG_INFO_oFFs 0x0100 +#define PNG_INFO_tIME 0x0200 +#define PNG_INFO_pCAL 0x0400 +#define PNG_INFO_sRGB 0x0800 /* GR-P, 0.96a */ +#define PNG_INFO_iCCP 0x1000 /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_sPLT 0x2000 /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_sCAL 0x4000 /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ +#define PNG_INFO_IDAT 0x8000 /* ESR, 1.0.6 */ + +/* This is used for the transformation routines, as some of them + * change these values for the row. It also should enable using + * the routines for other purposes. + */ +typedef struct png_row_info_struct +{ + png_uint_32 width; /* width of row */ + png_size_t rowbytes; /* number of bytes in row */ + png_byte color_type; /* color type of row */ + png_byte bit_depth; /* bit depth of row */ + png_byte channels; /* number of channels (1, 2, 3, or 4) */ + png_byte pixel_depth; /* bits per pixel (depth * channels) */ +} png_row_info; + +typedef png_row_info * png_row_infop; +typedef png_row_info * * png_row_infopp; + +/* These are the function types for the I/O functions and for the functions + * that allow the user to override the default I/O functions with his or her + * own. The png_error_ptr type should match that of user-supplied warning + * and error functions, while the png_rw_ptr type should match that of the + * user read/write data functions. Note that the 'write' function must not + * modify the buffer it is passed. The 'read' function, on the other hand, is + * expected to return the read data in the buffer. + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_error_ptr, (png_structp, png_const_charp)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_rw_ptr, (png_structp, png_bytep, png_size_t)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_flush_ptr, (png_structp)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_read_status_ptr, (png_structp, png_uint_32, + int)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_write_status_ptr, (png_structp, png_uint_32, + int)); + +#ifdef PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_info_ptr, (png_structp, png_infop)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_end_ptr, (png_structp, png_infop)); + +/* The following callback receives png_uint_32 row_number, int pass for the + * png_bytep data of the row. When transforming an interlaced image the + * row number is the row number within the sub-image of the interlace pass, so + * the value will increase to the height of the sub-image (not the full image) + * then reset to 0 for the next pass. + * + * Use PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to + * find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel + * (row,col,pass). (See below for these macros.) + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_progressive_row_ptr, (png_structp, png_bytep, + png_uint_32, int)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED) +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_user_transform_ptr, (png_structp, png_row_infop, + png_bytep)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(int, *png_user_chunk_ptr, (png_structp, + png_unknown_chunkp)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +/* not used anywhere */ +/* typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_unknown_chunk_ptr, (png_structp)); */ +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +/* This must match the function definition in <setjmp.h>, and the application + * must include this before png.h to obtain the definition of jmp_buf. The + * function is required to be PNG_NORETURN, but this is not checked. If the + * function does return the application will crash via an abort() or similar + * system level call. + * + * If you get a warning here while building the library you may need to make + * changes to ensure that pnglibconf.h records the calling convention used by + * your compiler. This may be very difficult - try using a different compiler + * to build the library! + */ +PNG_FUNCTION(void, (PNGCAPI *png_longjmp_ptr), PNGARG((jmp_buf, int)), typedef); +#endif + +/* Transform masks for the high-level interface */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_IDENTITY 0x0000 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_16 0x0001 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_ALPHA 0x0002 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKING 0x0004 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_PACKSWAP 0x0008 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND 0x0010 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_MONO 0x0020 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SHIFT 0x0040 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_BGR 0x0080 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ALPHA 0x0100 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SWAP_ENDIAN 0x0200 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_INVERT_ALPHA 0x0400 /* read and write */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER 0x0800 /* write only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.2.34 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_BEFORE PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_STRIP_FILLER_AFTER 0x1000 /* write only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.4.0 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_GRAY_TO_RGB 0x2000 /* read only */ +/* Added to libpng-1.5.4 */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_EXPAND_16 0x4000 /* read only */ +#define PNG_TRANSFORM_SCALE_16 0x8000 /* read only */ + +/* Flags for MNG supported features */ +#define PNG_FLAG_MNG_EMPTY_PLTE 0x01 +#define PNG_FLAG_MNG_FILTER_64 0x04 +#define PNG_ALL_MNG_FEATURES 0x05 + +/* NOTE: prior to 1.5 these functions had no 'API' style declaration, + * this allowed the zlib default functions to be used on Windows + * platforms. In 1.5 the zlib default malloc (which just calls malloc and + * ignores the first argument) should be completely compatible with the + * following. + */ +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(png_voidp, *png_malloc_ptr, (png_structp, + png_alloc_size_t)); +typedef PNG_CALLBACK(void, *png_free_ptr, (png_structp, png_voidp)); + +/* Section 3: exported functions + * Here are the function definitions most commonly used. This is not + * the place to find out how to use libpng. See libpng-manual.txt for the + * full explanation, see example.c for the summary. This just provides + * a simple one line description of the use of each function. + * + * The PNG_EXPORT() and PNG_EXPORTA() macros used below are defined in + * pngconf.h and in the *.dfn files in the scripts directory. + * + * PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, (args)); + * + * ordinal: ordinal that is used while building + * *.def files. The ordinal value is only + * relevant when preprocessing png.h with + * the *.dfn files for building symbol table + * entries, and are removed by pngconf.h. + * type: return type of the function + * name: function name + * args: function arguments, with types + * + * When we wish to append attributes to a function prototype we use + * the PNG_EXPORTA() macro instead. + * + * PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, (args), attributes); + * + * ordinal, type, name, and args: same as in PNG_EXPORT(). + * attributes: function attributes + */ + +/* Returns the version number of the library */ +PNG_EXPORT(1, png_uint_32, png_access_version_number, (void)); + +/* Tell lib we have already handled the first <num_bytes> magic bytes. + * Handling more than 8 bytes from the beginning of the file is an error. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(2, void, png_set_sig_bytes, (png_structrp png_ptr, int num_bytes)); + +/* Check sig[start] through sig[start + num_to_check - 1] to see if it's a + * PNG file. Returns zero if the supplied bytes match the 8-byte PNG + * signature, and non-zero otherwise. Having num_to_check == 0 or + * start > 7 will always fail (ie return non-zero). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(3, int, png_sig_cmp, (png_const_bytep sig, png_size_t start, + png_size_t num_to_check)); + +/* Simple signature checking function. This is the same as calling + * png_check_sig(sig, n) := !png_sig_cmp(sig, 0, n). + */ +#define png_check_sig(sig, n) !png_sig_cmp((sig), 0, (n)) + +/* Allocate and initialize png_ptr struct for reading, and any other memory. */ +PNG_EXPORTA(4, png_structp, png_create_read_struct, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, + png_error_ptr error_fn, png_error_ptr warn_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Allocate and initialize png_ptr struct for writing, and any other memory */ +PNG_EXPORTA(5, png_structp, png_create_write_struct, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +PNG_EXPORT(6, png_size_t, png_get_compression_buffer_size, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(7, void, png_set_compression_buffer_size, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_size_t size)); + +/* Moved from pngconf.h in 1.4.0 and modified to ensure setjmp/longjmp + * match up. + */ +#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +/* This function returns the jmp_buf built in to *png_ptr. It must be + * supplied with an appropriate 'longjmp' function to use on that jmp_buf + * unless the default error function is overridden in which case NULL is + * acceptable. The size of the jmp_buf is checked against the actual size + * allocated by the library - the call will return NULL on a mismatch + * indicating an ABI mismatch. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(8, jmp_buf*, png_set_longjmp_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_longjmp_ptr longjmp_fn, size_t jmp_buf_size)); +# define png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) \ + (*png_set_longjmp_fn((png_ptr), longjmp, (sizeof (jmp_buf)))) +#else +# define png_jmpbuf(png_ptr) \ + (LIBPNG_WAS_COMPILED_WITH__PNG_NO_SETJMP) +#endif +/* This function should be used by libpng applications in place of + * longjmp(png_ptr->jmpbuf, val). If longjmp_fn() has been set, it + * will use it; otherwise it will call PNG_ABORT(). This function was + * added in libpng-1.5.0. + */ +PNG_EXPORTA(9, void, png_longjmp, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, int val), + PNG_NORETURN); + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Reset the compression stream */ +PNG_EXPORTA(10, int, png_reset_zstream, (png_structrp png_ptr), PNG_DEPRECATED); +#endif + +/* New functions added in libpng-1.0.2 (not enabled by default until 1.2.0) */ +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORTA(11, png_structp, png_create_read_struct_2, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn, + png_voidp mem_ptr, png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); +PNG_EXPORTA(12, png_structp, png_create_write_struct_2, + (png_const_charp user_png_ver, png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, + png_error_ptr warn_fn, + png_voidp mem_ptr, png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn), + PNG_ALLOCATED); +#endif + +/* Write the PNG file signature. */ +PNG_EXPORT(13, void, png_write_sig, (png_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Write a PNG chunk - size, type, (optional) data, CRC. */ +PNG_EXPORT(14, void, png_write_chunk, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_bytep + chunk_name, png_const_bytep data, png_size_t length)); + +/* Write the start of a PNG chunk - length and chunk name. */ +PNG_EXPORT(15, void, png_write_chunk_start, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep chunk_name, png_uint_32 length)); + +/* Write the data of a PNG chunk started with png_write_chunk_start(). */ +PNG_EXPORT(16, void, png_write_chunk_data, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep data, png_size_t length)); + +/* Finish a chunk started with png_write_chunk_start() (includes CRC). */ +PNG_EXPORT(17, void, png_write_chunk_end, (png_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Allocate and initialize the info structure */ +PNG_EXPORTA(18, png_infop, png_create_info_struct, (png_const_structrp png_ptr), + PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* DEPRECATED: this function allowed init structures to be created using the + * default allocation method (typically malloc). Use is deprecated in 1.6.0 and + * the API will be removed in the future. + */ +PNG_EXPORTA(19, void, png_info_init_3, (png_infopp info_ptr, + png_size_t png_info_struct_size), PNG_DEPRECATED); + +/* Writes all the PNG information before the image. */ +PNG_EXPORT(20, void, png_write_info_before_PLTE, + (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(21, void, png_write_info, + (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the information before the actual image data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(22, void, png_read_info, + (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_TIME_RFC1123_SUPPORTED + /* Convert to a US string format: there is no localization support in this + * routine. The original implementation used a 29 character buffer in + * png_struct, this will be removed in future versions. + */ +#if PNG_LIBPNG_VER < 10700 +/* To do: remove this from libpng17 (and from libpng17/png.c and pngstruct.h) */ +PNG_EXPORTA(23, png_const_charp, png_convert_to_rfc1123, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_timep ptime),PNG_DEPRECATED); +#endif +PNG_EXPORT(241, int, png_convert_to_rfc1123_buffer, (char out[29], + png_const_timep ptime)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED +/* Convert from a struct tm to png_time */ +PNG_EXPORT(24, void, png_convert_from_struct_tm, (png_timep ptime, + const struct tm * ttime)); + +/* Convert from time_t to png_time. Uses gmtime() */ +PNG_EXPORT(25, void, png_convert_from_time_t, (png_timep ptime, time_t ttime)); +#endif /* CONVERT_tIME */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED +/* Expand data to 24-bit RGB, or 8-bit grayscale, with alpha if available. */ +PNG_EXPORT(26, void, png_set_expand, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(27, void, png_set_expand_gray_1_2_4_to_8, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(28, void, png_set_palette_to_rgb, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(29, void, png_set_tRNS_to_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED +/* Expand to 16-bit channels, forces conversion of palette to RGB and expansion + * of a tRNS chunk if present. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(221, void, png_set_expand_16, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED) +/* Use blue, green, red order for pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(30, void, png_set_bgr, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED +/* Expand the grayscale to 24-bit RGB if necessary. */ +PNG_EXPORT(31, void, png_set_gray_to_rgb, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED +/* Reduce RGB to grayscale. */ +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_NONE 1 +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_WARN 2 +#define PNG_ERROR_ACTION_ERROR 3 +#define PNG_RGB_TO_GRAY_DEFAULT (-1)/*for red/green coefficients*/ + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(32, void, png_set_rgb_to_gray, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int error_action, double red, double green)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(33, void, png_set_rgb_to_gray_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int error_action, png_fixed_point red, png_fixed_point green)) + +PNG_EXPORT(34, png_byte, png_get_rgb_to_gray_status, (png_const_structrp + png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_BUILD_GRAYSCALE_PALETTE_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(35, void, png_build_grayscale_palette, (int bit_depth, + png_colorp palette)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED +/* How the alpha channel is interpreted - this affects how the color channels + * of a PNG file are returned to the calling application when an alpha channel, + * or a tRNS chunk in a palette file, is present. + * + * This has no effect on the way pixels are written into a PNG output + * datastream. The color samples in a PNG datastream are never premultiplied + * with the alpha samples. + * + * The default is to return data according to the PNG specification: the alpha + * channel is a linear measure of the contribution of the pixel to the + * corresponding composited pixel, and the color channels are unassociated + * (not premultiplied). The gamma encoded color channels must be scaled + * according to the contribution and to do this it is necessary to undo + * the encoding, scale the color values, perform the composition and reencode + * the values. This is the 'PNG' mode. + * + * The alternative is to 'associate' the alpha with the color information by + * storing color channel values that have been scaled by the alpha. + * image. These are the 'STANDARD', 'ASSOCIATED' or 'PREMULTIPLIED' modes + * (the latter being the two common names for associated alpha color channels). + * + * For the 'OPTIMIZED' mode, a pixel is treated as opaque only if the alpha + * value is equal to the maximum value. + * + * The final choice is to gamma encode the alpha channel as well. This is + * broken because, in practice, no implementation that uses this choice + * correctly undoes the encoding before handling alpha composition. Use this + * choice only if other serious errors in the software or hardware you use + * mandate it; the typical serious error is for dark halos to appear around + * opaque areas of the composited PNG image because of arithmetic overflow. + * + * The API function png_set_alpha_mode specifies which of these choices to use + * with an enumerated 'mode' value and the gamma of the required output: + */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_PNG 0 /* according to the PNG standard */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD 1 /* according to Porter/Duff */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_ASSOCIATED 1 /* as above; this is the normal practice */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_PREMULTIPLIED 1 /* as above */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED 2 /* 'PNG' for opaque pixels, else 'STANDARD' */ +#define PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN 3 /* the alpha channel is gamma encoded */ + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(227, void, png_set_alpha_mode, (png_structrp png_ptr, int mode, + double output_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(228, void, png_set_alpha_mode_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int mode, png_fixed_point output_gamma)) +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_GAMMA_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED) +/* The output_gamma value is a screen gamma in libpng terminology: it expresses + * how to decode the output values, not how they are encoded. + */ +#define PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB -1 /* sRGB gamma and color space */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_MAC_18 -2 /* Old Mac '1.8' gamma and color space */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_sRGB 220000 /* Television standards--matches sRGB gamma */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR PNG_FP_1 /* Linear */ +#endif + +/* The following are examples of calls to png_set_alpha_mode to achieve the + * required overall gamma correction and, where necessary, alpha + * premultiplication. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This is the default libpng handling of the alpha channel - it is not + * pre-multiplied into the color components. In addition the call states + * that the output is for a sRGB system and causes all PNG files without gAMA + * chunks to be assumed to be encoded using sRGB. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC); + * In this case the output is assumed to be something like an sRGB conformant + * display preceeded by a power-law lookup table of power 1.45. This is how + * early Mac systems behaved. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_GAMMA_LINEAR); + * This is the classic Jim Blinn approach and will work in academic + * environments where everything is done by the book. It has the shortcoming + * of assuming that input PNG data with no gamma information is linear - this + * is unlikely to be correct unless the PNG files where generated locally. + * Most of the time the output precision will be so low as to show + * significant banding in dark areas of the image. + * + * png_set_expand_16(pp); + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_STANDARD, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This is a somewhat more realistic Jim Blinn inspired approach. PNG files + * are assumed to have the sRGB encoding if not marked with a gamma value and + * the output is always 16 bits per component. This permits accurate scaling + * and processing of the data. If you know that your input PNG files were + * generated locally you might need to replace PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB with the + * correct value for your system. + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_OPTIMIZED, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * If you just need to composite the PNG image onto an existing background + * and if you control the code that does this you can use the optimization + * setting. In this case you just copy completely opaque pixels to the + * output. For pixels that are not completely transparent (you just skip + * those) you do the composition math using png_composite or png_composite_16 + * below then encode the resultant 8-bit or 16-bit values to match the output + * encoding. + * + * Other cases + * If neither the PNG nor the standard linear encoding work for you because + * of the software or hardware you use then you have a big problem. The PNG + * case will probably result in halos around the image. The linear encoding + * will probably result in a washed out, too bright, image (it's actually too + * contrasty.) Try the ALPHA_OPTIMIZED mode above - this will probably + * substantially reduce the halos. Alternatively try: + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_BROKEN, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * This option will also reduce the halos, but there will be slight dark + * halos round the opaque parts of the image where the background is light. + * In the OPTIMIZED mode the halos will be light halos where the background + * is dark. Take your pick - the halos are unavoidable unless you can get + * your hardware/software fixed! (The OPTIMIZED approach is slightly + * faster.) + * + * When the default gamma of PNG files doesn't match the output gamma. + * If you have PNG files with no gamma information png_set_alpha_mode allows + * you to provide a default gamma, but it also sets the ouput gamma to the + * matching value. If you know your PNG files have a gamma that doesn't + * match the output you can take advantage of the fact that + * png_set_alpha_mode always sets the output gamma but only sets the PNG + * default if it is not already set: + * + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB); + * png_set_alpha_mode(pp, PNG_ALPHA_PNG, PNG_GAMMA_MAC); + * The first call sets both the default and the output gamma values, the + * second call overrides the output gamma without changing the default. This + * is easier than achieving the same effect with png_set_gamma. You must use + * PNG_ALPHA_PNG for the first call - internal checking in png_set_alpha will + * fire if more than one call to png_set_alpha_mode and png_set_background is + * made in the same read operation, however multiple calls with PNG_ALPHA_PNG + * are ignored. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(36, void, png_set_strip_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(37, void, png_set_swap_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(38, void, png_set_invert_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_FILLER_SUPPORTED) +/* Add a filler byte to 8-bit Gray or 24-bit RGB images. */ +PNG_EXPORT(39, void, png_set_filler, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_uint_32 filler, + int flags)); +/* The values of the PNG_FILLER_ defines should NOT be changed */ +# define PNG_FILLER_BEFORE 0 +# define PNG_FILLER_AFTER 1 +/* Add an alpha byte to 8-bit Gray or 24-bit RGB images. */ +PNG_EXPORT(40, void, png_set_add_alpha, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 filler, int flags)); +#endif /* READ_FILLER || WRITE_FILLER */ + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SWAP_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SWAP_SUPPORTED) +/* Swap bytes in 16-bit depth files. */ +PNG_EXPORT(41, void, png_set_swap, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_PACK_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_PACK_SUPPORTED) +/* Use 1 byte per pixel in 1, 2, or 4-bit depth files. */ +PNG_EXPORT(42, void, png_set_packing, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED) +/* Swap packing order of pixels in bytes. */ +PNG_EXPORT(43, void, png_set_packswap, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_SHIFT_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_SHIFT_SUPPORTED) +/* Converts files to legal bit depths. */ +PNG_EXPORT(44, void, png_set_shift, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_const_color_8p + true_bits)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED) +/* Have the code handle the interlacing. Returns the number of passes. + * MUST be called before png_read_update_info or png_start_read_image, + * otherwise it will not have the desired effect. Note that it is still + * necessary to call png_read_row or png_read_rows png_get_image_height + * times for each pass. +*/ +PNG_EXPORT(45, int, png_set_interlace_handling, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_READ_INVERT_SUPPORTED) || defined(PNG_WRITE_INVERT_SUPPORTED) +/* Invert monochrome files */ +PNG_EXPORT(46, void, png_set_invert_mono, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED +/* Handle alpha and tRNS by replacing with a background color. Prior to + * libpng-1.5.4 this API must not be called before the PNG file header has been + * read. Doing so will result in unexpected behavior and possible warnings or + * errors if the PNG file contains a bKGD chunk. + */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(47, void, png_set_background, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_color_16p background_color, int background_gamma_code, + int need_expand, double background_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(215, void, png_set_background_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_color_16p background_color, int background_gamma_code, + int need_expand, png_fixed_point background_gamma)) +#endif +#ifdef PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNKNOWN 0 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_SCREEN 1 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_FILE 2 +# define PNG_BACKGROUND_GAMMA_UNIQUE 3 +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +/* Scale a 16-bit depth file down to 8-bit, accurately. */ +PNG_EXPORT(229, void, png_set_scale_16, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_16_TO_8 SUPPORTED /* Name prior to 1.5.4 */ +/* Strip the second byte of information from a 16-bit depth file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(48, void, png_set_strip_16, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED +/* Turn on quantizing, and reduce the palette to the number of colors + * available. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(49, void, png_set_quantize, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_colorp palette, int num_palette, int maximum_colors, + png_const_uint_16p histogram, int full_quantize)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED +/* The threshold on gamma processing is configurable but hard-wired into the + * library. The following is the floating point variant. + */ +#define PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD (PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD_FIXED*.00001) + +/* Handle gamma correction. Screen_gamma=(display_exponent). + * NOTE: this API simply sets the screen and file gamma values. It will + * therefore override the value for gamma in a PNG file if it is called after + * the file header has been read - use with care - call before reading the PNG + * file for best results! + * + * These routines accept the same gamma values as png_set_alpha_mode (described + * above). The PNG_GAMMA_ defines and PNG_DEFAULT_sRGB can be passed to either + * API (floating point or fixed.) Notice, however, that the 'file_gamma' value + * is the inverse of a 'screen gamma' value. + */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(50, void, png_set_gamma, (png_structrp png_ptr, + double screen_gamma, double override_file_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(208, void, png_set_gamma_fixed, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_fixed_point screen_gamma, png_fixed_point override_file_gamma)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED +/* Set how many lines between output flushes - 0 for no flushing */ +PNG_EXPORT(51, void, png_set_flush, (png_structrp png_ptr, int nrows)); +/* Flush the current PNG output buffer */ +PNG_EXPORT(52, void, png_write_flush, (png_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +/* Optional update palette with requested transformations */ +PNG_EXPORT(53, void, png_start_read_image, (png_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Optional call to update the users info structure */ +PNG_EXPORT(54, void, png_read_update_info, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read one or more rows of image data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(55, void, png_read_rows, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp row, + png_bytepp display_row, png_uint_32 num_rows)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read a row of data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(56, void, png_read_row, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytep row, + png_bytep display_row)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the whole image into memory at once. */ +PNG_EXPORT(57, void, png_read_image, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp image)); +#endif + +/* Write a row of image data */ +PNG_EXPORT(58, void, png_write_row, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep row)); + +/* Write a few rows of image data: (*row) is not written; however, the type + * is declared as writeable to maintain compatibility with previous versions + * of libpng and to allow the 'display_row' array from read_rows to be passed + * unchanged to write_rows. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(59, void, png_write_rows, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp row, + png_uint_32 num_rows)); + +/* Write the image data */ +PNG_EXPORT(60, void, png_write_image, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_bytepp image)); + +/* Write the end of the PNG file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(61, void, png_write_end, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Read the end of the PNG file. */ +PNG_EXPORT(62, void, png_read_end, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr)); +#endif + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_info_struct */ +PNG_EXPORT(63, void, png_destroy_info_struct, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_struct and the png_info_structs */ +PNG_EXPORT(64, void, png_destroy_read_struct, (png_structpp png_ptr_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr, png_infopp end_info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Free any memory associated with the png_struct and the png_info_structs */ +PNG_EXPORT(65, void, png_destroy_write_struct, (png_structpp png_ptr_ptr, + png_infopp info_ptr_ptr)); + +/* Set the libpng method of handling chunk CRC errors */ +PNG_EXPORT(66, void, png_set_crc_action, (png_structrp png_ptr, int crit_action, + int ancil_action)); + +/* Values for png_set_crc_action() say how to handle CRC errors in + * ancillary and critical chunks, and whether to use the data contained + * therein. Note that it is impossible to "discard" data in a critical + * chunk. For versions prior to 0.90, the action was always error/quit, + * whereas in version 0.90 and later, the action for CRC errors in ancillary + * chunks is warn/discard. These values should NOT be changed. + * + * value action:critical action:ancillary + */ +#define PNG_CRC_DEFAULT 0 /* error/quit warn/discard data */ +#define PNG_CRC_ERROR_QUIT 1 /* error/quit error/quit */ +#define PNG_CRC_WARN_DISCARD 2 /* (INVALID) warn/discard data */ +#define PNG_CRC_WARN_USE 3 /* warn/use data warn/use data */ +#define PNG_CRC_QUIET_USE 4 /* quiet/use data quiet/use data */ +#define PNG_CRC_NO_CHANGE 5 /* use current value use current value */ + +/* These functions give the user control over the scan-line filtering in + * libpng and the compression methods used by zlib. These functions are + * mainly useful for testing, as the defaults should work with most users. + * Those users who are tight on memory or want faster performance at the + * expense of compression can modify them. See the compression library + * header file (zlib.h) for an explination of the compression functions. + */ + +/* Set the filtering method(s) used by libpng. Currently, the only valid + * value for "method" is 0. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(67, void, png_set_filter, (png_structrp png_ptr, int method, + int filters)); + +/* Flags for png_set_filter() to say which filters to use. The flags + * are chosen so that they don't conflict with real filter types + * below, in case they are supplied instead of the #defined constants. + * These values should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_NO_FILTERS 0x00 +#define PNG_FILTER_NONE 0x08 +#define PNG_FILTER_SUB 0x10 +#define PNG_FILTER_UP 0x20 +#define PNG_FILTER_AVG 0x40 +#define PNG_FILTER_PAETH 0x80 +#define PNG_ALL_FILTERS (PNG_FILTER_NONE | PNG_FILTER_SUB | PNG_FILTER_UP | \ + PNG_FILTER_AVG | PNG_FILTER_PAETH) + +/* Filter values (not flags) - used in pngwrite.c, pngwutil.c for now. + * These defines should NOT be changed. + */ +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_NONE 0 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_SUB 1 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_UP 2 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_AVG 3 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_PAETH 4 +#define PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST 5 + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER_SUPPORTED /* EXPERIMENTAL */ +/* The "heuristic_method" is given by one of the PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_ + * defines, either the default (minimum-sum-of-absolute-differences), or + * the experimental method (weighted-minimum-sum-of-absolute-differences). + * + * Weights are factors >= 1.0, indicating how important it is to keep the + * filter type consistent between rows. Larger numbers mean the current + * filter is that many times as likely to be the same as the "num_weights" + * previous filters. This is cumulative for each previous row with a weight. + * There needs to be "num_weights" values in "filter_weights", or it can be + * NULL if the weights aren't being specified. Weights have no influence on + * the selection of the first row filter. Well chosen weights can (in theory) + * improve the compression for a given image. + * + * Costs are factors >= 1.0 indicating the relative decoding costs of a + * filter type. Higher costs indicate more decoding expense, and are + * therefore less likely to be selected over a filter with lower computational + * costs. There needs to be a value in "filter_costs" for each valid filter + * type (given by PNG_FILTER_VALUE_LAST), or it can be NULL if you aren't + * setting the costs. Costs try to improve the speed of decompression without + * unduly increasing the compressed image size. + * + * A negative weight or cost indicates the default value is to be used, and + * values in the range [0.0, 1.0) indicate the value is to remain unchanged. + * The default values for both weights and costs are currently 1.0, but may + * change if good general weighting/cost heuristics can be found. If both + * the weights and costs are set to 1.0, this degenerates the WEIGHTED method + * to the UNWEIGHTED method, but with added encoding time/computation. + */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(68, void, png_set_filter_heuristics, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int heuristic_method, int num_weights, png_const_doublep filter_weights, + png_const_doublep filter_costs)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(209, void, png_set_filter_heuristics_fixed, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int heuristic_method, int num_weights, + png_const_fixed_point_p filter_weights, + png_const_fixed_point_p filter_costs)) +#endif /* WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER */ + +/* Heuristic used for row filter selection. These defines should NOT be + * changed. + */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_DEFAULT 0 /* Currently "UNWEIGHTED" */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_UNWEIGHTED 1 /* Used by libpng < 0.95 */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_WEIGHTED 2 /* Experimental feature */ +#define PNG_FILTER_HEURISTIC_LAST 3 /* Not a valid value */ + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +/* Set the library compression level. Currently, valid values range from + * 0 - 9, corresponding directly to the zlib compression levels 0 - 9 + * (0 - no compression, 9 - "maximal" compression). Note that tests have + * shown that zlib compression levels 3-6 usually perform as well as level 9 + * for PNG images, and do considerably fewer caclulations. In the future, + * these values may not correspond directly to the zlib compression levels. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(69, void, png_set_compression_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(70, void, png_set_compression_mem_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int mem_level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(71, void, png_set_compression_strategy, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int strategy)); + +/* If PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED is defined, libpng will use a + * smaller value of window_bits if it can do so safely. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(72, void, png_set_compression_window_bits, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int window_bits)); + +PNG_EXPORT(73, void, png_set_compression_method, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int method)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED +/* Also set zlib parameters for compressing non-IDAT chunks */ +PNG_EXPORT(222, void, png_set_text_compression_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(223, void, png_set_text_compression_mem_level, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int mem_level)); + +PNG_EXPORT(224, void, png_set_text_compression_strategy, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int strategy)); + +/* If PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED is defined, libpng will use a + * smaller value of window_bits if it can do so safely. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(225, void, png_set_text_compression_window_bits, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int window_bits)); + +PNG_EXPORT(226, void, png_set_text_compression_method, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int method)); +#endif /* WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION */ + +/* These next functions are called for input/output, memory, and error + * handling. They are in the file pngrio.c, pngwio.c, and pngerror.c, + * and call standard C I/O routines such as fread(), fwrite(), and + * fprintf(). These functions can be made to use other I/O routines + * at run time for those applications that need to handle I/O in a + * different manner by calling png_set_???_fn(). See libpng-manual.txt for + * more information. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +/* Initialize the input/output for the PNG file to the default functions. */ +PNG_EXPORT(74, void, png_init_io, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_FILE_p fp)); +#endif + +/* Replace the (error and abort), and warning functions with user + * supplied functions. If no messages are to be printed you must still + * write and use replacement functions. The replacement error_fn should + * still do a longjmp to the last setjmp location if you are using this + * method of error handling. If error_fn or warning_fn is NULL, the + * default function will be used. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(75, void, png_set_error_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp error_ptr, png_error_ptr error_fn, png_error_ptr warning_fn)); + +/* Return the user pointer associated with the error functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(76, png_voidp, png_get_error_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Replace the default data output functions with a user supplied one(s). + * If buffered output is not used, then output_flush_fn can be set to NULL. + * If PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED is not defined at libpng compile time + * output_flush_fn will be ignored (and thus can be NULL). + * It is probably a mistake to use NULL for output_flush_fn if + * write_data_fn is not also NULL unless you have built libpng with + * PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED undefined, because in this case libpng's + * default flush function, which uses the standard *FILE structure, will + * be used. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(77, void, png_set_write_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp io_ptr, + png_rw_ptr write_data_fn, png_flush_ptr output_flush_fn)); + +/* Replace the default data input function with a user supplied one. */ +PNG_EXPORT(78, void, png_set_read_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp io_ptr, + png_rw_ptr read_data_fn)); + +/* Return the user pointer associated with the I/O functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(79, png_voidp, png_get_io_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(80, void, png_set_read_status_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_read_status_ptr read_row_fn)); + +PNG_EXPORT(81, void, png_set_write_status_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_write_status_ptr write_row_fn)); + +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +/* Replace the default memory allocation functions with user supplied one(s). */ +PNG_EXPORT(82, void, png_set_mem_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp mem_ptr, + png_malloc_ptr malloc_fn, png_free_ptr free_fn)); +/* Return the user pointer associated with the memory functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(83, png_voidp, png_get_mem_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(84, void, png_set_read_user_transform_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_user_transform_ptr read_user_transform_fn)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(85, void, png_set_write_user_transform_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_user_transform_ptr write_user_transform_fn)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_PTR_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(86, void, png_set_user_transform_info, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp user_transform_ptr, int user_transform_depth, + int user_transform_channels)); +/* Return the user pointer associated with the user transform functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(87, png_voidp, png_get_user_transform_ptr, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_INFO_SUPPORTED +/* Return information about the row currently being processed. Note that these + * APIs do not fail but will return unexpected results if called outside a user + * transform callback. Also note that when transforming an interlaced image the + * row number is the row number within the sub-image of the interlace pass, so + * the value will increase to the height of the sub-image (not the full image) + * then reset to 0 for the next pass. + * + * Use PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(row, pass) and PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(col, pass) to + * find the output pixel (x,y) given an interlaced sub-image pixel + * (row,col,pass). (See below for these macros.) + */ +PNG_EXPORT(217, png_uint_32, png_get_current_row_number, (png_const_structrp)); +PNG_EXPORT(218, png_byte, png_get_current_pass_number, (png_const_structrp)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_READ_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +/* This callback is called only for *unknown* chunks. If + * PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED is set then it is possible to set known + * chunks to be treated as unknown, however in this case the callback must do + * any processing required by the chunk (e.g. by calling the appropriate + * png_set_ APIs.) + * + * There is no write support - on write, by default, all the chunks in the + * 'unknown' list are written in the specified position. + * + * The integer return from the callback function is interpreted thus: + * + * negative: An error occured, png_chunk_error will be called. + * zero: The chunk was not handled, the chunk will be saved. A critical + * chunk will cause an error at this point unless it is to be saved. + * positive: The chunk was handled, libpng will ignore/discard it. + * + * See "INTERACTION WTIH USER CHUNK CALLBACKS" below for important notes about + * how this behavior will change in libpng 1.7 + */ +PNG_EXPORT(88, void, png_set_read_user_chunk_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp user_chunk_ptr, png_user_chunk_ptr read_user_chunk_fn)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(89, png_voidp, png_get_user_chunk_ptr, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Sets the function callbacks for the push reader, and a pointer to a + * user-defined structure available to the callback functions. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(90, void, png_set_progressive_read_fn, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp progressive_ptr, png_progressive_info_ptr info_fn, + png_progressive_row_ptr row_fn, png_progressive_end_ptr end_fn)); + +/* Returns the user pointer associated with the push read functions */ +PNG_EXPORT(91, png_voidp, png_get_progressive_ptr, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Function to be called when data becomes available */ +PNG_EXPORT(92, void, png_process_data, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytep buffer, png_size_t buffer_size)); + +/* A function which may be called *only* within png_process_data to stop the + * processing of any more data. The function returns the number of bytes + * remaining, excluding any that libpng has cached internally. A subsequent + * call to png_process_data must supply these bytes again. If the argument + * 'save' is set to true the routine will first save all the pending data and + * will always return 0. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(219, png_size_t, png_process_data_pause, (png_structrp, int save)); + +/* A function which may be called *only* outside (after) a call to + * png_process_data. It returns the number of bytes of data to skip in the + * input. Normally it will return 0, but if it returns a non-zero value the + * application must skip than number of bytes of input data and pass the + * following data to the next call to png_process_data. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(220, png_uint_32, png_process_data_skip, (png_structrp)); + +/* Function that combines rows. 'new_row' is a flag that should come from + * the callback and be non-NULL if anything needs to be done; the library + * stores its own version of the new data internally and ignores the passed + * in value. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(93, void, png_progressive_combine_row, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_bytep old_row, png_const_bytep new_row)); +#endif /* PROGRESSIVE_READ */ + +PNG_EXPORTA(94, png_voidp, png_malloc, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED); +/* Added at libpng version 1.4.0 */ +PNG_EXPORTA(95, png_voidp, png_calloc, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Added at libpng version 1.2.4 */ +PNG_EXPORTA(96, png_voidp, png_malloc_warn, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED); + +/* Frees a pointer allocated by png_malloc() */ +PNG_EXPORT(97, void, png_free, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_voidp ptr)); + +/* Free data that was allocated internally */ +PNG_EXPORT(98, void, png_free_data, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 free_me, int num)); + +/* Reassign responsibility for freeing existing data, whether allocated + * by libpng or by the application; this works on the png_info structure passed + * in, it does not change the state for other png_info structures. + * + * It is unlikely that this function works correctly as of 1.6.0 and using it + * may result either in memory leaks or double free of allocated data. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(99, void, png_data_freer, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int freer, png_uint_32 mask)); + +/* Assignments for png_data_freer */ +#define PNG_DESTROY_WILL_FREE_DATA 1 +#define PNG_SET_WILL_FREE_DATA 1 +#define PNG_USER_WILL_FREE_DATA 2 +/* Flags for png_ptr->free_me and info_ptr->free_me */ +#define PNG_FREE_HIST 0x0008 +#define PNG_FREE_ICCP 0x0010 +#define PNG_FREE_SPLT 0x0020 +#define PNG_FREE_ROWS 0x0040 +#define PNG_FREE_PCAL 0x0080 +#define PNG_FREE_SCAL 0x0100 +#ifdef PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FREE_UNKN 0x0200 +#endif +/* PNG_FREE_LIST 0x0400 removed in 1.6.0 because it is ignored */ +#define PNG_FREE_PLTE 0x1000 +#define PNG_FREE_TRNS 0x2000 +#define PNG_FREE_TEXT 0x4000 +#define PNG_FREE_ALL 0x7fff +#define PNG_FREE_MUL 0x4220 /* PNG_FREE_SPLT|PNG_FREE_TEXT|PNG_FREE_UNKN */ + +#ifdef PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORTA(100, png_voidp, png_malloc_default, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t size), PNG_ALLOCATED PNG_DEPRECATED); +PNG_EXPORTA(101, void, png_free_default, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_voidp ptr), PNG_DEPRECATED); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_ERROR_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* Fatal error in PNG image of libpng - can't continue */ +PNG_EXPORTA(102, void, png_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp error_message), PNG_NORETURN); + +/* The same, but the chunk name is prepended to the error string. */ +PNG_EXPORTA(103, void, png_chunk_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp error_message), PNG_NORETURN); + +#else +/* Fatal error in PNG image of libpng - can't continue */ +PNG_EXPORTA(104, void, png_err, (png_const_structrp png_ptr), PNG_NORETURN); +# define png_error(s1,s2) png_err(s1) +# define png_chunk_error(s1,s2) png_err(s1) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +/* Non-fatal error in libpng. Can continue, but may have a problem. */ +PNG_EXPORT(105, void, png_warning, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); + +/* Non-fatal error in libpng, chunk name is prepended to message. */ +PNG_EXPORT(106, void, png_chunk_warning, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); +#else +# define png_warning(s1,s2) ((void)(s1)) +# define png_chunk_warning(s1,s2) ((void)(s1)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_BENIGN_ERRORS_SUPPORTED +/* Benign error in libpng. Can continue, but may have a problem. + * User can choose whether to handle as a fatal error or as a warning. */ +PNG_EXPORT(107, void, png_benign_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Same, chunk name is prepended to message (only during read) */ +PNG_EXPORT(108, void, png_chunk_benign_error, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_charp warning_message)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(109, void, png_set_benign_errors, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int allowed)); +#else +# ifdef PNG_ALLOW_BENIGN_ERRORS +# define png_benign_error png_warning +# define png_chunk_benign_error png_chunk_warning +# else +# define png_benign_error png_error +# define png_chunk_benign_error png_chunk_error +# endif +#endif + +/* The png_set_<chunk> functions are for storing values in the png_info_struct. + * Similarly, the png_get_<chunk> calls are used to read values from the + * png_info_struct, either storing the parameters in the passed variables, or + * setting pointers into the png_info_struct where the data is stored. The + * png_get_<chunk> functions return a non-zero value if the data was available + * in info_ptr, or return zero and do not change any of the parameters if the + * data was not available. + * + * These functions should be used instead of directly accessing png_info + * to avoid problems with future changes in the size and internal layout of + * png_info_struct. + */ +/* Returns "flag" if chunk data is valid in info_ptr. */ +PNG_EXPORT(110, png_uint_32, png_get_valid, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 flag)); + +/* Returns number of bytes needed to hold a transformed row. */ +PNG_EXPORT(111, png_size_t, png_get_rowbytes, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED +/* Returns row_pointers, which is an array of pointers to scanlines that was + * returned from png_read_png(). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(112, png_bytepp, png_get_rows, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Set row_pointers, which is an array of pointers to scanlines for use + * by png_write_png(). + */ +PNG_EXPORT(113, void, png_set_rows, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytepp row_pointers)); +#endif + +/* Returns number of color channels in image. */ +PNG_EXPORT(114, png_byte, png_get_channels, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_EASY_ACCESS_SUPPORTED +/* Returns image width in pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(115, png_uint_32, png_get_image_width, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image height in pixels. */ +PNG_EXPORT(116, png_uint_32, png_get_image_height, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image bit_depth. */ +PNG_EXPORT(117, png_byte, png_get_bit_depth, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image color_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(118, png_byte, png_get_color_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image filter_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(119, png_byte, png_get_filter_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image interlace_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(120, png_byte, png_get_interlace_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image compression_type. */ +PNG_EXPORT(121, png_byte, png_get_compression_type, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns image resolution in pixels per meter, from pHYs chunk data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(122, png_uint_32, png_get_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(123, png_uint_32, png_get_x_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(124, png_uint_32, png_get_y_pixels_per_meter, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +/* Returns pixel aspect ratio, computed from pHYs chunk data. */ +PNG_FP_EXPORT(125, float, png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(210, png_fixed_point, png_get_pixel_aspect_ratio_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) + +/* Returns image x, y offset in pixels or microns, from oFFs chunk data. */ +PNG_EXPORT(126, png_int_32, png_get_x_offset_pixels, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(127, png_int_32, png_get_y_offset_pixels, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(128, png_int_32, png_get_x_offset_microns, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(129, png_int_32, png_get_y_offset_microns, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +#endif /* EASY_ACCESS */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +/* Returns pointer to signature string read from PNG header */ +PNG_EXPORT(130, png_const_bytep, png_get_signature, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(131, png_uint_32, png_get_bKGD, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_color_16p *background)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(132, void, png_set_bKGD, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_color_16p background)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(133, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, double *white_x, double *white_y, double *red_x, + double *red_y, double *green_x, double *green_y, double *blue_x, + double *blue_y)) +PNG_FP_EXPORT(230, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_XYZ, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, double *red_X, double *red_Y, double *red_Z, + double *green_X, double *green_Y, double *green_Z, double *blue_X, + double *blue_Y, double *blue_Z)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(134, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, + png_fixed_point *int_white_x, png_fixed_point *int_white_y, + png_fixed_point *int_red_x, png_fixed_point *int_red_y, + png_fixed_point *int_green_x, png_fixed_point *int_green_y, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_x, png_fixed_point *int_blue_y)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(231, png_uint_32, png_get_cHRM_XYZ_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, + png_fixed_point *int_red_X, png_fixed_point *int_red_Y, + png_fixed_point *int_red_Z, png_fixed_point *int_green_X, + png_fixed_point *int_green_Y, png_fixed_point *int_green_Z, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_X, png_fixed_point *int_blue_Y, + png_fixed_point *int_blue_Z)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(135, void, png_set_cHRM, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, + double white_x, double white_y, double red_x, double red_y, double green_x, + double green_y, double blue_x, double blue_y)) +PNG_FP_EXPORT(232, void, png_set_cHRM_XYZ, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, double red_X, double red_Y, double red_Z, + double green_X, double green_Y, double green_Z, double blue_X, + double blue_Y, double blue_Z)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(136, void, png_set_cHRM_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_white_x, + png_fixed_point int_white_y, png_fixed_point int_red_x, + png_fixed_point int_red_y, png_fixed_point int_green_x, + png_fixed_point int_green_y, png_fixed_point int_blue_x, + png_fixed_point int_blue_y)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(233, void, png_set_cHRM_XYZ_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_red_X, png_fixed_point int_red_Y, + png_fixed_point int_red_Z, png_fixed_point int_green_X, + png_fixed_point int_green_Y, png_fixed_point int_green_Z, + png_fixed_point int_blue_X, png_fixed_point int_blue_Y, + png_fixed_point int_blue_Z)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(137, png_uint_32, png_get_gAMA, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, double *file_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(138, png_uint_32, png_get_gAMA_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, + png_fixed_point *int_file_gamma)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(139, void, png_set_gAMA, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, double file_gamma)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(140, void, png_set_gAMA_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_fixed_point int_file_gamma)) +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(141, png_uint_32, png_get_hIST, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_16p *hist)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(142, void, png_set_hIST, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_uint_16p hist)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(143, png_uint_32, png_get_IHDR, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 *width, png_uint_32 *height, + int *bit_depth, int *color_type, int *interlace_method, + int *compression_method, int *filter_method)); + +PNG_EXPORT(144, void, png_set_IHDR, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 width, png_uint_32 height, int bit_depth, + int color_type, int interlace_method, int compression_method, + int filter_method)); + +#ifdef PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(145, png_uint_32, png_get_oFFs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_int_32 *offset_x, png_int_32 *offset_y, + int *unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(146, void, png_set_oFFs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_int_32 offset_x, png_int_32 offset_y, + int unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(147, png_uint_32, png_get_pCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_charp *purpose, png_int_32 *X0, + png_int_32 *X1, int *type, int *nparams, png_charp *units, + png_charpp *params)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(148, void, png_set_pCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_charp purpose, png_int_32 X0, png_int_32 X1, + int type, int nparams, png_const_charp units, png_charpp params)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(149, png_uint_32, png_get_pHYs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 *res_x, png_uint_32 *res_y, + int *unit_type)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(150, void, png_set_pHYs, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 res_x, png_uint_32 res_y, int unit_type)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(151, png_uint_32, png_get_PLTE, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_colorp *palette, int *num_palette)); + +PNG_EXPORT(152, void, png_set_PLTE, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_colorp palette, int num_palette)); + +#ifdef PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(153, png_uint_32, png_get_sBIT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_color_8p *sig_bit)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(154, void, png_set_sBIT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_color_8p sig_bit)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(155, png_uint_32, png_get_sRGB, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *file_srgb_intent)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(156, void, png_set_sRGB, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int srgb_intent)); +PNG_EXPORT(157, void, png_set_sRGB_gAMA_and_cHRM, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int srgb_intent)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(158, png_uint_32, png_get_iCCP, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_charpp name, int *compression_type, + png_bytepp profile, png_uint_32 *proflen)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(159, void, png_set_iCCP, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_charp name, int compression_type, + png_const_bytep profile, png_uint_32 proflen)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(160, int, png_get_sPLT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_sPLT_tpp entries)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(161, void, png_set_sPLT, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_sPLT_tp entries, int nentries)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +/* png_get_text also returns the number of text chunks in *num_text */ +PNG_EXPORT(162, int, png_get_text, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_textp *text_ptr, int *num_text)); +#endif + +/* Note while png_set_text() will accept a structure whose text, + * language, and translated keywords are NULL pointers, the structure + * returned by png_get_text will always contain regular + * zero-terminated C strings. They might be empty strings but + * they will never be NULL pointers. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(163, void, png_set_text, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_textp text_ptr, int num_text)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(164, png_uint_32, png_get_tIME, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_timep *mod_time)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(165, void, png_set_tIME, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_timep mod_time)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(166, png_uint_32, png_get_tRNS, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_bytep *trans_alpha, int *num_trans, + png_color_16p *trans_color)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(167, void, png_set_tRNS, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_bytep trans_alpha, int num_trans, + png_const_color_16p trans_color)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED +PNG_FP_EXPORT(168, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *unit, double *width, double *height)) +#if defined(PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED) +/* NOTE: this API is currently implemented using floating point arithmetic, + * consequently it can only be used on systems with floating point support. + * In any case the range of values supported by png_fixed_point is small and it + * is highly recommended that png_get_sCAL_s be used instead. + */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(214, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *unit, + png_fixed_point *width, png_fixed_point *height)) +#endif +PNG_EXPORT(169, png_uint_32, png_get_sCAL_s, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr, int *unit, + png_charpp swidth, png_charpp sheight)); + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(170, void, png_set_sCAL, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int unit, double width, double height)) +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(213, void, png_set_sCAL_fixed, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int unit, png_fixed_point width, + png_fixed_point height)) +PNG_EXPORT(171, void, png_set_sCAL_s, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int unit, + png_const_charp swidth, png_const_charp sheight)); +#endif /* sCAL */ + +#ifdef PNG_SET_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +/* Provide the default handling for all unknown chunks or, optionally, for + * specific unknown chunks. + * + * NOTE: prior to 1.6.0 the handling specified for particular chunks on read was + * ignored and the default was used, the per-chunk setting only had an effect on + * write. If you wish to have chunk-specific handling on read in code that must + * work on earlier versions you must use a user chunk callback to specify the + * desired handling (keep or discard.) + * + * The 'keep' parameter is a PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ value as listed below. The + * parameter is interpreted as follows: + * + * READ: + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT: + * Known chunks: do normal libpng processing, do not keep the chunk (but + * see the comments below about PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED) + * Unknown chunks: for a specific chunk use the global default, when used + * as the default discard the chunk data. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER: + * Discard the chunk data. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE: + * Keep the chunk data if the chunk is not critical else raise a chunk + * error. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS: + * Keep the chunk data. + * + * If the chunk data is saved it can be retrieved using png_get_unknown_chunks, + * below. Notice that specifying "AS_DEFAULT" as a global default is equivalent + * to specifying "NEVER", however when "AS_DEFAULT" is used for specific chunks + * it simply resets the behavior to the libpng default. + * + * INTERACTION WTIH USER CHUNK CALLBACKS: + * The per-chunk handling is always used when there is a png_user_chunk_ptr + * callback and the callback returns 0; the chunk is then always stored *unless* + * it is critical and the per-chunk setting is other than ALWAYS. Notice that + * the global default is *not* used in this case. (In effect the per-chunk + * value is incremented to at least IF_SAFE.) + * + * IMPORTANT NOTE: this behavior will change in libpng 1.7 - the global and + * per-chunk defaults will be honored. If you want to preserve the current + * behavior when your callback returns 0 you must set PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE + * as the default - if you don't do this libpng 1.6 will issue a warning. + * + * If you want unhandled unknown chunks to be discarded in libpng 1.6 and + * earlier simply return '1' (handled). + * + * PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED: + * If this is *not* set known chunks will always be handled by libpng and + * will never be stored in the unknown chunk list. Known chunks listed to + * png_set_keep_unknown_chunks will have no effect. If it is set then known + * chunks listed with a keep other than AS_DEFAULT will *never* be processed + * by libpng, in addition critical chunks must either be processed by the + * callback or saved. + * + * The IHDR and IEND chunks must not be listed. Because this turns off the + * default handling for chunks that would otherwise be recognized the + * behavior of libpng transformations may well become incorrect! + * + * WRITE: + * When writing chunks the options only apply to the chunks specified by + * png_set_unknown_chunks (below), libpng will *always* write known chunks + * required by png_set_ calls and will always write the core critical chunks + * (as required for PLTE). + * + * Each chunk in the png_set_unknown_chunks list is looked up in the + * png_set_keep_unknown_chunks list to find the keep setting, this is then + * interpreted as follows: + * + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT: + * Write safe-to-copy chunks and write other chunks if the global + * default is set to _ALWAYS, otherwise don't write this chunk. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER: + * Do not write the chunk. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE: + * Write the chunk if it is safe-to-copy, otherwise do not write it. + * PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS: + * Write the chunk. + * + * Note that the default behavior is effectively the opposite of the read case - + * in read unknown chunks are not stored by default, in write they are written + * by default. Also the behavior of PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE is very different + * - on write the safe-to-copy bit is checked, on read the critical bit is + * checked and on read if the chunk is critical an error will be raised. + * + * num_chunks: + * =========== + * If num_chunks is positive, then the "keep" parameter specifies the manner + * for handling only those chunks appearing in the chunk_list array, + * otherwise the chunk list array is ignored. + * + * If num_chunks is 0 the "keep" parameter specifies the default behavior for + * unknown chunks, as described above. + * + * If num_chunks is negative, then the "keep" parameter specifies the manner + * for handling all unknown chunks plus all chunks recognized by libpng + * except for the IHDR, PLTE, tRNS, IDAT, and IEND chunks (which continue to + * be processed by libpng. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(172, void, png_set_keep_unknown_chunks, (png_structrp png_ptr, + int keep, png_const_bytep chunk_list, int num_chunks)); + +/* The "keep" PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ parameter for the specified chunk is returned; + * the result is therefore true (non-zero) if special handling is required, + * false for the default handling. + */ +PNG_EXPORT(173, int, png_handle_as_unknown, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep chunk_name)); +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(174, void, png_set_unknown_chunks, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_const_unknown_chunkp unknowns, + int num_unknowns)); + /* NOTE: prior to 1.6.0 this routine set the 'location' field of the added + * unknowns to the location currently stored in the png_struct. This is + * invariably the wrong value on write. To fix this call the following API + * for each chunk in the list with the correct location. If you know your + * code won't be compiled on earlier versions you can rely on + * png_set_unknown_chunks(write-ptr, png_get_unknown_chunks(read-ptr)) doing + * the correct thing. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(175, void, png_set_unknown_chunk_location, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr, int chunk, int location)); + +PNG_EXPORT(176, int, png_get_unknown_chunks, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, png_unknown_chunkpp entries)); +#endif + +/* Png_free_data() will turn off the "valid" flag for anything it frees. + * If you need to turn it off for a chunk that your application has freed, + * you can use png_set_invalid(png_ptr, info_ptr, PNG_INFO_CHNK); + */ +PNG_EXPORT(177, void, png_set_invalid, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_inforp info_ptr, int mask)); + +#ifdef PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED +/* The "params" pointer is currently not used and is for future expansion. */ +#ifdef PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(178, void, png_read_png, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr, + int transforms, png_voidp params)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(179, void, png_write_png, (png_structrp png_ptr, png_inforp info_ptr, + int transforms, png_voidp params)); +#endif +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(180, png_const_charp, png_get_copyright, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(181, png_const_charp, png_get_header_ver, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(182, png_const_charp, png_get_header_version, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(183, png_const_charp, png_get_libpng_ver, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +#ifdef PNG_MNG_FEATURES_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(184, png_uint_32, png_permit_mng_features, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 mng_features_permitted)); +#endif + +/* For use in png_set_keep_unknown, added to version 1.2.6 */ +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_AS_DEFAULT 0 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_NEVER 1 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_IF_SAFE 2 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_ALWAYS 3 +#define PNG_HANDLE_CHUNK_LAST 4 + +/* Strip the prepended error numbers ("#nnn ") from error and warning + * messages before passing them to the error or warning handler. + */ +#ifdef PNG_ERROR_NUMBERS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(185, void, png_set_strip_error_numbers, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 strip_mode)); +#endif + +/* Added in libpng-1.2.6 */ +#ifdef PNG_SET_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(186, void, png_set_user_limits, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 user_width_max, png_uint_32 user_height_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(187, png_uint_32, png_get_user_width_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +PNG_EXPORT(188, png_uint_32, png_get_user_height_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +/* Added in libpng-1.4.0 */ +PNG_EXPORT(189, void, png_set_chunk_cache_max, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_uint_32 user_chunk_cache_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(190, png_uint_32, png_get_chunk_cache_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +/* Added in libpng-1.4.1 */ +PNG_EXPORT(191, void, png_set_chunk_malloc_max, (png_structrp png_ptr, + png_alloc_size_t user_chunk_cache_max)); +PNG_EXPORT(192, png_alloc_size_t, png_get_chunk_malloc_max, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED) +PNG_EXPORT(193, png_uint_32, png_get_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(194, png_uint_32, png_get_x_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +PNG_EXPORT(195, png_uint_32, png_get_y_pixels_per_inch, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)); + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(196, float, png_get_x_offset_inches, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED /* otherwise not implemented. */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(211, png_fixed_point, png_get_x_offset_inches_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#endif + +PNG_FP_EXPORT(197, float, png_get_y_offset_inches, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED /* otherwise not implemented. */ +PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(212, png_fixed_point, png_get_y_offset_inches_fixed, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr, png_const_inforp info_ptr)) +#endif + +# ifdef PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(198, png_uint_32, png_get_pHYs_dpi, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_inforp info_ptr, png_uint_32 *res_x, png_uint_32 *res_y, + int *unit_type)); +# endif /* pHYs */ +#endif /* INCH_CONVERSIONS */ + +/* Added in libpng-1.4.0 */ +#ifdef PNG_IO_STATE_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(199, png_uint_32, png_get_io_state, (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* Removed from libpng 1.6; use png_get_io_chunk_type. */ +PNG_REMOVED(200, png_const_bytep, png_get_io_chunk_name, (png_structrp png_ptr), + PNG_DEPRECATED) + +PNG_EXPORT(216, png_uint_32, png_get_io_chunk_type, + (png_const_structrp png_ptr)); + +/* The flags returned by png_get_io_state() are the following: */ +# define PNG_IO_NONE 0x0000 /* no I/O at this moment */ +# define PNG_IO_READING 0x0001 /* currently reading */ +# define PNG_IO_WRITING 0x0002 /* currently writing */ +# define PNG_IO_SIGNATURE 0x0010 /* currently at the file signature */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_HDR 0x0020 /* currently at the chunk header */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_DATA 0x0040 /* currently at the chunk data */ +# define PNG_IO_CHUNK_CRC 0x0080 /* currently at the chunk crc */ +# define PNG_IO_MASK_OP 0x000f /* current operation: reading/writing */ +# define PNG_IO_MASK_LOC 0x00f0 /* current location: sig/hdr/data/crc */ +#endif /* IO_STATE */ + +/* Interlace support. The following macros are always defined so that if + * libpng interlace handling is turned off the macros may be used to handle + * interlaced images within the application. + */ +#define PNG_INTERLACE_ADAM7_PASSES 7 + +/* Two macros to return the first row and first column of the original, + * full, image which appears in a given pass. 'pass' is in the range 0 + * to 6 and the result is in the range 0 to 7. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass) (((1&~(pass))<<(3-((pass)>>1)))&7) +#define PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass) (((1& (pass))<<(3-(((pass)+1)>>1)))&7) + +/* A macro to return the offset between pixels in the output row for a pair of + * pixels in the input - effectively the inverse of the 'COL_SHIFT' macro that + * follows. Note that ROW_OFFSET is the offset from one row to the next whereas + * COL_OFFSET is from one column to the next, within a row. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROW_OFFSET(pass) ((pass)>2?(8>>(((pass)-1)>>1)):8) +#define PNG_PASS_COL_OFFSET(pass) (1<<((7-(pass))>>1)) + +/* Two macros to help evaluate the number of rows or columns in each + * pass. This is expressed as a shift - effectively log2 of the number or + * rows or columns in each 8x8 tile of the original image. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>2?(8-(pass))>>1:3) +#define PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass) ((pass)>1?(7-(pass))>>1:3) + +/* Hence two macros to determine the number of rows or columns in a given + * pass of an image given its height or width. In fact these macros may + * return non-zero even though the sub-image is empty, because the other + * dimension may be empty for a small image. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_ROWS(height, pass) (((height)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))\ + -1)-PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass)) +#define PNG_PASS_COLS(width, pass) (((width)+(((1<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))\ + -1)-PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)))>>PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass)) + +/* For the reader row callbacks (both progressive and sequential) it is + * necessary to find the row in the output image given a row in an interlaced + * image, so two more macros: + */ +#define PNG_ROW_FROM_PASS_ROW(y_in, pass) \ + (((y_in)<<PNG_PASS_ROW_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_ROW(pass)) +#define PNG_COL_FROM_PASS_COL(x_in, pass) \ + (((x_in)<<PNG_PASS_COL_SHIFT(pass))+PNG_PASS_START_COL(pass)) + +/* Two macros which return a boolean (0 or 1) saying whether the given row + * or column is in a particular pass. These use a common utility macro that + * returns a mask for a given pass - the offset 'off' selects the row or + * column version. The mask has the appropriate bit set for each column in + * the tile. + */ +#define PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,off) ( \ + ((0x110145AF>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xF) | \ + ((0x01145AF0>>(((7-(off))-(pass))<<2)) & 0xF0)) + +#define PNG_ROW_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(y, pass) \ + ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,0) >> ((y)&7)) & 1) +#define PNG_COL_IN_INTERLACE_PASS(x, pass) \ + ((PNG_PASS_MASK(pass,1) >> ((x)&7)) & 1) + +#ifdef PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED +/* With these routines we avoid an integer divide, which will be slower on + * most machines. However, it does take more operations than the corresponding + * divide method, so it may be slower on a few RISC systems. There are two + * shifts (by 8 or 16 bits) and an addition, versus a single integer divide. + * + * Note that the rounding factors are NOT supposed to be the same! 128 and + * 32768 are correct for the NODIV code; 127 and 32767 are correct for the + * standard method. + * + * [Optimized code by Greg Roelofs and Mark Adler...blame us for bugs. :-) ] + */ + + /* fg and bg should be in `gamma 1.0' space; alpha is the opacity */ + +# define png_composite(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + { png_uint_16 temp = (png_uint_16)((png_uint_16)(fg) \ + * (png_uint_16)(alpha) \ + + (png_uint_16)(bg)*(png_uint_16)(255 \ + - (png_uint_16)(alpha)) + 128); \ + (composite) = (png_byte)((temp + (temp >> 8)) >> 8); } + +# define png_composite_16(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + { png_uint_32 temp = (png_uint_32)((png_uint_32)(fg) \ + * (png_uint_32)(alpha) \ + + (png_uint_32)(bg)*(65535 \ + - (png_uint_32)(alpha)) + 32768); \ + (composite) = (png_uint_16)((temp + (temp >> 16)) >> 16); } + +#else /* Standard method using integer division */ + +# define png_composite(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + (composite) = (png_byte)(((png_uint_16)(fg) * (png_uint_16)(alpha) + \ + (png_uint_16)(bg) * (png_uint_16)(255 - (png_uint_16)(alpha)) + \ + 127) / 255) + +# define png_composite_16(composite, fg, alpha, bg) \ + (composite) = (png_uint_16)(((png_uint_32)(fg) * (png_uint_32)(alpha) + \ + (png_uint_32)(bg)*(png_uint_32)(65535 - (png_uint_32)(alpha)) + \ + 32767) / 65535) +#endif /* READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV */ + +#ifdef PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(201, png_uint_32, png_get_uint_32, (png_const_bytep buf)); +PNG_EXPORT(202, png_uint_16, png_get_uint_16, (png_const_bytep buf)); +PNG_EXPORT(203, png_int_32, png_get_int_32, (png_const_bytep buf)); +#endif + +PNG_EXPORT(204, png_uint_32, png_get_uint_31, (png_const_structrp png_ptr, + png_const_bytep buf)); +/* No png_get_int_16 -- may be added if there's a real need for it. */ + +/* Place a 32-bit number into a buffer in PNG byte order (big-endian). */ +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(205, void, png_save_uint_32, (png_bytep buf, png_uint_32 i)); +#endif +#ifdef PNG_SAVE_INT_32_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(206, void, png_save_int_32, (png_bytep buf, png_int_32 i)); +#endif + +/* Place a 16-bit number into a buffer in PNG byte order. + * The parameter is declared unsigned int, not png_uint_16, + * just to avoid potential problems on pre-ANSI C compilers. + */ +#ifdef PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(207, void, png_save_uint_16, (png_bytep buf, unsigned int i)); +/* No png_save_int_16 -- may be added if there's a real need for it. */ +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +/* Inline macros to do direct reads of bytes from the input buffer. + * The png_get_int_32() routine assumes we are using two's complement + * format for negative values, which is almost certainly true. + */ +# define PNG_get_uint_32(buf) \ + (((png_uint_32)(*(buf)) << 24) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 1)) << 16) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 2)) << 8) + \ + ((png_uint_32)(*((buf) + 3)))) + + /* From libpng-1.4.0 until 1.4.4, the png_get_uint_16 macro (but not the + * function) incorrectly returned a value of type png_uint_32. + */ +# define PNG_get_uint_16(buf) \ + ((png_uint_16) \ + (((unsigned int)(*(buf)) << 8) + \ + ((unsigned int)(*((buf) + 1))))) + +# define PNG_get_int_32(buf) \ + ((png_int_32)((*(buf) & 0x80) \ + ? -((png_int_32)((png_get_uint_32(buf) ^ 0xffffffffL) + 1)) \ + : (png_int_32)png_get_uint_32(buf))) + + /* If PNG_PREFIX is defined the same thing as below happens in pnglibconf.h, + * but defining a macro name prefixed with PNG_PREFIX. + */ +# ifndef PNG_PREFIX +# define png_get_uint_32(buf) PNG_get_uint_32(buf) +# define png_get_uint_16(buf) PNG_get_uint_16(buf) +# define png_get_int_32(buf) PNG_get_int_32(buf) +# endif +#else +# ifdef PNG_PREFIX + /* No macros; revert to the (redefined) function */ +# define PNG_get_uint_32 (png_get_uint_32) +# define PNG_get_uint_16 (png_get_uint_16) +# define PNG_get_int_32 (png_get_int_32) +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_SUPPORTED) || \ + defined(PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_SUPPORTED) +/******************************************************************************* + * SIMPLIFIED API + ******************************************************************************* + * + * Please read the documentation in libpng-manual.txt (TODO: write said + * documentation) if you don't understand what follows. + * + * The simplified API hides the details of both libpng and the PNG file format + * itself. It allows PNG files to be read into a very limited number of + * in-memory bitmap formats or to be written from the same formats. If these + * formats do not accomodate your needs then you can, and should, use the more + * sophisticated APIs above - these support a wide variety of in-memory formats + * and a wide variety of sophisticated transformations to those formats as well + * as a wide variety of APIs to manipulate ancillary information. + * + * To read a PNG file using the simplified API: + * + * 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure (see below) on the stack and set the + * version field to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION. + * 2) Call the appropriate png_image_begin_read... function. + * 3) Set the png_image 'format' member to the required sample format. + * 4) Allocate a buffer for the image and, if required, the color-map. + * 5) Call png_image_finish_read to read the image and, if required, the + * color-map into your buffers. + * + * There are no restrictions on the format of the PNG input itself; all valid + * color types, bit depths, and interlace methods are acceptable, and the + * input image is transformed as necessary to the requested in-memory format + * during the png_image_finish_read() step. The only caveat is that if you + * request a color-mapped image from a PNG that is full-color or makes + * complex use of an alpha channel the transformation is extremely lossy and the + * result may look terrible. + * + * To write a PNG file using the simplified API: + * + * 1) Declare a 'png_image' structure on the stack and memset() it to all zero. + * 2) Initialize the members of the structure that describe the image, setting + * the 'format' member to the format of the image samples. + * 3) Call the appropriate png_image_write... function with a pointer to the + * image and, if necessary, the color-map to write the PNG data. + * + * png_image is a structure that describes the in-memory format of an image + * when it is being read or defines the in-memory format of an image that you + * need to write: + */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_VERSION 1 + +typedef struct png_control *png_controlp; +typedef struct +{ + png_controlp opaque; /* Initialize to NULL, free with png_image_free */ + png_uint_32 version; /* Set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION */ + png_uint_32 width; /* Image width in pixels (columns) */ + png_uint_32 height; /* Image height in pixels (rows) */ + png_uint_32 format; /* Image format as defined below */ + png_uint_32 flags; /* A bit mask containing informational flags */ + png_uint_32 colormap_entries; + /* Number of entries in the color-map */ + + /* In the event of an error or warning the following field will be set to a + * non-zero value and the 'message' field will contain a '\0' terminated + * string with the libpng error or warning message. If both warnings and + * an error were encountered, only the error is recorded. If there + * are multiple warnings, only the first one is recorded. + * + * The upper 30 bits of this value are reserved, the low two bits contain + * a value as follows: + */ +# define PNG_IMAGE_WARNING 1 +# define PNG_IMAGE_ERROR 2 + /* + * The result is a two-bit code such that a value more than 1 indicates + * a failure in the API just called: + * + * 0 - no warning or error + * 1 - warning + * 2 - error + * 3 - error preceded by warning + */ +# define PNG_IMAGE_FAILED(png_cntrl) ((((png_cntrl).warning_or_error)&0x03)>1) + + png_uint_32 warning_or_error; + + char message[64]; +} png_image, *png_imagep; + +/* The samples of the image have one to four channels whose components have + * original values in the range 0 to 1.0: + * + * 1: A single gray or luminance channel (G). + * 2: A gray/luminance channel and an alpha channel (GA). + * 3: Three red, green, blue color channels (RGB). + * 4: Three color channels and an alpha channel (RGBA). + * + * The components are encoded in one of two ways: + * + * a) As a small integer, value 0..255, contained in a single byte. For the + * alpha channel the original value is simply value/255. For the color or + * luminance channels the value is encoded according to the sRGB specification + * and matches the 8-bit format expected by typical display devices. + * + * The color/gray channels are not scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha + * channel and are suitable for passing to color management software. + * + * b) As a value in the range 0..65535, contained in a 2-byte integer. All + * channels can be converted to the original value by dividing by 65535; all + * channels are linear. Color channels use the RGB encoding (RGB end-points) of + * the sRGB specification. This encoding is identified by the + * PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR flag below. + * + * When the simplified API needs to convert between sRGB and linear colorspaces, + * the actual sRGB transfer curve defined in the sRGB specification (see the + * article at http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRGB) is used, not the gamma=1/2.2 + * approximation used elsewhere in libpng. + * + * When an alpha channel is present it is expected to denote pixel coverage + * of the color or luminance channels and is returned as an associated alpha + * channel: the color/gray channels are scaled (pre-multiplied) by the alpha + * value. + * + * The samples are either contained directly in the image data, between 1 and 8 + * bytes per pixel according to the encoding, or are held in a color-map indexed + * by bytes in the image data. In the case of a color-map the color-map entries + * are individual samples, encoded as above, and the image data has one byte per + * pixel to select the relevant sample from the color-map. + */ + +/* PNG_FORMAT_* + * + * #defines to be used in png_image::format. Each #define identifies a + * particular layout of sample data and, if present, alpha values. There are + * separate defines for each of the two component encodings. + * + * A format is built up using single bit flag values. All combinations are + * valid. Formats can be built up from the flag values or you can use one of + * the predefined values below. When testing formats always use the FORMAT_FLAG + * macros to test for individual features - future versions of the library may + * add new flags. + * + * When reading or writing color-mapped images the format should be set to the + * format of the entries in the color-map then png_image_{read,write}_colormap + * called to read or write the color-map and set the format correctly for the + * image data. Do not set the PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP bit directly! + * + * NOTE: libpng can be built with particular features disabled, if you see + * compiler errors because the definition of one of the following flags has been + * compiled out it is because libpng does not have the required support. It is + * possible, however, for the libpng configuration to enable the format on just + * read or just write; in that case you may see an error at run time. You can + * guard against this by checking for the definition of the appropriate + * "_SUPPORTED" macro, one of: + * + * PNG_SIMPLIFIED_{READ,WRITE}_{BGR,AFIRST}_SUPPORTED + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA 0x01U /* format with an alpha channel */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR 0x02U /* color format: otherwise grayscale */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR 0x04U /* 2 byte channels else 1 byte */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP 0x08U /* image data is color-mapped */ + +#ifdef PNG_FORMAT_BGR_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR 0x10U /* BGR colors, else order is RGB */ +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_FORMAT_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST 0x20U /* alpha channel comes first */ +#endif + +/* Commonly used formats have predefined macros. + * + * First the single byte (sRGB) formats: + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_GRAY 0 +#define PNG_FORMAT_GA PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA +#define PNG_FORMAT_AG (PNG_FORMAT_GA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST) +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGB PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGR (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_BGR) +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGBA (PNG_FORMAT_RGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ARGB (PNG_FORMAT_RGBA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST) +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGRA (PNG_FORMAT_BGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ABGR (PNG_FORMAT_BGRA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_AFIRST) + +/* Then the linear 2-byte formats. When naming these "Y" is used to + * indicate a luminance (gray) channel. + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_Y_ALPHA (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR) +#define PNG_FORMAT_LINEAR_RGB_ALPHA \ + (PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA) + +/* With color-mapped formats the image data is one byte for each pixel, the byte + * is an index into the color-map which is formatted as above. To obtain a + * color-mapped format it is sufficient just to add the PNG_FOMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP + * to one of the above definitions, or you can use one of the definitions below. + */ +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGB_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_RGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGR_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_BGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_RGBA_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_RGBA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ARGB_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_ARGB|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGRA_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_BGRA|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) +#define PNG_FORMAT_ABGR_COLORMAP (PNG_FORMAT_ABGR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP) + +/* PNG_IMAGE macros + * + * These are convenience macros to derive information from a png_image + * structure. The PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_ macros return values appropriate to the + * actual image sample values - either the entries in the color-map or the + * pixels in the image. The PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_ macros return corresponding values + * for the pixels and will always return 1 for color-mapped formats. The + * remaining macros return information about the rows in the image and the + * complete image. + * + * NOTE: All the macros that take a png_image::format parameter are compile time + * constants if the format parameter is, itself, a constant. Therefore these + * macros can be used in array declarations and case labels where required. + * Similarly the macros are also pre-processor constants (sizeof is not used) so + * they can be used in #if tests. + * + * First the information about the samples. + */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt)\ + (((fmt)&(PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLOR|PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA))+1) + /* Return the total number of channels in a given format: 1..4 */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\ + ((((fmt) & PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR) >> 2)+1) + /* Return the size in bytes of a single component of a pixel or color-map + * entry (as appropriate) in the image: 1 or 2. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE(fmt)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt) * PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)) + /* This is the size of the sample data for one sample. If the image is + * color-mapped it is the size of one color-map entry (and image pixels are + * one byte in size), otherwise it is the size of one image pixel. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(fmt)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS(fmt) * 256) + /* The maximum size of the color-map required by the format expressed in a + * count of components. This can be used to compile-time allocate a + * color-map: + * + * png_uint_16 colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(linear_fmt)]; + * + * png_byte colormap[PNG_IMAGE_MAXIMUM_COLORMAP_COMPONENTS(sRGB_fmt)]; + * + * Alternatively use the PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE macro below to use the + * information from one of the png_image_begin_read_ APIs and dynamically + * allocate the required memory. + */ + +/* Corresponding information about the pixels */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(test,fmt)\ + (((fmt)&PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP)?1:test(fmt)) + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS(fmt)\ + PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_CHANNELS,fmt) + /* The number of separate channels (components) in a pixel; 1 for a + * color-mapped image. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE(fmt)\ + PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_COMPONENT_SIZE,fmt) + /* The size, in bytes, of each component in a pixel; 1 for a color-mapped + * image. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_SIZE(fmt) PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_(PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE,fmt) + /* The size, in bytes, of a complete pixel; 1 for a color-mapped image. */ + +/* Information about the whole row, or whole image */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_CHANNELS((image).format) * (image).width) + /* Return the total number of components in a single row of the image; this + * is the minimum 'row stride', the minimum count of components between each + * row. For a color-mapped image this is the minimum number of bytes in a + * row. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, row_stride)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_PIXEL_COMPONENT_SIZE((image).format)*(image).height*(row_stride)) + /* Return the size, in bytes, of an image buffer given a png_image and a row + * stride - the number of components to leave space for in each row. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_SIZE(image)\ + PNG_IMAGE_BUFFER_SIZE(image, PNG_IMAGE_ROW_STRIDE(image)) + /* Return the size, in bytes, of the image in memory given just a png_image; + * the row stride is the minimum stride required for the image. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE(image)\ + (PNG_IMAGE_SAMPLE_SIZE((image).format) * (image).colormap_entries) + /* Return the size, in bytes, of the color-map of this image. If the image + * format is not a color-map format this will return a size sufficient for + * 256 entries in the given format; check PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP if + * you don't want to allocate a color-map in this case. + */ + +/* PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_* + * + * Flags containing additional information about the image are held in the + * 'flags' field of png_image. + */ +#define PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB 0x01 + /* This indicates the the RGB values of the in-memory bitmap do not + * correspond to the red, green and blue end-points defined by sRGB. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_FAST 0x02 + /* On write emphasise speed over compression; the resultant PNG file will be + * larger but will be produced significantly faster, particular for large + * images. Do not use this option for images which will be distributed, only + * used it when producing intermediate files that will be read back in + * repeatedly. For a typical 24-bit image the option will double the read + * speed at the cost of increasing the image size by 25%, however for many + * more compressible images the PNG file can be 10 times larger with only a + * slight speed gain. + */ + +#define PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_16BIT_sRGB 0x04 + /* On read if the image is a 16-bit per component image and there is no gAMA + * or sRGB chunk assume that the components are sRGB encoded. Notice that + * images output by the simplified API always have gamma information; setting + * this flag only affects the interpretation of 16-bit images from an + * external source. It is recommended that the application expose this flag + * to the user; the user can normally easily recognize the difference between + * linear and sRGB encoding. This flag has no effect on write - the data + * passed to the write APIs must have the correct encoding (as defined + * above.) + * + * If the flag is not set (the default) input 16-bit per component data is + * assumed to be linear. + * + * NOTE: the flag can only be set after the png_image_begin_read_ call, + * because that call initializes the 'flags' field. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_SUPPORTED +/* READ APIs + * --------- + * + * The png_image passed to the read APIs must have been initialized by setting + * the png_controlp field 'opaque' to NULL (or, safer, memset the whole thing.) + */ +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(234, int, png_image_begin_read_from_file, (png_imagep image, + const char *file_name)); + /* The named file is opened for read and the image header is filled in + * from the PNG header in the file. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(235, int, png_image_begin_read_from_stdio, (png_imagep image, + FILE* file)); + /* The PNG header is read from the stdio FILE object. */ +#endif /* STDIO */ + +PNG_EXPORT(236, int, png_image_begin_read_from_memory, (png_imagep image, + png_const_voidp memory, png_size_t size)); + /* The PNG header is read from the given memory buffer. */ + +PNG_EXPORT(237, int, png_image_finish_read, (png_imagep image, + png_const_colorp background, void *buffer, png_int_32 row_stride, + void *colormap)); + /* Finish reading the image into the supplied buffer and clean up the + * png_image structure. + * + * row_stride is the step, in byte or 2-byte units as appropriate, + * between adjacent rows. A positive stride indicates that the top-most row + * is first in the buffer - the normal top-down arrangement. A negative + * stride indicates that the bottom-most row is first in the buffer. + * + * background need only be supplied if an alpha channel must be removed from + * a png_byte format and the removal is to be done by compositing on a solid + * color; otherwise it may be NULL and any composition will be done directly + * onto the buffer. The value is an sRGB color to use for the background, + * for grayscale output the green channel is used. + * + * background must be supplied when an alpha channel must be removed from a + * single byte color-mapped output format, in other words if: + * + * 1) The original format from png_image_begin_read_from_* had + * PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_ALPHA set. + * 2) The format set by the application does not. + * 3) The format set by the application has PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP set and + * PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_LINEAR *not* set. + * + * For linear output removing the alpha channel is always done by compositing + * on black and background is ignored. + * + * colormap must be supplied when PNG_FORMAT_FLAG_COLORMAP is set. It must + * be at least the size (in bytes) returned by PNG_IMAGE_COLORMAP_SIZE. + * image->colormap_entries will be updated to the actual number of entries + * written to the colormap; this may be less than the original value. + */ + +PNG_EXPORT(238, void, png_image_free, (png_imagep image)); + /* Free any data allocated by libpng in image->opaque, setting the pointer to + * NULL. May be called at any time after the structure is initialized. + */ +#endif /* SIMPLIFIED_READ */ + +#ifdef PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_SUPPORTED +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +/* WRITE APIS + * ---------- + * For write you must initialize a png_image structure to describe the image to + * be written. To do this use memset to set the whole structure to 0 then + * initialize fields describing your image. + * + * version: must be set to PNG_IMAGE_VERSION + * opaque: must be initialized to NULL + * width: image width in pixels + * height: image height in rows + * format: the format of the data (image and color-map) you wish to write + * flags: set to 0 unless one of the defined flags applies; set + * PNG_IMAGE_FLAG_COLORSPACE_NOT_sRGB for color format images where the RGB + * values do not correspond to the colors in sRGB. + * colormap_entries: set to the number of entries in the color-map (0 to 256) + */ +PNG_EXPORT(239, int, png_image_write_to_file, (png_imagep image, + const char *file, int convert_to_8bit, const void *buffer, + png_int_32 row_stride, const void *colormap)); + /* Write the image to the named file. */ + +PNG_EXPORT(240, int, png_image_write_to_stdio, (png_imagep image, FILE *file, + int convert_to_8_bit, const void *buffer, png_int_32 row_stride, + const void *colormap)); + /* Write the image to the given (FILE*). */ + +/* With both write APIs if image is in one of the linear formats with 16-bit + * data then setting convert_to_8_bit will cause the output to be an 8-bit PNG + * gamma encoded according to the sRGB specification, otherwise a 16-bit linear + * encoded PNG file is written. + * + * With color-mapped data formats the colormap parameter point to a color-map + * with at least image->colormap_entries encoded in the specified format. If + * the format is linear the written PNG color-map will be converted to sRGB + * regardless of the convert_to_8_bit flag. + * + * With all APIs row_stride is handled as in the read APIs - it is the spacing + * from one row to the next in component sized units (1 or 2 bytes) and if + * negative indicates a bottom-up row layout in the buffer. + * + * Note that the write API does not support interlacing or sub-8-bit pixels. + */ +#endif /* STDIO */ +#endif /* SIMPLIFIED_WRITE */ +/******************************************************************************* + * END OF SIMPLIFIED API + ******************************************************************************/ +#endif /* SIMPLIFIED_{READ|WRITE} */ + +#ifdef PNG_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(242, void, png_set_check_for_invalid_index, + (png_structrp png_ptr, int allowed)); +# ifdef PNG_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +PNG_EXPORT(243, int, png_get_palette_max, (png_const_structp png_ptr, + png_const_infop info_ptr)); +# endif +#endif /* CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX */ + +/******************************************************************************* + * IMPLEMENTATION OPTIONS + ******************************************************************************* + * + * Support for arbitrary implementation-specific optimizations. The API allows + * particular options to be turned on or off. 'Option' is the number of the + * option and 'onoff' is 0 (off) or non-0 (on). The value returned is given + * by the PNG_OPTION_ defines below. + * + * HARDWARE: normally hardware capabilites, such as the Intel SSE instructions, + * are detected at run time, however sometimes it may be impossible + * to do this in user mode, in which case it is necessary to discover + * the capabilities in an OS specific way. Such capabilities are + * listed here when libpng has support for them and must be turned + * ON by the application if present. + * + * SOFTWARE: sometimes software optimizations actually result in performance + * decrease on some architectures or systems, or with some sets of + * PNG images. 'Software' options allow such optimizations to be + * selected at run time. + */ +#ifdef PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED +#ifdef PNG_ARM_NEON_API_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_ARM_NEON 0 /* HARDWARE: ARM Neon SIMD instructions supported */ +#endif +#define PNG_MAXIMUM_INFLATE_WINDOW 2 /* SOFTWARE: force maximum window */ +#define PNG_SKIP_sRGB_CHECK_PROFILE 4 /* SOFTWARE: Check ICC profile for sRGB */ +#define PNG_OPTION_NEXT 6 /* Next option - numbers must be even */ + +/* Return values: NOTE: there are four values and 'off' is *not* zero */ +#define PNG_OPTION_UNSET 0 /* Unset - defaults to off */ +#define PNG_OPTION_INVALID 1 /* Option number out of range */ +#define PNG_OPTION_OFF 2 +#define PNG_OPTION_ON 3 + +PNG_EXPORT(244, int, png_set_option, (png_structrp png_ptr, int option, + int onoff)); +#endif /* SET_OPTION */ + +/******************************************************************************* + * END OF HARDWARE AND SOFTWARE OPTIONS + ******************************************************************************/ + +/* Maintainer: Put new public prototypes here ^, in libpng.3, in project + * defs, and in scripts/symbols.def. + */ + +/* The last ordinal number (this is the *last* one already used; the next + * one to use is one more than this.) + */ +#ifdef PNG_EXPORT_LAST_ORDINAL + PNG_EXPORT_LAST_ORDINAL(244); +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif /* PNG_VERSION_INFO_ONLY */ +/* Do not put anything past this line */ +#endif /* PNG_H */ diff --git a/png/include/tvos/pngconf.h b/png/include/tvos/pngconf.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..03615f0e77 --- /dev/null +++ b/png/include/tvos/pngconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,644 @@ + +/* pngconf.h - machine configurable file for libpng + * + * libpng version 1.6.16,December 22, 2014 + * + * Copyright (c) 1998-2014 Glenn Randers-Pehrson + * (Version 0.96 Copyright (c) 1996, 1997 Andreas Dilger) + * (Version 0.88 Copyright (c) 1995, 1996 Guy Eric Schalnat, Group 42, Inc.) + * + * This code is released under the libpng license. + * For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer + * and license in png.h + * + */ + +/* Any machine specific code is near the front of this file, so if you + * are configuring libpng for a machine, you may want to read the section + * starting here down to where it starts to typedef png_color, png_text, + * and png_info. + */ + +#ifndef PNGCONF_H +#define PNGCONF_H + +/* To do: Do all of this in scripts/pnglibconf.dfa */ +#ifdef PNG_SAFE_LIMITS_SUPPORTED +# ifdef PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX +# undef PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX +# define PNG_USER_WIDTH_MAX 1000000L +# endif +# ifdef PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX +# undef PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX +# define PNG_USER_HEIGHT_MAX 1000000L +# endif +# ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNK_MALLOC_MAX +# undef PNG_USER_CHUNK_MALLOC_MAX +# define PNG_USER_CHUNK_MALLOC_MAX 4000000L +# endif +# ifdef PNG_USER_CHUNK_CACHE_MAX +# undef PNG_USER_CHUNK_CACHE_MAX +# define PNG_USER_CHUNK_CACHE_MAX 128 +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE /* else includes may cause problems */ + +/* From libpng 1.6.0 libpng requires an ANSI X3.159-1989 ("ISOC90") compliant C + * compiler for correct compilation. The following header files are required by + * the standard. If your compiler doesn't provide these header files, or they + * do not match the standard, you will need to provide/improve them. + */ +#include <limits.h> +#include <stddef.h> + +/* Library header files. These header files are all defined by ISOC90; libpng + * expects conformant implementations, however, an ISOC90 conformant system need + * not provide these header files if the functionality cannot be implemented. + * In this case it will be necessary to disable the relevant parts of libpng in + * the build of pnglibconf.h. + * + * Prior to 1.6.0 string.h was included here; the API changes in 1.6.0 to not + * include this unnecessary header file. + */ + +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED + /* Required for the definition of FILE: */ +# include <stdio.h> +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED + /* Required for the definition of jmp_buf and the declaration of longjmp: */ +# include <setjmp.h> +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED + /* Required for struct tm: */ +# include <time.h> +#endif + +#endif /* PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE */ + +/* Prior to 1.6.0 it was possible to turn off 'const' in declarations using + * PNG_NO_CONST; this is no longer supported except for data declarations which + * apparently still cause problems in 2011 on some compilers. + */ +#define PNG_CONST const /* backward compatibility only */ + +/* This controls optimization of the reading of 16 and 32 bit values + * from PNG files. It can be set on a per-app-file basis - it + * just changes whether a macro is used when the function is called. + * The library builder sets the default; if read functions are not + * built into the library the macro implementation is forced on. + */ +#ifndef PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +#endif +#if !defined(PNG_NO_USE_READ_MACROS) && !defined(PNG_USE_READ_MACROS) +# if PNG_DEFAULT_READ_MACROS +# define PNG_USE_READ_MACROS +# endif +#endif + +/* COMPILER SPECIFIC OPTIONS. + * + * These options are provided so that a variety of difficult compilers + * can be used. Some are fixed at build time (e.g. PNG_API_RULE + * below) but still have compiler specific implementations, others + * may be changed on a per-file basis when compiling against libpng. + */ + +/* The PNGARG macro was used in versions of libpng prior to 1.6.0 to protect + * against legacy (pre ISOC90) compilers that did not understand function + * prototypes. It is not required for modern C compilers. + */ +#ifndef PNGARG +# define PNGARG(arglist) arglist +#endif + +/* Function calling conventions. + * ============================= + * Normally it is not necessary to specify to the compiler how to call + * a function - it just does it - however on x86 systems derived from + * Microsoft and Borland C compilers ('IBM PC', 'DOS', 'Windows' systems + * and some others) there are multiple ways to call a function and the + * default can be changed on the compiler command line. For this reason + * libpng specifies the calling convention of every exported function and + * every function called via a user supplied function pointer. This is + * done in this file by defining the following macros: + * + * PNGAPI Calling convention for exported functions. + * PNGCBAPI Calling convention for user provided (callback) functions. + * PNGCAPI Calling convention used by the ANSI-C library (required + * for longjmp callbacks and sometimes used internally to + * specify the calling convention for zlib). + * + * These macros should never be overridden. If it is necessary to + * change calling convention in a private build this can be done + * by setting PNG_API_RULE (which defaults to 0) to one of the values + * below to select the correct 'API' variants. + * + * PNG_API_RULE=0 Use PNGCAPI - the 'C' calling convention - throughout. + * This is correct in every known environment. + * PNG_API_RULE=1 Use the operating system convention for PNGAPI and + * the 'C' calling convention (from PNGCAPI) for + * callbacks (PNGCBAPI). This is no longer required + * in any known environment - if it has to be used + * please post an explanation of the problem to the + * libpng mailing list. + * + * These cases only differ if the operating system does not use the C + * calling convention, at present this just means the above cases + * (x86 DOS/Windows sytems) and, even then, this does not apply to + * Cygwin running on those systems. + * + * Note that the value must be defined in pnglibconf.h so that what + * the application uses to call the library matches the conventions + * set when building the library. + */ + +/* Symbol export + * ============= + * When building a shared library it is almost always necessary to tell + * the compiler which symbols to export. The png.h macro 'PNG_EXPORT' + * is used to mark the symbols. On some systems these symbols can be + * extracted at link time and need no special processing by the compiler, + * on other systems the symbols are flagged by the compiler and just + * the declaration requires a special tag applied (unfortunately) in a + * compiler dependent way. Some systems can do either. + * + * A small number of older systems also require a symbol from a DLL to + * be flagged to the program that calls it. This is a problem because + * we do not know in the header file included by application code that + * the symbol will come from a shared library, as opposed to a statically + * linked one. For this reason the application must tell us by setting + * the magic flag PNG_USE_DLL to turn on the special processing before + * it includes png.h. + * + * Four additional macros are used to make this happen: + * + * PNG_IMPEXP The magic (if any) to cause a symbol to be exported from + * the build or imported if PNG_USE_DLL is set - compiler + * and system specific. + * + * PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) A macro that pre or appends PNG_IMPEXP to + * 'type', compiler specific. + * + * PNG_DLL_EXPORT Set to the magic to use during a libpng build to + * make a symbol exported from the DLL. Not used in the + * public header files; see pngpriv.h for how it is used + * in the libpng build. + * + * PNG_DLL_IMPORT Set to the magic to force the libpng symbols to come + * from a DLL - used to define PNG_IMPEXP when + * PNG_USE_DLL is set. + */ + +/* System specific discovery. + * ========================== + * This code is used at build time to find PNG_IMPEXP, the API settings + * and PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(), it may also set a macro to indicate the DLL + * import processing is possible. On Windows systems it also sets + * compiler-specific macros to the values required to change the calling + * conventions of the various functions. + */ +#if defined(_Windows) || defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(WIN32) ||\ + defined(_WIN32) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(__CYGWIN__) + /* Windows system (DOS doesn't support DLLs). Includes builds under Cygwin or + * MinGW on any architecture currently supported by Windows. Also includes + * Watcom builds but these need special treatment because they are not + * compatible with GCC or Visual C because of different calling conventions. + */ +# if PNG_API_RULE == 2 + /* If this line results in an error, either because __watcall is not + * understood or because of a redefine just below you cannot use *this* + * build of the library with the compiler you are using. *This* build was + * build using Watcom and applications must also be built using Watcom! + */ +# define PNGCAPI __watcall +# endif + +# if defined(__GNUC__) || (defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 800)) +# define PNGCAPI __cdecl +# if PNG_API_RULE == 1 + /* If this line results in an error __stdcall is not understood and + * PNG_API_RULE should not have been set to '1'. + */ +# define PNGAPI __stdcall +# endif +# else + /* An older compiler, or one not detected (erroneously) above, + * if necessary override on the command line to get the correct + * variants for the compiler. + */ +# ifndef PNGCAPI +# define PNGCAPI _cdecl +# endif +# if PNG_API_RULE == 1 && !defined(PNGAPI) +# define PNGAPI _stdcall +# endif +# endif /* compiler/api */ + + /* NOTE: PNGCBAPI always defaults to PNGCAPI. */ + +# if defined(PNGAPI) && !defined(PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD) +# error "PNG_USER_PRIVATEBUILD must be defined if PNGAPI is changed" +# endif + +# if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 800) ||\ + (defined(__BORLANDC__) && __BORLANDC__ < 0x500) + /* older Borland and MSC + * compilers used '__export' and required this to be after + * the type. + */ +# ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE +# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) type PNG_IMPEXP +# endif +# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __export +# else /* newer compiler */ +# define PNG_DLL_EXPORT __declspec(dllexport) +# ifndef PNG_DLL_IMPORT +# define PNG_DLL_IMPORT __declspec(dllimport) +# endif +# endif /* compiler */ + +#else /* !Windows */ +# if (defined(__IBMC__) || defined(__IBMCPP__)) && defined(__OS2__) +# define PNGAPI _System +# else /* !Windows/x86 && !OS/2 */ + /* Use the defaults, or define PNG*API on the command line (but + * this will have to be done for every compile!) + */ +# endif /* other system, !OS/2 */ +#endif /* !Windows/x86 */ + +/* Now do all the defaulting . */ +#ifndef PNGCAPI +# define PNGCAPI +#endif +#ifndef PNGCBAPI +# define PNGCBAPI PNGCAPI +#endif +#ifndef PNGAPI +# define PNGAPI PNGCAPI +#endif + +/* PNG_IMPEXP may be set on the compilation system command line or (if not set) + * then in an internal header file when building the library, otherwise (when + * using the library) it is set here. + */ +#ifndef PNG_IMPEXP +# if defined(PNG_USE_DLL) && defined(PNG_DLL_IMPORT) + /* This forces use of a DLL, disallowing static linking */ +# define PNG_IMPEXP PNG_DLL_IMPORT +# endif + +# ifndef PNG_IMPEXP +# define PNG_IMPEXP +# endif +#endif + +/* In 1.5.2 the definition of PNG_FUNCTION has been changed to always treat + * 'attributes' as a storage class - the attributes go at the start of the + * function definition, and attributes are always appended regardless of the + * compiler. This considerably simplifies these macros but may cause problems + * if any compilers both need function attributes and fail to handle them as + * a storage class (this is unlikely.) + */ +#ifndef PNG_FUNCTION +# define PNG_FUNCTION(type, name, args, attributes) attributes type name args +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_EXPORT_TYPE +# define PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type) PNG_IMPEXP type +#endif + + /* The ordinal value is only relevant when preprocessing png.h for symbol + * table entries, so we discard it here. See the .dfn files in the + * scripts directory. + */ +#ifndef PNG_EXPORTA + +# define PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes)\ + PNG_FUNCTION(PNG_EXPORT_TYPE(type),(PNGAPI name),PNGARG(args), \ + extern attributes) +#endif + +/* ANSI-C (C90) does not permit a macro to be invoked with an empty argument, + * so make something non-empty to satisfy the requirement: + */ +#define PNG_EMPTY /*empty list*/ + +#define PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\ + PNG_EXPORTA(ordinal, type, name, args, PNG_EMPTY) + +/* Use PNG_REMOVED to comment out a removed interface. */ +#ifndef PNG_REMOVED +# define PNG_REMOVED(ordinal, type, name, args, attributes) +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_CALLBACK +# define PNG_CALLBACK(type, name, args) type (PNGCBAPI name) PNGARG(args) +#endif + +/* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used + * so that where compiler support is available incorrect use of API + * functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings. + * + * Added at libpng-1.2.41. + */ + +#ifndef PNG_NO_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS +# ifndef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +# endif +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED + /* Support for compiler specific function attributes. These are used + * so that where compiler support is available, incorrect use of API + * functions in png.h will generate compiler warnings. Added at libpng + * version 1.2.41. Disabling these removes the warnings but may also produce + * less efficient code. + */ +# if defined(__clang__) && defined(__has_attribute) + /* Clang defines both __clang__ and __GNUC__. Check __clang__ first. */ +# if !defined(PNG_USE_RESULT) && __has_attribute(__warn_unused_result__) +# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_NORETURN) && __has_attribute(__noreturn__) +# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_ALLOCATED) && __has_attribute(__malloc__) +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_DEPRECATED) && __has_attribute(__deprecated__) +# define PNG_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# if !defined(PNG_PRIVATE) +# ifdef __has_extension +# if __has_extension(attribute_unavailable_with_message) +# define PNG_PRIVATE __attribute__((__unavailable__(\ + "This function is not exported by libpng."))) +# endif +# endif +# endif +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif + +# elif defined(__GNUC__) +# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT __attribute__((__warn_unused_result__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__)) +# endif +# if __GNUC__ >= 3 +# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __attribute__((__malloc__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# if 0 /* Doesn't work so we use deprecated instead*/ +# define PNG_PRIVATE \ + __attribute__((warning("This function is not exported by libpng."))) +# else +# define PNG_PRIVATE \ + __attribute__((__deprecated__)) +# endif +# endif +# if ((__GNUC__ > 3) || !defined(__GNUC_MINOR__) || (__GNUC_MINOR__ >= 1)) +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif +# endif /* __GNUC__.__GNUC_MINOR__ > 3.0 */ +# endif /* __GNUC__ >= 3 */ + +# elif defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1300) +# ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* not supported */ +# endif +# ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN __declspec(noreturn) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# if (_MSC_VER >= 1400) +# define PNG_ALLOCATED __declspec(restrict) +# endif +# endif +# ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED __declspec(deprecated) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# define PNG_PRIVATE __declspec(deprecated) +# endif +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# if (_MSC_VER >= 1400) +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif +# endif + +# elif defined(__WATCOMC__) +# ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT __restrict +# endif +# endif +#endif /* PNG_PEDANTIC_WARNINGS */ + +#ifndef PNG_DEPRECATED +# define PNG_DEPRECATED /* Use of this function is deprecated */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_USE_RESULT +# define PNG_USE_RESULT /* The result of this function must be checked */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_NORETURN +# define PNG_NORETURN /* This function does not return */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_ALLOCATED +# define PNG_ALLOCATED /* The result of the function is new memory */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_PRIVATE +# define PNG_PRIVATE /* This is a private libpng function */ +#endif +#ifndef PNG_RESTRICT +# define PNG_RESTRICT /* The C99 "restrict" feature */ +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_FP_EXPORT /* A floating point API. */ +# ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\ + PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args); +# else /* No floating point APIs */ +# define PNG_FP_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) +# endif +#endif +#ifndef PNG_FIXED_EXPORT /* A fixed point API. */ +# ifdef PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED +# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args)\ + PNG_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args); +# else /* No fixed point APIs */ +# define PNG_FIXED_EXPORT(ordinal, type, name, args) +# endif +#endif + +#ifndef PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE +/* Some typedefs to get us started. These should be safe on most of the common + * platforms. + * + * png_uint_32 and png_int_32 may, currently, be larger than required to hold a + * 32-bit value however this is not normally advisable. + * + * png_uint_16 and png_int_16 should always be two bytes in size - this is + * verified at library build time. + * + * png_byte must always be one byte in size. + * + * The checks below use constants from limits.h, as defined by the ISOC90 + * standard. + */ +#if CHAR_BIT == 8 && UCHAR_MAX == 255 + typedef unsigned char png_byte; +#else +# error "libpng requires 8 bit bytes" +#endif + +#if INT_MIN == -32768 && INT_MAX == 32767 + typedef int png_int_16; +#elif SHRT_MIN == -32768 && SHRT_MAX == 32767 + typedef short png_int_16; +#else +# error "libpng requires a signed 16 bit type" +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX == 65535 + typedef unsigned int png_uint_16; +#elif USHRT_MAX == 65535 + typedef unsigned short png_uint_16; +#else +# error "libpng requires an unsigned 16 bit type" +#endif + +#if INT_MIN < -2147483646 && INT_MAX > 2147483646 + typedef int png_int_32; +#elif LONG_MIN < -2147483646 && LONG_MAX > 2147483646 + typedef long int png_int_32; +#else +# error "libpng requires a signed 32 bit (or more) type" +#endif + +#if UINT_MAX > 4294967294 + typedef unsigned int png_uint_32; +#elif ULONG_MAX > 4294967294 + typedef unsigned long int png_uint_32; +#else +# error "libpng requires an unsigned 32 bit (or more) type" +#endif + +/* Prior to 1.6.0 it was possible to disable the use of size_t, 1.6.0, however, + * requires an ISOC90 compiler and relies on consistent behavior of sizeof. + */ +typedef size_t png_size_t; +typedef ptrdiff_t png_ptrdiff_t; + +/* libpng needs to know the maximum value of 'size_t' and this controls the + * definition of png_alloc_size_t, below. This maximum value of size_t limits + * but does not control the maximum allocations the library makes - there is + * direct application control of this through png_set_user_limits(). + */ +#ifndef PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T + /* Compiler specific tests for systems where size_t is known to be less than + * 32 bits (some of these systems may no longer work because of the lack of + * 'far' support; see above.) + */ +# if (defined(__TURBOC__) && !defined(__FLAT__)) ||\ + (defined(_MSC_VER) && defined(MAXSEG_64K)) +# define PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T +# endif +#endif + +/* png_alloc_size_t is guaranteed to be no smaller than png_size_t, and no + * smaller than png_uint_32. Casts from png_size_t or png_uint_32 to + * png_alloc_size_t are not necessary; in fact, it is recommended not to use + * them at all so that the compiler can complain when something turns out to be + * problematic. + * + * Casts in the other direction (from png_alloc_size_t to png_size_t or + * png_uint_32) should be explicitly applied; however, we do not expect to + * encounter practical situations that require such conversions. + * + * PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T must be defined if the maximum value of size_t is less than + * 4294967295 - i.e. less than the maximum value of png_uint_32. + */ +#ifdef PNG_SMALL_SIZE_T + typedef png_uint_32 png_alloc_size_t; +#else + typedef png_size_t png_alloc_size_t; +#endif + +/* Prior to 1.6.0 libpng offered limited support for Microsoft C compiler + * implementations of Intel CPU specific support of user-mode segmented address + * spaces, where 16-bit pointers address more than 65536 bytes of memory using + * separate 'segment' registers. The implementation requires two different + * types of pointer (only one of which includes the segment value.) + * + * If required this support is available in version 1.2 of libpng and may be + * available in versions through 1.5, although the correctness of the code has + * not been verified recently. + */ + +/* Typedef for floating-point numbers that are converted to fixed-point with a + * multiple of 100,000, e.g., gamma + */ +typedef png_int_32 png_fixed_point; + +/* Add typedefs for pointers */ +typedef void * png_voidp; +typedef const void * png_const_voidp; +typedef png_byte * png_bytep; +typedef const png_byte * png_const_bytep; +typedef png_uint_32 * png_uint_32p; +typedef const png_uint_32 * png_const_uint_32p; +typedef png_int_32 * png_int_32p; +typedef const png_int_32 * png_const_int_32p; +typedef png_uint_16 * png_uint_16p; +typedef const png_uint_16 * png_const_uint_16p; +typedef png_int_16 * png_int_16p; +typedef const png_int_16 * png_const_int_16p; +typedef char * png_charp; +typedef const char * png_const_charp; +typedef png_fixed_point * png_fixed_point_p; +typedef const png_fixed_point * png_const_fixed_point_p; +typedef png_size_t * png_size_tp; +typedef const png_size_t * png_const_size_tp; + +#ifdef PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +typedef FILE * png_FILE_p; +#endif + +#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +typedef double * png_doublep; +typedef const double * png_const_doublep; +#endif + +/* Pointers to pointers; i.e. arrays */ +typedef png_byte * * png_bytepp; +typedef png_uint_32 * * png_uint_32pp; +typedef png_int_32 * * png_int_32pp; +typedef png_uint_16 * * png_uint_16pp; +typedef png_int_16 * * png_int_16pp; +typedef const char * * png_const_charpp; +typedef char * * png_charpp; +typedef png_fixed_point * * png_fixed_point_pp; +#ifdef PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +typedef double * * png_doublepp; +#endif + +/* Pointers to pointers to pointers; i.e., pointer to array */ +typedef char * * * png_charppp; + +#endif /* PNG_BUILDING_SYMBOL_TABLE */ + +#endif /* PNGCONF_H */ diff --git a/png/include/tvos/pnglibconf.h b/png/include/tvos/pnglibconf.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..42a195b7eb --- /dev/null +++ b/png/include/tvos/pnglibconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,208 @@ +/* pnglibconf.h - library build configuration */ + +/* libpng version 1.6.16,December 22, 2014 */ + +/* Copyright (c) 1998-2014 Glenn Randers-Pehrson */ + +/* This code is released under the libpng license. */ +/* For conditions of distribution and use, see the disclaimer */ +/* and license in png.h */ + +/* pnglibconf.h */ +/* Machine generated file: DO NOT EDIT */ +/* Derived from: scripts/pnglibconf.dfa */ +#ifndef PNGLCONF_H +#define PNGLCONF_H +/* options */ +#define PNG_16BIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_ALIGNED_MEMORY_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_ARM_NEON_API_SUPPORTED*/ +/*#undef PNG_ARM_NEON_CHECK_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_BENIGN_ERRORS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_BENIGN_READ_ERRORS_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_BENIGN_WRITE_ERRORS_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_BUILD_GRAYSCALE_PALETTE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_COLORSPACE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_CONSOLE_IO_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_CONVERT_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_EASY_ACCESS_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_ERROR_NUMBERS_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_ERROR_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FIXED_POINT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FLOATING_ARITHMETIC_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FLOATING_POINT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FORMAT_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_FORMAT_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_GAMMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_HANDLE_AS_UNKNOWN_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_INCH_CONVERSIONS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_INFO_IMAGE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_IO_STATE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_MNG_FEATURES_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_POINTER_INDEXING_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_PROGRESSIVE_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_16BIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_ALPHA_MODE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_BACKGROUND_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_COMPOSITE_NODIV_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_COMPRESSED_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_EXPAND_16_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_EXPAND_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_FILLER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_GAMMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_GRAY_TO_RGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_INVERT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_OPT_PLTE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_PACK_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_QUANTIZE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_RGB_TO_GRAY_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SCALE_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SHIFT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_STRIP_16_TO_8_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_STRIP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_SWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_bKGD_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_cHRM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_gAMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_hIST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_iCCP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_iTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_oFFs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_pCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_pHYs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sBIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sPLT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_sRGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_tEXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_tRNS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_READ_zTXt_SUPPORTED +/*#undef PNG_SAFE_LIMITS_SUPPORTED*/ +#define PNG_SAVE_INT_32_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SAVE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SEQUENTIAL_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SETJMP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SET_CHUNK_CACHE_LIMIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SET_CHUNK_MALLOC_LIMIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SET_OPTION_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SET_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SET_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_READ_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_AFIRST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_SIMPLIFIED_WRITE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_STDIO_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_STORE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_TIME_RFC1123_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_LIMITS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_MEM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_INFO_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_USER_TRANSFORM_PTR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WARNINGS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_16BIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_ANCILLARY_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_BGR_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_CHECK_FOR_INVALID_INDEX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_COMPRESSED_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_CUSTOMIZE_ZTXT_COMPRESSION_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_FILLER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_FILTER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_FLUSH_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_GET_PALETTE_MAX_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INTERLACING_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INT_FUNCTIONS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INVERT_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_INVERT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_OPTIMIZE_CMF_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_PACKSWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_PACK_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SHIFT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SWAP_ALPHA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_SWAP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_TEXT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_TRANSFORMS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_UNKNOWN_CHUNKS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_USER_TRANSFORM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_WEIGHTED_FILTER_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_bKGD_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_cHRM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_gAMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_hIST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_iCCP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_iTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_oFFs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_pCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_pHYs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sBIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sPLT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_sRGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_tEXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_tRNS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_WRITE_zTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_bKGD_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_cHRM_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_gAMA_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_hIST_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_iCCP_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_iTXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_oFFs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_pCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_pHYs_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sBIT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sCAL_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sPLT_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_sRGB_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_tEXt_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_tIME_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_tRNS_SUPPORTED +#define PNG_zTXt_SUPPORTED +/* end of options */ +/* settings */ +#define PNG_API_RULE 0 +#define PNG_COST_SHIFT 3 +#define PNG_DEFAULT_READ_MACROS 1 +#define PNG_GAMMA_THRESHOLD_FIXED 5000 +#define PNG_IDAT_READ_SIZE PNG_ZBUF_SIZE +#define PNG_INFLATE_BUF_SIZE 1024 +#define PNG_MAX_GAMMA_8 11 +#define PNG_QUANTIZE_BLUE_BITS 5 +#define PNG_QUANTIZE_GREEN_BITS 5 +#define PNG_QUANTIZE_RED_BITS 5 +#define PNG_TEXT_Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1) +#define PNG_TEXT_Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 0 +#define PNG_WEIGHT_SHIFT 8 +#define PNG_ZBUF_SIZE 8192 +#define PNG_ZLIB_VERNUM 0x1280 +#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_COMPRESSION (-1) +#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_NOFILTER_STRATEGY 0 +#define PNG_Z_DEFAULT_STRATEGY 1 +#define PNG_sCAL_PRECISION 5 +#define PNG_sRGB_PROFILE_CHECKS 2 +/* end of settings */ +#endif /* PNGLCONF_H */ diff --git a/png/prebuilt/tvos/libpng.a b/png/prebuilt/tvos/libpng.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6646ca1472 Binary files /dev/null and b/png/prebuilt/tvos/libpng.a differ diff --git a/tiff/include/tvos/tiff.h b/tiff/include/tvos/tiff.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..19b4e7976d --- /dev/null +++ b/tiff/include/tvos/tiff.h @@ -0,0 +1,678 @@ +/* $Id: tiff.h,v 1.68 2012-08-19 16:56:35 bfriesen Exp $ */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler + * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and + * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided + * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in + * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of + * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or + * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written + * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY + * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, + * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, + * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF + * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef _TIFF_ +#define _TIFF_ + +#include "tiffconf.h" + +/* + * Tag Image File Format (TIFF) + * + * Based on Rev 6.0 from: + * Developer's Desk + * Aldus Corporation + * 411 First Ave. South + * Suite 200 + * Seattle, WA 98104 + * 206-622-5500 + * + * (http://partners.adobe.com/asn/developer/PDFS/TN/TIFF6.pdf) + * + * For BigTIFF design notes see the following links + * http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/bigtiffdesign.html + * http://www.awaresystems.be/imaging/tiff/bigtiff.html + */ + +#define TIFF_VERSION_CLASSIC 42 +#define TIFF_VERSION_BIG 43 + +#define TIFF_BIGENDIAN 0x4d4d +#define TIFF_LITTLEENDIAN 0x4949 +#define MDI_LITTLEENDIAN 0x5045 +#define MDI_BIGENDIAN 0x4550 + +/* + * Intrinsic data types required by the file format: + * + * 8-bit quantities int8/uint8 + * 16-bit quantities int16/uint16 + * 32-bit quantities int32/uint32 + * 64-bit quantities int64/uint64 + * strings unsigned char* + */ + +typedef TIFF_INT8_T int8; +typedef TIFF_UINT8_T uint8; + +typedef TIFF_INT16_T int16; +typedef TIFF_UINT16_T uint16; + +typedef TIFF_INT32_T int32; +typedef TIFF_UINT32_T uint32; + +typedef TIFF_INT64_T int64; +typedef TIFF_UINT64_T uint64; + +/* + * Some types as promoted in a variable argument list + * We use uint16_vap rather then directly using int, because this way + * we document the type we actually want to pass through, conceptually, + * rather then confusing the issue by merely stating the type it gets + * promoted to + */ + +typedef int uint16_vap; + +/* + * TIFF header. + */ +typedef struct { + uint16 tiff_magic; /* magic number (defines byte order) */ + uint16 tiff_version; /* TIFF version number */ +} TIFFHeaderCommon; +typedef struct { + uint16 tiff_magic; /* magic number (defines byte order) */ + uint16 tiff_version; /* TIFF version number */ + uint32 tiff_diroff; /* byte offset to first directory */ +} TIFFHeaderClassic; +typedef struct { + uint16 tiff_magic; /* magic number (defines byte order) */ + uint16 tiff_version; /* TIFF version number */ + uint16 tiff_offsetsize; /* size of offsets, should be 8 */ + uint16 tiff_unused; /* unused word, should be 0 */ + uint64 tiff_diroff; /* byte offset to first directory */ +} TIFFHeaderBig; + + +/* + * NB: In the comments below, + * - items marked with a + are obsoleted by revision 5.0, + * - items marked with a ! are introduced in revision 6.0. + * - items marked with a % are introduced post revision 6.0. + * - items marked with a $ are obsoleted by revision 6.0. + * - items marked with a & are introduced by Adobe DNG specification. + */ + +/* + * Tag data type information. + * + * Note: RATIONALs are the ratio of two 32-bit integer values. + */ +typedef enum { + TIFF_NOTYPE = 0, /* placeholder */ + TIFF_BYTE = 1, /* 8-bit unsigned integer */ + TIFF_ASCII = 2, /* 8-bit bytes w/ last byte null */ + TIFF_SHORT = 3, /* 16-bit unsigned integer */ + TIFF_LONG = 4, /* 32-bit unsigned integer */ + TIFF_RATIONAL = 5, /* 64-bit unsigned fraction */ + TIFF_SBYTE = 6, /* !8-bit signed integer */ + TIFF_UNDEFINED = 7, /* !8-bit untyped data */ + TIFF_SSHORT = 8, /* !16-bit signed integer */ + TIFF_SLONG = 9, /* !32-bit signed integer */ + TIFF_SRATIONAL = 10, /* !64-bit signed fraction */ + TIFF_FLOAT = 11, /* !32-bit IEEE floating point */ + TIFF_DOUBLE = 12, /* !64-bit IEEE floating point */ + TIFF_IFD = 13, /* %32-bit unsigned integer (offset) */ + TIFF_LONG8 = 16, /* BigTIFF 64-bit unsigned integer */ + TIFF_SLONG8 = 17, /* BigTIFF 64-bit signed integer */ + TIFF_IFD8 = 18 /* BigTIFF 64-bit unsigned integer (offset) */ +} TIFFDataType; + +/* + * TIFF Tag Definitions. + */ +#define TIFFTAG_SUBFILETYPE 254 /* subfile data descriptor */ +#define FILETYPE_REDUCEDIMAGE 0x1 /* reduced resolution version */ +#define FILETYPE_PAGE 0x2 /* one page of many */ +#define FILETYPE_MASK 0x4 /* transparency mask */ +#define TIFFTAG_OSUBFILETYPE 255 /* +kind of data in subfile */ +#define OFILETYPE_IMAGE 1 /* full resolution image data */ +#define OFILETYPE_REDUCEDIMAGE 2 /* reduced size image data */ +#define OFILETYPE_PAGE 3 /* one page of many */ +#define TIFFTAG_IMAGEWIDTH 256 /* image width in pixels */ +#define TIFFTAG_IMAGELENGTH 257 /* image height in pixels */ +#define TIFFTAG_BITSPERSAMPLE 258 /* bits per channel (sample) */ +#define TIFFTAG_COMPRESSION 259 /* data compression technique */ +#define COMPRESSION_NONE 1 /* dump mode */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITTRLE 2 /* CCITT modified Huffman RLE */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITTFAX3 3 /* CCITT Group 3 fax encoding */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITT_T4 3 /* CCITT T.4 (TIFF 6 name) */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITTFAX4 4 /* CCITT Group 4 fax encoding */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITT_T6 4 /* CCITT T.6 (TIFF 6 name) */ +#define COMPRESSION_LZW 5 /* Lempel-Ziv & Welch */ +#define COMPRESSION_OJPEG 6 /* !6.0 JPEG */ +#define COMPRESSION_JPEG 7 /* %JPEG DCT compression */ +#define COMPRESSION_T85 9 /* !TIFF/FX T.85 JBIG compression */ +#define COMPRESSION_T43 10 /* !TIFF/FX T.43 colour by layered JBIG compression */ +#define COMPRESSION_NEXT 32766 /* NeXT 2-bit RLE */ +#define COMPRESSION_CCITTRLEW 32771 /* #1 w/ word alignment */ +#define COMPRESSION_PACKBITS 32773 /* Macintosh RLE */ +#define COMPRESSION_THUNDERSCAN 32809 /* ThunderScan RLE */ +/* codes 32895-32898 are reserved for ANSI IT8 TIFF/IT <dkelly@apago.com) */ +#define COMPRESSION_IT8CTPAD 32895 /* IT8 CT w/padding */ +#define COMPRESSION_IT8LW 32896 /* IT8 Linework RLE */ +#define COMPRESSION_IT8MP 32897 /* IT8 Monochrome picture */ +#define COMPRESSION_IT8BL 32898 /* IT8 Binary line art */ +/* compression codes 32908-32911 are reserved for Pixar */ +#define COMPRESSION_PIXARFILM 32908 /* Pixar companded 10bit LZW */ +#define COMPRESSION_PIXARLOG 32909 /* Pixar companded 11bit ZIP */ +#define COMPRESSION_DEFLATE 32946 /* Deflate compression */ +#define COMPRESSION_ADOBE_DEFLATE 8 /* Deflate compression, + as recognized by Adobe */ +/* compression code 32947 is reserved for Oceana Matrix <dev@oceana.com> */ +#define COMPRESSION_DCS 32947 /* Kodak DCS encoding */ +#define COMPRESSION_JBIG 34661 /* ISO JBIG */ +#define COMPRESSION_SGILOG 34676 /* SGI Log Luminance RLE */ +#define COMPRESSION_SGILOG24 34677 /* SGI Log 24-bit packed */ +#define COMPRESSION_JP2000 34712 /* Leadtools JPEG2000 */ +#define COMPRESSION_LZMA 34925 /* LZMA2 */ +#define TIFFTAG_PHOTOMETRIC 262 /* photometric interpretation */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_MINISWHITE 0 /* min value is white */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_MINISBLACK 1 /* min value is black */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_RGB 2 /* RGB color model */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_PALETTE 3 /* color map indexed */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_MASK 4 /* $holdout mask */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_SEPARATED 5 /* !color separations */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_YCBCR 6 /* !CCIR 601 */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_CIELAB 8 /* !1976 CIE L*a*b* */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_ICCLAB 9 /* ICC L*a*b* [Adobe TIFF Technote 4] */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_ITULAB 10 /* ITU L*a*b* */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_LOGL 32844 /* CIE Log2(L) */ +#define PHOTOMETRIC_LOGLUV 32845 /* CIE Log2(L) (u',v') */ +#define TIFFTAG_THRESHHOLDING 263 /* +thresholding used on data */ +#define THRESHHOLD_BILEVEL 1 /* b&w art scan */ +#define THRESHHOLD_HALFTONE 2 /* or dithered scan */ +#define THRESHHOLD_ERRORDIFFUSE 3 /* usually floyd-steinberg */ +#define TIFFTAG_CELLWIDTH 264 /* +dithering matrix width */ +#define TIFFTAG_CELLLENGTH 265 /* +dithering matrix height */ +#define TIFFTAG_FILLORDER 266 /* data order within a byte */ +#define FILLORDER_MSB2LSB 1 /* most significant -> least */ +#define FILLORDER_LSB2MSB 2 /* least significant -> most */ +#define TIFFTAG_DOCUMENTNAME 269 /* name of doc. image is from */ +#define TIFFTAG_IMAGEDESCRIPTION 270 /* info about image */ +#define TIFFTAG_MAKE 271 /* scanner manufacturer name */ +#define TIFFTAG_MODEL 272 /* scanner model name/number */ +#define TIFFTAG_STRIPOFFSETS 273 /* offsets to data strips */ +#define TIFFTAG_ORIENTATION 274 /* +image orientation */ +#define ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT 1 /* row 0 top, col 0 lhs */ +#define ORIENTATION_TOPRIGHT 2 /* row 0 top, col 0 rhs */ +#define ORIENTATION_BOTRIGHT 3 /* row 0 bottom, col 0 rhs */ +#define ORIENTATION_BOTLEFT 4 /* row 0 bottom, col 0 lhs */ +#define ORIENTATION_LEFTTOP 5 /* row 0 lhs, col 0 top */ +#define ORIENTATION_RIGHTTOP 6 /* row 0 rhs, col 0 top */ +#define ORIENTATION_RIGHTBOT 7 /* row 0 rhs, col 0 bottom */ +#define ORIENTATION_LEFTBOT 8 /* row 0 lhs, col 0 bottom */ +#define TIFFTAG_SAMPLESPERPIXEL 277 /* samples per pixel */ +#define TIFFTAG_ROWSPERSTRIP 278 /* rows per strip of data */ +#define TIFFTAG_STRIPBYTECOUNTS 279 /* bytes counts for strips */ +#define TIFFTAG_MINSAMPLEVALUE 280 /* +minimum sample value */ +#define TIFFTAG_MAXSAMPLEVALUE 281 /* +maximum sample value */ +#define TIFFTAG_XRESOLUTION 282 /* pixels/resolution in x */ +#define TIFFTAG_YRESOLUTION 283 /* pixels/resolution in y */ +#define TIFFTAG_PLANARCONFIG 284 /* storage organization */ +#define PLANARCONFIG_CONTIG 1 /* single image plane */ +#define PLANARCONFIG_SEPARATE 2 /* separate planes of data */ +#define TIFFTAG_PAGENAME 285 /* page name image is from */ +#define TIFFTAG_XPOSITION 286 /* x page offset of image lhs */ +#define TIFFTAG_YPOSITION 287 /* y page offset of image lhs */ +#define TIFFTAG_FREEOFFSETS 288 /* +byte offset to free block */ +#define TIFFTAG_FREEBYTECOUNTS 289 /* +sizes of free blocks */ +#define TIFFTAG_GRAYRESPONSEUNIT 290 /* $gray scale curve accuracy */ +#define GRAYRESPONSEUNIT_10S 1 /* tenths of a unit */ +#define GRAYRESPONSEUNIT_100S 2 /* hundredths of a unit */ +#define GRAYRESPONSEUNIT_1000S 3 /* thousandths of a unit */ +#define GRAYRESPONSEUNIT_10000S 4 /* ten-thousandths of a unit */ +#define GRAYRESPONSEUNIT_100000S 5 /* hundred-thousandths */ +#define TIFFTAG_GRAYRESPONSECURVE 291 /* $gray scale response curve */ +#define TIFFTAG_GROUP3OPTIONS 292 /* 32 flag bits */ +#define TIFFTAG_T4OPTIONS 292 /* TIFF 6.0 proper name alias */ +#define GROUP3OPT_2DENCODING 0x1 /* 2-dimensional coding */ +#define GROUP3OPT_UNCOMPRESSED 0x2 /* data not compressed */ +#define GROUP3OPT_FILLBITS 0x4 /* fill to byte boundary */ +#define TIFFTAG_GROUP4OPTIONS 293 /* 32 flag bits */ +#define TIFFTAG_T6OPTIONS 293 /* TIFF 6.0 proper name */ +#define GROUP4OPT_UNCOMPRESSED 0x2 /* data not compressed */ +#define TIFFTAG_RESOLUTIONUNIT 296 /* units of resolutions */ +#define RESUNIT_NONE 1 /* no meaningful units */ +#define RESUNIT_INCH 2 /* english */ +#define RESUNIT_CENTIMETER 3 /* metric */ +#define TIFFTAG_PAGENUMBER 297 /* page numbers of multi-page */ +#define TIFFTAG_COLORRESPONSEUNIT 300 /* $color curve accuracy */ +#define COLORRESPONSEUNIT_10S 1 /* tenths of a unit */ +#define COLORRESPONSEUNIT_100S 2 /* hundredths of a unit */ +#define COLORRESPONSEUNIT_1000S 3 /* thousandths of a unit */ +#define COLORRESPONSEUNIT_10000S 4 /* ten-thousandths of a unit */ +#define COLORRESPONSEUNIT_100000S 5 /* hundred-thousandths */ +#define TIFFTAG_TRANSFERFUNCTION 301 /* !colorimetry info */ +#define TIFFTAG_SOFTWARE 305 /* name & release */ +#define TIFFTAG_DATETIME 306 /* creation date and time */ +#define TIFFTAG_ARTIST 315 /* creator of image */ +#define TIFFTAG_HOSTCOMPUTER 316 /* machine where created */ +#define TIFFTAG_PREDICTOR 317 /* prediction scheme w/ LZW */ +#define PREDICTOR_NONE 1 /* no prediction scheme used */ +#define PREDICTOR_HORIZONTAL 2 /* horizontal differencing */ +#define PREDICTOR_FLOATINGPOINT 3 /* floating point predictor */ +#define TIFFTAG_WHITEPOINT 318 /* image white point */ +#define TIFFTAG_PRIMARYCHROMATICITIES 319 /* !primary chromaticities */ +#define TIFFTAG_COLORMAP 320 /* RGB map for pallette image */ +#define TIFFTAG_HALFTONEHINTS 321 /* !highlight+shadow info */ +#define TIFFTAG_TILEWIDTH 322 /* !tile width in pixels */ +#define TIFFTAG_TILELENGTH 323 /* !tile height in pixels */ +#define TIFFTAG_TILEOFFSETS 324 /* !offsets to data tiles */ +#define TIFFTAG_TILEBYTECOUNTS 325 /* !byte counts for tiles */ +#define TIFFTAG_BADFAXLINES 326 /* lines w/ wrong pixel count */ +#define TIFFTAG_CLEANFAXDATA 327 /* regenerated line info */ +#define CLEANFAXDATA_CLEAN 0 /* no errors detected */ +#define CLEANFAXDATA_REGENERATED 1 /* receiver regenerated lines */ +#define CLEANFAXDATA_UNCLEAN 2 /* uncorrected errors exist */ +#define TIFFTAG_CONSECUTIVEBADFAXLINES 328 /* max consecutive bad lines */ +#define TIFFTAG_SUBIFD 330 /* subimage descriptors */ +#define TIFFTAG_INKSET 332 /* !inks in separated image */ +#define INKSET_CMYK 1 /* !cyan-magenta-yellow-black color */ +#define INKSET_MULTIINK 2 /* !multi-ink or hi-fi color */ +#define TIFFTAG_INKNAMES 333 /* !ascii names of inks */ +#define TIFFTAG_NUMBEROFINKS 334 /* !number of inks */ +#define TIFFTAG_DOTRANGE 336 /* !0% and 100% dot codes */ +#define TIFFTAG_TARGETPRINTER 337 /* !separation target */ +#define TIFFTAG_EXTRASAMPLES 338 /* !info about extra samples */ +#define EXTRASAMPLE_UNSPECIFIED 0 /* !unspecified data */ +#define EXTRASAMPLE_ASSOCALPHA 1 /* !associated alpha data */ +#define EXTRASAMPLE_UNASSALPHA 2 /* !unassociated alpha data */ +#define TIFFTAG_SAMPLEFORMAT 339 /* !data sample format */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_UINT 1 /* !unsigned integer data */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_INT 2 /* !signed integer data */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_IEEEFP 3 /* !IEEE floating point data */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_VOID 4 /* !untyped data */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_COMPLEXINT 5 /* !complex signed int */ +#define SAMPLEFORMAT_COMPLEXIEEEFP 6 /* !complex ieee floating */ +#define TIFFTAG_SMINSAMPLEVALUE 340 /* !variable MinSampleValue */ +#define TIFFTAG_SMAXSAMPLEVALUE 341 /* !variable MaxSampleValue */ +#define TIFFTAG_CLIPPATH 343 /* %ClipPath + [Adobe TIFF technote 2] */ +#define TIFFTAG_XCLIPPATHUNITS 344 /* %XClipPathUnits + [Adobe TIFF technote 2] */ +#define TIFFTAG_YCLIPPATHUNITS 345 /* %YClipPathUnits + [Adobe TIFF technote 2] */ +#define TIFFTAG_INDEXED 346 /* %Indexed + [Adobe TIFF Technote 3] */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGTABLES 347 /* %JPEG table stream */ +#define TIFFTAG_OPIPROXY 351 /* %OPI Proxy [Adobe TIFF technote] */ +/* Tags 400-435 are from the TIFF/FX spec */ +#define TIFFTAG_GLOBALPARAMETERSIFD 400 /* ! */ +#define TIFFTAG_PROFILETYPE 401 /* ! */ +#define PROFILETYPE_UNSPECIFIED 0 /* ! */ +#define PROFILETYPE_G3_FAX 1 /* ! */ +#define TIFFTAG_FAXPROFILE 402 /* ! */ +#define FAXPROFILE_S 1 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile S */ +#define FAXPROFILE_F 2 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile F */ +#define FAXPROFILE_J 3 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile J */ +#define FAXPROFILE_C 4 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile C */ +#define FAXPROFILE_L 5 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile L */ +#define FAXPROFILE_M 6 /* !TIFF/FX FAX profile LM */ +#define TIFFTAG_CODINGMETHODS 403 /* !TIFF/FX coding methods */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T4_1D (1 << 1) /* !T.4 1D */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T4_2D (1 << 2) /* !T.4 2D */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T6 (1 << 3) /* !T.6 */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T85 (1 << 4) /* !T.85 JBIG */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T42 (1 << 5) /* !T.42 JPEG */ +#define CODINGMETHODS_T43 (1 << 6) /* !T.43 colour by layered JBIG */ +#define TIFFTAG_VERSIONYEAR 404 /* !TIFF/FX version year */ +#define TIFFTAG_MODENUMBER 405 /* !TIFF/FX mode number */ +#define TIFFTAG_DECODE 433 /* !TIFF/FX decode */ +#define TIFFTAG_IMAGEBASECOLOR 434 /* !TIFF/FX image base colour */ +#define TIFFTAG_T82OPTIONS 435 /* !TIFF/FX T.82 options */ +/* + * Tags 512-521 are obsoleted by Technical Note #2 which specifies a + * revised JPEG-in-TIFF scheme. + */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGPROC 512 /* !JPEG processing algorithm */ +#define JPEGPROC_BASELINE 1 /* !baseline sequential */ +#define JPEGPROC_LOSSLESS 14 /* !Huffman coded lossless */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGIFOFFSET 513 /* !pointer to SOI marker */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGIFBYTECOUNT 514 /* !JFIF stream length */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGRESTARTINTERVAL 515 /* !restart interval length */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGLOSSLESSPREDICTORS 517 /* !lossless proc predictor */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGPOINTTRANSFORM 518 /* !lossless point transform */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGQTABLES 519 /* !Q matrice offsets */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGDCTABLES 520 /* !DCT table offsets */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGACTABLES 521 /* !AC coefficient offsets */ +#define TIFFTAG_YCBCRCOEFFICIENTS 529 /* !RGB -> YCbCr transform */ +#define TIFFTAG_YCBCRSUBSAMPLING 530 /* !YCbCr subsampling factors */ +#define TIFFTAG_YCBCRPOSITIONING 531 /* !subsample positioning */ +#define YCBCRPOSITION_CENTERED 1 /* !as in PostScript Level 2 */ +#define YCBCRPOSITION_COSITED 2 /* !as in CCIR 601-1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_REFERENCEBLACKWHITE 532 /* !colorimetry info */ +#define TIFFTAG_STRIPROWCOUNTS 559 /* !TIFF/FX strip row counts */ +#define TIFFTAG_XMLPACKET 700 /* %XML packet + [Adobe XMP Specification, + January 2004 */ +#define TIFFTAG_OPIIMAGEID 32781 /* %OPI ImageID + [Adobe TIFF technote] */ +/* tags 32952-32956 are private tags registered to Island Graphics */ +#define TIFFTAG_REFPTS 32953 /* image reference points */ +#define TIFFTAG_REGIONTACKPOINT 32954 /* region-xform tack point */ +#define TIFFTAG_REGIONWARPCORNERS 32955 /* warp quadrilateral */ +#define TIFFTAG_REGIONAFFINE 32956 /* affine transformation mat */ +/* tags 32995-32999 are private tags registered to SGI */ +#define TIFFTAG_MATTEING 32995 /* $use ExtraSamples */ +#define TIFFTAG_DATATYPE 32996 /* $use SampleFormat */ +#define TIFFTAG_IMAGEDEPTH 32997 /* z depth of image */ +#define TIFFTAG_TILEDEPTH 32998 /* z depth/data tile */ +/* tags 33300-33309 are private tags registered to Pixar */ +/* + * TIFFTAG_PIXAR_IMAGEFULLWIDTH and TIFFTAG_PIXAR_IMAGEFULLLENGTH + * are set when an image has been cropped out of a larger image. + * They reflect the size of the original uncropped image. + * The TIFFTAG_XPOSITION and TIFFTAG_YPOSITION can be used + * to determine the position of the smaller image in the larger one. + */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_IMAGEFULLWIDTH 33300 /* full image size in x */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_IMAGEFULLLENGTH 33301 /* full image size in y */ + /* Tags 33302-33306 are used to identify special image modes and data + * used by Pixar's texture formats. + */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_TEXTUREFORMAT 33302 /* texture map format */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_WRAPMODES 33303 /* s & t wrap modes */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_FOVCOT 33304 /* cotan(fov) for env. maps */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_MATRIX_WORLDTOSCREEN 33305 +#define TIFFTAG_PIXAR_MATRIX_WORLDTOCAMERA 33306 +/* tag 33405 is a private tag registered to Eastman Kodak */ +#define TIFFTAG_WRITERSERIALNUMBER 33405 /* device serial number */ +/* tag 33432 is listed in the 6.0 spec w/ unknown ownership */ +#define TIFFTAG_COPYRIGHT 33432 /* copyright string */ +/* IPTC TAG from RichTIFF specifications */ +#define TIFFTAG_RICHTIFFIPTC 33723 +/* 34016-34029 are reserved for ANSI IT8 TIFF/IT <dkelly@apago.com) */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8SITE 34016 /* site name */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8COLORSEQUENCE 34017 /* color seq. [RGB,CMYK,etc] */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8HEADER 34018 /* DDES Header */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8RASTERPADDING 34019 /* raster scanline padding */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8BITSPERRUNLENGTH 34020 /* # of bits in short run */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8BITSPEREXTENDEDRUNLENGTH 34021/* # of bits in long run */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8COLORTABLE 34022 /* LW colortable */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8IMAGECOLORINDICATOR 34023 /* BP/BL image color switch */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8BKGCOLORINDICATOR 34024 /* BP/BL bg color switch */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8IMAGECOLORVALUE 34025 /* BP/BL image color value */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8BKGCOLORVALUE 34026 /* BP/BL bg color value */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8PIXELINTENSITYRANGE 34027 /* MP pixel intensity value */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8TRANSPARENCYINDICATOR 34028 /* HC transparency switch */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8COLORCHARACTERIZATION 34029 /* color character. table */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8HCUSAGE 34030 /* HC usage indicator */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8TRAPINDICATOR 34031 /* Trapping indicator + (untrapped=0, trapped=1) */ +#define TIFFTAG_IT8CMYKEQUIVALENT 34032 /* CMYK color equivalents */ +/* tags 34232-34236 are private tags registered to Texas Instruments */ +#define TIFFTAG_FRAMECOUNT 34232 /* Sequence Frame Count */ +/* tag 34377 is private tag registered to Adobe for PhotoShop */ +#define TIFFTAG_PHOTOSHOP 34377 +/* tags 34665, 34853 and 40965 are documented in EXIF specification */ +#define TIFFTAG_EXIFIFD 34665 /* Pointer to EXIF private directory */ +/* tag 34750 is a private tag registered to Adobe? */ +#define TIFFTAG_ICCPROFILE 34675 /* ICC profile data */ +#define TIFFTAG_IMAGELAYER 34732 /* !TIFF/FX image layer information */ +/* tag 34750 is a private tag registered to Pixel Magic */ +#define TIFFTAG_JBIGOPTIONS 34750 /* JBIG options */ +#define TIFFTAG_GPSIFD 34853 /* Pointer to GPS private directory */ +/* tags 34908-34914 are private tags registered to SGI */ +#define TIFFTAG_FAXRECVPARAMS 34908 /* encoded Class 2 ses. parms */ +#define TIFFTAG_FAXSUBADDRESS 34909 /* received SubAddr string */ +#define TIFFTAG_FAXRECVTIME 34910 /* receive time (secs) */ +#define TIFFTAG_FAXDCS 34911 /* encoded fax ses. params, Table 2/T.30 */ +/* tags 37439-37443 are registered to SGI <gregl@sgi.com> */ +#define TIFFTAG_STONITS 37439 /* Sample value to Nits */ +/* tag 34929 is a private tag registered to FedEx */ +#define TIFFTAG_FEDEX_EDR 34929 /* unknown use */ +#define TIFFTAG_INTEROPERABILITYIFD 40965 /* Pointer to Interoperability private directory */ +/* Adobe Digital Negative (DNG) format tags */ +#define TIFFTAG_DNGVERSION 50706 /* &DNG version number */ +#define TIFFTAG_DNGBACKWARDVERSION 50707 /* &DNG compatibility version */ +#define TIFFTAG_UNIQUECAMERAMODEL 50708 /* &name for the camera model */ +#define TIFFTAG_LOCALIZEDCAMERAMODEL 50709 /* &localized camera model + name */ +#define TIFFTAG_CFAPLANECOLOR 50710 /* &CFAPattern->LinearRaw space + mapping */ +#define TIFFTAG_CFALAYOUT 50711 /* &spatial layout of the CFA */ +#define TIFFTAG_LINEARIZATIONTABLE 50712 /* &lookup table description */ +#define TIFFTAG_BLACKLEVELREPEATDIM 50713 /* &repeat pattern size for + the BlackLevel tag */ +#define TIFFTAG_BLACKLEVEL 50714 /* &zero light encoding level */ +#define TIFFTAG_BLACKLEVELDELTAH 50715 /* &zero light encoding level + differences (columns) */ +#define TIFFTAG_BLACKLEVELDELTAV 50716 /* &zero light encoding level + differences (rows) */ +#define TIFFTAG_WHITELEVEL 50717 /* &fully saturated encoding + level */ +#define TIFFTAG_DEFAULTSCALE 50718 /* &default scale factors */ +#define TIFFTAG_DEFAULTCROPORIGIN 50719 /* &origin of the final image + area */ +#define TIFFTAG_DEFAULTCROPSIZE 50720 /* &size of the final image + area */ +#define TIFFTAG_COLORMATRIX1 50721 /* &XYZ->reference color space + transformation matrix 1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_COLORMATRIX2 50722 /* &XYZ->reference color space + transformation matrix 2 */ +#define TIFFTAG_CAMERACALIBRATION1 50723 /* &calibration matrix 1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_CAMERACALIBRATION2 50724 /* &calibration matrix 2 */ +#define TIFFTAG_REDUCTIONMATRIX1 50725 /* &dimensionality reduction + matrix 1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_REDUCTIONMATRIX2 50726 /* &dimensionality reduction + matrix 2 */ +#define TIFFTAG_ANALOGBALANCE 50727 /* &gain applied the stored raw + values*/ +#define TIFFTAG_ASSHOTNEUTRAL 50728 /* &selected white balance in + linear reference space */ +#define TIFFTAG_ASSHOTWHITEXY 50729 /* &selected white balance in + x-y chromaticity + coordinates */ +#define TIFFTAG_BASELINEEXPOSURE 50730 /* &how much to move the zero + point */ +#define TIFFTAG_BASELINENOISE 50731 /* &relative noise level */ +#define TIFFTAG_BASELINESHARPNESS 50732 /* &relative amount of + sharpening */ +#define TIFFTAG_BAYERGREENSPLIT 50733 /* &how closely the values of + the green pixels in the + blue/green rows track the + values of the green pixels + in the red/green rows */ +#define TIFFTAG_LINEARRESPONSELIMIT 50734 /* &non-linear encoding range */ +#define TIFFTAG_CAMERASERIALNUMBER 50735 /* &camera's serial number */ +#define TIFFTAG_LENSINFO 50736 /* info about the lens */ +#define TIFFTAG_CHROMABLURRADIUS 50737 /* &chroma blur radius */ +#define TIFFTAG_ANTIALIASSTRENGTH 50738 /* &relative strength of the + camera's anti-alias filter */ +#define TIFFTAG_SHADOWSCALE 50739 /* &used by Adobe Camera Raw */ +#define TIFFTAG_DNGPRIVATEDATA 50740 /* &manufacturer's private data */ +#define TIFFTAG_MAKERNOTESAFETY 50741 /* &whether the EXIF MakerNote + tag is safe to preserve + along with the rest of the + EXIF data */ +#define TIFFTAG_CALIBRATIONILLUMINANT1 50778 /* &illuminant 1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_CALIBRATIONILLUMINANT2 50779 /* &illuminant 2 */ +#define TIFFTAG_BESTQUALITYSCALE 50780 /* &best quality multiplier */ +#define TIFFTAG_RAWDATAUNIQUEID 50781 /* &unique identifier for + the raw image data */ +#define TIFFTAG_ORIGINALRAWFILENAME 50827 /* &file name of the original + raw file */ +#define TIFFTAG_ORIGINALRAWFILEDATA 50828 /* &contents of the original + raw file */ +#define TIFFTAG_ACTIVEAREA 50829 /* &active (non-masked) pixels + of the sensor */ +#define TIFFTAG_MASKEDAREAS 50830 /* &list of coordinates + of fully masked pixels */ +#define TIFFTAG_ASSHOTICCPROFILE 50831 /* &these two tags used to */ +#define TIFFTAG_ASSHOTPREPROFILEMATRIX 50832 /* map cameras's color space + into ICC profile space */ +#define TIFFTAG_CURRENTICCPROFILE 50833 /* & */ +#define TIFFTAG_CURRENTPREPROFILEMATRIX 50834 /* & */ +/* tag 65535 is an undefined tag used by Eastman Kodak */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSHUESHIFTVALUES 65535 /* hue shift correction data */ + +/* + * The following are ``pseudo tags'' that can be used to control + * codec-specific functionality. These tags are not written to file. + * Note that these values start at 0xffff+1 so that they'll never + * collide with Aldus-assigned tags. + * + * If you want your private pseudo tags ``registered'' (i.e. added to + * this file), please post a bug report via the tracking system at + * http://www.remotesensing.org/libtiff/bugs.html with the appropriate + * C definitions to add. + */ +#define TIFFTAG_FAXMODE 65536 /* Group 3/4 format control */ +#define FAXMODE_CLASSIC 0x0000 /* default, include RTC */ +#define FAXMODE_NORTC 0x0001 /* no RTC at end of data */ +#define FAXMODE_NOEOL 0x0002 /* no EOL code at end of row */ +#define FAXMODE_BYTEALIGN 0x0004 /* byte align row */ +#define FAXMODE_WORDALIGN 0x0008 /* word align row */ +#define FAXMODE_CLASSF FAXMODE_NORTC /* TIFF Class F */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGQUALITY 65537 /* Compression quality level */ +/* Note: quality level is on the IJG 0-100 scale. Default value is 75 */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGCOLORMODE 65538 /* Auto RGB<=>YCbCr convert? */ +#define JPEGCOLORMODE_RAW 0x0000 /* no conversion (default) */ +#define JPEGCOLORMODE_RGB 0x0001 /* do auto conversion */ +#define TIFFTAG_JPEGTABLESMODE 65539 /* What to put in JPEGTables */ +#define JPEGTABLESMODE_QUANT 0x0001 /* include quantization tbls */ +#define JPEGTABLESMODE_HUFF 0x0002 /* include Huffman tbls */ +/* Note: default is JPEGTABLESMODE_QUANT | JPEGTABLESMODE_HUFF */ +#define TIFFTAG_FAXFILLFUNC 65540 /* G3/G4 fill function */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXARLOGDATAFMT 65549 /* PixarLogCodec I/O data sz */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_8BIT 0 /* regular u_char samples */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_8BITABGR 1 /* ABGR-order u_chars */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_11BITLOG 2 /* 11-bit log-encoded (raw) */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_12BITPICIO 3 /* as per PICIO (1.0==2048) */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_16BIT 4 /* signed short samples */ +#define PIXARLOGDATAFMT_FLOAT 5 /* IEEE float samples */ +/* 65550-65556 are allocated to Oceana Matrix <dev@oceana.com> */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSIMAGERTYPE 65550 /* imager model & filter */ +#define DCSIMAGERMODEL_M3 0 /* M3 chip (1280 x 1024) */ +#define DCSIMAGERMODEL_M5 1 /* M5 chip (1536 x 1024) */ +#define DCSIMAGERMODEL_M6 2 /* M6 chip (3072 x 2048) */ +#define DCSIMAGERFILTER_IR 0 /* infrared filter */ +#define DCSIMAGERFILTER_MONO 1 /* monochrome filter */ +#define DCSIMAGERFILTER_CFA 2 /* color filter array */ +#define DCSIMAGERFILTER_OTHER 3 /* other filter */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSINTERPMODE 65551 /* interpolation mode */ +#define DCSINTERPMODE_NORMAL 0x0 /* whole image, default */ +#define DCSINTERPMODE_PREVIEW 0x1 /* preview of image (384x256) */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSBALANCEARRAY 65552 /* color balance values */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSCORRECTMATRIX 65553 /* color correction values */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSGAMMA 65554 /* gamma value */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSTOESHOULDERPTS 65555 /* toe & shoulder points */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSCALIBRATIONFD 65556 /* calibration file desc */ +/* Note: quality level is on the ZLIB 1-9 scale. Default value is -1 */ +#define TIFFTAG_ZIPQUALITY 65557 /* compression quality level */ +#define TIFFTAG_PIXARLOGQUALITY 65558 /* PixarLog uses same scale */ +/* 65559 is allocated to Oceana Matrix <dev@oceana.com> */ +#define TIFFTAG_DCSCLIPRECTANGLE 65559 /* area of image to acquire */ +#define TIFFTAG_SGILOGDATAFMT 65560 /* SGILog user data format */ +#define SGILOGDATAFMT_FLOAT 0 /* IEEE float samples */ +#define SGILOGDATAFMT_16BIT 1 /* 16-bit samples */ +#define SGILOGDATAFMT_RAW 2 /* uninterpreted data */ +#define SGILOGDATAFMT_8BIT 3 /* 8-bit RGB monitor values */ +#define TIFFTAG_SGILOGENCODE 65561 /* SGILog data encoding control*/ +#define SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER 0 /* do not dither encoded values*/ +#define SGILOGENCODE_RANDITHER 1 /* randomly dither encd values */ +#define TIFFTAG_LZMAPRESET 65562 /* LZMA2 preset (compression level) */ +#define TIFFTAG_PERSAMPLE 65563 /* interface for per sample tags */ +#define PERSAMPLE_MERGED 0 /* present as a single value */ +#define PERSAMPLE_MULTI 1 /* present as multiple values */ + +/* + * EXIF tags + */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXPOSURETIME 33434 /* Exposure time */ +#define EXIFTAG_FNUMBER 33437 /* F number */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXPOSUREPROGRAM 34850 /* Exposure program */ +#define EXIFTAG_SPECTRALSENSITIVITY 34852 /* Spectral sensitivity */ +#define EXIFTAG_ISOSPEEDRATINGS 34855 /* ISO speed rating */ +#define EXIFTAG_OECF 34856 /* Optoelectric conversion + factor */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXIFVERSION 36864 /* Exif version */ +#define EXIFTAG_DATETIMEORIGINAL 36867 /* Date and time of original + data generation */ +#define EXIFTAG_DATETIMEDIGITIZED 36868 /* Date and time of digital + data generation */ +#define EXIFTAG_COMPONENTSCONFIGURATION 37121 /* Meaning of each component */ +#define EXIFTAG_COMPRESSEDBITSPERPIXEL 37122 /* Image compression mode */ +#define EXIFTAG_SHUTTERSPEEDVALUE 37377 /* Shutter speed */ +#define EXIFTAG_APERTUREVALUE 37378 /* Aperture */ +#define EXIFTAG_BRIGHTNESSVALUE 37379 /* Brightness */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXPOSUREBIASVALUE 37380 /* Exposure bias */ +#define EXIFTAG_MAXAPERTUREVALUE 37381 /* Maximum lens aperture */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBJECTDISTANCE 37382 /* Subject distance */ +#define EXIFTAG_METERINGMODE 37383 /* Metering mode */ +#define EXIFTAG_LIGHTSOURCE 37384 /* Light source */ +#define EXIFTAG_FLASH 37385 /* Flash */ +#define EXIFTAG_FOCALLENGTH 37386 /* Lens focal length */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBJECTAREA 37396 /* Subject area */ +#define EXIFTAG_MAKERNOTE 37500 /* Manufacturer notes */ +#define EXIFTAG_USERCOMMENT 37510 /* User comments */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBSECTIME 37520 /* DateTime subseconds */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBSECTIMEORIGINAL 37521 /* DateTimeOriginal subseconds */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBSECTIMEDIGITIZED 37522 /* DateTimeDigitized subseconds */ +#define EXIFTAG_FLASHPIXVERSION 40960 /* Supported Flashpix version */ +#define EXIFTAG_COLORSPACE 40961 /* Color space information */ +#define EXIFTAG_PIXELXDIMENSION 40962 /* Valid image width */ +#define EXIFTAG_PIXELYDIMENSION 40963 /* Valid image height */ +#define EXIFTAG_RELATEDSOUNDFILE 40964 /* Related audio file */ +#define EXIFTAG_FLASHENERGY 41483 /* Flash energy */ +#define EXIFTAG_SPATIALFREQUENCYRESPONSE 41484 /* Spatial frequency response */ +#define EXIFTAG_FOCALPLANEXRESOLUTION 41486 /* Focal plane X resolution */ +#define EXIFTAG_FOCALPLANEYRESOLUTION 41487 /* Focal plane Y resolution */ +#define EXIFTAG_FOCALPLANERESOLUTIONUNIT 41488 /* Focal plane resolution unit */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBJECTLOCATION 41492 /* Subject location */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXPOSUREINDEX 41493 /* Exposure index */ +#define EXIFTAG_SENSINGMETHOD 41495 /* Sensing method */ +#define EXIFTAG_FILESOURCE 41728 /* File source */ +#define EXIFTAG_SCENETYPE 41729 /* Scene type */ +#define EXIFTAG_CFAPATTERN 41730 /* CFA pattern */ +#define EXIFTAG_CUSTOMRENDERED 41985 /* Custom image processing */ +#define EXIFTAG_EXPOSUREMODE 41986 /* Exposure mode */ +#define EXIFTAG_WHITEBALANCE 41987 /* White balance */ +#define EXIFTAG_DIGITALZOOMRATIO 41988 /* Digital zoom ratio */ +#define EXIFTAG_FOCALLENGTHIN35MMFILM 41989 /* Focal length in 35 mm film */ +#define EXIFTAG_SCENECAPTURETYPE 41990 /* Scene capture type */ +#define EXIFTAG_GAINCONTROL 41991 /* Gain control */ +#define EXIFTAG_CONTRAST 41992 /* Contrast */ +#define EXIFTAG_SATURATION 41993 /* Saturation */ +#define EXIFTAG_SHARPNESS 41994 /* Sharpness */ +#define EXIFTAG_DEVICESETTINGDESCRIPTION 41995 /* Device settings description */ +#define EXIFTAG_SUBJECTDISTANCERANGE 41996 /* Subject distance range */ +#define EXIFTAG_GAINCONTROL 41991 /* Gain control */ +#define EXIFTAG_GAINCONTROL 41991 /* Gain control */ +#define EXIFTAG_IMAGEUNIQUEID 42016 /* Unique image ID */ + +#endif /* _TIFF_ */ + +/* vim: set ts=8 sts=8 sw=8 noet: */ +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 8 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/tiff/include/tvos/tiffconf-32.h b/tiff/include/tvos/tiffconf-32.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..262db339e4 --- /dev/null +++ b/tiff/include/tvos/tiffconf-32.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* libtiff/tiffconf.h. Generated from tiffconf.h.in by configure. */ +/* + Configuration defines for installed libtiff. + This file maintained for backward compatibility. Do not use definitions + from this file in your programs. +*/ + +#ifndef _TIFFCONF_ +#define _TIFFCONF_ + +/* Signed 16-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT16_T signed short + +/* Signed 32-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT32_T signed int + +/* Signed 64-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT64_T signed long long + +/* Signed 8-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT8_T signed char + +/* Unsigned 16-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT16_T unsigned short + +/* Unsigned 32-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT32_T unsigned int + +/* Unsigned 64-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT64_T unsigned long long + +/* Unsigned 8-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT8_T unsigned char + +/* Signed size type */ +#define TIFF_SSIZE_T signed int + +/* Pointer difference type */ +#define TIFF_PTRDIFF_T ptrdiff_t + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int16'. */ +/* #undef HAVE_INT16 */ + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int32'. */ +/* #undef HAVE_INT32 */ + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int8'. */ +/* #undef HAVE_INT8 */ + +/* Compatibility stuff. */ + +/* Define as 0 or 1 according to the floating point format suported by the + machine */ +#define HAVE_IEEEFP 1 + +/* Set the native cpu bit order (FILLORDER_LSB2MSB or FILLORDER_MSB2LSB) */ +#define HOST_FILLORDER FILLORDER_MSB2LSB + +/* Native cpu byte order: 1 if big-endian (Motorola) or 0 if little-endian + (Intel) */ +#define HOST_BIGENDIAN 0 + +/* Support CCITT Group 3 & 4 algorithms */ +#define CCITT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support JPEG compression (requires IJG JPEG library) */ +/* #undef JPEG_SUPPORT */ + +/* Support JBIG compression (requires JBIG-KIT library) */ +/* #undef JBIG_SUPPORT */ + +/* Support LogLuv high dynamic range encoding */ +#define LOGLUV_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support LZW algorithm */ +#define LZW_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support NeXT 2-bit RLE algorithm */ +#define NEXT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support Old JPEG compresson (read contrib/ojpeg/README first! Compilation + fails with unpatched IJG JPEG library) */ +/* #undef OJPEG_SUPPORT */ + +/* Support Macintosh PackBits algorithm */ +#define PACKBITS_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support Pixar log-format algorithm (requires Zlib) */ +/* #undef PIXARLOG_SUPPORT */ + +/* Support ThunderScan 4-bit RLE algorithm */ +#define THUNDER_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support Deflate compression */ +/* #undef ZIP_SUPPORT */ + +/* Support strip chopping (whether or not to convert single-strip uncompressed + images to mutiple strips of ~8Kb to reduce memory usage) */ +#define STRIPCHOP_DEFAULT TIFF_STRIPCHOP + +/* Enable SubIFD tag (330) support */ +#define SUBIFD_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Treat extra sample as alpha (default enabled). The RGBA interface will + treat a fourth sample with no EXTRASAMPLE_ value as being ASSOCALPHA. Many + packages produce RGBA files but don't mark the alpha properly. */ +#define DEFAULT_EXTRASAMPLE_AS_ALPHA 1 + +/* Pick up YCbCr subsampling info from the JPEG data stream to support files + lacking the tag (default enabled). */ +#define CHECK_JPEG_YCBCR_SUBSAMPLING 1 + +/* Support MS MDI magic number files as TIFF */ +#define MDI_SUPPORT 1 + +/* + * Feature support definitions. + * XXX: These macros are obsoleted. Don't use them in your apps! + * Macros stays here for backward compatibility and should be always defined. + */ +#define COLORIMETRY_SUPPORT +#define YCBCR_SUPPORT +#define CMYK_SUPPORT +#define ICC_SUPPORT +#define PHOTOSHOP_SUPPORT +#define IPTC_SUPPORT + +#endif /* _TIFFCONF_ */ diff --git a/tiff/include/tvos/tiffconf-64.h b/tiff/include/tvos/tiffconf-64.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..8bc2a0d7f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/tiff/include/tvos/tiffconf-64.h @@ -0,0 +1,128 @@ +/* libtiff/tiffconf.h. Generated from tiffconf.h.in by configure. */ +/* + Configuration defines for installed libtiff. + This file maintained for backward compatibility. Do not use definitions + from this file in your programs. +*/ + +#ifndef _TIFFCONF_ +#define _TIFFCONF_ + +/* Signed 16-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT16_T signed short + +/* Signed 32-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT32_T signed int + +/* Signed 64-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT64_T signed long + +/* Signed 8-bit type */ +#define TIFF_INT8_T signed char + +/* Unsigned 16-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT16_T unsigned short + +/* Unsigned 32-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT32_T unsigned int + +/* Unsigned 64-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT64_T unsigned long + +/* Unsigned 8-bit type */ +#define TIFF_UINT8_T unsigned char + +/* Signed size type */ +#define TIFF_SSIZE_T signed long + +/* Pointer difference type */ +#define TIFF_PTRDIFF_T ptrdiff_t + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int16'. */ +/* #undef HAVE_INT16 */ + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int32'. */ +/* #undef HAVE_INT32 */ + +/* Define to 1 if the system has the type `int8'. */ +/* #undef HAVE_INT8 */ + +/* Compatibility stuff. */ + +/* Define as 0 or 1 according to the floating point format suported by the + machine */ +#define HAVE_IEEEFP 1 + +/* Set the native cpu bit order (FILLORDER_LSB2MSB or FILLORDER_MSB2LSB) */ +#define HOST_FILLORDER FILLORDER_LSB2MSB + +/* Native cpu byte order: 1 if big-endian (Motorola) or 0 if little-endian + (Intel) */ +#define HOST_BIGENDIAN 0 + +/* Support CCITT Group 3 & 4 algorithms */ +#define CCITT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support JPEG compression (requires IJG JPEG library) */ +/* #undef JPEG_SUPPORT */ + +/* Support JBIG compression (requires JBIG-KIT library) */ +/* #undef JBIG_SUPPORT */ + +/* Support LogLuv high dynamic range encoding */ +#define LOGLUV_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support LZW algorithm */ +#define LZW_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support NeXT 2-bit RLE algorithm */ +#define NEXT_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support Old JPEG compresson (read contrib/ojpeg/README first! Compilation + fails with unpatched IJG JPEG library) */ +/* #undef OJPEG_SUPPORT */ + +/* Support Macintosh PackBits algorithm */ +#define PACKBITS_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support Pixar log-format algorithm (requires Zlib) */ +/* #undef PIXARLOG_SUPPORT */ + +/* Support ThunderScan 4-bit RLE algorithm */ +#define THUNDER_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Support Deflate compression */ +/* #undef ZIP_SUPPORT */ + +/* Support strip chopping (whether or not to convert single-strip uncompressed + images to mutiple strips of ~8Kb to reduce memory usage) */ +#define STRIPCHOP_DEFAULT TIFF_STRIPCHOP + +/* Enable SubIFD tag (330) support */ +#define SUBIFD_SUPPORT 1 + +/* Treat extra sample as alpha (default enabled). The RGBA interface will + treat a fourth sample with no EXTRASAMPLE_ value as being ASSOCALPHA. Many + packages produce RGBA files but don't mark the alpha properly. */ +#define DEFAULT_EXTRASAMPLE_AS_ALPHA 1 + +/* Pick up YCbCr subsampling info from the JPEG data stream to support files + lacking the tag (default enabled). */ +#define CHECK_JPEG_YCBCR_SUBSAMPLING 1 + +/* Support MS MDI magic number files as TIFF */ +#define MDI_SUPPORT 1 + +/* + * Feature support definitions. + * XXX: These macros are obsoleted. Don't use them in your apps! + * Macros stays here for backward compatibility and should be always defined. + */ +#define COLORIMETRY_SUPPORT +#define YCBCR_SUPPORT +#define CMYK_SUPPORT +#define ICC_SUPPORT +#define PHOTOSHOP_SUPPORT +#define IPTC_SUPPORT + +#endif /* _TIFFCONF_ */ diff --git a/tiff/include/tvos/tiffconf.h b/tiff/include/tvos/tiffconf.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..2aae5dea86 --- /dev/null +++ b/tiff/include/tvos/tiffconf.h @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +#if defined(__LP64__) && __LP64__ +#include"tiffconf-64.h" +#else +#include"tiffconf-32.h" +#endif \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/tiff/include/tvos/tiffio.h b/tiff/include/tvos/tiffio.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..038b67013f --- /dev/null +++ b/tiff/include/tvos/tiffio.h @@ -0,0 +1,557 @@ +/* $Id: tiffio.h,v 1.91 2012-07-29 15:45:29 tgl Exp $ */ + +/* + * Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler + * Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc. + * + * Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and + * its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided + * that (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in + * all copies of the software and related documentation, and (ii) the names of + * Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or + * publicity relating to the software without the specific, prior written + * permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics. + * + * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, + * EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY + * WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + * + * IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR + * ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, + * OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, + * WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF + * LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE + * OF THIS SOFTWARE. + */ + +#ifndef _TIFFIO_ +#define _TIFFIO_ + +/* + * TIFF I/O Library Definitions. + */ +#include "tiff.h" +#include "tiffvers.h" + +/* + * TIFF is defined as an incomplete type to hide the + * library's internal data structures from clients. + */ +typedef struct tiff TIFF; + +/* + * The following typedefs define the intrinsic size of + * data types used in the *exported* interfaces. These + * definitions depend on the proper definition of types + * in tiff.h. Note also that the varargs interface used + * to pass tag types and values uses the types defined in + * tiff.h directly. + * + * NB: ttag_t is unsigned int and not unsigned short because + * ANSI C requires that the type before the ellipsis be a + * promoted type (i.e. one of int, unsigned int, pointer, + * or double) and because we defined pseudo-tags that are + * outside the range of legal Aldus-assigned tags. + * NB: tsize_t is int32 and not uint32 because some functions + * return -1. + * NB: toff_t is not off_t for many reasons; TIFFs max out at + * 32-bit file offsets, and BigTIFF maxes out at 64-bit + * offsets being the most important, and to ensure use of + * a consistently unsigned type across architectures. + * Prior to libtiff 4.0, this was an unsigned 32 bit type. + */ +/* + * this is the machine addressing size type, only it's signed, so make it + * int32 on 32bit machines, int64 on 64bit machines + */ +typedef TIFF_SSIZE_T tmsize_t; +typedef uint64 toff_t; /* file offset */ +/* the following are deprecated and should be replaced by their defining + counterparts */ +typedef uint32 ttag_t; /* directory tag */ +typedef uint16 tdir_t; /* directory index */ +typedef uint16 tsample_t; /* sample number */ +typedef uint32 tstrile_t; /* strip or tile number */ +typedef tstrile_t tstrip_t; /* strip number */ +typedef tstrile_t ttile_t; /* tile number */ +typedef tmsize_t tsize_t; /* i/o size in bytes */ +typedef void* tdata_t; /* image data ref */ + +#if !defined(__WIN32__) && (defined(_WIN32) || defined(WIN32)) +#define __WIN32__ +#endif + +/* + * On windows you should define USE_WIN32_FILEIO if you are using tif_win32.c + * or AVOID_WIN32_FILEIO if you are using something else (like tif_unix.c). + * + * By default tif_unix.c is assumed. + */ + +#if defined(_WINDOWS) || defined(__WIN32__) || defined(_Windows) +# if !defined(__CYGWIN) && !defined(AVOID_WIN32_FILEIO) && !defined(USE_WIN32_FILEIO) +# define AVOID_WIN32_FILEIO +# endif +#endif + +#if defined(USE_WIN32_FILEIO) +# define VC_EXTRALEAN +# include <windows.h> +# ifdef __WIN32__ +DECLARE_HANDLE(thandle_t); /* Win32 file handle */ +# else +typedef HFILE thandle_t; /* client data handle */ +# endif /* __WIN32__ */ +#else +typedef void* thandle_t; /* client data handle */ +#endif /* USE_WIN32_FILEIO */ + +/* + * Flags to pass to TIFFPrintDirectory to control + * printing of data structures that are potentially + * very large. Bit-or these flags to enable printing + * multiple items. + */ +#define TIFFPRINT_NONE 0x0 /* no extra info */ +#define TIFFPRINT_STRIPS 0x1 /* strips/tiles info */ +#define TIFFPRINT_CURVES 0x2 /* color/gray response curves */ +#define TIFFPRINT_COLORMAP 0x4 /* colormap */ +#define TIFFPRINT_JPEGQTABLES 0x100 /* JPEG Q matrices */ +#define TIFFPRINT_JPEGACTABLES 0x200 /* JPEG AC tables */ +#define TIFFPRINT_JPEGDCTABLES 0x200 /* JPEG DC tables */ + +/* + * Colour conversion stuff + */ + +/* reference white */ +#define D65_X0 (95.0470F) +#define D65_Y0 (100.0F) +#define D65_Z0 (108.8827F) + +#define D50_X0 (96.4250F) +#define D50_Y0 (100.0F) +#define D50_Z0 (82.4680F) + +/* Structure for holding information about a display device. */ + +typedef unsigned char TIFFRGBValue; /* 8-bit samples */ + +typedef struct { + float d_mat[3][3]; /* XYZ -> luminance matrix */ + float d_YCR; /* Light o/p for reference white */ + float d_YCG; + float d_YCB; + uint32 d_Vrwr; /* Pixel values for ref. white */ + uint32 d_Vrwg; + uint32 d_Vrwb; + float d_Y0R; /* Residual light for black pixel */ + float d_Y0G; + float d_Y0B; + float d_gammaR; /* Gamma values for the three guns */ + float d_gammaG; + float d_gammaB; +} TIFFDisplay; + +typedef struct { /* YCbCr->RGB support */ + TIFFRGBValue* clamptab; /* range clamping table */ + int* Cr_r_tab; + int* Cb_b_tab; + int32* Cr_g_tab; + int32* Cb_g_tab; + int32* Y_tab; +} TIFFYCbCrToRGB; + +typedef struct { /* CIE Lab 1976->RGB support */ + int range; /* Size of conversion table */ +#define CIELABTORGB_TABLE_RANGE 1500 + float rstep, gstep, bstep; + float X0, Y0, Z0; /* Reference white point */ + TIFFDisplay display; + float Yr2r[CIELABTORGB_TABLE_RANGE + 1]; /* Conversion of Yr to r */ + float Yg2g[CIELABTORGB_TABLE_RANGE + 1]; /* Conversion of Yg to g */ + float Yb2b[CIELABTORGB_TABLE_RANGE + 1]; /* Conversion of Yb to b */ +} TIFFCIELabToRGB; + +/* + * RGBA-style image support. + */ +typedef struct _TIFFRGBAImage TIFFRGBAImage; +/* + * The image reading and conversion routines invoke + * ``put routines'' to copy/image/whatever tiles of + * raw image data. A default set of routines are + * provided to convert/copy raw image data to 8-bit + * packed ABGR format rasters. Applications can supply + * alternate routines that unpack the data into a + * different format or, for example, unpack the data + * and draw the unpacked raster on the display. + */ +typedef void (*tileContigRoutine) + (TIFFRGBAImage*, uint32*, uint32, uint32, uint32, uint32, int32, int32, + unsigned char*); +typedef void (*tileSeparateRoutine) + (TIFFRGBAImage*, uint32*, uint32, uint32, uint32, uint32, int32, int32, + unsigned char*, unsigned char*, unsigned char*, unsigned char*); +/* + * RGBA-reader state. + */ +struct _TIFFRGBAImage { + TIFF* tif; /* image handle */ + int stoponerr; /* stop on read error */ + int isContig; /* data is packed/separate */ + int alpha; /* type of alpha data present */ + uint32 width; /* image width */ + uint32 height; /* image height */ + uint16 bitspersample; /* image bits/sample */ + uint16 samplesperpixel; /* image samples/pixel */ + uint16 orientation; /* image orientation */ + uint16 req_orientation; /* requested orientation */ + uint16 photometric; /* image photometric interp */ + uint16* redcmap; /* colormap pallete */ + uint16* greencmap; + uint16* bluecmap; + /* get image data routine */ + int (*get)(TIFFRGBAImage*, uint32*, uint32, uint32); + /* put decoded strip/tile */ + union { + void (*any)(TIFFRGBAImage*); + tileContigRoutine contig; + tileSeparateRoutine separate; + } put; + TIFFRGBValue* Map; /* sample mapping array */ + uint32** BWmap; /* black&white map */ + uint32** PALmap; /* palette image map */ + TIFFYCbCrToRGB* ycbcr; /* YCbCr conversion state */ + TIFFCIELabToRGB* cielab; /* CIE L*a*b conversion state */ + + uint8* UaToAa; /* Unassociated alpha to associated alpha convertion LUT */ + uint8* Bitdepth16To8; /* LUT for conversion from 16bit to 8bit values */ + + int row_offset; + int col_offset; +}; + +/* + * Macros for extracting components from the + * packed ABGR form returned by TIFFReadRGBAImage. + */ +#define TIFFGetR(abgr) ((abgr) & 0xff) +#define TIFFGetG(abgr) (((abgr) >> 8) & 0xff) +#define TIFFGetB(abgr) (((abgr) >> 16) & 0xff) +#define TIFFGetA(abgr) (((abgr) >> 24) & 0xff) + +/* + * A CODEC is a software package that implements decoding, + * encoding, or decoding+encoding of a compression algorithm. + * The library provides a collection of builtin codecs. + * More codecs may be registered through calls to the library + * and/or the builtin implementations may be overridden. + */ +typedef int (*TIFFInitMethod)(TIFF*, int); +typedef struct { + char* name; + uint16 scheme; + TIFFInitMethod init; +} TIFFCodec; + +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdarg.h> + +/* share internal LogLuv conversion routines? */ +#ifndef LOGLUV_PUBLIC +#define LOGLUV_PUBLIC 1 +#endif + +#if !defined(__GNUC__) && !defined(__attribute__) +# define __attribute__(x) /*nothing*/ +#endif + +#if defined(c_plusplus) || defined(__cplusplus) +extern "C" { +#endif +typedef void (*TIFFErrorHandler)(const char*, const char*, va_list); +typedef void (*TIFFErrorHandlerExt)(thandle_t, const char*, const char*, va_list); +typedef tmsize_t (*TIFFReadWriteProc)(thandle_t, void*, tmsize_t); +typedef toff_t (*TIFFSeekProc)(thandle_t, toff_t, int); +typedef int (*TIFFCloseProc)(thandle_t); +typedef toff_t (*TIFFSizeProc)(thandle_t); +typedef int (*TIFFMapFileProc)(thandle_t, void** base, toff_t* size); +typedef void (*TIFFUnmapFileProc)(thandle_t, void* base, toff_t size); +typedef void (*TIFFExtendProc)(TIFF*); + +extern const char* TIFFGetVersion(void); + +extern const TIFFCodec* TIFFFindCODEC(uint16); +extern TIFFCodec* TIFFRegisterCODEC(uint16, const char*, TIFFInitMethod); +extern void TIFFUnRegisterCODEC(TIFFCodec*); +extern int TIFFIsCODECConfigured(uint16); +extern TIFFCodec* TIFFGetConfiguredCODECs(void); + +/* + * Auxiliary functions. + */ + +extern void* _TIFFmalloc(tmsize_t s); +extern void* _TIFFrealloc(void* p, tmsize_t s); +extern void _TIFFmemset(void* p, int v, tmsize_t c); +extern void _TIFFmemcpy(void* d, const void* s, tmsize_t c); +extern int _TIFFmemcmp(const void* p1, const void* p2, tmsize_t c); +extern void _TIFFfree(void* p); + +/* +** Stuff, related to tag handling and creating custom tags. +*/ +extern int TIFFGetTagListCount( TIFF * ); +extern uint32 TIFFGetTagListEntry( TIFF *, int tag_index ); + +#define TIFF_ANY TIFF_NOTYPE /* for field descriptor searching */ +#define TIFF_VARIABLE -1 /* marker for variable length tags */ +#define TIFF_SPP -2 /* marker for SamplesPerPixel tags */ +#define TIFF_VARIABLE2 -3 /* marker for uint32 var-length tags */ + +#define FIELD_CUSTOM 65 + +typedef struct _TIFFField TIFFField; +typedef struct _TIFFFieldArray TIFFFieldArray; + +extern const TIFFField* TIFFFindField(TIFF *, uint32, TIFFDataType); +extern const TIFFField* TIFFFieldWithTag(TIFF*, uint32); +extern const TIFFField* TIFFFieldWithName(TIFF*, const char *); + +extern uint32 TIFFFieldTag(const TIFFField*); +extern const char* TIFFFieldName(const TIFFField*); +extern TIFFDataType TIFFFieldDataType(const TIFFField*); +extern int TIFFFieldPassCount(const TIFFField*); +extern int TIFFFieldReadCount(const TIFFField*); +extern int TIFFFieldWriteCount(const TIFFField*); + +typedef int (*TIFFVSetMethod)(TIFF*, uint32, va_list); +typedef int (*TIFFVGetMethod)(TIFF*, uint32, va_list); +typedef void (*TIFFPrintMethod)(TIFF*, FILE*, long); + +typedef struct { + TIFFVSetMethod vsetfield; /* tag set routine */ + TIFFVGetMethod vgetfield; /* tag get routine */ + TIFFPrintMethod printdir; /* directory print routine */ +} TIFFTagMethods; + +extern TIFFTagMethods *TIFFAccessTagMethods(TIFF *); +extern void *TIFFGetClientInfo(TIFF *, const char *); +extern void TIFFSetClientInfo(TIFF *, void *, const char *); + +extern void TIFFCleanup(TIFF* tif); +extern void TIFFClose(TIFF* tif); +extern int TIFFFlush(TIFF* tif); +extern int TIFFFlushData(TIFF* tif); +extern int TIFFGetField(TIFF* tif, uint32 tag, ...); +extern int TIFFVGetField(TIFF* tif, uint32 tag, va_list ap); +extern int TIFFGetFieldDefaulted(TIFF* tif, uint32 tag, ...); +extern int TIFFVGetFieldDefaulted(TIFF* tif, uint32 tag, va_list ap); +extern int TIFFReadDirectory(TIFF* tif); +extern int TIFFReadCustomDirectory(TIFF* tif, toff_t diroff, const TIFFFieldArray* infoarray); +extern int TIFFReadEXIFDirectory(TIFF* tif, toff_t diroff); +extern uint64 TIFFScanlineSize64(TIFF* tif); +extern tmsize_t TIFFScanlineSize(TIFF* tif); +extern uint64 TIFFRasterScanlineSize64(TIFF* tif); +extern tmsize_t TIFFRasterScanlineSize(TIFF* tif); +extern uint64 TIFFStripSize64(TIFF* tif); +extern tmsize_t TIFFStripSize(TIFF* tif); +extern uint64 TIFFRawStripSize64(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip); +extern tmsize_t TIFFRawStripSize(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip); +extern uint64 TIFFVStripSize64(TIFF* tif, uint32 nrows); +extern tmsize_t TIFFVStripSize(TIFF* tif, uint32 nrows); +extern uint64 TIFFTileRowSize64(TIFF* tif); +extern tmsize_t TIFFTileRowSize(TIFF* tif); +extern uint64 TIFFTileSize64(TIFF* tif); +extern tmsize_t TIFFTileSize(TIFF* tif); +extern uint64 TIFFVTileSize64(TIFF* tif, uint32 nrows); +extern tmsize_t TIFFVTileSize(TIFF* tif, uint32 nrows); +extern uint32 TIFFDefaultStripSize(TIFF* tif, uint32 request); +extern void TIFFDefaultTileSize(TIFF*, uint32*, uint32*); +extern int TIFFFileno(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFSetFileno(TIFF*, int); +extern thandle_t TIFFClientdata(TIFF*); +extern thandle_t TIFFSetClientdata(TIFF*, thandle_t); +extern int TIFFGetMode(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFSetMode(TIFF*, int); +extern int TIFFIsTiled(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFIsByteSwapped(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFIsUpSampled(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFIsMSB2LSB(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFIsBigEndian(TIFF*); +extern TIFFReadWriteProc TIFFGetReadProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFReadWriteProc TIFFGetWriteProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFSeekProc TIFFGetSeekProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFCloseProc TIFFGetCloseProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFSizeProc TIFFGetSizeProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFMapFileProc TIFFGetMapFileProc(TIFF*); +extern TIFFUnmapFileProc TIFFGetUnmapFileProc(TIFF*); +extern uint32 TIFFCurrentRow(TIFF*); +extern uint16 TIFFCurrentDirectory(TIFF*); +extern uint16 TIFFNumberOfDirectories(TIFF*); +extern uint64 TIFFCurrentDirOffset(TIFF*); +extern uint32 TIFFCurrentStrip(TIFF*); +extern uint32 TIFFCurrentTile(TIFF* tif); +extern int TIFFReadBufferSetup(TIFF* tif, void* bp, tmsize_t size); +extern int TIFFWriteBufferSetup(TIFF* tif, void* bp, tmsize_t size); +extern int TIFFSetupStrips(TIFF *); +extern int TIFFWriteCheck(TIFF*, int, const char *); +extern void TIFFFreeDirectory(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFCreateDirectory(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFCreateCustomDirectory(TIFF*,const TIFFFieldArray*); +extern int TIFFCreateEXIFDirectory(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFLastDirectory(TIFF*); +extern int TIFFSetDirectory(TIFF*, uint16); +extern int TIFFSetSubDirectory(TIFF*, uint64); +extern int TIFFUnlinkDirectory(TIFF*, uint16); +extern int TIFFSetField(TIFF*, uint32, ...); +extern int TIFFVSetField(TIFF*, uint32, va_list); +extern int TIFFUnsetField(TIFF*, uint32); +extern int TIFFWriteDirectory(TIFF *); +extern int TIFFWriteCustomDirectory(TIFF *, uint64 *); +extern int TIFFCheckpointDirectory(TIFF *); +extern int TIFFRewriteDirectory(TIFF *); + +#if defined(c_plusplus) || defined(__cplusplus) +extern void TIFFPrintDirectory(TIFF*, FILE*, long = 0); +extern int TIFFReadScanline(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 row, uint16 sample = 0); +extern int TIFFWriteScanline(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 row, uint16 sample = 0); +extern int TIFFReadRGBAImage(TIFF*, uint32, uint32, uint32*, int = 0); +extern int TIFFReadRGBAImageOriented(TIFF*, uint32, uint32, uint32*, + int = ORIENTATION_BOTLEFT, int = 0); +#else +extern void TIFFPrintDirectory(TIFF*, FILE*, long); +extern int TIFFReadScanline(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 row, uint16 sample); +extern int TIFFWriteScanline(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 row, uint16 sample); +extern int TIFFReadRGBAImage(TIFF*, uint32, uint32, uint32*, int); +extern int TIFFReadRGBAImageOriented(TIFF*, uint32, uint32, uint32*, int, int); +#endif + +extern int TIFFReadRGBAStrip(TIFF*, uint32, uint32 * ); +extern int TIFFReadRGBATile(TIFF*, uint32, uint32, uint32 * ); +extern int TIFFRGBAImageOK(TIFF*, char [1024]); +extern int TIFFRGBAImageBegin(TIFFRGBAImage*, TIFF*, int, char [1024]); +extern int TIFFRGBAImageGet(TIFFRGBAImage*, uint32*, uint32, uint32); +extern void TIFFRGBAImageEnd(TIFFRGBAImage*); +extern TIFF* TIFFOpen(const char*, const char*); +# ifdef __WIN32__ +extern TIFF* TIFFOpenW(const wchar_t*, const char*); +# endif /* __WIN32__ */ +extern TIFF* TIFFFdOpen(int, const char*, const char*); +extern TIFF* TIFFClientOpen(const char*, const char*, + thandle_t, + TIFFReadWriteProc, TIFFReadWriteProc, + TIFFSeekProc, TIFFCloseProc, + TIFFSizeProc, + TIFFMapFileProc, TIFFUnmapFileProc); +extern const char* TIFFFileName(TIFF*); +extern const char* TIFFSetFileName(TIFF*, const char *); +extern void TIFFError(const char*, const char*, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__,2,3))); +extern void TIFFErrorExt(thandle_t, const char*, const char*, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__,3,4))); +extern void TIFFWarning(const char*, const char*, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__,2,3))); +extern void TIFFWarningExt(thandle_t, const char*, const char*, ...) __attribute__((__format__ (__printf__,3,4))); +extern TIFFErrorHandler TIFFSetErrorHandler(TIFFErrorHandler); +extern TIFFErrorHandlerExt TIFFSetErrorHandlerExt(TIFFErrorHandlerExt); +extern TIFFErrorHandler TIFFSetWarningHandler(TIFFErrorHandler); +extern TIFFErrorHandlerExt TIFFSetWarningHandlerExt(TIFFErrorHandlerExt); +extern TIFFExtendProc TIFFSetTagExtender(TIFFExtendProc); +extern uint32 TIFFComputeTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 x, uint32 y, uint32 z, uint16 s); +extern int TIFFCheckTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 x, uint32 y, uint32 z, uint16 s); +extern uint32 TIFFNumberOfTiles(TIFF*); +extern tmsize_t TIFFReadTile(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 x, uint32 y, uint32 z, uint16 s); +extern tmsize_t TIFFWriteTile(TIFF* tif, void* buf, uint32 x, uint32 y, uint32 z, uint16 s); +extern uint32 TIFFComputeStrip(TIFF*, uint32, uint16); +extern uint32 TIFFNumberOfStrips(TIFF*); +extern tmsize_t TIFFReadEncodedStrip(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip, void* buf, tmsize_t size); +extern tmsize_t TIFFReadRawStrip(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip, void* buf, tmsize_t size); +extern tmsize_t TIFFReadEncodedTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 tile, void* buf, tmsize_t size); +extern tmsize_t TIFFReadRawTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 tile, void* buf, tmsize_t size); +extern tmsize_t TIFFWriteEncodedStrip(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip, void* data, tmsize_t cc); +extern tmsize_t TIFFWriteRawStrip(TIFF* tif, uint32 strip, void* data, tmsize_t cc); +extern tmsize_t TIFFWriteEncodedTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 tile, void* data, tmsize_t cc); +extern tmsize_t TIFFWriteRawTile(TIFF* tif, uint32 tile, void* data, tmsize_t cc); +extern int TIFFDataWidth(TIFFDataType); /* table of tag datatype widths */ +extern void TIFFSetWriteOffset(TIFF* tif, toff_t off); +extern void TIFFSwabShort(uint16*); +extern void TIFFSwabLong(uint32*); +extern void TIFFSwabLong8(uint64*); +extern void TIFFSwabFloat(float*); +extern void TIFFSwabDouble(double*); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfShort(uint16* wp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfTriples(uint8* tp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfLong(uint32* lp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfLong8(uint64* lp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfFloat(float* fp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFSwabArrayOfDouble(double* dp, tmsize_t n); +extern void TIFFReverseBits(uint8* cp, tmsize_t n); +extern const unsigned char* TIFFGetBitRevTable(int); + +#ifdef LOGLUV_PUBLIC +#define U_NEU 0.210526316 +#define V_NEU 0.473684211 +#define UVSCALE 410. +extern double LogL16toY(int); +extern double LogL10toY(int); +extern void XYZtoRGB24(float*, uint8*); +extern int uv_decode(double*, double*, int); +extern void LogLuv24toXYZ(uint32, float*); +extern void LogLuv32toXYZ(uint32, float*); +#if defined(c_plusplus) || defined(__cplusplus) +extern int LogL16fromY(double, int = SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER); +extern int LogL10fromY(double, int = SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER); +extern int uv_encode(double, double, int = SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER); +extern uint32 LogLuv24fromXYZ(float*, int = SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER); +extern uint32 LogLuv32fromXYZ(float*, int = SGILOGENCODE_NODITHER); +#else +extern int LogL16fromY(double, int); +extern int LogL10fromY(double, int); +extern int uv_encode(double, double, int); +extern uint32 LogLuv24fromXYZ(float*, int); +extern uint32 LogLuv32fromXYZ(float*, int); +#endif +#endif /* LOGLUV_PUBLIC */ + +extern int TIFFCIELabToRGBInit(TIFFCIELabToRGB*, const TIFFDisplay *, float*); +extern void TIFFCIELabToXYZ(TIFFCIELabToRGB *, uint32, int32, int32, + float *, float *, float *); +extern void TIFFXYZToRGB(TIFFCIELabToRGB *, float, float, float, + uint32 *, uint32 *, uint32 *); + +extern int TIFFYCbCrToRGBInit(TIFFYCbCrToRGB*, float*, float*); +extern void TIFFYCbCrtoRGB(TIFFYCbCrToRGB *, uint32, int32, int32, + uint32 *, uint32 *, uint32 *); + +/**************************************************************************** + * O B S O L E T E D I N T E R F A C E S + * + * Don't use this stuff in your applications, it may be removed in the future + * libtiff versions. + ****************************************************************************/ +typedef struct { + ttag_t field_tag; /* field's tag */ + short field_readcount; /* read count/TIFF_VARIABLE/TIFF_SPP */ + short field_writecount; /* write count/TIFF_VARIABLE */ + TIFFDataType field_type; /* type of associated data */ + unsigned short field_bit; /* bit in fieldsset bit vector */ + unsigned char field_oktochange; /* if true, can change while writing */ + unsigned char field_passcount; /* if true, pass dir count on set */ + char *field_name; /* ASCII name */ +} TIFFFieldInfo; + +extern int TIFFMergeFieldInfo(TIFF*, const TIFFFieldInfo[], uint32); + +#if defined(c_plusplus) || defined(__cplusplus) +} +#endif + +#endif /* _TIFFIO_ */ + +/* vim: set ts=8 sts=8 sw=8 noet: */ +/* + * Local Variables: + * mode: c + * c-basic-offset: 8 + * fill-column: 78 + * End: + */ diff --git a/tiff/include/tvos/tiffvers.h b/tiff/include/tvos/tiffvers.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..40edc813d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/tiff/include/tvos/tiffvers.h @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +#define TIFFLIB_VERSION_STR "LIBTIFF, Version 4.0.3\nCopyright (c) 1988-1996 Sam Leffler\nCopyright (c) 1991-1996 Silicon Graphics, Inc." +/* + * This define can be used in code that requires + * compilation-related definitions specific to a + * version or versions of the library. Runtime + * version checking should be done based on the + * string returned by TIFFGetVersion. + */ +#define TIFFLIB_VERSION 20120922 diff --git a/tiff/prebuilt/tvos/libtiff.a b/tiff/prebuilt/tvos/libtiff.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..d5de98f1a8 Binary files /dev/null and b/tiff/prebuilt/tvos/libtiff.a differ diff --git a/webp/include/tvos/decode.h b/webp/include/tvos/decode.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..43b6c58f4f --- /dev/null +++ b/webp/include/tvos/decode.h @@ -0,0 +1,454 @@ +// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM: +// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/ +// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/ +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Main decoding functions for WebP images. +// +// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com) + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ + +#include "./types.h" + +#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus) +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION 0x0200 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b) + +// Return the decoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for +// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetDecoderVersion(void); + +// Retrieve basic header information: width, height. +// This function will also validate the header and return 0 in +// case of formatting error. +// Pointers 'width' and 'height' can be passed NULL if deemed irrelevant. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetInfo(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Decodes WebP images pointed to by 'data' and returns RGBA samples, along +// with the dimensions in *width and *height. The ordering of samples in +// memory is R, G, B, A, R, G, B, A... in scan order (endian-independent). +// The returned pointer should be deleted calling free(). +// Returns NULL in case of error. +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning A, R, G, B, A, R, G, B... ordered data. +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeARGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning B, G, R, A, B, G, R, A... ordered data. +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRA(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGBA, but returning R, G, B, R, G, B... ordered data. +// If the bitstream contains transparency, it is ignored. +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGB(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + +// Same as WebPDecodeRGB, but returning B, G, R, B, G, R... ordered data. +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGR(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height); + + +// Decode WebP images pointed to by 'data' to Y'UV format(*). The pointer +// returned is the Y samples buffer. Upon return, *u and *v will point to +// the U and V chroma data. These U and V buffers need NOT be free()'d, +// unlike the returned Y luma one. The dimension of the U and V planes +// are both (*width + 1) / 2 and (*height + 1)/ 2. +// Upon return, the Y buffer has a stride returned as '*stride', while U and V +// have a common stride returned as '*uv_stride'. +// Return NULL in case of error. +// (*) Also named Y'CbCr. See: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/YCbCr +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeYUV(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + int* width, int* height, + uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, + int* stride, int* uv_stride); + +// These five functions are variants of the above ones, that decode the image +// directly into a pre-allocated buffer 'output_buffer'. The maximum storage +// available in this buffer is indicated by 'output_buffer_size'. If this +// storage is not sufficient (or an error occurred), NULL is returned. +// Otherwise, output_buffer is returned, for convenience. +// The parameter 'output_stride' specifies the distance (in bytes) +// between scanlines. Hence, output_buffer_size is expected to be at least +// output_stride x picture-height. +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBAInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeARGBInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRAInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); + +// RGB and BGR variants. Here too the transparency information, if present, +// will be dropped and ignored. +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeRGBInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeBGRInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); + +// WebPDecodeYUVInto() is a variant of WebPDecodeYUV() that operates directly +// into pre-allocated luma/chroma plane buffers. This function requires the +// strides to be passed: one for the luma plane and one for each of the +// chroma ones. The size of each plane buffer is passed as 'luma_size', +// 'u_size' and 'v_size' respectively. +// Pointer to the luma plane ('*luma') is returned or NULL if an error occurred +// during decoding (or because some buffers were found to be too small). +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPDecodeYUVInto( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride, + uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride, + uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Output colorspaces and buffer + +// Colorspaces +// Note: the naming describes the byte-ordering of packed samples in memory. +// For instance, MODE_BGRA relates to samples ordered as B,G,R,A,B,G,R,A,... +// Non-capital names (e.g.:MODE_Argb) relates to pre-multiplied RGB channels. +// RGB-565 and RGBA-4444 are also endian-agnostic and byte-oriented. +typedef enum { MODE_RGB = 0, MODE_RGBA = 1, + MODE_BGR = 2, MODE_BGRA = 3, + MODE_ARGB = 4, MODE_RGBA_4444 = 5, + MODE_RGB_565 = 6, + // RGB-premultiplied transparent modes (alpha value is preserved) + MODE_rgbA = 7, + MODE_bgrA = 8, + MODE_Argb = 9, + MODE_rgbA_4444 = 10, + // YUV modes must come after RGB ones. + MODE_YUV = 11, MODE_YUVA = 12, // yuv 4:2:0 + MODE_LAST = 13 + } WEBP_CSP_MODE; + +// Some useful macros: +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsPremultipliedMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) { + return (mode == MODE_rgbA || mode == MODE_bgrA || mode == MODE_Argb || + mode == MODE_rgbA_4444); +} + +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsAlphaMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) { + return (mode == MODE_RGBA || mode == MODE_BGRA || mode == MODE_ARGB || + mode == MODE_RGBA_4444 || mode == MODE_YUVA || + WebPIsPremultipliedMode(mode)); +} + +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPIsRGBMode(WEBP_CSP_MODE mode) { + return (mode < MODE_YUV); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// WebPDecBuffer: Generic structure for describing the output sample buffer. + +typedef struct { // view as RGBA + uint8_t* rgba; // pointer to RGBA samples + int stride; // stride in bytes from one scanline to the next. + size_t size; // total size of the *rgba buffer. +} WebPRGBABuffer; + +typedef struct { // view as YUVA + uint8_t* y, *u, *v, *a; // pointer to luma, chroma U/V, alpha samples + int y_stride; // luma stride + int u_stride, v_stride; // chroma strides + int a_stride; // alpha stride + size_t y_size; // luma plane size + size_t u_size, v_size; // chroma planes size + size_t a_size; // alpha-plane size +} WebPYUVABuffer; + +// Output buffer +typedef struct { + WEBP_CSP_MODE colorspace; // Colorspace. + int width, height; // Dimensions. + int is_external_memory; // If true, 'internal_memory' pointer is not used. + union { + WebPRGBABuffer RGBA; + WebPYUVABuffer YUVA; + } u; // Nameless union of buffer parameters. + uint32_t pad[4]; // padding for later use + + uint8_t* private_memory; // Internally allocated memory (only when + // is_external_memory is false). Should not be used + // externally, but accessed via the buffer union. +} WebPDecBuffer; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPInitDecBufferInternal(WebPDecBuffer*, int); + +// Initialize the structure as empty. Must be called before any other use. +// Returns false in case of version mismatch +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer) { + return WebPInitDecBufferInternal(buffer, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Free any memory associated with the buffer. Must always be called last. +// Note: doesn't free the 'buffer' structure itself. +WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPFreeDecBuffer(WebPDecBuffer* buffer); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Enumeration of the status codes + +typedef enum { + VP8_STATUS_OK = 0, + VP8_STATUS_OUT_OF_MEMORY, + VP8_STATUS_INVALID_PARAM, + VP8_STATUS_BITSTREAM_ERROR, + VP8_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_FEATURE, + VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED, + VP8_STATUS_USER_ABORT, + VP8_STATUS_NOT_ENOUGH_DATA +} VP8StatusCode; + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Incremental decoding +// +// This API allows streamlined decoding of partial data. +// Picture can be incrementally decoded as data become available thanks to the +// WebPIDecoder object. This object can be left in a SUSPENDED state if the +// picture is only partially decoded, pending additional input. +// Code example: +// +// WebPInitDecBuffer(&buffer); +// buffer.colorspace = mode; +// ... +// WebPIDecoder* idec = WebPINewDecoder(&buffer); +// while (has_more_data) { +// // ... (get additional data) +// status = WebPIAppend(idec, new_data, new_data_size); +// if (status != VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED || +// break; +// } +// +// // The above call decodes the current available buffer. +// // Part of the image can now be refreshed by calling to +// // WebPIDecGetRGB()/WebPIDecGetYUVA() etc. +// } +// WebPIDelete(idec); + +typedef struct WebPIDecoder WebPIDecoder; + +// Creates a new incremental decoder with the supplied buffer parameter. +// This output_buffer can be passed NULL, in which case a default output buffer +// is used (with MODE_RGB). Otherwise, an internal reference to 'output_buffer' +// is kept, which means that the lifespan of 'output_buffer' must be larger than +// that of the returned WebPIDecoder object. +// Returns NULL if the allocation failed. +WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewDecoder(WebPDecBuffer* output_buffer); + +// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which +// will output the RGB/A samples specified by 'csp' into a preallocated +// buffer 'output_buffer'. The size of this buffer is at least +// 'output_buffer_size' and the stride (distance in bytes between two scanlines) +// is specified by 'output_stride'. Returns NULL if the allocation failed. +WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewRGB( + WEBP_CSP_MODE csp, + uint8_t* output_buffer, size_t output_buffer_size, int output_stride); + +// This function allocates and initializes an incremental-decoder object, which +// will output the raw luma/chroma samples into a preallocated planes. The luma +// plane is specified by its pointer 'luma', its size 'luma_size' and its stride +// 'luma_stride'. Similarly, the chroma-u plane is specified by the 'u', +// 'u_size' and 'u_stride' parameters, and the chroma-v plane by 'v' +// and 'v_size'. And same for the alpha-plane. The 'a' pointer can be pass +// NULL in case one is not interested in the transparency plane. +// Returns NULL if the allocation failed. +WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewYUVA( + uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride, + uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride, + uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride, + uint8_t* a, size_t a_size, int a_stride); + +// Deprecated version of the above, without the alpha plane. +// Kept for backward compatibility. +WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPINewYUV( + uint8_t* luma, size_t luma_size, int luma_stride, + uint8_t* u, size_t u_size, int u_stride, + uint8_t* v, size_t v_size, int v_stride); + +// Deletes the WebPIDecoder object and associated memory. Must always be called +// if WebPINewDecoder, WebPINewRGB or WebPINewYUV succeeded. +WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPIDelete(WebPIDecoder* idec); + +// Copies and decodes the next available data. Returns VP8_STATUS_OK when +// the image is successfully decoded. Returns VP8_STATUS_SUSPENDED when more +// data is expected. Returns error in other cases. +WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPIAppend( + WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size); + +// A variant of the above function to be used when data buffer contains +// partial data from the beginning. In this case data buffer is not copied +// to the internal memory. +// Note that the value of the 'data' pointer can change between calls to +// WebPIUpdate, for instance when the data buffer is resized to fit larger data. +WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPIUpdate( + WebPIDecoder* idec, const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size); + +// Returns the RGB/A image decoded so far. Returns NULL if output params +// are not initialized yet. The RGB/A output type corresponds to the colorspace +// specified during call to WebPINewDecoder() or WebPINewRGB(). +// *last_y is the index of last decoded row in raster scan order. Some pointers +// (*last_y, *width etc.) can be NULL if corresponding information is not +// needed. +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPIDecGetRGB( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, + int* width, int* height, int* stride); + +// Same as above function to get a YUVA image. Returns pointer to the luma +// plane or NULL in case of error. If there is no alpha information +// the alpha pointer '*a' will be returned NULL. +WEBP_EXTERN(uint8_t*) WebPIDecGetYUVA( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, + uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, uint8_t** a, + int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride, int* a_stride); + +// Deprecated alpha-less version of WebPIDecGetYUVA(): it will ignore the +// alpha information (if present). Kept for backward compatibility. +static WEBP_INLINE uint8_t* WebPIDecGetYUV( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* last_y, uint8_t** u, uint8_t** v, + int* width, int* height, int* stride, int* uv_stride) { + return WebPIDecGetYUVA(idec, last_y, u, v, NULL, width, height, + stride, uv_stride, NULL); +} + +// Generic call to retrieve information about the displayable area. +// If non NULL, the left/right/width/height pointers are filled with the visible +// rectangular area so far. +// Returns NULL in case the incremental decoder object is in an invalid state. +// Otherwise returns the pointer to the internal representation. This structure +// is read-only, tied to WebPIDecoder's lifespan and should not be modified. +WEBP_EXTERN(const WebPDecBuffer*) WebPIDecodedArea( + const WebPIDecoder* idec, int* left, int* top, int* width, int* height); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Advanced decoding parametrization +// +// Code sample for using the advanced decoding API +/* + // A) Init a configuration object + WebPDecoderConfig config; + CHECK(WebPInitDecoderConfig(&config)); + + // B) optional: retrieve the bitstream's features. + CHECK(WebPGetFeatures(data, data_size, &config.input) == VP8_STATUS_OK); + + // C) Adjust 'config', if needed + config.no_fancy = 1; + config.output.colorspace = MODE_BGRA; + // etc. + + // Note that you can also make config.output point to an externally + // supplied memory buffer, provided it's big enough to store the decoded + // picture. Otherwise, config.output will just be used to allocate memory + // and store the decoded picture. + + // D) Decode! + CHECK(WebPDecode(data, data_size, &config) == VP8_STATUS_OK); + + // E) Decoded image is now in config.output (and config.output.u.RGBA) + + // F) Reclaim memory allocated in config's object. It's safe to call + // this function even if the memory is external and wasn't allocated + // by WebPDecode(). + WebPFreeDecBuffer(&config.output); +*/ + +// Features gathered from the bitstream +typedef struct { + int width; // Width in pixels, as read from the bitstream. + int height; // Height in pixels, as read from the bitstream. + int has_alpha; // True if the bitstream contains an alpha channel. + + // Unused for now: + int bitstream_version; // should be 0 for now. TODO(later) + int no_incremental_decoding; // if true, using incremental decoding is not + // recommended. + int rotate; // TODO(later) + int uv_sampling; // should be 0 for now. TODO(later) + uint32_t pad[3]; // padding for later use +} WebPBitstreamFeatures; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPGetFeaturesInternal( + const uint8_t*, size_t, WebPBitstreamFeatures*, int); + +// Retrieve features from the bitstream. The *features structure is filled +// with information gathered from the bitstream. +// Returns false in case of error or version mismatch. +// In case of error, features->bitstream_status will reflect the error code. +static WEBP_INLINE VP8StatusCode WebPGetFeatures( + const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + WebPBitstreamFeatures* features) { + return WebPGetFeaturesInternal(data, data_size, features, + WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Decoding options +typedef struct { + int bypass_filtering; // if true, skip the in-loop filtering + int no_fancy_upsampling; // if true, use faster pointwise upsampler + int use_cropping; // if true, cropping is applied _first_ + int crop_left, crop_top; // top-left position for cropping. + // Will be snapped to even values. + int crop_width, crop_height; // dimension of the cropping area + int use_scaling; // if true, scaling is applied _afterward_ + int scaled_width, scaled_height; // final resolution + int use_threads; // if true, use multi-threaded decoding + + // Unused for now: + int force_rotation; // forced rotation (to be applied _last_) + int no_enhancement; // if true, discard enhancement layer + uint32_t pad[6]; // padding for later use +} WebPDecoderOptions; + +// Main object storing the configuration for advanced decoding. +typedef struct { + WebPBitstreamFeatures input; // Immutable bitstream features (optional) + WebPDecBuffer output; // Output buffer (can point to external mem) + WebPDecoderOptions options; // Decoding options +} WebPDecoderConfig; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(WebPDecoderConfig*, int); + +// Initialize the configuration as empty. This function must always be +// called first, unless WebPGetFeatures() is to be called. +// Returns false in case of mismatched version. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPInitDecoderConfig(WebPDecoderConfig* config) { + return WebPInitDecoderConfigInternal(config, WEBP_DECODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Instantiate a new incremental decoder object with the requested +// configuration. The bitstream can be passed using 'data' and 'data_size' +// parameter, in which case the features will be parsed and stored into +// config->input. Otherwise, 'data' can be NULL and no parsing will occur. +// Note that 'config' can be NULL too, in which case a default configuration +// is used. +// The return WebPIDecoder object must always be deleted calling WebPIDelete(). +// Returns NULL in case of error (and config->status will then reflect +// the error condition). +WEBP_EXTERN(WebPIDecoder*) WebPIDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + WebPDecoderConfig* config); + +// Non-incremental version. This version decodes the full data at once, taking +// 'config' into account. Returns decoding status (which should be VP8_STATUS_OK +// if the decoding was successful). +WEBP_EXTERN(VP8StatusCode) WebPDecode(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + WebPDecoderConfig* config); + +#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus) +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_DECODE_H_ */ diff --git a/webp/include/tvos/encode.h b/webp/include/tvos/encode.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..2e37cfabe7 --- /dev/null +++ b/webp/include/tvos/encode.h @@ -0,0 +1,463 @@ +// Copyright 2011 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM: +// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/ +// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/ +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// WebP encoder: main interface +// +// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com) + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ + +#include "./types.h" + +#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus) +extern "C" { +#endif + +#define WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION 0x0200 // MAJOR(8b) + MINOR(8b) + +// Return the encoder's version number, packed in hexadecimal using 8bits for +// each of major/minor/revision. E.g: v2.5.7 is 0x020507. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPGetEncoderVersion(void); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// One-stop-shop call! No questions asked: + +// Returns the size of the compressed data (pointed to by *output), or 0 if +// an error occurred. The compressed data must be released by the caller +// using the call 'free(*output)'. +// These functions compress using the lossy format, and the quality_factor +// can go from 0 (smaller output, lower quality) to 100 (best quality, +// larger output). +WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeRGB(const uint8_t* rgb, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeBGR(const uint8_t* bgr, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra, + int width, int height, int stride, + float quality_factor, uint8_t** output); + +// These functions are the equivalent of the above, but compressing in a +// lossless manner. Files are usually larger than lossy format, but will +// not suffer any compression loss. +WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessRGB(const uint8_t* rgb, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessBGR(const uint8_t* bgr, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessRGBA(const uint8_t* rgba, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); +WEBP_EXTERN(size_t) WebPEncodeLosslessBGRA(const uint8_t* bgra, + int width, int height, int stride, + uint8_t** output); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Coding parameters + +// Image characteristics hint for the underlying encoder. +typedef enum { + WEBP_HINT_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset. + WEBP_HINT_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot + WEBP_HINT_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting + WEBP_HINT_GRAPH, // Discrete tone image (graph, map-tile etc). + WEBP_HINT_LAST +} WebPImageHint; + +typedef struct { + int lossless; // Lossless encoding (0=lossy(default), 1=lossless). + float quality; // between 0 (smallest file) and 100 (biggest) + int method; // quality/speed trade-off (0=fast, 6=slower-better) + + WebPImageHint image_hint; // Hint for image type (lossless only for now). + + // Parameters related to lossy compression only: + int target_size; // if non-zero, set the desired target size in bytes. + // Takes precedence over the 'compression' parameter. + float target_PSNR; // if non-zero, specifies the minimal distortion to + // try to achieve. Takes precedence over target_size. + int segments; // maximum number of segments to use, in [1..4] + int sns_strength; // Spatial Noise Shaping. 0=off, 100=maximum. + int filter_strength; // range: [0 = off .. 100 = strongest] + int filter_sharpness; // range: [0 = off .. 7 = least sharp] + int filter_type; // filtering type: 0 = simple, 1 = strong (only used + // if filter_strength > 0 or autofilter > 0) + int autofilter; // Auto adjust filter's strength [0 = off, 1 = on] + int alpha_compression; // Algorithm for encoding the alpha plane (0 = none, + // 1 = compressed with WebP lossless). Default is 1. + int alpha_filtering; // Predictive filtering method for alpha plane. + // 0: none, 1: fast, 2: best. Default if 1. + int alpha_quality; // Between 0 (smallest size) and 100 (lossless). + // Default is 100. + int pass; // number of entropy-analysis passes (in [1..10]). + + int show_compressed; // if true, export the compressed picture back. + // In-loop filtering is not applied. + int preprocessing; // preprocessing filter (0=none, 1=segment-smooth) + int partitions; // log2(number of token partitions) in [0..3]. Default + // is set to 0 for easier progressive decoding. + int partition_limit; // quality degradation allowed to fit the 512k limit + // on prediction modes coding (0: no degradation, + // 100: maximum possible degradation). + + uint32_t pad[8]; // padding for later use +} WebPConfig; + +// Enumerate some predefined settings for WebPConfig, depending on the type +// of source picture. These presets are used when calling WebPConfigPreset(). +typedef enum { + WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT = 0, // default preset. + WEBP_PRESET_PICTURE, // digital picture, like portrait, inner shot + WEBP_PRESET_PHOTO, // outdoor photograph, with natural lighting + WEBP_PRESET_DRAWING, // hand or line drawing, with high-contrast details + WEBP_PRESET_ICON, // small-sized colorful images + WEBP_PRESET_TEXT // text-like +} WebPPreset; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPConfigInitInternal(WebPConfig*, WebPPreset, float, int); + +// Should always be called, to initialize a fresh WebPConfig structure before +// modification. Returns false in case of version mismatch. WebPConfigInit() +// must have succeeded before using the 'config' object. +// Note that the default values are lossless=0 and quality=75. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigInit(WebPConfig* config) { + return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, WEBP_PRESET_DEFAULT, 75.f, + WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// This function will initialize the configuration according to a predefined +// set of parameters (referred to by 'preset') and a given quality factor. +// This function can be called as a replacement to WebPConfigInit(). Will +// return false in case of error. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPConfigPreset(WebPConfig* config, + WebPPreset preset, float quality) { + return WebPConfigInitInternal(config, preset, quality, + WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +// Returns true if 'config' is non-NULL and all configuration parameters are +// within their valid ranges. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPValidateConfig(const WebPConfig* config); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Input / Output + +typedef struct WebPPicture WebPPicture; // main structure for I/O + +// Structure for storing auxiliary statistics (mostly for lossy encoding). +typedef struct { + int coded_size; // final size + + float PSNR[5]; // peak-signal-to-noise ratio for Y/U/V/All/Alpha + int block_count[3]; // number of intra4/intra16/skipped macroblocks + int header_bytes[2]; // approximate number of bytes spent for header + // and mode-partition #0 + int residual_bytes[3][4]; // approximate number of bytes spent for + // DC/AC/uv coefficients for each (0..3) segments. + int segment_size[4]; // number of macroblocks in each segments + int segment_quant[4]; // quantizer values for each segments + int segment_level[4]; // filtering strength for each segments [0..63] + + int alpha_data_size; // size of the transparency data + int layer_data_size; // size of the enhancement layer data + + // lossless encoder statistics + uint32_t lossless_features; // bit0:predictor bit1:cross-color transform + // bit2:subtract-green bit3:color indexing + int histogram_bits; // number of precision bits of histogram + int transform_bits; // precision bits for transform + int cache_bits; // number of bits for color cache lookup + int palette_size; // number of color in palette, if used + int lossless_size; // final lossless size + + uint32_t pad[4]; // padding for later use +} WebPAuxStats; + +// Signature for output function. Should return true if writing was successful. +// data/data_size is the segment of data to write, and 'picture' is for +// reference (and so one can make use of picture->custom_ptr). +typedef int (*WebPWriterFunction)(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + const WebPPicture* picture); + +// WebPMemoryWrite: a special WebPWriterFunction that writes to memory using +// the following WebPMemoryWriter object (to be set as a custom_ptr). +typedef struct { + uint8_t* mem; // final buffer (of size 'max_size', larger than 'size'). + size_t size; // final size + size_t max_size; // total capacity + uint32_t pad[1]; // padding for later use +} WebPMemoryWriter; + +// The following must be called first before any use. +WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPMemoryWriterInit(WebPMemoryWriter* writer); + +// The custom writer to be used with WebPMemoryWriter as custom_ptr. Upon +// completion, writer.mem and writer.size will hold the coded data. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPMemoryWrite(const uint8_t* data, size_t data_size, + const WebPPicture* picture); + +// Progress hook, called from time to time to report progress. It can return +// false to request an abort of the encoding process, or true otherwise if +// everything is OK. +typedef int (*WebPProgressHook)(int percent, const WebPPicture* picture); + +typedef enum { + // chroma sampling + WEBP_YUV420 = 0, // 4:2:0 + WEBP_YUV422 = 1, // 4:2:2 + WEBP_YUV444 = 2, // 4:4:4 + WEBP_YUV400 = 3, // grayscale + WEBP_CSP_UV_MASK = 3, // bit-mask to get the UV sampling factors + // alpha channel variants + WEBP_YUV420A = 4, + WEBP_YUV422A = 5, + WEBP_YUV444A = 6, + WEBP_YUV400A = 7, // grayscale + alpha + WEBP_CSP_ALPHA_BIT = 4 // bit that is set if alpha is present +} WebPEncCSP; + +// Encoding error conditions. +typedef enum { + VP8_ENC_OK = 0, + VP8_ENC_ERROR_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error allocating objects + VP8_ENC_ERROR_BITSTREAM_OUT_OF_MEMORY, // memory error while flushing bits + VP8_ENC_ERROR_NULL_PARAMETER, // a pointer parameter is NULL + VP8_ENC_ERROR_INVALID_CONFIGURATION, // configuration is invalid + VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_DIMENSION, // picture has invalid width/height + VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION0_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 512k + VP8_ENC_ERROR_PARTITION_OVERFLOW, // partition is bigger than 16M + VP8_ENC_ERROR_BAD_WRITE, // error while flushing bytes + VP8_ENC_ERROR_FILE_TOO_BIG, // file is bigger than 4G + VP8_ENC_ERROR_USER_ABORT, // abort request by user + VP8_ENC_ERROR_LAST // list terminator. always last. +} WebPEncodingError; + +// maximum width/height allowed (inclusive), in pixels +#define WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION 16383 + +// Main exchange structure (input samples, output bytes, statistics) +struct WebPPicture { + + // INPUT + ////////////// + // Main flag for encoder selecting between ARGB or YUV input. + // It is recommended to use ARGB input (*argb, argb_stride) for lossless + // compression, and YUV input (*y, *u, *v, etc.) for lossy compression + // since these are the respective native colorspace for these formats. + int use_argb; + + // YUV input (mostly used for input to lossy compression) + WebPEncCSP colorspace; // colorspace: should be YUV420 for now (=Y'CbCr). + int width, height; // dimensions (less or equal to WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION) + uint8_t *y, *u, *v; // pointers to luma/chroma planes. + int y_stride, uv_stride; // luma/chroma strides. + uint8_t* a; // pointer to the alpha plane + int a_stride; // stride of the alpha plane + uint32_t pad1[2]; // padding for later use + + // ARGB input (mostly used for input to lossless compression) + uint32_t* argb; // Pointer to argb (32 bit) plane. + int argb_stride; // This is stride in pixels units, not bytes. + uint32_t pad2[3]; // padding for later use + + // OUTPUT + /////////////// + // Byte-emission hook, to store compressed bytes as they are ready. + WebPWriterFunction writer; // can be NULL + void* custom_ptr; // can be used by the writer. + + // map for extra information (only for lossy compression mode) + int extra_info_type; // 1: intra type, 2: segment, 3: quant + // 4: intra-16 prediction mode, + // 5: chroma prediction mode, + // 6: bit cost, 7: distortion + uint8_t* extra_info; // if not NULL, points to an array of size + // ((width + 15) / 16) * ((height + 15) / 16) that + // will be filled with a macroblock map, depending + // on extra_info_type. + + // STATS AND REPORTS + /////////////////////////// + // Pointer to side statistics (updated only if not NULL) + WebPAuxStats* stats; + + // Error code for the latest error encountered during encoding + WebPEncodingError error_code; + + // If not NULL, report progress during encoding. + WebPProgressHook progress_hook; + + void* user_data; // this field is free to be set to any value and + // used during callbacks (like progress-report e.g.). + + uint32_t pad3[3]; // padding for later use + + // Unused for now: original samples (for non-YUV420 modes) + uint8_t *u0, *v0; + int uv0_stride; + + uint32_t pad4[7]; // padding for later use + + // PRIVATE FIELDS + //////////////////// + void* memory_; // row chunk of memory for yuva planes + void* memory_argb_; // and for argb too. + void* pad5[2]; // padding for later use +}; + +// Internal, version-checked, entry point +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureInitInternal(WebPPicture*, int); + +// Should always be called, to initialize the structure. Returns false in case +// of version mismatch. WebPPictureInit() must have succeeded before using the +// 'picture' object. +// Note that, by default, use_argb is false and colorspace is WEBP_YUV420. +static WEBP_INLINE int WebPPictureInit(WebPPicture* picture) { + return WebPPictureInitInternal(picture, WEBP_ENCODER_ABI_VERSION); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// WebPPicture utils + +// Convenience allocation / deallocation based on picture->width/height: +// Allocate y/u/v buffers as per colorspace/width/height specification. +// Note! This function will free the previous buffer if needed. +// Returns false in case of memory error. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureAlloc(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Release the memory allocated by WebPPictureAlloc() or WebPPictureImport*(). +// Note that this function does _not_ free the memory used by the 'picture' +// object itself. +// Besides memory (which is reclaimed) all other fields of 'picture' are +// preserved. +WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPPictureFree(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Copy the pixels of *src into *dst, using WebPPictureAlloc. Upon return, +// *dst will fully own the copied pixels (this is not a view). +// Returns false in case of memory allocation error. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureCopy(const WebPPicture* src, WebPPicture* dst); + +// Compute PSNR or SSIM distortion between two pictures. +// Result is in dB, stores in result[] in the Y/U/V/Alpha/All order. +// Returns false in case of error (pic1 and pic2 don't have same dimension, ...) +// Warning: this function is rather CPU-intensive. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureDistortion( + const WebPPicture* pic1, const WebPPicture* pic2, + int metric_type, // 0 = PSNR, 1 = SSIM + float result[5]); + +// self-crops a picture to the rectangle defined by top/left/width/height. +// Returns false in case of memory allocation error, or if the rectangle is +// outside of the source picture. +// The rectangle for the view is defined by the top-left corner pixel +// coordinates (left, top) as well as its width and height. This rectangle +// must be fully be comprised inside the 'src' source picture. If the source +// picture uses the YUV420 colorspace, the top and left coordinates will be +// snapped to even values. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureCrop(WebPPicture* picture, + int left, int top, int width, int height); + +// Extracts a view from 'src' picture into 'dst'. The rectangle for the view +// is defined by the top-left corner pixel coordinates (left, top) as well +// as its width and height. This rectangle must be fully be comprised inside +// the 'src' source picture. If the source picture uses the YUV420 colorspace, +// the top and left coordinates will be snapped to even values. +// Picture 'src' must out-live 'dst' picture. Self-extraction of view is allowed +// ('src' equal to 'dst') as a mean of fast-cropping (but note that doing so, +// the original dimension will be lost). +// Returns false in case of memory allocation error or invalid parameters. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureView(const WebPPicture* src, + int left, int top, int width, int height, + WebPPicture* dst); + +// Returns true if the 'picture' is actually a view and therefore does +// not own the memory for pixels. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureIsView(const WebPPicture* picture); + +// Rescale a picture to new dimension width x height. +// Now gamma correction is applied. +// Returns false in case of error (invalid parameter or insufficient memory). +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureRescale(WebPPicture* pic, int width, int height); + +// Colorspace conversion function to import RGB samples. +// Previous buffer will be free'd, if any. +// *rgb buffer should have a size of at least height * rgb_stride. +// Returns false in case of memory error. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGB( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgb, int rgb_stride); +// Same, but for RGBA buffer. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGBA( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgba, int rgba_stride); +// Same, but for RGBA buffer. Imports the RGB direct from the 32-bit format +// input buffer ignoring the alpha channel. Avoids needing to copy the data +// to a temporary 24-bit RGB buffer to import the RGB only. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportRGBX( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* rgbx, int rgbx_stride); + +// Variants of the above, but taking BGR(A|X) input. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGR( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgr, int bgr_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGRA( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgra, int bgra_stride); +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureImportBGRX( + WebPPicture* picture, const uint8_t* bgrx, int bgrx_stride); + +// Converts picture->argb data to the YUVA format specified by 'colorspace'. +// Upon return, picture->use_argb is set to false. The presence of real +// non-opaque transparent values is detected, and 'colorspace' will be +// adjusted accordingly. Note that this method is lossy. +// Returns false in case of error. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureARGBToYUVA(WebPPicture* picture, + WebPEncCSP colorspace); + +// Converts picture->yuv to picture->argb and sets picture->use_argb to true. +// The input format must be YUV_420 or YUV_420A. +// Note that the use of this method is discouraged if one has access to the +// raw ARGB samples, since using YUV420 is comparatively lossy. Also, the +// conversion from YUV420 to ARGB incurs a small loss too. +// Returns false in case of error. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureYUVAToARGB(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Helper function: given a width x height plane of YUV(A) samples +// (with stride 'stride'), clean-up the YUV samples under fully transparent +// area, to help compressibility (no guarantee, though). +WEBP_EXTERN(void) WebPCleanupTransparentArea(WebPPicture* picture); + +// Scan the picture 'picture' for the presence of non fully opaque alpha values. +// Returns true in such case. Otherwise returns false (indicating that the +// alpha plane can be ignored altogether e.g.). +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPPictureHasTransparency(const WebPPicture* picture); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +// Main call + +// Main encoding call, after config and picture have been initialized. +// 'picture' must be less than 16384x16384 in dimension (cf WEBP_MAX_DIMENSION), +// and the 'config' object must be a valid one. +// Returns false in case of error, true otherwise. +// In case of error, picture->error_code is updated accordingly. +// 'picture' can hold the source samples in both YUV(A) or ARGB input, depending +// on the value of 'picture->use_argb'. It is highly recommended to use +// the former for lossy encoding, and the latter for lossless encoding +// (when config.lossless is true). Automatic conversion from one format to +// another is provided but they both incur some loss. +WEBP_EXTERN(int) WebPEncode(const WebPConfig* config, WebPPicture* picture); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +#if defined(__cplusplus) || defined(c_plusplus) +} // extern "C" +#endif + +#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_ENCODE_H_ */ diff --git a/webp/include/tvos/types.h b/webp/include/tvos/types.h new file mode 100755 index 0000000000..3e27190bef --- /dev/null +++ b/webp/include/tvos/types.h @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +// Copyright 2010 Google Inc. All Rights Reserved. +// +// This code is licensed under the same terms as WebM: +// Software License Agreement: http://www.webmproject.org/license/software/ +// Additional IP Rights Grant: http://www.webmproject.org/license/additional/ +// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// +// Common types +// +// Author: Skal (pascal.massimino@gmail.com) + +#ifndef WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ +#define WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ + +#include <stddef.h> // for size_t + +#ifndef _MSC_VER +#include <inttypes.h> +#ifdef __STRICT_ANSI__ +#define WEBP_INLINE +#else /* __STRICT_ANSI__ */ +#define WEBP_INLINE inline +#endif +#else +typedef signed char int8_t; +typedef unsigned char uint8_t; +typedef signed short int16_t; +typedef unsigned short uint16_t; +typedef signed int int32_t; +typedef unsigned int uint32_t; +typedef unsigned long long int uint64_t; +typedef long long int int64_t; +#define WEBP_INLINE __forceinline +#endif /* _MSC_VER */ + +#ifndef WEBP_EXTERN +// This explicitly marks library functions and allows for changing the +// signature for e.g., Windows DLL builds. +#define WEBP_EXTERN(type) extern type +#endif /* WEBP_EXTERN */ + +// Macro to check ABI compatibility (same major revision number) +#define WEBP_ABI_IS_INCOMPATIBLE(a, b) (((a) >> 8) != ((b) >> 8)) + +#endif /* WEBP_WEBP_TYPES_H_ */ diff --git a/webp/prebuilt/tvos/libwebp.a b/webp/prebuilt/tvos/libwebp.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..a9f538c2ff Binary files /dev/null and b/webp/prebuilt/tvos/libwebp.a differ diff --git a/websockets/include/tvos/libwebsockets.h b/websockets/include/tvos/libwebsockets.h new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..0bb67f57bc --- /dev/null +++ b/websockets/include/tvos/libwebsockets.h @@ -0,0 +1,1207 @@ +/* + * libwebsockets - small server side websockets and web server implementation + * + * Copyright (C) 2010-2013 Andy Green <andy@warmcat.com> + * + * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License as published by the Free Software Foundation: + * version 2.1 of the License. + * + * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU + * Lesser General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public + * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software + * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, + * MA 02110-1301 USA + */ + +#ifndef LIBWEBSOCKET_H_3060898B846849FF9F88F5DB59B5950C +#define LIBWEBSOCKET_H_3060898B846849FF9F88F5DB59B5950C + +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#include <cstddef> +#endif + +#ifdef CMAKE_BUILD +#include "lws_config.h" +#endif + +#if defined(WIN32) || defined(_WIN32) + +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif +#include <winsock2.h> +#include <ws2tcpip.h> +#include <stddef.h> +#include <basetsd.h> + +#define strcasecmp stricmp +#define getdtablesize() 30000 + +#define LWS_VISIBLE + +#ifdef LWS_DLL +#ifdef LWS_INTERNAL +#define LWS_EXTERN extern __declspec(dllexport) +#else +#define LWS_EXTERN extern __declspec(dllimport) +#endif +#else +#define LWS_EXTERN +#endif + +#else // NOT WIN32 + +#include <poll.h> +#include <unistd.h> + +#if defined(__GNUC__) +#define LWS_VISIBLE __attribute__((visibility("default"))) +#else +#define LWS_VISIBLE +#endif + +#endif + +#ifdef LWS_USE_LIBEV +#include <ev.h> +#endif /* LWS_USE_LIBEV */ + +#include <assert.h> + +#ifndef LWS_EXTERN +#define LWS_EXTERN extern +#endif + +#ifdef _WIN32 +#define random rand +#else +#include <sys/time.h> +#include <unistd.h> +#endif + +#define CONTEXT_PORT_NO_LISTEN -1 +#define MAX_MUX_RECURSION 2 + +enum lws_log_levels { + LLL_ERR = 1 << 0, + LLL_WARN = 1 << 1, + LLL_NOTICE = 1 << 2, + LLL_INFO = 1 << 3, + LLL_DEBUG = 1 << 4, + LLL_PARSER = 1 << 5, + LLL_HEADER = 1 << 6, + LLL_EXT = 1 << 7, + LLL_CLIENT = 1 << 8, + LLL_LATENCY = 1 << 9, + + LLL_COUNT = 10 /* set to count of valid flags */ +}; + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void _lws_log(int filter, const char *format, ...); + +/* notice, warn and log are always compiled in */ +#define lwsl_notice(...) _lws_log(LLL_NOTICE, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_warn(...) _lws_log(LLL_WARN, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_err(...) _lws_log(LLL_ERR, __VA_ARGS__) +/* + * weaker logging can be deselected at configure time using --disable-debug + * that gets rid of the overhead of checking while keeping _warn and _err + * active + */ +#ifdef _DEBUG + +#define lwsl_info(...) _lws_log(LLL_INFO, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_debug(...) _lws_log(LLL_DEBUG, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_parser(...) _lws_log(LLL_PARSER, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_header(...) _lws_log(LLL_HEADER, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_ext(...) _lws_log(LLL_EXT, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_client(...) _lws_log(LLL_CLIENT, __VA_ARGS__) +#define lwsl_latency(...) _lws_log(LLL_LATENCY, __VA_ARGS__) +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void lwsl_hexdump(void *buf, size_t len); + +#else /* no debug */ + +#define lwsl_info(...) +#define lwsl_debug(...) +#define lwsl_parser(...) +#define lwsl_header(...) +#define lwsl_ext(...) +#define lwsl_client(...) +#define lwsl_latency(...) +#define lwsl_hexdump(a, b) + +#endif + +#define ARRAY_SIZE(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])) + +/* api change list for user code to test against */ + +#define LWS_FEATURE_SERVE_HTTP_FILE_HAS_OTHER_HEADERS_ARG + + +enum libwebsocket_context_options { + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_REQUIRE_VALID_OPENSSL_CLIENT_CERT = 2, + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_SKIP_SERVER_CANONICAL_NAME = 4, + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_ALLOW_NON_SSL_ON_SSL_PORT = 8, + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_LIBEV = 16, + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DISABLE_IPV6 = 32, + LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DISABLE_OS_CA_CERTS = 64, +}; + +enum libwebsocket_callback_reasons { + LWS_CALLBACK_ESTABLISHED, + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONNECTION_ERROR, + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_FILTER_PRE_ESTABLISH, + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_ESTABLISHED, + LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED, + LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED_HTTP, + LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE, + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_RECEIVE, + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_RECEIVE_PONG, + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE, + LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_WRITEABLE, + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP, + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BODY, + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BODY_COMPLETION, + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_FILE_COMPLETION, + LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_WRITEABLE, + LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_NETWORK_CONNECTION, + LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_HTTP_CONNECTION, + LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_NEW_CLIENT_INSTANTIATED, + LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_PROTOCOL_CONNECTION, + LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_CLIENT_VERIFY_CERTS, + LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_SERVER_VERIFY_CERTS, + LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_PERFORM_CLIENT_CERT_VERIFICATION, + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER, + LWS_CALLBACK_CONFIRM_EXTENSION_OKAY, + LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONFIRM_EXTENSION_SUPPORTED, + LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_INIT, + LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_DESTROY, + LWS_CALLBACK_WSI_CREATE, /* always protocol[0] */ + LWS_CALLBACK_WSI_DESTROY, /* always protocol[0] */ + LWS_CALLBACK_GET_THREAD_ID, + + /* external poll() management support */ + LWS_CALLBACK_ADD_POLL_FD, + LWS_CALLBACK_DEL_POLL_FD, + LWS_CALLBACK_CHANGE_MODE_POLL_FD, + LWS_CALLBACK_LOCK_POLL, + LWS_CALLBACK_UNLOCK_POLL, + + LWS_CALLBACK_USER = 1000, /* user code can use any including / above */ +}; + +// argument structure for all external poll related calls +// passed in via 'in' +struct libwebsocket_pollargs { + int fd; // applicable file descriptor + int events; // the new event mask + int prev_events; // the previous event mask +}; + +#ifdef _WIN32 +struct libwebsocket_pollfd { + SOCKET fd; + SHORT events; + SHORT revents; +}; +#else +#define libwebsocket_pollfd pollfd +#endif + +enum libwebsocket_extension_callback_reasons { + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_SERVER_CONTEXT_CONSTRUCT, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONTEXT_CONSTRUCT, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_SERVER_CONTEXT_DESTRUCT, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONTEXT_DESTRUCT, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_CONSTRUCT, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONSTRUCT, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_CHECK_OK_TO_REALLY_CLOSE, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_CHECK_OK_TO_PROPOSE_EXTENSION, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_DESTROY, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_DESTROY_ANY_WSI_CLOSING, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_ANY_WSI_ESTABLISHED, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_PACKET_RX_PREPARSE, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_PACKET_TX_PRESEND, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_PACKET_TX_DO_SEND, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_HANDSHAKE_REPLY_TX, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_FLUSH_PENDING_TX, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_EXTENDED_PAYLOAD_RX, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_CAN_PROXY_CLIENT_CONNECTION, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_1HZ, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_REQUEST_ON_WRITEABLE, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_IS_WRITEABLE, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_PAYLOAD_TX, + LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_PAYLOAD_RX, +}; + +enum libwebsocket_write_protocol { + LWS_WRITE_TEXT, + LWS_WRITE_BINARY, + LWS_WRITE_CONTINUATION, + LWS_WRITE_HTTP, + + /* special 04+ opcodes */ + + LWS_WRITE_CLOSE, + LWS_WRITE_PING, + LWS_WRITE_PONG, + + /* flags */ + + LWS_WRITE_NO_FIN = 0x40, + /* + * client packet payload goes out on wire unmunged + * only useful for security tests since normal servers cannot + * decode the content if used + */ + LWS_WRITE_CLIENT_IGNORE_XOR_MASK = 0x80 +}; + +/* + * you need these to look at headers that have been parsed if using the + * LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_CONNECTION callback. If a header from the enum + * list below is absent, .token = NULL and token_len = 0. Otherwise .token + * points to .token_len chars containing that header content. + */ + +struct lws_tokens { + char *token; + int token_len; +}; + +enum lws_token_indexes { + WSI_TOKEN_GET_URI, + WSI_TOKEN_POST_URI, + WSI_TOKEN_OPTIONS_URI, + WSI_TOKEN_HOST, + WSI_TOKEN_CONNECTION, + WSI_TOKEN_KEY1, + WSI_TOKEN_KEY2, + WSI_TOKEN_PROTOCOL, + WSI_TOKEN_UPGRADE, + WSI_TOKEN_ORIGIN, + WSI_TOKEN_DRAFT, + WSI_TOKEN_CHALLENGE, + + /* new for 04 */ + WSI_TOKEN_KEY, + WSI_TOKEN_VERSION, + WSI_TOKEN_SWORIGIN, + + /* new for 05 */ + WSI_TOKEN_EXTENSIONS, + + /* client receives these */ + WSI_TOKEN_ACCEPT, + WSI_TOKEN_NONCE, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP, + + /* http-related */ + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_AC_REQUEST_HEADERS, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_MODIFIED_SINCE, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_IF_NONE_MATCH, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_ENCODING, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_ACCEPT_LANGUAGE, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_PRAGMA, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CACHE_CONTROL, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_AUTHORIZATION, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_COOKIE, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_LENGTH, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_CONTENT_TYPE, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_DATE, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_RANGE, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_REFERER, + WSI_TOKEN_HTTP_URI_ARGS, + + + WSI_TOKEN_MUXURL, + + /* use token storage to stash these */ + + _WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_SENT_PROTOCOLS, + _WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_PEER_ADDRESS, + _WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_URI, + _WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_HOST, + _WSI_TOKEN_CLIENT_ORIGIN, + + /* always last real token index*/ + WSI_TOKEN_COUNT, + /* parser state additions */ + WSI_TOKEN_NAME_PART, + WSI_TOKEN_SKIPPING, + WSI_TOKEN_SKIPPING_SAW_CR, + WSI_PARSING_COMPLETE, + WSI_INIT_TOKEN_MUXURL, +}; + +struct lws_token_limits { + unsigned short token_limit[WSI_TOKEN_COUNT]; +}; + +/* + * From RFC 6455 + 1000 + + 1000 indicates a normal closure, meaning that the purpose for + which the connection was established has been fulfilled. + + 1001 + + 1001 indicates that an endpoint is "going away", such as a server + going down or a browser having navigated away from a page. + + 1002 + + 1002 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection due + to a protocol error. + + 1003 + + 1003 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection + because it has received a type of data it cannot accept (e.g., an + endpoint that understands only text data MAY send this if it + receives a binary message). + + 1004 + + Reserved. The specific meaning might be defined in the future. + + 1005 + + 1005 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a + Close control frame by an endpoint. It is designated for use in + applications expecting a status code to indicate that no status + code was actually present. + + 1006 + + 1006 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a + Close control frame by an endpoint. It is designated for use in + applications expecting a status code to indicate that the + connection was closed abnormally, e.g., without sending or + receiving a Close control frame. + + 1007 + + 1007 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection + because it has received data within a message that was not + consistent with the type of the message (e.g., non-UTF-8 [RFC3629] + data within a text message). + + 1008 + + 1008 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection + because it has received a message that violates its policy. This + is a generic status code that can be returned when there is no + other more suitable status code (e.g., 1003 or 1009) or if there + is a need to hide specific details about the policy. + + 1009 + + 1009 indicates that an endpoint is terminating the connection + because it has received a message that is too big for it to + process. + + 1010 + + 1010 indicates that an endpoint (client) is terminating the + connection because it has expected the server to negotiate one or + more extension, but the server didn't return them in the response + message of the WebSocket handshake. The list of extensions that + are needed SHOULD appear in the /reason/ part of the Close frame. + Note that this status code is not used by the server, because it + can fail the WebSocket handshake instead. + + 1011 + + 1011 indicates that a server is terminating the connection because + it encountered an unexpected condition that prevented it from + fulfilling the request. + + 1015 + + 1015 is a reserved value and MUST NOT be set as a status code in a + Close control frame by an endpoint. It is designated for use in + applications expecting a status code to indicate that the + connection was closed due to a failure to perform a TLS handshake + (e.g., the server certificate can't be verified). +*/ + +enum lws_close_status { + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NOSTATUS = 0, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NORMAL = 1000, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_GOINGAWAY = 1001, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_PROTOCOL_ERR = 1002, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_UNACCEPTABLE_OPCODE = 1003, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_RESERVED = 1004, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_NO_STATUS = 1005, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_ABNORMAL_CLOSE = 1006, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_INVALID_PAYLOAD = 1007, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_POLICY_VIOLATION = 1008, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_MESSAGE_TOO_LARGE = 1009, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_EXTENSION_REQUIRED = 1010, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_UNEXPECTED_CONDITION = 1011, + LWS_CLOSE_STATUS_TLS_FAILURE = 1015, +}; + +enum http_status { + HTTP_STATUS_OK = 200, + HTTP_STATUS_NO_CONTENT = 204, + + HTTP_STATUS_BAD_REQUEST = 400, + HTTP_STATUS_UNAUTHORIZED, + HTTP_STATUS_PAYMENT_REQUIRED, + HTTP_STATUS_FORBIDDEN, + HTTP_STATUS_NOT_FOUND, + HTTP_STATUS_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED, + HTTP_STATUS_NOT_ACCEPTABLE, + HTTP_STATUS_PROXY_AUTH_REQUIRED, + HTTP_STATUS_REQUEST_TIMEOUT, + HTTP_STATUS_CONFLICT, + HTTP_STATUS_GONE, + HTTP_STATUS_LENGTH_REQUIRED, + HTTP_STATUS_PRECONDITION_FAILED, + HTTP_STATUS_REQ_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE, + HTTP_STATUS_REQ_URI_TOO_LONG, + HTTP_STATUS_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE, + HTTP_STATUS_REQ_RANGE_NOT_SATISFIABLE, + HTTP_STATUS_EXPECTATION_FAILED, + + HTTP_STATUS_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR = 500, + HTTP_STATUS_NOT_IMPLEMENTED, + HTTP_STATUS_BAD_GATEWAY, + HTTP_STATUS_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE, + HTTP_STATUS_GATEWAY_TIMEOUT, + HTTP_STATUS_HTTP_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED, +}; + +struct libwebsocket; +struct libwebsocket_context; +/* needed even with extensions disabled for create context */ +struct libwebsocket_extension; + +/** + * callback_function() - User server actions + * @context: Websockets context + * @wsi: Opaque websocket instance pointer + * @reason: The reason for the call + * @user: Pointer to per-session user data allocated by library + * @in: Pointer used for some callback reasons + * @len: Length set for some callback reasons + * + * This callback is the way the user controls what is served. All the + * protocol detail is hidden and handled by the library. + * + * For each connection / session there is user data allocated that is + * pointed to by "user". You set the size of this user data area when + * the library is initialized with libwebsocket_create_server. + * + * You get an opportunity to initialize user data when called back with + * LWS_CALLBACK_ESTABLISHED reason. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_ESTABLISHED: after the server completes a handshake with + * an incoming client + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONNECTION_ERROR: the request client connection has + * been unable to complete a handshake with the remote server + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_FILTER_PRE_ESTABLISH: this is the last chance for the + * client user code to examine the http headers + * and decide to reject the connection. If the + * content in the headers is interesting to the + * client (url, etc) it needs to copy it out at + * this point since it will be destroyed before + * the CLIENT_ESTABLISHED call + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_ESTABLISHED: after your client connection completed + * a handshake with the remote server + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED: when the websocket session ends + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLOSED_HTTP: when a HTTP (non-websocket) session ends + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_RECEIVE: data has appeared for this server endpoint from a + * remote client, it can be found at *in and is + * len bytes long + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_RECEIVE_PONG: if you elected to see PONG packets, + * they appear with this callback reason. PONG + * packets only exist in 04+ protocol + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_RECEIVE: data has appeared from the server for the + * client connection, it can be found at *in and + * is len bytes long + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP: an http request has come from a client that is not + * asking to upgrade the connection to a websocket + * one. This is a chance to serve http content, + * for example, to send a script to the client + * which will then open the websockets connection. + * @in points to the URI path requested and + * libwebsockets_serve_http_file() makes it very + * simple to send back a file to the client. + * Normally after sending the file you are done + * with the http connection, since the rest of the + * activity will come by websockets from the script + * that was delivered by http, so you will want to + * return 1; to close and free up the connection. + * That's important because it uses a slot in the + * total number of client connections allowed set + * by MAX_CLIENTS. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BODY: the next @len bytes data from the http + * request body HTTP connection is now available in @in. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_BODY_COMPLETION: the expected amount of http request + * body has been delivered + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_WRITEABLE: you can write more down the http protocol + * link now. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_HTTP_FILE_COMPLETION: a file requested to be send down + * http link has completed. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE: + * LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_WRITEABLE: If you call + * libwebsocket_callback_on_writable() on a connection, you will + * get one of these callbacks coming when the connection socket + * is able to accept another write packet without blocking. + * If it already was able to take another packet without blocking, + * you'll get this callback at the next call to the service loop + * function. Notice that CLIENTs get LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_WRITEABLE + * and servers get LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_WRITEABLE. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_NETWORK_CONNECTION: called when a client connects to + * the server at network level; the connection is accepted but then + * passed to this callback to decide whether to hang up immediately + * or not, based on the client IP. @in contains the connection + * socket's descriptor. Since the client connection information is + * not available yet, @wsi still pointing to the main server socket. + * Return non-zero to terminate the connection before sending or + * receiving anything. Because this happens immediately after the + * network connection from the client, there's no websocket protocol + * selected yet so this callback is issued only to protocol 0. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_SERVER_NEW_CLIENT_INSTANTIATED: A new client just had + * been connected, accepted, and instantiated into the pool. This + * callback allows setting any relevant property to it. Because this + * happens immediately after the instantiation of a new client, + * there's no websocket protocol selected yet so this callback is + * issued only to protocol 0. Only @wsi is defined, pointing to the + * new client, and the return value is ignored. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_HTTP_CONNECTION: called when the request has + * been received and parsed from the client, but the response is + * not sent yet. Return non-zero to disallow the connection. + * @user is a pointer to the connection user space allocation, + * @in is the URI, eg, "/" + * In your handler you can use the public APIs + * lws_hdr_total_length() / lws_hdr_copy() to access all of the + * headers using the header enums lws_token_indexes from + * libwebsockets.h to check for and read the supported header + * presence and content before deciding to allow the http + * connection to proceed or to kill the connection. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_FILTER_PROTOCOL_CONNECTION: called when the handshake has + * been received and parsed from the client, but the response is + * not sent yet. Return non-zero to disallow the connection. + * @user is a pointer to the connection user space allocation, + * @in is the requested protocol name + * In your handler you can use the public APIs + * lws_hdr_total_length() / lws_hdr_copy() to access all of the + * headers using the header enums lws_token_indexes from + * libwebsockets.h to check for and read the supported header + * presence and content before deciding to allow the handshake + * to proceed or to kill the connection. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_CLIENT_VERIFY_CERTS: if configured for + * including OpenSSL support, this callback allows your user code + * to perform extra SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations() or similar + * calls to direct OpenSSL where to find certificates the client + * can use to confirm the remote server identity. @user is the + * OpenSSL SSL_CTX* + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_LOAD_EXTRA_SERVER_VERIFY_CERTS: if configured for + * including OpenSSL support, this callback allows your user code + * to load extra certifcates into the server which allow it to + * verify the validity of certificates returned by clients. @user + * is the server's OpenSSL SSL_CTX* + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_OPENSSL_PERFORM_CLIENT_CERT_VERIFICATION: if the + * libwebsockets context was created with the option + * LWS_SERVER_OPTION_REQUIRE_VALID_OPENSSL_CLIENT_CERT, then this + * callback is generated during OpenSSL verification of the cert + * sent from the client. It is sent to protocol[0] callback as + * no protocol has been negotiated on the connection yet. + * Notice that the libwebsockets context and wsi are both NULL + * during this callback. See + * http://www.openssl.org/docs/ssl/SSL_CTX_set_verify.html + * to understand more detail about the OpenSSL callback that + * generates this libwebsockets callback and the meanings of the + * arguments passed. In this callback, @user is the x509_ctx, + * @in is the ssl pointer and @len is preverify_ok + * Notice that this callback maintains libwebsocket return + * conventions, return 0 to mean the cert is OK or 1 to fail it. + * This also means that if you don't handle this callback then + * the default callback action of returning 0 allows the client + * certificates. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_APPEND_HANDSHAKE_HEADER: this callback happens + * when a client handshake is being compiled. @user is NULL, + * @in is a char **, it's pointing to a char * which holds the + * next location in the header buffer where you can add + * headers, and @len is the remaining space in the header buffer, + * which is typically some hundreds of bytes. So, to add a canned + * cookie, your handler code might look similar to: + * + * char **p = (char **)in; + * + * if (len < 100) + * return 1; + * + * *p += sprintf(*p, "Cookie: a=b\x0d\x0a"); + * + * return 0; + * + * Notice if you add anything, you just have to take care about + * the CRLF on the line you added. Obviously this callback is + * optional, if you don't handle it everything is fine. + * + * Notice the callback is coming to protocols[0] all the time, + * because there is no specific protocol handshook yet. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CONFIRM_EXTENSION_OKAY: When the server handshake code + * sees that it does support a requested extension, before + * accepting the extension by additing to the list sent back to + * the client it gives this callback just to check that it's okay + * to use that extension. It calls back to the requested protocol + * and with @in being the extension name, @len is 0 and @user is + * valid. Note though at this time the ESTABLISHED callback hasn't + * happened yet so if you initialize @user content there, @user + * content during this callback might not be useful for anything. + * Notice this callback comes to protocols[0]. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONFIRM_EXTENSION_SUPPORTED: When a client + * connection is being prepared to start a handshake to a server, + * each supported extension is checked with protocols[0] callback + * with this reason, giving the user code a chance to suppress the + * claim to support that extension by returning non-zero. If + * unhandled, by default 0 will be returned and the extension + * support included in the header to the server. Notice this + * callback comes to protocols[0]. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_INIT: One-time call per protocol so it can + * do initial setup / allocations etc + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_PROTOCOL_DESTROY: One-time call per protocol indicating + * this protocol won't get used at all after this callback, the + * context is getting destroyed. Take the opportunity to + * deallocate everything that was allocated by the protocol. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_WSI_CREATE: outermost (earliest) wsi create notification + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_WSI_DESTROY: outermost (latest) wsi destroy notification + * + * The next five reasons are optional and only need taking care of if you + * will be integrating libwebsockets sockets into an external polling + * array. + * + * For these calls, @in points to a struct libwebsocket_pollargs that + * contains @fd, @events and @prev_events members + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_ADD_POLL_FD: libwebsocket deals with its poll() loop + * internally, but in the case you are integrating with another + * server you will need to have libwebsocket sockets share a + * polling array with the other server. This and the other + * POLL_FD related callbacks let you put your specialized + * poll array interface code in the callback for protocol 0, the + * first protocol you support, usually the HTTP protocol in the + * serving case. + * This callback happens when a socket needs to be + * added to the polling loop: @in points to a struct + * libwebsocket_pollargs; the @fd member of the struct is the file + * descriptor, and @events contains the active events. + * + * If you are using the internal polling loop (the "service" + * callback), you can just ignore these callbacks. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_DEL_POLL_FD: This callback happens when a socket descriptor + * needs to be removed from an external polling array. @in is + * again the struct libwebsocket_pollargs containing the @fd member + * to be removed. If you are using the internal polling + * loop, you can just ignore it. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_CHANGE_MODE_POLL_FD: This callback happens when + * libwebsockets wants to modify the events for a connectiion. + * @in is the struct libwebsocket_pollargs with the @fd to change. + * The new event mask is in @events member and the old mask is in + * the @prev_events member. + * If you are using the internal polling loop, you can just ignore + * it. + * + * LWS_CALLBACK_LOCK_POLL: + * LWS_CALLBACK_UNLOCK_POLL: These allow the external poll changes driven + * by libwebsockets to participate in an external thread locking + * scheme around the changes, so the whole thing is threadsafe. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int callback(struct libwebsocket_context *context, + struct libwebsocket *wsi, + enum libwebsocket_callback_reasons reason, void *user, + void *in, size_t len); + +typedef int (callback_function)(struct libwebsocket_context *context, + struct libwebsocket *wsi, + enum libwebsocket_callback_reasons reason, void *user, + void *in, size_t len); + +#ifndef LWS_NO_EXTENSIONS +/** + * extension_callback_function() - Hooks to allow extensions to operate + * @context: Websockets context + * @ext: This extension + * @wsi: Opaque websocket instance pointer + * @reason: The reason for the call + * @user: Pointer to per-session user data allocated by library + * @in: Pointer used for some callback reasons + * @len: Length set for some callback reasons + * + * Each extension that is active on a particular connection receives + * callbacks during the connection lifetime to allow the extension to + * operate on websocket data and manage itself. + * + * Libwebsockets takes care of allocating and freeing "user" memory for + * each active extension on each connection. That is what is pointed to + * by the @user parameter. + * + * LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_CONSTRUCT: called when the server has decided to + * select this extension from the list provided by the client, + * just before the server will send back the handshake accepting + * the connection with this extension active. This gives the + * extension a chance to initialize its connection context found + * in @user. + * + * LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_CLIENT_CONSTRUCT: same as LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_CONSTRUCT + * but called when client is instantiating this extension. Some + * extensions will work the same on client and server side and then + * you can just merge handlers for both CONSTRUCTS. + * + * LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_DESTROY: called when the connection the extension was + * being used on is about to be closed and deallocated. It's the + * last chance for the extension to deallocate anything it has + * allocated in the user data (pointed to by @user) before the + * user data is deleted. This same callback is used whether you + * are in client or server instantiation context. + * + * LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_PACKET_RX_PREPARSE: when this extension was active on + * a connection, and a packet of data arrived at the connection, + * it is passed to this callback to give the extension a chance to + * change the data, eg, decompress it. @user is pointing to the + * extension's private connection context data, @in is pointing + * to an lws_tokens struct, it consists of a char * pointer called + * token, and an int called token_len. At entry, these are + * set to point to the received buffer and set to the content + * length. If the extension will grow the content, it should use + * a new buffer allocated in its private user context data and + * set the pointed-to lws_tokens members to point to its buffer. + * + * LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_PACKET_TX_PRESEND: this works the same way as + * LWS_EXT_CALLBACK_PACKET_RX_PREPARSE above, except it gives the + * extension a chance to change websocket data just before it will + * be sent out. Using the same lws_token pointer scheme in @in, + * the extension can change the buffer and the length to be + * transmitted how it likes. Again if it wants to grow the + * buffer safely, it should copy the data into its own buffer and + * set the lws_tokens token pointer to it. + */ +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int extension_callback(struct libwebsocket_context *context, + struct libwebsocket_extension *ext, + struct libwebsocket *wsi, + enum libwebsocket_extension_callback_reasons reason, + void *user, void *in, size_t len); + +typedef int (extension_callback_function)(struct libwebsocket_context *context, + struct libwebsocket_extension *ext, + struct libwebsocket *wsi, + enum libwebsocket_extension_callback_reasons reason, + void *user, void *in, size_t len); +#endif + +/** + * struct libwebsocket_protocols - List of protocols and handlers server + * supports. + * @name: Protocol name that must match the one given in the client + * Javascript new WebSocket(url, 'protocol') name + * @callback: The service callback used for this protocol. It allows the + * service action for an entire protocol to be encapsulated in + * the protocol-specific callback + * @per_session_data_size: Each new connection using this protocol gets + * this much memory allocated on connection establishment and + * freed on connection takedown. A pointer to this per-connection + * allocation is passed into the callback in the 'user' parameter + * @rx_buffer_size: if you want atomic frames delivered to the callback, you + * should set this to the size of the biggest legal frame that + * you support. If the frame size is exceeded, there is no + * error, but the buffer will spill to the user callback when + * full, which you can detect by using + * libwebsockets_remaining_packet_payload(). Notice that you + * just talk about frame size here, the LWS_SEND_BUFFER_PRE_PADDING + * and post-padding are automatically also allocated on top. + * @no_buffer_all_partial_tx: Leave at zero if you want the library to take + * care of all partial tx for you. It's useful if you only have + * small tx packets and the chance of any truncated send is small + * enough any additional malloc / buffering overhead is less + * painful than writing the code to deal with partial sends. For + * protocols where you stream big blocks, set to nonzero and use + * the return value from libwebsocket_write() to manage how much + * got send yourself. + * @owning_server: the server init call fills in this opaque pointer when + * registering this protocol with the server. + * @protocol_index: which protocol we are starting from zero + * + * This structure represents one protocol supported by the server. An + * array of these structures is passed to libwebsocket_create_server() + * allows as many protocols as you like to be handled by one server. + */ + +struct libwebsocket_protocols { + const char *name; + callback_function *callback; + size_t per_session_data_size; + size_t rx_buffer_size; + int no_buffer_all_partial_tx; + + /* + * below are filled in on server init and can be left uninitialized, + * no need for user to use them directly either + */ + + struct libwebsocket_context *owning_server; + int protocol_index; +}; + +#ifndef LWS_NO_EXTENSIONS +/** + * struct libwebsocket_extension - An extension we know how to cope with + * + * @name: Formal extension name, eg, "deflate-stream" + * @callback: Service callback + * @per_session_data_size: Libwebsockets will auto-malloc this much + * memory for the use of the extension, a pointer + * to it comes in the @user callback parameter + * @per_context_private_data: Optional storage for this extension that + * is per-context, so it can track stuff across + * all sessions, etc, if it wants + */ + +struct libwebsocket_extension { + const char *name; + extension_callback_function *callback; + size_t per_session_data_size; + void *per_context_private_data; +}; +#endif + +/** + * struct lws_context_creation_info: parameters to create context with + * + * @port: Port to listen on... you can use 0 to suppress listening on + * any port, that's what you want if you are not running a + * websocket server at all but just using it as a client + * @iface: NULL to bind the listen socket to all interfaces, or the + * interface name, eg, "eth2" + * @protocols: Array of structures listing supported protocols and a protocol- + * specific callback for each one. The list is ended with an + * entry that has a NULL callback pointer. + * It's not const because we write the owning_server member + * @extensions: NULL or array of libwebsocket_extension structs listing the + * extensions this context supports. If you configured with + * --without-extensions, you should give NULL here. + * @token_limits: NULL or struct lws_token_limits pointer which is initialized + * with a token length limit for each possible WSI_TOKEN_*** + * @ssl_cert_filepath: If libwebsockets was compiled to use ssl, and you want + * to listen using SSL, set to the filepath to fetch the + * server cert from, otherwise NULL for unencrypted + * @ssl_private_key_filepath: filepath to private key if wanting SSL mode, + * else ignored + * @ssl_ca_filepath: CA certificate filepath or NULL + * @ssl_cipher_list: List of valid ciphers to use (eg, + * "RC4-MD5:RC4-SHA:AES128-SHA:AES256-SHA:HIGH:!DSS:!aNULL" + * or you can leave it as NULL to get "DEFAULT" + * @gid: group id to change to after setting listen socket, or -1. + * @uid: user id to change to after setting listen socket, or -1. + * @options: 0, or LWS_SERVER_OPTION_DEFEAT_CLIENT_MASK + * @user: optional user pointer that can be recovered via the context + * pointer using libwebsocket_context_user + * @ka_time: 0 for no keepalive, otherwise apply this keepalive timeout to + * all libwebsocket sockets, client or server + * @ka_probes: if ka_time was nonzero, after the timeout expires how many + * times to try to get a response from the peer before giving up + * and killing the connection + * @ka_interval: if ka_time was nonzero, how long to wait before each ka_probes + * attempt + */ + +struct lws_context_creation_info { + int port; + const char *iface; + struct libwebsocket_protocols *protocols; + struct libwebsocket_extension *extensions; + struct lws_token_limits *token_limits; + const char *ssl_cert_filepath; + const char *ssl_private_key_filepath; + const char *ssl_ca_filepath; + const char *ssl_cipher_list; + const char *http_proxy_address; + unsigned int http_proxy_port; + int gid; + int uid; + unsigned int options; + void *user; + int ka_time; + int ka_probes; + int ka_interval; + +}; + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN +void lws_set_log_level(int level, + void (*log_emit_function)(int level, const char *line)); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +lwsl_emit_syslog(int level, const char *line); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct libwebsocket_context * +libwebsocket_create_context(struct lws_context_creation_info *info); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_set_proxy(struct libwebsocket_context *context, const char *proxy); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +libwebsocket_context_destroy(struct libwebsocket_context *context); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_service(struct libwebsocket_context *context, int timeout_ms); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +libwebsocket_cancel_service(struct libwebsocket_context *context); + +#ifdef LWS_USE_LIBEV +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_initloop( + struct libwebsocket_context *context, struct ev_loop *loop); + +LWS_VISIBLE void +libwebsocket_sigint_cb( + struct ev_loop *loop, struct ev_signal *watcher, int revents); +#endif /* LWS_USE_LIBEV */ + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_service_fd(struct libwebsocket_context *context, + struct libwebsocket_pollfd *pollfd); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void * +libwebsocket_context_user(struct libwebsocket_context *context); + +enum pending_timeout { + NO_PENDING_TIMEOUT = 0, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_PROXY_RESPONSE, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_CONNECT_RESPONSE, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_ESTABLISH_WITH_SERVER, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_SERVER_RESPONSE, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_PING, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_CLOSE_ACK, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_EXTENSION_CONNECT_RESPONSE, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_SENT_CLIENT_HANDSHAKE, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_SSL_ACCEPT, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_HTTP_CONTENT, + PENDING_TIMEOUT_AWAITING_CLIENT_HS_SEND, +}; + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +libwebsocket_set_timeout(struct libwebsocket *wsi, + enum pending_timeout reason, int secs); + +/* + * IMPORTANT NOTICE! + * + * When sending with websocket protocol (LWS_WRITE_TEXT or LWS_WRITE_BINARY) + * the send buffer has to have LWS_SEND_BUFFER_PRE_PADDING bytes valid BEFORE + * buf, and LWS_SEND_BUFFER_POST_PADDING bytes valid AFTER (buf + len). + * + * This allows us to add protocol info before and after the data, and send as + * one packet on the network without payload copying, for maximum efficiency. + * + * So for example you need this kind of code to use libwebsocket_write with a + * 128-byte payload + * + * char buf[LWS_SEND_BUFFER_PRE_PADDING + 128 + LWS_SEND_BUFFER_POST_PADDING]; + * + * // fill your part of the buffer... for example here it's all zeros + * memset(&buf[LWS_SEND_BUFFER_PRE_PADDING], 0, 128); + * + * libwebsocket_write(wsi, &buf[LWS_SEND_BUFFER_PRE_PADDING], 128, + * LWS_WRITE_TEXT); + * + * When sending LWS_WRITE_HTTP, there is no protocol addition and you can just + * use the whole buffer without taking care of the above. + */ + +/* + * this is the frame nonce plus two header plus 8 length + * there's an additional two for mux extension per mux nesting level + * 2 byte prepend on close will already fit because control frames cannot use + * the big length style + */ + +#define LWS_SEND_BUFFER_PRE_PADDING (4 + 10 + (2 * MAX_MUX_RECURSION)) +#define LWS_SEND_BUFFER_POST_PADDING 4 + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_write(struct libwebsocket *wsi, unsigned char *buf, size_t len, + enum libwebsocket_write_protocol protocol); + +/* helper for case where buffer may be const */ +#define libwebsocket_write_http(wsi, buf, len) \ + libwebsocket_write(wsi, (unsigned char *)(buf), len, LWS_WRITE_HTTP) + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsockets_serve_http_file(struct libwebsocket_context *context, + struct libwebsocket *wsi, const char *file, + const char *content_type, const char *other_headers); +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsockets_serve_http_file_fragment(struct libwebsocket_context *context, + struct libwebsocket *wsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int libwebsockets_return_http_status( + struct libwebsocket_context *context, + struct libwebsocket *wsi, unsigned int code, + const char *html_body); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const struct libwebsocket_protocols * +libwebsockets_get_protocol(struct libwebsocket *wsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_callback_on_writable(struct libwebsocket_context *context, + struct libwebsocket *wsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_callback_on_writable_all_protocol( + const struct libwebsocket_protocols *protocol); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_callback_all_protocol( + const struct libwebsocket_protocols *protocol, int reason); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_get_socket_fd(struct libwebsocket *wsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_is_final_fragment(struct libwebsocket *wsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned char +libwebsocket_get_reserved_bits(struct libwebsocket *wsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_rx_flow_control(struct libwebsocket *wsi, int enable); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +libwebsocket_rx_flow_allow_all_protocol( + const struct libwebsocket_protocols *protocol); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN size_t +libwebsockets_remaining_packet_payload(struct libwebsocket *wsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct libwebsocket * +libwebsocket_client_connect(struct libwebsocket_context *clients, + const char *address, + int port, + int ssl_connection, + const char *path, + const char *host, + const char *origin, + const char *protocol, + int ietf_version_or_minus_one); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct libwebsocket * +libwebsocket_client_connect_extended(struct libwebsocket_context *clients, + const char *address, + int port, + int ssl_connection, + const char *path, + const char *host, + const char *origin, + const char *protocol, + int ietf_version_or_minus_one, + void *userdata); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * +libwebsocket_canonical_hostname(struct libwebsocket_context *context); + + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN void +libwebsockets_get_peer_addresses(struct libwebsocket_context *context, + struct libwebsocket *wsi, int fd, char *name, int name_len, + char *rip, int rip_len); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsockets_get_random(struct libwebsocket_context *context, + void *buf, int len); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_daemonize(const char *_lock_path); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_send_pipe_choked(struct libwebsocket *wsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_frame_is_binary(struct libwebsocket *wsi); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN unsigned char * +libwebsockets_SHA1(const unsigned char *d, size_t n, unsigned char *md); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_b64_encode_string(const char *in, int in_len, char *out, int out_size); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_b64_decode_string(const char *in, char *out, int out_size); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN const char * +lws_get_library_version(void); + +/* access to headers... only valid while headers valid */ + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_hdr_total_length(struct libwebsocket *wsi, enum lws_token_indexes h); + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +lws_hdr_copy(struct libwebsocket *wsi, char *dest, int len, + enum lws_token_indexes h); + +/* + * Note: this is not normally needed as a user api. It's provided in case it is + * useful when integrating with other app poll loop service code. + */ + +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN int +libwebsocket_read(struct libwebsocket_context *context, + struct libwebsocket *wsi, + unsigned char *buf, size_t len); + +#ifndef LWS_NO_EXTENSIONS +LWS_VISIBLE LWS_EXTERN struct libwebsocket_extension *libwebsocket_get_internal_extensions(); +#endif + +#ifdef __cplusplus +} +#endif + +#endif diff --git a/websockets/prebuilt/tvos/libwebsockets.a b/websockets/prebuilt/tvos/libwebsockets.a new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..4a1e825475 Binary files /dev/null and b/websockets/prebuilt/tvos/libwebsockets.a differ